SECTION II. FORMER DEPENDENT TERRITORIES OR PART OF DEPENDENT TERRITORIES HAVING BECOME INDE- PENDENT STATES SECTION II. ANCIENS TERRITOIRES DEPENDANTS OU PARTIE DE TERRITOIRES DEPENDANTS DEVENUS ETATS INDE- PENDANTS A. Cases before the Second World War A. Cas ant~rieurs i la seconde guerre mondiale MEXICO Observations du Gouvernement du Mexiquel Au Mexique, le ph~nom~ne de Ia succession d'Etats (ou, plus exactement peut-etre, de la substitution de la souverainet6) n'a eu que quelques applications, dont, parmi les principales, les suivantes : 1) Le seul cas de succession totale a 60 celui enregistr6 le 27 septembre 1821, lorsque le Mexique est d6finitivement devenu ind6pendant de l'Espagne et a donc assum6 tous les droits et obligations de 'ancienne m6tropole dont faisaient partie le Vice-Royaume de. Ia Nouvelle-Espagne, Ia Capitainerie g6n6rale du Yucatan, les Provinces int6rieures d'Orient et d'Occident, Ia Haute et la Basse-Californie et les iles adjacentes dans les eaux situ6es de part et d'autre du pays. L'Espagne n'a reconnu l'ind6pendance du Mexique qu'i la conclusion, entre les deux pays, du Trait6 de paix et d'amiti6 du 28 d6cembre 1836. Comme le Mexique avait entre-temps reconnu (par un acte unilat6ral aussi g6n~reux qu'inexplicable) les dettes contract6es jusqu'au 17 septembre 1810 par le Gouvernement du Vice-Roi et comme, d'autre part, le Gouvernement du Mexique ind~pendant s'6tait abstenu de confisquer les biens des sujets espagnols, le Trait6 de 1836 ent~rine ces deux faits et d6clare qu'il n'y a donc aucune question en suspens entre les deux pays concernant des biens territoriaux de quelque nature que ce soit. 1 Transmises par le Repr6sentant permanent du Mexique aupr~s de l'Organisation des Nations Unies. Traduction par le Secretariat de l'Organisation des Nations Unies.
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
SECTION II.
FORMER DEPENDENT TERRITORIES OR PART OFDEPENDENT TERRITORIES HAVING BECOME INDE-PENDENT STATES
SECTION II.
ANCIENS TERRITOIRES DEPENDANTS OU PARTIE DETERRITOIRES DEPENDANTS DEVENUS ETATS INDE-PENDANTS
A. Cases before the Second World War
A. Cas ant~rieurs i la seconde guerre mondiale
MEXICO
Observations du Gouvernement du MexiquelAu Mexique, le ph~nom~ne de Ia succession d'Etats (ou, plus exactement
peut-etre, de la substitution de la souverainet6) n'a eu que quelquesapplications, dont, parmi les principales, les suivantes :
1) Le seul cas de succession totale a 60 celui enregistr6 le 27 septembre1821, lorsque le Mexique est d6finitivement devenu ind6pendant de l'Espagneet a donc assum6 tous les droits et obligations de 'ancienne m6tropole dontfaisaient partie le Vice-Royaume de. Ia Nouvelle-Espagne, Ia Capitainerieg6n6rale du Yucatan, les Provinces int6rieures d'Orient et d'Occident, IaHaute et la Basse-Californie et les iles adjacentes dans les eaux situ6es de partet d'autre du pays.
L'Espagne n'a reconnu l'ind6pendance du Mexique qu'i la conclusion,entre les deux pays, du Trait6 de paix et d'amiti6 du 28 d6cembre 1836.Comme le Mexique avait entre-temps reconnu (par un acte unilat6ral aussig6n~reux qu'inexplicable) les dettes contract6es jusqu'au 17 septembre 1810par le Gouvernement du Vice-Roi et comme, d'autre part, le Gouvernementdu Mexique ind~pendant s'6tait abstenu de confisquer les biens des sujetsespagnols, le Trait6 de 1836 ent~rine ces deux faits et d6clare qu'il n'y a doncaucune question en suspens entre les deux pays concernant des biensterritoriaux de quelque nature que ce soit.
1 Transmises par le Repr6sentant permanent du Mexique aupr~s de l'Organisation desNations Unies. Traduction par le Secretariat de l'Organisation des Nations Unies.
B. Cases after the Second World War
B. Cas post6rieurs A la seconde guerre mondiale
1. ALGERIA
(i) Trait6s
ECHANGE DE LETTRES ET DECLARATIONS ADOPTEES LE 19 MARS1962 A L'ISSUE DES POURPARLERS D'EVIAN, CONSTITUANT UNACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET L'ALGERIE. PARIS ET ROCHER•NOIR, 3 JUILLET 19621
Lettre du Prsident de la Ripublique franpaiseau President de I'Exdcutif provisoire de l'Etat algirien
La France a pris acte des r6sultats du scrutin d'autod6termination dulerjuillet 1962 et de la mise en vigueur des d6clarations du 19 mars 1962.Elle a reconnu l'ind6pendance de I'Alg6rie.
En cons6quence et conform6ment au chapitre V de la d6claration g6n6raledu 19 mars 1962, les comp~tences aff6rentes i la souverainet sur le territoiredes anciens d6partements franqais d'Alg6rie sont, A compter de ce jour,transf6r6es 'l'Ex6cutif provisoire de l'Etat alg6rien.
II
Lettre du President de l'Exdcutif de l'Etat algirienau President de la Ripublique franfaise
J'ai l'honneur, au nom de l'Ex6cutif provisoire alg~ien, de vous accuserr6ception de votre message et de prendre acte de la reconnaissance officielle,par la Rpublique frangaise, de l'ind6pendance de I'Alg6rie.
Conform6ment au chapitre V des d6clarations d'Evian du 19 mars 1962,I'Ex6cutif provisoire a ainsi requ ce jour transfert des comptences aff~rentesi la souverainet6 sur le territoire alg~rien.
DECLARATIONS ADOPTEES LE 19 MARS 1962
A L'ISSUE DES POURPARLERS D'EVIAN
DECLARA TION GENERALE
Le peuple frangais a, par le r6f6rendum du 8 janvier 1961, reconnu auxAlg6riens le droit de choisir, par voie d'une consultation au suffrage direct etuniversel, leur destin politique par rapport h la R6publique frangaise.
1 Nations Unies, Recueil des Traits, vol. 507, p. 25. Entr6 en vigucur le 3 juiUet1962.
Les pourparlers qui ont eu lieu A Evian du 7 mars au 18 mars 1962 entrele Gouvemement de la R6publique et le F.L.N. ont abouti 4 la conclusionsuivante :
Les garanties relatives h la mise en oeuvre de l'autod6termination etl'organisation des pouvoirs publics en Algfrie pendant la p6riode transitoireont t& d6finies d'un commun accord.
La formation, h 'issue de l'autod6termination d'un Etat ind~pendant etsouverain paraissant conforme aux r6alit6s algbriennes et, dans ces conditions,la coop6ration de la France et de l'Alg6rie r~pondant aux int6r~ts des deuxpays, le Gouvemement frangais estime avec le F.L.N. que la solution del'ind6pendance de l'Alg6rie en coop6ration avec la France est celle quicorrespond A cette situation. Le Gouvernement et le F.L.N. ont donc d6finid'un commun accord cette solution dans des d6clarations qui seront soumisesi l'approbation des 6lecteurs lors du sc'rutin d'autod6termination.
Chapitre jer - De l'organisation des pouvoirs publics pendantla piriode transitoire et des garanties de l'autodgtermination
a) La consultation d'autod6termination permettra aux 61ecteurs de fairesavoir s'ils veulent que 'Alg6rie soit ind6pendante et, dans ce cas, s'ils veulentque la France et l'Alg6rie coop~rent dans les conditions d6finies par lespr6sentes d6clarations.
d) Jusqu'k l'accomplissement de l'autod6termination, l'organisation despouvoirs publics en Alg6rie sera 6tablie conform6ment au r~glement quiaccompagne la pr6sente d6claration.
II est institu6 un Ex6cutif provisoire et un Tribunal de l'ordre public.La R6publique est repr6sent6e en Alg6rie par un Haut Commissaire.Ces institutions et notamment 'Ex6cutif provisoire seront install6es d~s
l'entr6e en vigueur du cessez-le-feu.e) Le Haut Commissaire sera d6positaire des pouvoirs de la R6publique
en Alg6rie, notamment en matire de d6fense, de s6curit6 et de maintien del'ordre en dernier ressort.
f) L'Ex6cutif provisoire sera charg6 notamment:- d'assurer la gestion des affaires publiques propres h l'Alg6rie. I1 dirigera
l'administration de l'Alg6rie et aura pour mission de faire acceder les_A6riens aux emplois dans les diff6rentes branches de cette administration;
- de maintenir l'ordre public.II disposera, A cet effet, de services de policeet d'une force d'ordre plac6e sous son autorit6;
- de pr6parer et de mettre en oeuvre l'autod6termination.g) Le. Tribunal de l'ordre public sera compos6 d'un nombre 6gal de juges
europ6ens et de juges musulnans.h) Le plein exercice des libert6s individuelles et des libert~s publiques
sera r6tabli dans les plus brefs d6lais.i) Le F.L.N. sera consid6r6 comme une formation politique de caract~re
l6gal.
m) Le scrutin d'autod~termination aura lieu dans un dMlai minimum detrois mois et dans un d6lai maximum de six mois. La date en sera fix6e surproposition de l'Ex6cutif provisoire dans les deux mois qui suivrontl'instailation de celui-ci.
Chapitre II. - De l'indipendance et de la coopiration
Si la solution d'ind~pendance et de coop6ration est adoptbe, le contenudes pr6sentes d6clarations s'imposera A l'Etat alg6rien.
A. - De l'indipendance de l'Algirie
I. - LEtat algirien exercera sa souveraineti pleine et entiire d l'intirieuret d l'extdrieur
Cette souverainet6 s'exercera dans tous les domaines, notamment lad6fense nationale et les Affaires 6trang~res.
L'Etat alg6rien se donnera librement ses propres institutions et choisira leregime poitique et social qu'il jugera le plus conforme h ses int6rets. Sur leplan international, il d6finira et appliquera en toute souverainet6 la politiquede son choix.
L'Etat alg~rien souscrira sans r6serve h la Dclaration universelle des droitsde l'homme et fondera ses institutions sur les principes d~mocratiques et Surl'6galit6 des droits politiques entre tous les citoyens sans discrimination derace, d'origine ou de religion. 11 appliquera, notamment, les garantiesreconnues aux citoyens de statut civil franqaia
1I. - Des droits et libertis des personnes et leurs garanties
1. - Dispositions communesNul ne pourra faire l'objet de mesures de police ou de justice, de sanctions
disciplinaires ou d'une discrimination quelconque en raison :- d'opinions 6mises A I'occasion des 6vbnements survenus en Alg6rie avant
le jour du scrutin d'autod6termination;- d'actes commis h l'occasion des mimes 6v0nements avant le jour de la
proclamation du cessez-le-feu.Aucun Alg~rien ne pourra etre contraint de quitter le territoire hlg6rien ni
empech d'en sortir.2. - Dispositions concernant les citoyens franfais de statut civil de droit
communa) Dans le cadre de la 16gislation alg6rienne sur la nationalit6, ia situation
l~gale des citoyens frangais de statut civil de droit commun est rtgl6e selon leaprincipes suivants:
Pour une p6riode de trois ann6es A dater du jour de I'autod6termination,les citoyens frangais de statut civil de droit commun :
- n~s en Alg6rie et justifiant de dix ann6es de residence habituelle etr6guli~re sur le territoire alg6rien au jour de l'autod6termination;
- ou justifiant de dix ann6es de residence habituelle et itgulitre Sur leterritoire alg~rien au jour de I'autod6termination et dont le pire ou la mere n6en Alg6rie remplit, ou aurait pu remplir, les conditions pour exercer les droitsciviques;
- ou justifiant de vingt ann~es de r6sidence habitueUe et r6uli6re sur leterritoire alg6rien au jour de l'autod6termination, b6n6fideront. de plaindroit, deg droits ciicfu6k al646ns et ser6ftt onsidr6s, de ce fait, comme ifesnationaux frangais exergant les droits civiquexp a4grien.,
Les nationaux frangais exergant les droits civiques algeriens ne pauventexercer simultan6ment les droits civiques frangais.
Au terme du d61ai de trois ann6es susvis6, Us acqui~rent la nationalit6alg~rienne par une demande d'inscription ou de confirmation de leurinscription sur les listes 6lectorales; h d6faut de cette demande, ils sont admisau b6n6fice de Is convention d'6tablissement.
b) Afin d'assurer, pendant un d6lai de trois ann6es, aux nationauxfrangais exergant les droits civiques alg6riens et h l'issue de ce d61a, de faqonpermanente, aux Alg6riens de statut civil fran;ais, la protection de leurpersonne et de leurs biens et leur participation r6gulitre h la vie de I'AIg6rie,les mesures suivantes sorit pr6vues :
Us auront une juste et authentique participation aux affaires pubiques.Dans les Assembles, leur repr6sentation devra correspondre i leur impor-tance effective. Dans les diverses branches de la fonction publique, Us serontassur6s d'une 6quitable participation.
Leur participation k Is vie municipale A Alger et h Oran fera l'objet dedispositions particulibres.
Leurs droits de propri6t6 seront respect6s. Aucune mesure de d6po-session ne sera prise h leur encontre sans l'octroi d'une indemnit6 6quitablepr~alablement fix~e.
Ils recevront les garanties appropri~es A leurs particularismes culturel,linguistique et religieux. lls conserveront leur statut personnel qui serarespect6 et appliqu6 par des juridictions alg6ribnnes comprenant des magis.trats de meme statut. Ils utiliseront la langue franqaise au sein des assembl6eset dans leurs rapports avec les pouvoirs publics.
Une association de sauvegarde contribuera A la protection des droits quileur sont garantis.
Une cour des garanties, institution de droit intemne alg6rien, seracharg6ede veiller au respect de ces droits.
B. - De la coopdration entre la France et l'Algirie
Les relations entre les deux pays seront fond6es, dans le respect mutual deleur ind~pendance, sur la r~ciprocit6 des avantages et l'int~ret des deuxparties.
L'Alg~rie garantit les intrets de la France et les droits acquis despersonnes physiques et morales dans les conditions fix6es par les pr6sentesdclarations. En contrepartie, la France accordera h l'Algirie son assistancetechnique et culturelle et apportera A son d~veloppement 6conomique etsocial une aide financi~re privigi~e.
1* Pour une p~riode de trois ns renouvelable, 'aide de la France serafix6e dans des conditions comparables et & un niveau dquivalent A ceux desprogrammes en cours.
Dans le respect de l'ind~pendance commerciale it douanibre de l'Alg~rie,les deux pays d6termineront les diff6rents domaines oi les 6changescommerciaux b6n~ficieront d'un r6gime pr~frentieL
L'Alg6rie fera partie de la zone franc. Elle aura sa propre monnaie et sespropres avoirs en devises. II y aura entre la France et l'Alg6rie libert6 destransferts dans des conditions compatibles avec le d6veloppement 6cono-mique et social de l'Alg~rie.
2 Dans les D6partements actuels des Oasis et de la Saoura, la mise envaleur des richesses du sous-sol aura lieu selon les principes suivants :
a) La cooperation franco-alg6rienne sera assur~e par un organismetechnique de coop6ration saharienne. Cet organisme aura un caract~reparitaire. Son rble sera notamment de d~velopper l'infrastructure n6cessaire i1'exploitation du sous-sol, de donner un avis sur les projets de loi et der~glement k caract~re minier, d'instruire les demandes relatives i l'octroi destitres miniers : l'Etat alg6rien d livrera les titres miniers et 6dictera lalegislation mini~re en toute souverainet6.
b) Les intrt&&s frangais seront assur6s notamment par:- l'exercice, suivant les rigles du code p6trolier saharien, tel qu'il existe
actuellement, des droits attach6s aux titres miniers d~livr6s par la France;- la pr~f6rence, A fgalit6 d'offre, aux soci~t6s franqaises dans l'octroi de
nouveaux permis miniers, selon les modalit6s pr6vues par la l6gislation mini~realg6rienne;
- le paiement en francs frangais des hydrocarbures sahariens h concur-rence des besoins d'approvisionnement de la France et des autres pays de lazone franc.
30 La France et l'Alg6rie d6velopperont leurs relations culturelles.Chaque pays pourra cr6er sur le territoire de l'autre un office universitaire
et culturel dont les 6tablissements seront ouverts & tous.La France apportera son aide i la formation de techniciens alg6riens.Des personnels' franqais, notamment des enseignants et des techniciens,
seront mis h la disposition du Gouvernement algfrien par accord entre lesdeux pays.
DECLARATION DES GARANTIES
Premiere partie. - Dispositions g~nfrales
10 De la s~curiti des personnes
Nul ne peut 8tre inquit6, recherch6, poursuivi, condamn6 ni faire l'objetde d6cision p~nale, de sanction disciplinaire ou de discrimination quelconque,en raison d'actes commis en relation avec les 6v0nements politiques survenusen Alg6rie avant le jour de la proclamation du cessez-le-feu.
Nul ne peut ftre inquit , recherch6, poursuivi, condamn6, ni faire l'objetde d6cision p6nale, de sanction disciplinaire ou de discrimination quelconque,en raison de paroles ou d'opinions en relations avec les 6v~nements politiquessurvenus en Alg6rie avant le jour du scrutin d'autod~termination.
2' De la liberti de circuler entre l'Algirie et la France
Sauf d6cision de justice, tout Alg~rien muni d'une carte d'identit6 estlibre de circuler entre l'Alg~rie et la France.
Les Alg6riens sortant du territoire algfien dans l'intention de s'6tablirdans un autre pays pourront transporter leurs biens mobiliers hors d'Alg6rie.
Ils pourront liquider sans restrictions leurs biens immobiliers et transf6rerles capitaux provenant de cette op6ration dans les conditions pr6vues par laD6claration de principes relative A la coop6ration 6conomique et financire.Leurs droits i pension seront respect6s dans les conditions pr6vues dans cettememe d6claration.
Deuxi~me partie
Chapitre ler. - De 1'exercice des droits civiques algiriens
Chapitre II. - Protection des droits et libertis des citoyens algiriensde statut civil de droit commun
Afin d'assurer aux Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun la protectionde leurs personnes et de leurs biens et leur participation harmonieuse h la viede l'Alg6rie, les mesures 6num6r6es au pr6sent chapitre sont pr6vues.
Les nationaux frangais exergant les droits civiques alg6riens dans lesconditions pr6vues au chapitre I ci-dessus b6n6ficient de ces memes mesures.
1. Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun jouissent du memetraitement et des memes garanties en droit et en fait que les autres Alg6riens.Ils sont soumis aux memes devoirs et aux m8mes obligations.
2. Les droits et libert6s dffinis par la Dclaration universelle des droitsde rhomme sont garantis aux Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun. II nepeut etre pris i leur 6gard notamment aucune mesure discriminatoire enraison de leur langue, de leur culture, de leur religion, et de leur statutpersonnel. Ces traits caract6ristiques leur sont reconnus et doivent trerespect6s.
3. Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun seront, pendant cinqans, dispens6s du service militaire.
4. Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun ont une juste part k lagestion des affaires publiques, qu'il s'agisse des affaires g6n6rales de l'Alg6rieou de celes des collectivit6s locales, des 6tablissements publics et desentreprises publiques.
Danls le cadre d'un coll~ge 6lectoral unique commun A tous les Algeriens,les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun jouissent de l'61ectorat et del'61igibilit.
5. Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun ont, dans toutes lesAssembl6es A caract~re politique, administratif, 6conomique, social etculturel, une juste et authentique repr6sentation.
a) Dans les Assembl6es h caract~re politique et dans les Assembl6es Acaractbre administratif (conseils r6gionaux, g6n6raux et municipaux), leurrepr6sentation ne pourra tre inferieure i leur importance au sein de la
1 Les dispositions de ce chapitre sont identiques i celles du paragraphe 2, a, de lasection A, II, chapitre II, d6claration gOn~rale (supra, p. 98).
population. A cet effet, dans chaque circonscription 6lectorale, un certainnombre de si~ges A pourvoir sera, selon la proportion des Alg~riens de statutcivil de droit commun dans cette circonscription, r6serv6 aux candidatsalg6riens de ce statut, quel que soit le mode de scrutin choisi
b) Dans les Assembl6es A caract~re 6conomique, social et culturel, leurrepresentation devra tenir compte de leurs int6r~ts moraux et mat~riels.
6. a) La repr6sentation des Alg~riens de statut civil de droit commun ausein des assembl6es municipales sera proportionnelle h leur nombre dans lacirconscription consid6r~e.
7. Une proportion 6quitable d'Alg6riens de statut civil de droit communsera assur6e dans les difffrentes branches de la fonction publique.
8. Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun sont en droit de sepr6valoir de leur statut personnel non coranique jusqu'A la promulgation enAlg6rie d'un code civil A l'6aboration duquel ils seront associ6s.
9. Sans pr6judice des garanties ,r6sultant, en ce qui concerne lacomposition du corps judiciaire alg~rien, des r~gles relatives i la participationdes Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun au sein de la fonction publique,les garanties spbcifiques suivantes sont pr6vues en mati6re judiciaire :
A. Quelle que puisse etre l'organisation judiciaire future de l'Alg6rie,celle-ci comportera, dans tous les cas, en ce qui concerne les Alg~riens destatut civil de droit commun :
- le double degr6 de juridiction, y compris en ce qui concerne lesjuridictions d'instruction;
- le jury en mati~re criminelle;- les voies de recours traditionnelles : pourvoi en cassation et recours en
grAce.
B. En outre, dans 'ensemble de l'Algriea) Dans toute juridiction civile ou p6nale, devant laquelle devra compa-
raftre un Alg~rien de statut civil de droit commun, si~gera obligatoirement unjuge alg6rien de meme statut.
En outre, si la juridiction de jugement comporte un jury, le tiers des jur~sseront des Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun.
b) Dans toute juridiction p6nale si6geant i juge unique devant laquellecomparaft un Alg6rien de statut civil de droit commun et dans laquelle lemagistrat ne serait pas un Alg~rien de meme statut, le juge unique sera assist6d'un 6chevin choisi parmi les Alg~riens de statut civil de droit commun et quiaura voix consultative.
c) Tout litige int6ressant exclusivement le statut personnel des Alg~riensde statut civil de droit commun sera port6 devant une juridiction composkeen majorit6 de juges relevant de ce statut.
d) Dans toutes lesjuridictions ob est requise la presence d'un ou plusieursjuges de statut civil de droit commun, ceux-ci peuvent 8tre suppl 6s par desmagistrats franqais d6tach~s au titre de a coop6ration technique.
10. .L'Alg6rie garantit la libert6 de conscience et la libert6 des cultescatholique, protestant et isra6lite. Elle assure h ces cultes la libert6' de leurorganisation, de leur exercice et de leur enseignement ainsi que l'inviolabilit6des lieux du culte.
11. a) Les textes officiels sont publi6s ou notifies dans la languefrangaise en m~me temps qu'ils le sont dans la langue nationale. La languefrangaise est utilis6e dans les rapports entre les services publics alg6riens et lesAlg6riens de statut civil de droit commun. Ceux-ci ont le droit de l'utiliser,"notamment, dans la vie politique, administrative et judiciaire.
b) Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun exercent librement leurchoix entre les divers 6tablissements d'enseignement et types d'enseignement.
c) Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun, comfne les autresAlg6riens, sont libres d'ouvrir et de g6rer des 6tablissements d'enseignement.
d) Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun pourront fr6quenter lessections franqaises que l'Alg6rie organisera dans ses 6tablissements scolaires detous ordres conform6ment aux dispositions de la Dclaration de principesrelative A la cooperation culturelle.
e) La part faite par la radiodiffusion et ia t6l6vision alg6riennes aux6missions en langue franqaise devra correspondre h l'importance qui estreconnue A celle-ci
12. Aucune discrimination ne sera 6tabfie i 1'6gard des biens appartenanti des Alg~riens de statut civil de droit commun, notamment en mati~re derequisition, de nationalisation, de r6forme agraire et d'imposition fiscale.Toute expropriation sera subordonn6e A une indemnit6 6quitable pr6ala-blement fix6e.
13. L'Alg~rie n'6tablira aucune discrimination en mati~re d'accas hl'emploi Aucune restriction A l'acc~s d'aucune profession, sauf exigence decompetence, ne sera ftablie.
14. La libert d'association et la libert6 syndicale sont garanties. LesAlg~riens de statut civil de droit commun ont le droit de cr6er desassociations et des syndicats et d'adh6rer aux associations et syndicats de leurchoix.
Chapitre Il. - De l'association de sauvegarde
Les Alg6riens de statut civil de droit commun appartiennent, jusqu'h lamise en vigueur des statuts, h une association de sauvegarde reconnue d'utilitOpublique et r6gie par le droit alg~rien.
Chapitre IV. - De la Cour des garan ties
Les litiges sont, i la requete de toute partie alg6rienne int6ress6e, d6f6r6s &la Cour des garanties.
Troisi~me partie
Franfais risidant en Algirie en qualiti d'trangers
Les Franqais, h 'exception de ceux qui b/6nficient des droits civiquesalg~riens, seront admis au b~n~fice d'une convention d'6tablissementconforme aux principes suivants:
1. Les ressortissants frangais pourront entrer en Alg6rie et en sortir sousle couvert soit de leur carte d'identit6 nationale franqaise, soit d'un passeportfrangais en cours de validit6.
lls pourront circuler librement en Alg6rie et fixer leur r6sidence au lieu deleur choix.
Les ressortissants franqais r6sidant en Alg6rie, qui sortiront du territoirealg6rien en vue de s'6tablir dans un autre pays, pourront transporter leursbiens mobiliers, liquider leurs biens immobiliers, transf6rer leurs capitaux,dans les conditions pr6vues au titre III de la D6claration de principes relative Ala coop6ration 6conomique et financiire et conserver le b~n6fice des droits ipension acquis en Alg6rie, dans les conditions qui sont prevues dans laDclaration de principes relative h la coop6ration 6conomique et financi~re.
2. Les ressortissants frangais b6n6ficieront en territoire alg~rien del'6galit6 de traitement avec les nationaux en ce qui concerne
- la jouissance des droits civils en g6n6ral,- le libre acc6s h toutes les professions assorti des droits n6cessaires pour
les exercer effectivement, notamment celui de g6rer et de fonder desentreprises,
- le b6n6fice de la legislation sur 'assistance et la s6curit6 sociale,- le droit d'acqu6rir et de ceder la proprit6 de tous biens meu'bles et
immeubles, de les g6rer, d'en jouir sous r6serve des dispositions concernant lar6forme agraire.
3. a) Les ressortissants frangais jouiront en territoire alg6rien de toutesles libert6s 6nonc~es dans la Dclaration universelle des droits de l'homme.
b) Les Frangais ont le droit d'utiliser la langue frangaise dans tous leursrapports avec la justice et les administrations.
c) Les Frangais peuvent ouvrir et g6rer en Alg~rie des 6tablissementspriv6s d'enseignement et de recherche, conform6ment aux dispositions pr6vuesdans la Dclaration de principes relative i la coop6ration culturelle.
d) L'Alg6rie ouvre ses 6tablissements d'enseignement aux Franqais.Ceux-ci peuvent demander & suivre 'enseignement dispens6 dans les sectionspr~vues A la Dclaration de principes relative aux questions culturelles.
4. Les personnes, les biens et les int~rets des ressortissants frangais serontplac6s sous la protection des lois, consacr6e par le libre accbs aux juridictions.Ils seront exempt6s de la caution judicatum solvt.
5. Aucune mesure arbitraire ou discriminatoire ne sera prise h 'encontredes biens, int6rets et droits acquis des ressortissants fran~ais. Nul ne peut 6treprivA de ses droits, sans une indemnit6 6quitable pr6alablement fixde.
6. Le Statut personnel: y compris le r~gime successoral, des ressortissantsfrangais sera r~gi par la loi frangaise.
7. La legislation alg~rienne d6terminera 6ventuellement les droits ci-viques et politiques reconnus aux ressortissants frangais en territoire alg~rienain&, que les conditions de leur admission aux emplois publics.
8. Les ressortissants frangais pourront participer dans le cadre de lalbgislation alg~rienne aux activit~s des syndicats, des groupements de d~fenseprofessionnelle et des organisations repr~sentant les int~rets 6conomiques.
9. Les soci~t~s civiles et commerciales de droit frangais ayant leur sifgesocial en France, et qui ont ou auront une activitO 6conomique en Algerie,jouiront en territoire alg~rien de tous les droits, reconnus par le present texte,dont une personne morale peut 8tre titulaire.
10. Les ressortissants frangais pourront obtenir en territoire alg6rien desconcessions, autorisations et permissions administratives et etre admis k
conclure des march6s publics dans les memes conditions que les ressortissantsalg6riens.
11. Les ressortissants frangais ne pourront etre assujettis en territoirealg6rien h des droits, taxes ou contributions, queue qu'en soit la d~nomi-nation, diff6rents de ceux pergus sur les ressortissants alg6riens.
12. Des dispositions ult6rieures seront prises en vue de r6priner 1'vasionfiscale et d'6viter les doubles impositions. Les ressortissants franqais b6ndfi-cieront sur le territoire alg6rien, dans les memes conditions que lesressortissants alg6riens, de toute disposition mettant A la charge de l'Etat oudes collectivit6s publiques la r6paration des dommages subis par les personnesou les biens.
13. Aucune mesure d'expulsion h 'encontre d'un ressortissant franqaisjug6 dangereux pour l'ordre public ne sera mise i execution sans que leGouvemement franqais en ait Wt pr6alablement inform6. Sauf urgenceabsolue, constat6e par une d6cision motiv6e, un d6lai suffisant sera laiss6 kl'int6ress6 pour r6gler ses affaires instantes.
Ses biens et int6rets seront sauvegard~s, sous la responsabilit6 de 'Alg6rie.14. Des dispositions compl6mentaires feront l'objet d'un accord ult6-
rieur.
DECLARA TION DE PRINCIPES RELATIVE A LA COOPERATIONECONOMIQUE ET FINANCIERE
Priambule
La coop6ration entre la France et l'Alg6rie dans les domaines 6conomiqueet financier est fond6e sur une base contractuelle conforme aux principessuivants :
10 L'Alg6rie garantit les int6r~ts de la France et les droits acquis despersonnes physiques et morales.
2 La France s'engage en contrepartie A accorder h l'Alg6rie sonassistance technique et culturelle et A apporter au financement de sondveloppement 6conomique et social une contribution privil6gi~e que justifiel'importance des intfrets franqais existant en Alg6rie.
30 Dans le cadre de ces engagements r6ciproques, la France et l'Alg6rieentretiendront des relations privil6gi6es, notarnment sur le plan des 6changeset de la monnaie.
Titre I. - Contribution franfaise au dveloppement dconomiqueet social de l'Alghrie
Article ler. - Pour contribuer de faqon durable I la continuit6 dud6veloppement 6conomique et social de l'Alg6rie, la France poursuivra sonassitance technique et une aide financi~re privil~gi6e. Pour une premierep6riode de trois ans, renouvelable, cette aide sera fix6e dans des conditionscomparables et A un niveau 6quivalant & ceux des programmes en cours.
Titre II. - Echanges
Article 5. - Dans le cadre du principe de l'ind6pendance commerciale etdouanire de 'Alg~rie, les 6changes avec la France, 6tablis sur la base de la
r6ciprocit6 des avantages et de l'int6ret des deux parties, b6n6ficieront d'unstatut particulier correspondant aux rapports de coop6ration entre les deuxpays.
Article 7. - Les ressortissants algriens r~sidant en France et notammentles travailleurs auront les memes droits que les nationaux franqais, hl'exception des droits politiques.
Titre III. - Relations monitaires
Article 8. - L'Alg6rie fera partie de la zone franc. Ses relations avec cettezone seront en outre d6finies contractuellement sur la base des principes6nonc6s aux articles 9, 10 et I I ci-apr~s.
Article 9. - Les op6rations de conversion de monnaie alg6rienne enmonnaie franqaise et vice versa, ainsi que les transferts entre les deux pays,s'effectuent sur la base des parit6s officielles reconnues par le Fondsmon6taire international.
Article 10. - Les transferts A destination de la France b6n6ficieront d'unr6gime de libert6. Le volume global et le rythme des op6rations devrontn6anmoins tenir compte des imp6ratifs du d6veloppement 6conomique etsocial de l'Alg6rie, ainsi que du montant des recettes en francs de l'Alg6rietir6es notamment de l'aide financi~re consentie par la France.
Pour r'application de ces principes et dans le souci de pr6server I'Alg6riedes effets de la sp6culation, la France et I'Algfrie se concerteront au seind'une commission mixte groupant les autorit~s mon6taires des deux pays.
Article 11. - Les accords relatifs h la coop6ration mon6taire entre iaFrance et 'Alg6rie pr6ciseront notamment :
- les modalit6s de transfert du privifge d'6mission, les conditionsd'exercice de ce privilege durant la p6riode qui prtc6dera la mise en place delInstitut d'6mission alg6rien, les. facilit~s n6cessaires au fonctionnement de
cet institut;- les rapports entre cet institut et la Banque de France en ce qui
conceme les conditions de participation de l'Alg6rie 5 la tr6sorerie communedes devises, l'individualisation et le volume initial des droits de tirage endevises, l'octroi d'allocations suppl6mentaires 6ventuelles en devises, le rtgimedes avoirs alg6riens en francs frangais correspondant aux droits de tirage endevises et les possibilits de d6couvert en francs franqais;
- les conditions d'6tablissement de r~gles communes h '6gard desop6rations trait6es dans des monnaies 6trang~res i Ia zone franc.
Titre IV. - Garanties des droits acquis et des engagements antdrieurs
Article 12. - L'Alg~rie assurera sans aucune discrimination une libre Otpaisible jouissance des droits patrimoniaux acquis sur son territoire avant'autod6termination. Nul ne sera priv6 de ces droits sans indemnitt 6quitable
pr6ablement fix~e.Article 13. - Dans le cadre de la r6forme agraire, la France apportera i
l'Alg6rie une aide sp6cifique, en vue du rachat, pour tout ou pattie, de drditsde proprit d6tenus par des ressortissants franqais.
Sur la base d'un plan de rachat 6tabli par les autorit6s aloriennescomp6tentes, les modalit6s de cette aide seront fix6es par accord entre les
deux pays, de mani~re & concilier l'ex~cution de la politique 6conomique etsociale de l'Alg6rie avec l'6chelonnement normal du concours financier de laFrance.
Article 14. - L'Alg~rie confirme l'int6gralit6 des droits attach6s aux titresminiers ou de transports accord6s par la R6publique frangaise pour larecherche, l'exploitation ou le transport des hydrocarbures liquides ou gazeuxet des autres substances min6rales des treize d6partements alg6riens du Nord;le r6gime de ces titres restera celui de l'ensemble des dispositions applicablesla date du cessez-le-feu.
Le present article concerne l'ensemble des titres miniers ou de transportd6livr6s par la France avant 'autod6termination; toutefois, apr~s le cessez-le-feu, il ne sera pas d~livr6 de nouveaux permis exclusifs de recherche sur dessurfaces non encore attribu6es, sauf si les zones int~ress~es ont fait l'objetd'un avis de mise h l'enquete publi6 avant cette date au Journal officiel de laR6publique frangaise.
Article 15. - Sont garantis les droits acquis, i la date de l'autod6ter-mination, en mati~re de pension de retraite ou d'invalidit6 aupr~s d'orga-nismes alg6riens.
Ces organismes continueront A assurer le service des pensions de retraiteou d'invalidit6; leur prise en charge d6finitive, ainsi que les modalit6s de leur6ventuel rachat, seront fix6es d'un commun accord entre les autorit6salg6riennes et frangaises.
Sont garantis les droits h pensions de retraite ou d'invalidit6 acquis aupr~sd'organismes frangais.
Article 16. - L'Alg6rie facilitera le paiement des pensions dues par laFrance aux anciens combattants et retrait6s. Elle autorisera les servicesfranqais comp6tents 4 poursuivre en territoire alg6rien l'exercice de leursactivit6s en mati~re de paiements, soins et traitement des invalides.
Article 7. - L'Alg~rie garantit aux socict~s franqaises install~es sur sonterritoire, ainsi qu'aux soci6t~s dont le capital est en majorit6 d6tenu par despersonnes physiques ou morales frangaises, l'exercice normal de leurs activit6sdans des conditions excluant toute discrimination i leur pr6judice.
Article 18. - L'Alg6rie assume les obligations et b6n~ficie des droitscontracts en son nom ou en celui des tablissements publics alg~riens par lesautorit6s fran aises comp~tentes.
Article 19. - Le domaine immobilier de I'Etat en Algrie sera transffr6 Al'Etat alg6rien, sous d6duction, avec l'accord des autorit~s alg~riennes, desimmeubles jug6s n6cessaires au fonctionnement normal des services frangaistemporaires ou permanents.
Les 6tablissements publics de l'Etat ou soci~t6s appartenant 4 l'Etat,charges de la gestion de services publics alg6riens, seront transforms i l'Alg~rie.Ce transfert portera sur les 6lments patrimoniaux effectu~s en Alg~rie lagestion de ces services publics ainsi qu'au passif y afferent. Des accordsparticuliers d~termineront les conditions dans lesquelles seront r6ailses cesoperations.
Article 20. - Sauf accord A intervenir entre la France et l'Alg~rie, lescr~ances et dettes libell~es en francs existant A la date de l'autod~termination,entre personnes physiques ou morales de droit public ou privb, sont r6put~eslibell~es dans la monnaie du domicile du contrat.
DECLARATION DE PRINCIPES SUR LA COOPERATIONPOUR LA MISE EN VALEUR DES RICHESSES DU SOUS-SOL DU SAHARA
Prjambule
1. Dans le cadre de la souverainet6 alg~rienne, l'Alg~rie et la Frances'engagent A coop6rer pour assurer la continuit6 des efforts de mise en valeurdes richesses du sous-sol saharien.
2. L'Alg6rie succ~de h la France dans ses droits, pr6rogatives etobligations de puissance publique conc6dante au Sahara pour l'application dela 16gislation mini~re et p6troli~re, compte tenu des modalit6s pr6vues au titreIII de la pr6sente d6claration.
3. L'Alg6rie et la France s'engagent, chacune en ce qui la concerne, hobserver les principes de coop6ration ci-dessus 6nonc6s, h respecter et fairerespecter 'application des dispositions ci-apr~s :
Titre I. - Hydrocarbures liquides et gazeux
A. - Garantie des droits acquii et de leurs prolongements
1. L'Alg6rie confirme l'int6gralit6 des droits attach6s aux titres minierset de transport accord~s par la R6publique frangaise en application du codep6trolier saharien.
Le pr6sent paragraphe concerne l'ensemble des titres miniers et detransport d6livr~s par la France avant l'autod6termination; toutefois, apr~s lecessez-le-feu, il ne sera pas dlivr6 de nouveaux permis exclusifs de recherchesur des surfaces non encore attribu6es, sauf si les zones int6ress6es ont faitl'objet d'un avis de mise & l'enqu~te publi6 avant cette date au Journal officielde la R6publique frangaise.
a) Par "titres miniers et de transport", il faut entendre essentiellement1) Les autorisations de prospection;2) Les permis exclusifs de recherche, dits permis II;3) Les autorisations provisoires d'exploiter;4) Les concessions d'exploitation et les conventions correspondantes;5) Les approbations de projets d'ouvrages de transport d'hydrocarbures
et les autorisations de transport correspondantes.b) Par "code p~trolier saharien", il faut entendre 1'ensemble des
dispositions de toute nature applicables, i la date du cessez-le-feu, h larecherche, i 1'exploitation et au transport des hydrocarbures produits dans lesd6partements des Oasis et de la Saoura et notarnment au transport de ceshydrocarbures jusqu'aux terminaux marins.
2. Les droits et obligations des d~tenteurs de titres miniers et detransport vis6s au paragraphe 1 ci-dessus et des personnes physiques oumorales qui leur sont associ6es dans le cadre de protocoles, accords oucontrats,..approuv6s par la R~publique frantaise, sont ceux d6finis par le codep6trolier saharien et par les pr6sentes dispositions.
3. Le droit pour le d6tenteur de titres miniers et ses associ~s detransporter ou faire transporter par canalisations, dans des conditions6cothomiques normales sa production d'hydrocarbures liquides ou gazeuxjusqu'aux points de traitement ou de chargement et d'en assurer I'exportations'exerce, en ce qui concerne la fixation du trac6 des canalisations, selon lesrecommandations de l'Organisme.
4. Le droit du concessionnaire et de ses associ6s, dans le cadre de leurorganisation commerciale propre ou de celle de leur choix, de vendre et dedisposer librement de la production, c'est-A-dire do la ceder, de l'6changer oude lutiliser en Alg6rie ou h l'exportation, s'exerce sous r6serve de lasatisfaction des besoins de la consommation int~rieure alg6rienne et duraffinage sur place.
5. Les taux de change et les parit6s mon6taires applicables A toutes lesop6rations comrnmerciales ou financi~res devront tre conformes aux parit6sofficielles reconnues par le Fonds mon6taire international
6. Les dispositions du present titre sont applicables sans distinction htous les titulaires des titres miniers ou de transport et h leurs associ6s, queUeque soit la nature juridique, l'origine ou la r6partition de leur capital etind~pendainment de toute condition de nationalit6 des personnes ou de lieudu si~ge social.
7. L'Alg~rie s'abstiendra de toute mesure de nature A rendre pluson6reux ou h faire obstacle h l'exercice des droits ci-dessus garantis, comptetenu des conditions 6conomiques normales. Elle ne portera pas atteinte auxdroits et int6r~ts des actionnaires, porteurs de parts ou cr6anciers destitulaires de titres miniers ou de transport, de leurs associ6s ou des entreprisestravaillant pour leur compte.
B. - Garanties concernant I'avenir (nouveaux titres miniers ou de transport)
8. Pendant une p6riode de six ans A compter de la mise en vigueur despr~sentes dispositions, l'Alg~rie accordera la priorit6 aux soci6t~s frangaises enmati~re de permis de recherche et d'exploitation, A 6galit6 d'offre concernantles surfaces non encore attributes ou rendues disponibles. Le regimeapplicable sera celui d~fini par la 16gislation alg~rienne en vigueur, les soci~t~sfranqaises conservant le regime du code p~trolier saharien vis6 au para-graphe 1er ci-dessus i l'6gard des titres miniers couverts par la garantie desdroits acquis.
Par "socits franqaises", au sens du pr6sent paragraphe, il faut entendreles soci~t~s dont le contrble est effectivement assur6 par des personnesmorales ou physiques franqaises.
9. L'Alg~rie s'interdit toute mesure discriminatoire au pr6judice dessoci6t6s frangaises et de leurs associ6s intervenant dans la recherche,l'exploitation ou le transport des hydrocarbures liquides ou gazeux.
C. - Dispositions communes
10. Les op6rations d'achat et de vente A 'exportation d'hydrocarburesd'origine saharienne destin6s directement ou par voie d'6changes techniquesl'approvisionnement de la France et des autres pays de la zone franc donnentlieu h r~glement en francs franqais.
Les exportations d'hydrocarbures sahariens hors de la zone franc ouvrent,concurrence des gains nets en devises en resultant, des droits de tirage en
devises au profit de l'Alg~rie; les accords de cooperation mon~taire, vis~sl'article 11 de la DMclaration de principes sur la cooperation conomique etfinanci~re, pr~ciseront les modalit~s pratiques d'application de ce principe.
Titre II. - Autres substances mindrales
11. L'Alg6rie confirme l'int6gralit ° des droits attach6s aux titres miniersaccord6s par la R6publique frangaise pour les substances min6rales autres queles hydrocarbures; le r6gime de ces titres restera celui de 1'ensemble desdispositions applicables A la date du cessez-le-feu.
Le pr6sent paragraphe oncerne 'ensemble des titres miniers d61ivr6s parla France avant l'autod6terinination; toutefois, aprbs le cessez-le-feu, il nesera pas d6livr6 de nouveaux permis exclusifs de recherche sur des surfacesnon encore attribu6es, sauf si les zones int6ress6es ont fait l'objet d'un avis demise k l'enquete publi6 avant cette date au Journal officiel de la R6publiquefrangaise.
12. Les soci6t6s frangaises pourront pr6tendre A l'octroi de nouveauxpermis et concessions dans les memes conditions que les autres soci6t6s; ellesb6n6ficieront d'un traitement aussi favorable que ces derni~res pour l'exercicedes droits r6sultant de ces titres miniers.
Titre III. - Organisme technique de mise en valeur des richessesdu sous-sol saharien
13. La mise en valeur rationnelle des richesses du sous-sol saharien estconfi6e, dans les conditions d6finies aux paragraphes suivants, A un organismetechnique franco-alg6rien, ci-apr~s d6nomm6 "1'Organisme".
14. L'Alg6rie et la France sont les cofondateurs de l'Organisme qui seraconstitu6 d~s la mise en vigueur des pr6sentes d6clarations de principes.
L'Organisme est administr6 par un conseil qui comprendra un nombre6gal de repr6sentants des deux pays fondateurs. Chacun des membres duconseil, y compris le pr6sident, dispose d'une voix.
15. L'Organisme a la personnalit6 civile et l'autonomie financi~re.
17. Le rble de l'Organisme dans le domaine minier est d~fini commesuit :
1) Les textes A caract~re 16gislatif ou r6glementaire relatifs au r6gimeminier ou p6trolier sont 6dict6s par l'Alg~rie apr~s avis de l'Organisme;
2) L'Organisme instruit les demandes relatives aux titres miniers et auxdroits d6riv6s de ces titres. L'Alg6rie statue sur les propositions de l'Organismeet d61ivre les titres miniers;
Titre IV. - Arbitrage
Nonobstant toutes dispositions contraires, tous litiges ou contestationsentre la puissance publique et les titulaires des droits garantis par Jg titre 1-Aci-dessus rel6vent en premier et dernier ressort d'un tribunal arbitralinternational dont l'organisation et le fonctionnement seront fond6s sur lesprincipes suivants :
- chacune des parties d6signe un arbitre et les deux arbitres nommerontun troisi~me arbitre qui sera le pr6sident du tribunal arbitral; A d6fautd'accord sur cette nomination, le pr6sident de la Cour internationale de
Justice sera pri6 de proc6der a cette d6signation h la requate de la partie laplus diligente;
- le tribunal statut A la majorit6 des voix;- le recours au tribunal est suspensif;- la sentence est ex6cutoire, sans exequatur, sur le territoire du pays des
parties: elle est reconnue ex6cutoire de plein droit, en dehors de cesterritoires, dans les trois jours su"vants le prononc6 de la sentence.
DECLARATION DE PRINCIPES RELATIVE A LA COOPERA TION CUL TURELLE
Titre I. - La cooperation
Article ler. - La France s'engage, dans la mesure de ses possibilit6s, imettre h la disposition de l'Alg6rie les moyens n6cessaires pour l'aider hd~velopper l'enseignement, la formation professionnelle et la recherchescientifique en Alg6rie.
Dans le cadre de l'assistance culturelle, scientifique et technique, laFrance mettra h la disposition de l'Algfrie, pour l'enseignement, l'inspectiondes 6tudes, l'organisation des examens et concours, le fonctionnement desservices administratifs et la recherche, le personnel enseignant, les techniciens,les sp6cialistes et chercheurs dont elle peut avoir besoin.
Ce personnel recevra toutes les facilit6s et toutes les garanties moralesn6cessaires A l'accomplissement de sa mission; il sera r6gi par des dispositionsde la Dclaration de principes sur la cooperation technique.
Article 2. - Chacun des deux pays pourra ouvrir sur le territoire de l'autredes 6tablissements scolaires et des instituts universitaires dans lesquels seradispens6 un enseignement conforme A ses propres programmes, horaires etm6thodes p6dagogiques, et sanctionn6 par ses propres diplbmes; l'acc~s ensera ouvert aux ressortissants des deux pays.
La France conservera en Alg~rie un certain nombre d'6tablissementsd'enseignement. La liste et les conditions de la r6partition des immeublesentre la France et l'Alg6rie feront l'objet d'un accord particulier.
Les programmes suivis dans ces 6tablissements comporteront un en-seignement de la langue arabe en Alg6rie et un enseignement de la languefrangaise en France. Les modalit6s du contrble du pays de r6sidence ferontl'objet d'un accord particulier.
Article 4. - La France mettra h la disposition de l'Alg6rie les moyensn6cessaires pour 'aider h d~velopper l'enseignement sup~rieur et la recherchescientifique et i assurer, dans ces domaines, des enseignements de qualit66gale aux enseignements correspondants dispenses par les universit~s fran-gaises.
L'Alg6rie organisera, dans la mesure de ses possibilit6s, dans les universit6salg6riennes, les enseignements de base communs aux universit6s frangaises,dans des conditions analogues de programmes, de scolarit6 et d'examens.
Article 5. - Les grades et diplbmes d'enseignement d6livr6s en Alg~rie eten France, dans les memes conditions de programmes, de scolarit6 etd'examens, sont valables de plein droit dans les deux pays.
(ii) Dclarations d'autorit6s gouvernementales frangaises'
Dette publique alg~rienne
"Aucune modification des conditions de garantie ni des modalitgsd'amortissement n'a W apport6e aux emprunts de la caisse d'6quipementpour le d6veloppement de l'Alg6rie, d'Electricit6 et Gaz d'Algfrie et de lacaisse d'accession h la propri6t6 et & l'exploitation rurales 6mis avec lagarantie de l'Etat franqais. Le retard constat6 dans la mise en paiement del'6ch6ance en capital et int6rets du ler d6cembre 1963 des obligationsCaper 6% 1956 r6sulte de ce que, par suite de la d6faillance prolong6e dela Caper et de l'Alg6rie, une procedure a dti etre mise en oeuvre pourpermettre la mise en jeu de la garantie. Un 6tablissement bancaire frangaisa 6 charg6 d'assurer, pour le compte de l'Etat frangais et en Franceexclusivement, le service financier de ces titres. Le coupon 6chu leier d6cembre 1963 a W mis en paiement A compter du ler juin 1964 et ila 6t proc6d6 le 8 juin 1964 au tirage au sort du chiffre de s6rie d6signantles obligations amortissables au ler d6cembre 1963." (Minister ofFinance, Journal Officiel, Assemblie nationale, 11 July, 1964, p. 2456.)
"Contrairement h ce que pense l'honorable parlementaire, le Gouver-nement frangais est bien loin de se d6charger de ses responsabilit6s A'6gard des porteurs de 'emprunt 31/2% 1952 - tranche alg6rienne - nonplus que des autres emprunts 6mis avant l'ind6pendance de I'Alg6rie sousla seule signature de la collectivit6 algrienne puisqu'il n'a cess6d'effectuer des d6marches auprls du Gouvernement alg~rien en vued'obtenir la reprise, dans des conditions satisfaisantes, du service de cesemprunts. C'est dans cet esprit que, les premilres d6marches effectu6es envue d'amener le Gouvernement alg6rien h approvisionner rfguli~rementl'6tablissement charg6 d'assurer le service des emprunts en questionn'ayant pas abouti, il a, comme il est indiqu6 dans la r~ponse faite h laquestion 6crite n0 10930 (J.O.A.N. 6 f6vrier 1965, p. 210), engag6 unenouvelle n6gociation aupr s du Gouvernement d'Alger en vue de mettreen oeuvre une procedure diff6rente, de nature h permettre la reprise, aux6ch6ances pr6vues, du paiement r6gulier des int~rets comme du rembour-sement du capital amort!" (Minister of Finance, Journal Officel,Assemblie nationale, 10 April, 1965, p. 759.)
"En ce qui concerne le respect des engagements pris par I'Etat, il y alieu de noter que les difficult~s rencontr6es au cours de I'ann6e 1964 parElectricitb et Gaz d'Algbrie pour obtenir le transfert A Paris des provisionsn6cessaires h la couverture des 6ch6ances normales qui demeurent & sacharge, ont conduit le Tr6sor public A intervenir A plusieurs reprises, h
1 Le texte de ces dlclarations, publi6es dans le Journal Officiel de la R~publiquefranfalse, a t6 reproduit dans : The International Law Association Report of theFifty.fourth Conference, La Hague, 1971, p. 113 i 120. Pour d'autres problames desuccession d'Etats dans les matidres autres que les traites concernant I'Algerie etparticuliirement l'application des Accords d'Evian, voir aussi les nombreuses d6clarationsd'autorit~s gouvernementales franqaises publies dans le Journal Officiel de la Repu-blique franpaise et reproduites et organis6es par Jean Charpentier dans "Pratiquefranaise du droit international", Annuaire francais de droit international, vol. IX, 1963,p. 1015 A 1025; vol. X, 1964, p. 900 a 914; vol. XI, 1965, p. 984 i 993; vol. XIII, 1967,p. 867 & 876; vol. XIV, 1968, p. 880 i 884; vol. XVI, 1970, p. 942 i 944.
titre de relais, pour assurer i bonne date, i la caisse nationale de l'6nergiequi est charg6e du service des emprunts d'E.G.A., les moyens depr6financement n~cessaires. Par ailleurs, les droits des porteurs de diversemprunts 6mis par E.G.A. ont W int~gralement respect~s, conform~mentaux clauses du contrat d'6mission, lorsqu'ils ont us6 de la facult6 deremboursement anticip6 qui leur 6tait offerte. Les r~glements aff6rents ices remboursements ont 6t0 assum6s par le Tr6sor fran;ais en applicationdes engagements de garantie donn6s. I apparaft donc que, dans toutes lescirconstances, le Gouvernement a, comme i se doit, pleinement rempli lesobligations lui incombant du fait de la garantie." (Minister of Finance,Journal Officiel, Assamblee nationale, 10April, 1958, p. 759.)
"L'emprunt 5% 1930 6mis par l'office public d'habitations bonmarch6 de la ville d'Alger, comme tous les autres emprunts mis sous lasignature de la collectivitO alifrienne, a W pris en charge par laR6publique alg6rienne en application des accords d'Evian (article 18 de lad6claration de principes du 19 mars. 1962 relative la coop6ration6conomique et financi~re). Les inconv6nients qui r~sultent pour lesporteurs des retards constat6s dans le rfglement des 6ch~ances aff6rentes ilemprunt en cause n'ont pas 6chapp6 i l'attention du Gouvernement, quis'efforce d'obtenir l'extension aux emprunts 6mis par les collectivit~slocales algriennes des dispositions de 'accord conclu avec le Gouver-nement de la R6publique alg~rienne d~mocratique et populaire relatif auservice des emprunts 6mis par 'ancien Gouvernement g6ntral del'Ag6riel ."
"En vertu de l'article 18 de la d6claration de principe relative i lacoop6ration 6conomique et financi6re, sign6e le 19 mars 1962 h Evian,"l'Alg6rie assume les obligations et b~n6ficie des, droits contract6s en sonnom par les autorit6s frangaises". Parmi ces obligations figure notammentle rfglement de I'ensemble des droits acquis par les agents en service enAlg6rie avant la date de l'accession de cet Etat i l'ind6pendance. Aucunedisposition des accords du 19 mars 1962 n'a pr~vu la substitution de laFrance h l'Alg6rie au cas o cet Etat n'ex~cuterait pas les obligations ainsimises h sa charge. Toutefois, par une initiative qui relkve de la notion depaiement pour autrui, l'Etat franqais a d~cid6 d'honorer, pour le comptede l'Alg6rie tenue au remboursement et par imputation sur un compte detr~sorerie cr66 i cet effet, certains droits acquis, objectivement liquidableset dont le r6glement pr6sentait un caract~re d'urgence. Ainsi ont pu treimput6s les traitements et leurs accessoires forfaitaires demeur6s impay6s.Les indemnit6s de licenciement qui satisfont aux m6mes crit6res relatifsla liquidation et i l'urgence sont 6galement imputables au compte detr6sorerie, sous r6serve que les int6ress6s n'aient pas b6n6ficie depossibilit6s de reclassement ou d'une prise en charge au cours de lap6riode durant laquelle les tranches mensuelles de leur indemnit6 delicenciement auraient dQ leur etre verskes." (Minister of Economics andFinance, Journal Officiel, Assemblie nationale, 12 March 1966, p. 393.)
1 Aux termes duquel "le service des emprunts de I'cx-gouvernement g~n6ral deI'Alg6rie serait assure sur le territoire de la R~publique franqaise, i partir du ISseptembre 1965, par le Tresor franqais pour le compte du Trisor algrien". (Minister ofEconomics and Finance, Journal Officiel, Assemblke nationale, 27 May, 1966, p. 1535.)
"En vertu de l'article 18 de la dclaration de principe relative i lacooperation dconomique et financi~re du 19 mars 1962, c'est A l'Alg6riequ'incombe le paiement des traitements et indemnit6s dus A despersonnels frangais en activit6 dans ce pays la date de l'autod~termi-nation. C'est donc pour le compte de l'Etat alg6rien que le Gouvernementfrangais a d~cid6, selon les modalit~s pr6vues par la circulaire 02-46 du 14juin 1963, de proc6der en raison de l'urgence, au r~glement de certainescr6ances d6tenues i ce titre (notamment les r~mun6rations principales A'exclusion des avantages accessoires). Une nouvelle d6cision doit 6tendre
incessamment la proc6dure exceptionnelle de paiement du ci-dessusrendement. Toutefois, s'agissant de r~glement pour le compte d'autrui,r'intervention de l'Etat frangais doit rester limit6e aux seules d6pensesmises h la charge de l'Alg6rie en vertu de l'article 18 de la d~claration deprincipe; il en r6sulte que seules pourront 8tre r6gl6es les cr~ances fond6essur des textes approuv6s par les autorit6s financi~res de tutelle del'Spoque et r6guli~rement publi6s avant l'accession de l'Alg~rie il'ind6pendance. En cons6quence, les rappels demand~s au titre desindemnit~s d'exploitation en r6gie et des primes de rendement par lesing6nieurs et les ing6nieurs des travaux, des eaux et forets en service enAlg~rie en 1961 et 1962 ne pourront tre pay~s que dans la mesure ohauront 6t express~ment et r~gulirement 6tendues 4 l'Alg6rie lesdispositions des d~crets no 61-1544 du 30 d6cembre 1961, no 62-1466 du27 novembre 1962 et no 63-969 du 20 septembre 1963." (Minister ofEconomics and Finance, Journal Officiel, 27 August, 1966. P. 2870.)
"En application de l'article 18 de la d6clarat-on de principes rqlative Ala coop6ration 6conomique et financi~re des accords d'Evian, l'Alg6rieassume les obligations et b6n6ficie des droits contract6s en son nom ou encelui des 6tablissements publics alg~riens par les autorit~s frangaisescomptentes avant l'ind~pendance. I1 appartient en cons6quence A l'officenational de la r~forme agraire, organisme alg~rien qui a suec6d6 A la caissed'accession la proprit8 et A l'exploitation rurale (C.A.P.E.R.) d'assumerles engagements non r6gl~s de son pr~d~cesseur. En ce qui concerne lesobligations 6mises par la C.A.P.E.R. et dont le service est garanti parl'Etat frangais, le Tr~sor public s'est normalement substitu6 lors des6ch~ances contractuelles, i l'organisme alg~rien d6faillant. En ce quiconcerne r'indemnisation des terres expropri6es au b~n~fice de laC.A.P.E.R. ou d'autres organismes publics algriens avant l lerjuillet1962, deux cas sont A consid~rer : si les op6rations d'expropriation ontt6 suivies d'une consignation aupr~s d'un comptable public frangais, une
proc6dure de liquidation est actuellement A 1'6tude dans les d~partementsminist~riels int~ress~s; si les sommes dues aux expropri~s n'ont pas faitrobjet d'une consignation, c'est h l'office national de la r6forme agrairequ'incombe le paiement des indemnit~s dues. Le Gouvernement frangaisn'est pas, en effet, en mesure d'6tendre aux dettes de la C.A.P.E.R.aff~rentes i 1'expropriation des terrains de cet organisme ou descollectivit~s locales la procedure d'apurement sur l'aide h l'Aig~rie desd~penses non r6gl6es avant la cltture de la gestion 1962, soit sur le budgetde 'Etat, soit sur le budget des services civils de l'Alg~rie i laquelle faitallusion l'honorable parlementaire." (Minister of Economics and Finance,Journal Officiel, Sgnat, 23 August, 1966, p. 1191.)
"Le Tr6sor frangais assure depuis le ler septembre 1965 le service desemprunts de 'ex-gouvernement g~n6ral de 'Alg6rie en tant que man-dataire du Tr6sor alg6rien en application d'un 6change de lettres entre lesgouvernements frangais et alg~rien en date du 30 juilet, 1965. Auxtermes de cet 6change de lettres, le Gouvernement alg~rien s'estnotamment engag6 i communiquer au Gouvernement frangais la liste destitres sortis au tirage d'amortissement ainsi que la valeur de rembour-sement des titres aff6rents A 'emprunt 3V% 1952. Le Tr6sor alg6rien nelui ayant pas communiqu6 en temps utile les documents n6cessaires & lamise en parement de '6ch6ance du ler juin 1966 de l'emprunt 3 % 1952,le Tr6sor frangais n'a pu assurer & bonne date le mandat qui lui a 6t6confi6. Cependant, le gouvernement ayant obtenu, dans les accordsfranco-alg6riens en date du 23 d6cembre 1966, confirmation du mandatdonn6 par le Tr6sor alg6rien au Tr6sor frangais pour le service desemprunts de l'ex-gouvernement g6n6ral de l'Alg6rie, les difficult6srencontr6es en 1966 par les porteurs de 1'emprunt 32% 1952 ne devraientplus se reproduire dans l'avenir." (Minister of Economics and Finance,Journal Officiel, Assemblde nationale, 25 February 1967, p. 337.)
"L'emprunt "Ville d'Alger 6% 1956" 6mis sous la seule signature de lacollectivit6 algrienne a 6t0 pris en charge par la R~publique alg6rienne enapplication des accords d'Evian (art. 18 de la d6claration de principes du19 mars 1962, relative h la coop6ration 6conomique et financi~re).L'emprunt en cause, de m~me que les autres emprunts publics 6mis pardes colectivit6s alg6riennes, n'a jamais 6t6 couvert par une garantie de'Etat. Les inconv6nients qui r6sultent pour les porteurs des retards
constat6s dans le r6glement des 6ch6ances.aff6rentes i 1'emprunt enquestion n'ont pas 6chapp6 au Gouvernement. L'honorable parlementaireapprendra avec satisfaction que les efforts du Gouvernement sur cettequestion ont port6 leurs fruits puisque, dans l'accord franco-alg6rien du23 d6cembre 1966, l'Alg6rie s'est engag6e A assurer dor6navant le servicede certains emprunts de divers 6tablissements et collectivit6s publiquesalg6riens 6mis sur le march6 financier frangais, notamment celui de la viled'Alger 6%, 1956. Aux termes de l'accord' pr~cit6, le Gouvernementalg~rien fera parvenir au Gouvernement frangais les documents n6cessaires(liste des obligations tir6es, liste des oppositions) pour que le servicedesdits emprunts puisse etre assur6 pour le compte des 6tablissements etvilles alg6riens int~ress~s par les comptables du Tr6sor frangais sur leterritoire de la R~publique frangaise. Cette proc6dure est en effet denature t mieux prot6ger les int6rets des porteurs frangais de ces titres. Lamise en oeuvre des dispositions qui precedent est actuellement en coursd'6tude. Cependant, la centralisation de la documentation n6cessaire auservice desdits emprunts et A son exploitation par les services frangaiscomptents entrafneront quelques d~lais. Les porteurs int~ress~s seront,aussitbt que possible, inform6s par voie de presse des modalit6s derfglement des titres et coupons aff6rents aux emprunts vis6s par I'accordfranco-alg~rien du 23 d~cembre 1966." (Minister of Economics andFinance, Journal Officiel, Assemble nationale, 25 February, 1967,p. 337.)
"Le remboursement des bons 5,75% 1959 6mis par la Compagnieimmobili~re (C.I.A.) avec la garantie de l'Alg6rie et arriv6s h;6ch6ance
incombe en premier lieu h la soci6t6 6mettrice. Les 6v6nements survenusen Alg6rie depuis 1962 n'ont pas permis h la Compagnie immobilirealg6rienne de respecter les engagements qu'ele avait contract6s. Restealors la garantie de l'Alg6rie, qui s'est trouv6e transffr6e en droit par lesaccords d'Evian au nouvel Etat. Le Gouvernement s'est efforc6 h plusieursreprises d'obtenir des autorit6s alg6riennes la mise en oeuvre de cettegarantie. II n'a pas 6t6 possible, pour l'instant, de r6gler ce probl~me, quicontinue de retenir toute l'attention du minist~re des affaires trangresainsi que celle du minist6re de l'6conomie et des finances. Dis qu'un616ment nouveau aura pu 8tre d6gag6, il sera port6 i la connaissance desporteurs de bons." (Minister for Foreign Affairs, Journal Officiel,Assemblge nationale, 20 January, 1968, p. 147.)
Administrative debts of Algerian "collectives publiques"
"Le Gouvernement franqais a fait de nombreuses d~marches aupr~s duGouvernement alg6rien pour l'inviter h respecter les obligations qui luiincombent au titre de rglement des cr6ances publiques n6es avantl'ind6pendance, conform6ment aux stipulations des accords d'Evian etaux rfgles g~n6rales du droit international en mati~re de successiond'Etat. Ces d6marches n'ayant pas abouti, le iecr6tariat d'Etat aux affairesalg6riennes a W autoris6 d~s 1963 A proceder au r~glement, pour lecompte de l'Alg6rie, de certaines d~penses des anciens services franqaisrest6es impay6es. Le principe de l'extension de ces mesures de prise encompte h certaines d6penses des collectivit6s locales et des 6tablissementspublics vient en outre d'6tre r6cemment admis." (Secretary of State,Charg6 des affaires alg6riennes, Journal Officiel, Assemblde nationale, 18July, 1964, p. 2494.)
Debts of Public Utilities of Algeria
"Aux termes des accords d'Evian (art. 18 de la d6claration de principerelative h la coop6ration 6conomique et financi~re), l'Alg6rie assume lesobligations et b6n6ficie des droits contract6s avant l'ind~pendance en sonnom, ou en celui des 6tablissements publics alg6riens, par les autorit6sfranqaises; il en r~sulte que le rfglement des dettes de la caisse d'accessionA la propri6t6 et h l'exploitation rurale (C.A.P.E.R.), 6tablissement publicalg~rien, devenue l'office national de la r6forme agraire, incombe auxautorit~s alg~riennes. Ce principe n'a pas t mis en cause par la d6cisionprise par le Gouvernement, en accord avec le Gouvernement d'Alger, ded~sint~resser pour le compte de l'Alg~rie nos compatriotes d~tenantcertaines cr6ances sur les collectivit6s publiques ou les 6tablissementspublics d'Alg6rie, pour les fournitures ou des prestations effectu~es avantle lerjanvier 1963. En ce qui concerne les 6tablissements publics, etnotanment la C.A.P.E.R., les dispositions en vigueur ne sont pour lemoment applicables qu'aux seules d~penses de fonctionnement. Toute-fois, les services comptents 6tudient la possibilit6 d'6tendre leur b~n~ficeaux d6penses d'6quipement, mais aucune decision n'a encore W prise."(Minister for External Affairs, Journal Officiel, Assemblie nationale,2 March, 1968, p. 604.)
Various Administrative Debts
"Les cr6ances r6sultant de d6cisions des autorit6s frangaises sont doncd6sormais h la charge de 'Alg6rie si ces d6cisions peuvent atre consid6r6escomme ayant 6t6 prises au nom de cette demire ou d'un 6tablissementpublic alg6rien. D'autre part, les cr6ances sur des 6tablissements publics del'Etat ou de soci6t6s appartenant h l'Etat, transf6r~s h l'Alg6rie enapplication des dispositions pr6cit~es, sont A la charge des nouveaux6tablissements auxquels sont transf6r6s l'actif et le passif des anciens. Cesdispositions sont notamrnment applicables aux indemnit6s d'expropriationpour cause d'utilit6 publique, observation faite qu'en Alg6rie le finan-cement des investissements publics 6tait le plus souvent assur6 par un6tablissement public national, la caisse d'6quipement pour le dvelop-pement de l'Alg6rie (C.E.D.A.). Le rfglement de ces indemnit6s incombedonc h 'Alg6rie ou a 1'6tablissement charg6 d'assurer le financement del'op6ration et il appartient aux seuls tribunaux alg6riens de connaftre deslitiges relatifs h '6valuation ou au r~glement de celes-ci Toutefois, enraison des retards mis par les autorit6s alg6riennes pour le r~glement desd~penses en cause ou des difficult6s qu'eUes alfguent parfois pourprendre en charge certaines cr6ances, le Gouvernement franqais a pris lesdispositions n6cessaires pour proc~der, dans certains cas, A des r~glementspour le compte de l'Alg6rie. Ces mesures ne sont applicables qu'en casd'urgence incontestable et sous r6serve qu'il s'agisse d'une d6pense quiaurait W imputable soit au budget de l'Etat franqais (affaires alg6riennes,Sahara), soit au budget des services civils de 'Alg6rie. Se trouvent d's lorsexclues du b6n6fice de cette proc6dure les d6penses dont le r~glementincombe ' la C.E.D.A. : leur paiement continue h tre assur6 par cetorganisme ou par son homologue alg6rien, la caisse algfrienne ded~veloppement, dans le cadre des conventions pass6es entre ces deux
tablissements. D'autre part, la cr6ance dont le r~glement est demand6doit tre certaine, liquide et exigible. En cons6quence, seules les d6cisionsde justice devenues d6finitives peuvent faire I'objet d'un rfglement."(Secretary of State, Charg6 des affaires algriennes, Journal Officiel,Assembl~e nationale, 28 September, 1963, p. 4919.)
"La question pos6e par I'honorable parlementaire est celle dupaiement des primes ' la construction accord6es en Alg6rie. Ces primes6taient octroy6es par d6cisions pr6fectorales, au titre des bonificationsforfaitaires d'int6ret; les d~penses correlatives 6taient support~es par lebudget de l'Alg6rie et non par le budget m6tropolitain. Aux termes desaccords d'Evian, c'est donc au budget de la R6publique d6mocratiquealg6rienne qu'il appartient d'assurer le paiement des bonificationsforfaitaires d'intfrtt prc demment accord~es. Cette question a retenul'attention de l'administration, et l'agence de d6fense des biens et int6retsdes rapatri6s intervient actuellement aupr~s des ordonnateurs du budgetalg6rien pour obtenir le mandatement des 6ch6ances 6chues." (Minister ofRepatriation, Journal Officiel, Assetnbke nationale, 24 August, 1963,p. 4739.)
2. BARBADOS
Laws and Decrees
(a) THE BARBADOS INDEPENDENCE ACT 19661, 2
4. Consequential modification of other enactments(1) Notwithstanding anything in the Interpretation Act 1889, the
expression "colony" in any Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdompassed on or after the appointed day shall not include Barbados.
(2) On and after the appointed day(a) The expression "colony" in the Army Act 1955, the Air Force Act
1955 and the Naval Discipline Act 1957 shall not include Barbados, and(b) (amends the Army Act 1955, s. 225 (1), the Air Force Act 1-955,
s. 223 (I), and the Naval Discipline Act 1957, s. 135 (I), Vol. 29, title RoyalForces.)
(3) If any enactment contained in an Act of the present Session passedbefore the appointed day (whether before or kfter the passing of this Act)provides for the continuance in force of the said Acts of 1955 after the endof the year 1966, no Order in Council made under that enactment whichcontinues either of those Acts in force for a further period shall extend toBarbados as part of its law.
(4) For the purposes of the making, on or after the appointed day, ofOrders in Council under the West Indies Act 1962, and for the purposes ofthe making on or after that day of grants under section 8 of that Act,Barbados, shall be treated as not being a colony within the meaning of thatAct.
5. Power to provide new constitution for Barbados(1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council made before the appointed day
provide a constitution for Barbados to come into effect on that day.(2) An Order in Council under this section (in this section referred to as a
"Constitution Order") may include provision as to the manner in which thelegislature of Barbados may alter any provisions of that Order, or may alterany law which alters any of those provisions; and a constitution provided by aConstitution Order may include provision as to the manner in which thelegislature of Barbados, may alter that constitution or any provisions of thatconstitution, or may alter any law which alters that constitution or anyprovisions thereof.
(3) In this section references to altering a constitution or to altering anyprovision or law include references
(a) to revoking it, with or without re-enactment thereof or the making ofdifferent provision in lieu thereof;
(b) to modifying it (whether by omitting, amending or overriding anyof its provisions or inserting additional provisions in it or otherwise); and
1 Halsbury's Statutes of England, 3rd ed., vol. 4, p. 154.2 The provisions of sections 1, 2, 3, 4 (5) (6) of this Act are basically similar to those
of sections 1, 2 (2) (3), 3 and 4 (3) (4) of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (infra.p. 178).
(c) to suspending its operation for any period or terminating any suchsuspension.
(4) A Constitution Order may contain such transitional or otherincidental or supplementary provisions as appear to Her Majesty to benecessary or expedient.
(5) Any Constitution Order shall be laid before Parliament after beingmade.
6. Short title and interpretation
(2) Except in so far as the context otherwise requires, references in thisAct to any enactment are references to that enactment as amended orextended by or under any other enactment."
SCHEDULES'
(b) THE BARBADOS INDEPENDENCE ORDER 1966'
1. Citation, commencement and construction
(2) This Order shall come into operation on 30th November 1966 (in thisOrder referred to as "the appointed day"):
Provided that the Governor may at any time after 22nd November 1966exercise any of the powers conferred upon the Governor-General by sections4(3) and 10 (1) of this Order and sections 60 (1), 89.(2), 90 (1) and 91 (1)of the Constitution set out in the Schedule to this Order (in this Orderreferred to as "the Constitution") to such extent as may, in his opinion, benecessary or expedient to enable the Constitution to function as from theappointed day.
(3) For the purposes of the exercise by the Governor under the provisoto subsection (2) of the powers conferred by the said sections 89 (2), 90 (1)and 91 (1), the references therein to the Primer Minister and the Leader ofthe Opposition shall be construed as if they were references respectively tothe Premier and to the Leader of the Opposition as defined for the purposesof Schedule 2 to the Barbados (Letters Patent Consolidation) Order 1964:and the other powers referred to in that proviso shall be exercised by theGovernor acting in accordance with the advice of the Premier.
2. Revocations and amendments(1) The Barbados (Letters Patent Consolidation) Order 1964 (in this
Order referred to as "the existing Order") is revoked; but the revocation ofthe existing Order shall not affect the operation on and after the appointed
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar to those of thecorreiponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (infra, p. 191).
2 Statutory Instruments 1966, Part III, Sect. 1, p. 3858.
day of any law made or having effect as if made in pursuance of the existingOrder and having effect as part of the law of Barbados immediately beforethe appointed day (including any law made before the appointed day andcoming into operation on or after that day).
(2) The British Caribbean Court of Appeal Order in Council 1962 .(asamended by the British Caribbean Court of Appeal (Amendment) (No. 2)Order in Council 1962) is amended by the deletion of subparagraph (b)(which specifies Barbados) of the definition of "the Territories" in article2 (1); and the last mentioned Order is amended by the deletion of the words"and the Chief Judge and other judges of the Island of Barbados" inparagraph (b) of article 3 (1) (which specifies the judges of which the Courtconsists):
Provided that, if provision is made by an order under paragraph (b) ofsection 10(1) or by any other law for the continuance on or after theappointed day before the British Caribbean Count of Appeal of any suchpending appeals as are mentioned in that paragraph, then, for the purposes ofsuch appeals, Barbados shall continue to be a Territory for the purposes ofthe first mentioned Order and the Chief Justice and other Judges of theSupreme Court of Barbados shall be members of the Court ex officio.
(3) The West Indies (Dissolution and Interim Commissioner) Order inCouncil 1962 is amended by the deletion of sub-paragraph (b) (whichspecifies Barbados) of the definition of "the Territories" in article 2 ( 1); butnothing in this subsection shall affect the operation on and after theappointed day of any law having effect as part of the law of Barbadosimmediately before that day by virtue of the provisions of article 15 or 16 ofthat Order.
3. Establishment of constitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution shall come into
effect on the appointed day.4. Existing laws(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the existing laws shall be
construed with such modifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptionsas may be necessary to bring them into conformity with the BarbadosIndependence Act 1966 and this Order.
(2) Where any matter that fails to be prescribed or otherwise providedfor under the Constitution by Parliament or by any other authority or personis prescribed or provided for by or under an existing law (including anyamendment to any such law made under this section) or is otherwiseprescribed or provided for immediately before the appointed day by or underthe existing Order, that prescription or prov'ision shall, as from that day, haveeffect (with such modifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptions asmay be necessary to bring it into conformity with the Barbados Indepen-dence Act 1966 and this Order) as if it had been made under the Constitutionby Parliament or, as the case may require, by the other authority or person.
(3) The Governor-General may by order made at any time before 30thNovember 1967 make such amendments to any existing law as may appear tohim to be necessary or expedient for bringing that law into conformity withthe provisions of the Barbados Independence Act 1966 and this Order orotherwise for giving effect to or enabling effect to be given to thoseprovisions.
(4) An order made by the Governor-General under subsection (3) shallhave effect from such day, not earlier than the appointed day, as may bespecified therein.
(5) The provisions of this section shall be without prejudice to anypowers conferred by this Order or by any other law upon any person orauthority to make provision for any matter, including the amendment orrepeal of any existing law.
(6) In this section "existing law" means any law having effect as part ofthe law of Barbados immediately before the appointed day (including any lawmade before the appointed day and coming into operation on or after thatday).
5. Parliament(1) The persons who immediately before the appointed day are members
of the Senate established by the existing Order (in this section referred to as"the existing Senate"), having been appointed as such under sub-paragraphs(a), (b) and (c) respectively of paragraph 10 (2) of Schedule 2 to that Order,shall as from the appointed day be members of the Senate established by theConstitution as if they had been appointed as such under subsections (2), (3)and (4) respectively of section 36 of the Constitution and shall hold theirseats as Senators in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
(2) The persons who immediately before the appointed day are Presidentand Deputy President of the existing Senate shall as from the appointed daybe President and Deputy President respectively of the Senate established bythe Constitution as if they had been elected as such under section 40 of theConstitution and shall hold office in accordance with.the provisions of thatsection.
(3) The persons who immediately before the appointed day are membersof the House of Assembly then established for Barbados (in this sectionreferred to as "the existing Assembly") shall as from the appointed day bemembers of the House of Assembly established by the Constitution as ifelected as such in pursuance of section 41 (2) of the Constitution and shallhold their seats in that House in accordance with the provisions of theConstitution.
(4) The persons who immediately before the appointed day are Speakerand Deputy Speaker of the existing Assembly shall as from the appointed daybe Speaker and Deputy Speaker respectively of the House of Assemblyestablished by the Constitution as if elected as such by that House inpursuance of any provisions in that behalf.
(5) Any person who is a member of the Senate or the House of Assemblyestablished by the Constitution by virtue of the preceding provisions of thissection and who, since he was last appointed or elected as a member of theexisting Senate or the existing Assembly before the appointed day, has takenthe oath of allegiance in pursuance of paragraph 21 of Schedule 2 to theexisting Order shall be deemed to have complied wiih the requirements ofsection 59 of the Constitution relating to the taking of the oath of allegiance.
(6) The Standing Orders of the existing Senate and the existing Assemblyas in force immediately before the appointed day shall, except as may beotherwise provided in pursuance of section 50 ( I ) of the Constitution, be theStanding Orders respectively of the Senate and the House of Assemblyestablished by the Constitution, but they shall be" construed with such
modifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptions as may be necessaryto bring them into conformity with the Constitution.
(7) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 61 (3) of the Consti-tution (but subject to the provisions of subsections (4) and (5) of thatsection) Parliament shall, unless sooner dissolved, stand dissolved on theexpiration of five years from the first sitting of the existing Assembly afterthe general election of members of the Assembly last preceding the appointedday.
6. Ministers and Parliamentary Secretaries(1) The person who immediately before the appointed day holds the
office of Premier under the existing Order shall, as from the appointed day,hold office as Prime Minister as if he had been appointed thereto undersection 65 (1) of the Constitution.
(2) The persons (other than the Premier) who immediately before theappointed day hold office as Ministers under the existing Order shall, as fromthe appointed day, hold the like offices as if they had been appointed theretounder section 65 (2) of the Constitution.
(3) Any person holding the office of Prime Minister or other Minister byvirtue of subsection (1) or (2) who immediately before the appointed day wascharged with responsibility for any subject or department of governmentshall, as from the appointed day, be deemed to have been assignedresponsibility for the corresponding business or department of the Governmentunder section 72 of the Constitution.
(4) The persons who immediately before' the appointed day hold officeas Parliamentary Secretaries under the existing Order shall, as from theappointed day, hold the like offices as if they had been appointed theretosection 73 (1) of the Constitution.
(5) Any person who holds office as Primer Minister or other Minister orParliamentary Secretary as from the appointed day by virtue of the provisionsof this section shall be deemed to have complied with the requirements ofsection 69 or -section 73 (2), as the case may be, of the Constitution relatingto the taking of oaths.
7. Leader of the OppositionThe person who immediately before the appointed day is the Leader of
the Opposition (as defined for the purposes of Schedule 2 to the existingOrder) shall, as from the appointed day, hold office as Leader of theOpposition as if he had been appointed thereto under section 74 of theConstitution.
8. Privy CouncilThe persons who immediately before the appointed day are members of
the Privy Council established by the existing Order, having been appointed assuch under clause 3 of the Barbados Royal Instructions 1964, shall, as fromthe appointed day, hold office as members of the Privy Council establishedby the Constitution as if they had been appointed thereto under section76 (1) of the Constitution:
Provided that for the purposes of subsection (3) of that section the dateof appointment of any such person shall be the date on which the period ofhis last appointment under the said clause 3 commenced or was deemed tohave commenced for the purposes of that clause.
9. Existing judges and public officers(1) Every person who immediately before the appointed day holds or is
acting in a public office shall, as from the appointed day, hold or act izi thatoffice or the corresponding office established by the Constitution as if hehad been appointed to do so in accordance with the provisions of theConstitution:
Provided that any person who under any existing law would have beenrequired to vacate his office on the attainment of any age or on theexpiration of any period shall vacate his office on the attainment of that ageor at the expiration of that period.
(2) The provisions of subsectioft (1) shall applyin relation to the officeof a Judge as if that office were a public office.
(3) Any person who, by virtue of the provisions of this section, holds oris acting in the office of the Director of Public Prosecutions or a Judge asfrom the appointed day shall be deemed to have complied with therequirements of section 79 (7) or, as the case may be, section 83 of theConstitution relating to the taking and subscribing of oaths.
(4) In this section "existing law" has the same meaning as in section 4.
10. Pending legal proceedings(1) The Governor-General may by order make such provision as may
appear to him to be necessary or expedient for(a) the continuance on or after the appointed day before the High Court
or the Court of Appeal established by the Constitution of any proceedingspending immediately before that day before the Supreme Court of Barbados;
(b) the continuance on or after the appointed-day before the said Courtof Appeal or the British Caribbean Court of Appeal or the abatement of anyappeal pending immediately before that day before the British CaribbeanCourt of Appeal from the Supreme Court of Barbados;
(c) the enforcement of any judgment of the Supreme Court of Barbadosor the British Caribbean Court of Appeal given but not satisfied before theappointed day; and
(d) the enforcement of any judgment of the British Caribbean Court ofAppeal given on or after that day by virtue of provision made in pursuance ofparagraph (b).
(2) In subsection (1)"appeal" includes a case stated or question of law reserved;"judgment" includes a decree, order, ruling, sentence or decision;"the Supreme Court of Barbados" includes the Full Court of that Court.(3) The provisions of this section shall be without prejudice to the
provisions of section 4 and to any powers conferred by this Order or by anyother law upon any person or authority to make provision for any of thematters referred to in subsection (1).
11. Appeals to Her Majesty in CouncilUntil Parliament otherwise provides, an appeal shall lie under section
88 (1) of the Constitution from decisions of the Court of Appeal establishedby the Constitution to Her Majesty in Council in the cases mentioned inparagraphs (a) and (b) of section 3 of the British Caribbean (Appeal to PrivyCouncil) Order in Council 1962 as if references therein to the 'British
Caribbean Court of Appeal were references to the Court of Appealestablished by the Constitution.
THE SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER
THE CONSTITUTION OF BARBADOS
Chapter II. Citizenship
2. Persons who become citizens on 30th November 1966(1) Every' person who, having been born in Barbados, is on 29th
November 1966 a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies shall become acitizen of Barbados on 30th November 1966.
(2) Every person who, having been born outside Barbados, is on 29thNovember 1966 a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies shall, if hisfather becomes or would but for his death have become a citizen of Barbadosin accordance with the provisions of subsection (1), become a citizen ofBarbados on 30th November 1966.
(3) Any person who on 29th November 1966 is a citizen of the UnitedKingdom and Colonies
(a) having become such a citizen under the British Nationality Act 1948by virtue of his having been naturalised in Barbados as a British subject beforethat Act came into force; or
(b) having become such a citizen by virtue of his having been naturalisedor registered in Barbados under that Act,shall become a citizen of Barbados on 30th November 1966.
3. Persons entitled to be registered as citizens(1) Any woman who on 29th November 1966 is or has been married to a
person(a) who becomes a citizen of Barbados by virtue of section 2; or(b) who, having died before 30th November 1966, would but for his
death have become a citizen of Barbados by virtue of that section,
shall be entitled, upon making application, and, if she is a British protectedperson or an alien, upon taking the oath of allegiance, to be registered as acitizen of Barbados.(2) Any person who is a Commonwealth citizen (otherwise than byvirtue of being a citizen of Barbados) and who
(a) has been ordinarily resident in Barbados continuously for a period ofseven years or more at any time before 30th November 1966; and
(b) has not, since such period of residence in Barbados and before thatdate, been ordinarily resident outside Barbados continuously for a period ofseven years or more,
shall be entitled, upon making application, to be registered as a citizen ofBarbados:
Provided that the right to be registered as a citizen of Barbados under thissubsection shall be subject to such exceptions or qualifications as may bepredcribed in the interests of national security or public policy.
(3) Any woman who on 29th November 1966 is or has been married to aperson who subsequently becomes a citizen of Barbados by registration undersubsection (2) shall be entitled, upon making application, and, if she is aBritish protected person or an alien, upon taking the oath of allegiance, to beregistered as a citizen of Barbados:
Provided that the right to be registered as a citizen of Barbados under thissubsection shall be subject to such exceptions or qualifications as may beprescribed in the interests of national security or public policy.
5. Persons born outside Barbados after 29th November 1966A person born outside Barbados after 29th November 1966 shall become
a citizen of Barbados at the date of his birth if at that date his father is acitizen of Barbados otherwise than by virtue of this section or section 2 (2).
6. Marriage to citizen of BarbadosAny woman who, after 29th November 1966, marries a person who is or
becomes a citizen of Barbados shall be entitled, upon making application, insuch manner as may be prescribed an , if she is a British protected person oran alien, upon taking the oath of aUllgiance, to be registered as a citizen ,fBarbados.
8. Commonwealth citizens(1) Every person who under this Constitution or any Act of Parliament is
a citizen of Barbados or under any enactment for the time being in force inany country to which this section applies is a citizen of that country shall, byvirtue of that citizenship, have the status of a Commonwealth citizen.
(2) Every person who is a British subject without citizenship under theBritish Nationality Act 1948, continues to be a British subject undersection 2 of that Act or is a British subject under the British Nationality Act1965 (a) shall, by virtue of that status, have the status of a Commonwealthcitizen.
(3) Save as may be otherwise provided by Parliament, the countries towhich this section applies are the United Kingdom and Colonies, Canada,Australia, New Zealand, India, Pakistan, Ceylon, Ghana, Malaysia, Nigeria,Cyprus, Sierra Leone, Tanzania, Jamaica, Trinidad and Tobago, Uganda,Kenya, Malawi, Malta, Zambia, The Gambia, Singapore, Guyana, Botswana,Lesotho and Southern Rhodesia.
9. Powers of ParliamentParliament may make provision(a) for the acquisition of citizenship of Barbados by persons who do not
become citizens of Barbados by virtue of the provisions of this Chapter; or(b) for depriving of his citizenship of Barbados any person who is a
citizen of Barbados otherwise than by virtue of subsection (1) or (2) ofsection 2 or section 4 or section 5.
10. Interpretation(1) In this Chapter"alien" means a person who is not a Commonwealth citizen, a British
protected person or a citizen of the Republic of Ireland;"British protected person" means a person who is a British protected
person for the purposes of the British Nationality Act 1948;
"prescribed" means prescribed by or under any Act of Parliament.(2) Any reference in this Chapter to the father of a person shall, in
relation to any person born out of wedlock other than a person legitimatedbefore 30th November 1966, be construed as a reference to the mother ofthat person.
(3) For the purposes of this Chapter, a person born aboard a registeredship or aircraft, or aboard an unregistered ship or aircraft of the governmentof any country, shall be deemed to have been born in the place in which theship or aircraft was registered or, as the case may be, in that country.
(4) Any reference in this Chapter to the national status of the father of aperson at the time of that person's birth, shall, in relation to a person bornafter the death of the father, be construed as a reference to the nationalstatus of the father at the time of the father's death; and where that deathoccurred before 30th November 1966 and the birth occurred after 29thNovember 1966 the national status that the father would have had if he haddied on 30th November 1966 shall be deemed to-be his national status at thetime of his death.
Chapter VIII. The Public Service
Part 3. Pensions
103. Protection of pension rights(1) Subject to the provisions of section 104, the law applicable to the
grant and payment to any officer, or to his widow, children, dependants orpersonal representatives, of any pension, compensation, gratuity or other likeallowance (in this section and section 104 referred to as an "award") inrespect of the service of that officer in a public office shall be that in forceQn the relevant date or any later law that is not less favourable to that person.
(2) In subsection (1) "the relevant date" means(a) in relation to an award granted before 30th November 1966, the date
on which the award was granted;(b) in relation to an award granted or to be granted on or after 30th
November 1966 to or in respect of any person who was a public officerbefore that date, 29th November 1966;
(c) in relation to an award granted or to be granted to or in respect ofany person who becomes a public officer on or after 30th November 1966,the date on which he becomes a public officer.
(3) Where a person is entitled to exercise an option as to which of two ormore laws shall apply in his case, the law specified by him in exercising theoption shall, for the purposes of this section, be deemed to be morefavourable to him than the other law or laws.
(4) Awards granted under any law in respect of service in a public office(not being awards that are a charge upon some other public fund ofBarbados) are hereby charged on the Consolidated Fund.
(5) For the purposes of this section and of section 104, service as a Judgeshall be deemed to be service in the public service.
Chapter IX. Finance
107. Consolidated FundThere shall be in and for Barbados a Consolidated Fund, into which,
subject to the provisions of any law for the time being in force in Barbados,shall be paid all revenues of Barbados.
111. Public debtThe public debt of Barbados, including the interest on that debt, sinking
fund payments and redemption monies in respect of that debt and the costs,charges and expenses incidental to the management of that debt, is herebycharged on the Consolidated Fund.
3. BENIN'
Trait6s2
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE DAHOMEYPORTANT TRANSFERT DES COMPETENCES DE LA COMMU-NAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 11 JUILLET 19603
Article jer
La R6publique du Dahomey accede, en plein accord et amiti6 avec laR6publique franqaise, A la souverainet6 internationale et A l'ind6pendance par letransfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Article 2
Toutes les comp6tences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Constitution du4 octobre 1953 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r6es A la R6publique duDahomey, ds l'accomplissement par les parties contractantes de la proc6durepr6vue A l'article 87 de ladite constitution.
(b) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE, ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE DU DAHOMEY. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL19614
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, identiquescelles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961, entre la France et la Cbte d'Ivoire (voir
infra, p. 225).]
1 Formerly Dahomey.2 Voir aussi la Convention (a) sous Niger, infra, p. 370).3 Journal Officiel de la Republique franeaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7050.4 Ibid, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1277. Entr6 en vigucur le 6 octobre 1961.
(c) ACCORD D'ASSISTANCE MILITAIRE TECHNIQUE ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU DAHOMEY.FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19611
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord, ainsi que celes de son annexe,sont, mutafis mutandis, identiques h celles de 'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entrela France'et la Cbte d'lvoire (voir infra, p. 228).]
(d) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE D'ENSEIGNEMENTSUPERIEUR ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPU-BLIQUE DU DAHOMEY. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19612
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, identiquesA celles de I'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et la Cte d'Ivoire (voirinfra, p. 231).1
(e) ACCORD DE COOPERATION CULTURELLE ENTRE LA REPU-BLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU DAHOMEY. FAIT APARIS, LE 24' AVRIL 19613
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques A celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et la Cbte d'Ivoire(voir infra, p. 233).]
(f) ACCORD GENERAL DE COOPERATION TECHNIQUE EN MATIEREDE PERSONNEL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE DU DAHOMEY. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19614
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord, ainsi que celles de son annexe,sont, mutatis mutandis, identiques h ceUes de I'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entrela France et la Cbte d'Ivoire (voir infra, p. 236).]
(g) ECHANGE DE LETrRES ENTRE LE DAHOMEY ET LA FRANCERELATIVES AU TRANSFERT DES DOSSIERS EN INSTANCE DE-VANT LE CONSEIL D'ETAT ET DE LA COUR DE CASSATION.PARIS, 24 AVRIL 19615
Le President de la Republique du DahomeyMonsieur le Premier Ministre de la Republique franfaise
L'accord particulier sign6 i Paris, le II juillet 1960, a eu pour effet detransfrer & la R~publique du Dahomey Ia comptence de Ia Communaut6concernant le contrble de Ia justice.
1 Ibid., 6 fvrier 1962, p. 1279. Entri en vigueur Ic 6 octobre 1961.2 Journal Officiel de la Republique franaise 6 f~vricr 1962, p. 1'285. I'ntr6 en
vigucur Ic 6 octobre 1961.3 Ibid., 6 fivricr 1962, p. 1286. Entr6 en vigucur Ic 6 octobre de 1961.4 Ibid., 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1289. Entr6 en vigucur le 6 octobre 1961.5 Ibid., 6 fivricr 1962, p. 1285.
En consequence, le Conseil d'Etat et la cour de cassation de la R6publiquefrangaise ont, h dater du jour de 'entr6e en vigueur dudit accord, cessk d'etrecomptents pour connaftre des recours et pourvois int6ressant la R6publiquedu Dahomey dont ces hautes juridictions 6taient alors saisies.
Fai 'honneur de vous demander de bien vouloir me faire savoir si leGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise admet cette interpr6tation deL'accord portant transfert des comptences de la Communaut6.
Dans 'affirmative, je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir donner lesinstructions n6cessaires pour que les dossiers de ces proc6dures soient remisau ministre de la justice de la R6publique du Dahomey par l'interm6diaire duministre de la justice de La R6publique frangaise.
Le Premier Ministre de la Rdpublique franpaised Monsieur le Prisident de la Rdpublique du Dahomey
Vous avez bien voulu, A la date du 24 avril 1961, m'adresser La lettre dontla teneur suit :
[Voir texte ci-dessus.]J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer que le Gouvernement de la R6publique
frangaise partage votre interpr6tation de l'accord particulier signt & Paris le 1juillet 1960.
Je donne en cons6quence les instructions n6cessaires pour que les dossiersdes proc6dures vis~es dans votre lettre soient remis au ministre de la justice dela R6pubique du Dahomey.
4. BOTSWANA
Laws and decrees
(a) THE BOTSWANA INDEPENDENCE ACT 19661, 2
1. Establishment of Republic of BotswanaOn 30th September 1966 (in this Act referred to as "the appointed day")
the territory which immediately before that day constitutes the Bechuana-land Protectorate shall cease to be a protectorate and shall become anindependent republic under the name of Botswana; and on and after that dayHer Majesty shall have no jurisdiction over that territory.
1 Halsbury's Statutes of England, 3rd ed., vol. 4, p. 160.2 The provisions of sections 3 (3) (4) and 4 of this Act are basically similar to those
of sections 2 (2) (3) and 3 of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (infra, p. 178). The samesimilarity exists between the provisions of sections 3 (1) (2) and 5 of the Act on the onehand and those of sections 2 (1) (2) and 5 (1) (3) (4) (5) of the Gambia IndependenceAct on the other hand (infra, p. 189).
2. Operation of existing law(1) Subject to the following provisions of this Act, on and after the
appointed day all law which, whether being a rule of law or a provision of anAct of Parliament or of any other enactment or instrument whatsoever, is inforce on that day or has been passed or made before that day and comes intoforce thereafter, shall, unless and until provision to the contrary is made byParliament or some other authority having power in that behalf, have thesame operation in relation to Botswana, and persons and things belonging toor connected with Botswana, as it would have apart from this subsection if onthe appointed day the Bechuanaland Protectorate had been renamedBotswana but there had been no change in its status.
(2) Part I of the Schedule to this Act (which relates to enactmentsapplicable to Commonwealth countries having fully responsible status) andPart II of that Schedule (which relates to enactments excepted from theoperation of the preceding subsection) shall have effect on and after theappointed day in relation to the enactments therein mentioned; but thatSchedule shall not extend to Botswana as part of its law.
(3) Subsection (1) of this section applies to law of, or of any part of, theUnited Kingdom, the Channel Islands and the Isle of Man, and, in relationonly to any enactment of the Parliament of the United Kingdom or anyOrder in Council made by virtue of any such enactment whereby any suchenactment applies in relation to the Bechuanaland Protectorate, to law of anyother country or territory to which that enactment or Order extends.
3. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts
(5) So much of the British Protectorates, Protected States and ProtectedPersons Order 1965 as relates to former protectorates, and section 5 of theBritish Nationality (No. 2) Act 1964 in so far as that Order vas made byvirtue of that section, shall have effect in relation to the BechuanalandProtectorate as if that Order had been made immediately after the appointedday; and accordingly after the appointed day that Order shall have effect asif, at the beginning of Part I of Schedule 4 thereto, there were inserted in thefirst column the words "Bechuanaland Protectorate" and in the secondcolumn the words "Botswana Independence Act 1966, section 3 (2)".
(6) Nothing in subsection (I) of this section shall affect the meaning of"protectorate" in any law or instrument passed or made before the passing ofthis Act, not being a law or instrument contained in or made under any of theBritish Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965.
6. Pending appeals to Her Majesty in Council(1) Without prejudice to any power conferred by or under section 5 of
this Act, Her Majesty may by Order in Council confer on the JudicialCommittee of the Privy Council such jurisdiction in respect of appeals to HerMajesty in Council from the Basotoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate andSwaziland Court of Appeal, being appeals which are pending immediatelybefore the appointed day, and in which the records have been registered inthe Office of the Privy Council before that day, as appears to Her to beappropriate for giving effect to any arrangements to which this subsectionapplies.
(2) The preceding subsection applies to any arrangements(a) made before the appointed day between Her Majesty's Government in
the United Kingdom and the Government of the Bechuanaland Protectorate,or
(b) made on or after the appointed day between Her Majesty'sGoverment in the United Kingdom and the Government of Botswana,
for any such appeals to be continued before and disposed of by the saidCommittee.
(3) An Order in Council under this section may, if the arrangements sorequire, direct that any appeal continued before the Judicial Committee of.the Privy Council under this section shall abate on a date specified in theOrder unless it has been heard by the Committee before that date; and anOrder containing such a direction may contain provisions to facilitate thehearing of any 'such appeal before that date, including provisions as to thesittings of the said Committee and provisions for expediting the steps to betaken by the parties preliminary to the hearing of an appeal.
(4) An Order in Council under this section may determine the practiceand procedure to be followed on any appeal continued before the saidCommittee under this section, and in particular may provide for the form ofany report or recommendation to be made by the Judicial Committee of thePrivy Council in the exercise of the jurisdiction conferred on that Committeeunder this section, and for its transmission to such authority in Botswana asmay be specified in the Order.
(5) Except so far as otherwise provided by an Order in Council under thissection, and subject to such modification as may be so provided, the JudicialCommittee Act 1833 shall apply in relation toappeals continued before theJudicial Committee of the Privy Council under this section as it applied inrelation to those appeals before the appointed day.
7. Provisions as to Orders in Council and other instruments(I) An order in Council instrument made under any Act of Parliament
passed before the appointed day, other than this Act, which varies or revokesa previous Order in Council or instrument in consequence of the change inthe status of the Bechuanaland Protectorate taking effect on the appointedday, and any Order in Council under section 6 of this Act, may, if made afterthe appointed day, be made so as to take effect on the appointed day.
(2) An Order in Council under section 6 of this Act(a) may contain such transitional or other incidental or supplemental
provisions as appear to Her Majesty to be necessary or expedient;(b) may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council; and(c) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution or either
House or Parliament.
8. Short title and interpretation
(2) References in this Act to any enactment are references to thatenactment as amended or extended by or under any other enactment.
SCHEDULE
AMENDMENTS NOT AFFECTING THE LAW OF BOTSWANA I
Part II. Exceptions from s. 2 (I) of Act
10. Section 2 (I) of this Act shall not apply to the Army Act 1955, theAir Force Act 1955 or the Naval Discipline Act 1957.
11. Notwithstanding anything in section 2(I) or section 3 (6) of thisAct,
(a) the Colonial Development and Welfare Act 1959 shall not apply inrelation to Botswana as if it were a colony within the meaning of that Act,and
(b) section 2 (7) (b) of the Civil Aviation (Licensing) Act 1960 shall notapply-in relation to Botswana as if it were a protectorate within the meaningof that Act.
(b) THE BOTSWANA INDEPENDENCE ORDER 19662 3
2. RevocationsThe Orders specified in Schedule 1 to this Order (hereinafter reterred to
as "the existing Orders") are revoked to the extent specified therein.
4. Existing Laws(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the existing laws shall,
notwithstanding the revocation of the existing Orders or the establishment ofa Republic in Botswana, continue in force after the commencement of thisOrder as if they had been made in pursuance of this Order.
(2) The existing laws and any Act of Parliament of the United Kingdomor Order of Her Majesty in Council (other than the Botswana IndependenceAct 1966 or this Order) having effect as part of the law of Botswana or anypart thereof immediately before the commencement- of this Order shall beconstrued with such modifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptionsas may be necessary to bring them into conformity with this Order.
(3) The President may by order made at any time before 30th September1967 make such amendments to
(a) the existing laws; or(b) any Act of Parliament of the United Kingdom or Order of Her
Majesty in Council (other than the Botswana Independence Act 1966 or this
I The provisions of Part I of this schedule are basically similar to those of the secondschedule to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (Infra, p.191).
2 Statutory Instruments, 1966, Part III, Sect. 1, p. 2842. Came into operationimmediately before 30 September 1966.
3 The provisions of sections 4 (4) (5), 5 (1) and of 8 (2) (4) of this Order arebasically similar to those of sections' 4 (2) (5), 5 (4) (6) and 9 (1) of the BarbadosIndependence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 120, 121 and 123).
Order) having effect as part of the law of Botswana or any part thereofimmediately before the commencement of this Order,
as may appear to him to be necessary or expedient for bringing those laws orthat Act of Parliament or Order into conformity with the provisions of thisOrder or otherwise for giving effect or enabling effect to be given to thoseprovisions.
(6) In this section, the expression "the existing laws" means allProclamation, Ordinances, laws, rules, regulations, orders and other instru-ments made by the High Commissioner for South Africa, the HighCommissioner for Basutoland, the Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swazilandor any other person or authority in Bechuanaland and having effect as part ofthe law of the Bechuanaland Protectorate or any part thereof immediatelybefore the commencement of this Order (including any such instrument madebefore the commencement of this Order and coming into operation on orafter the commencement of this Order) and includes any law applied to theBechuanaland Protectorate by any such instrument.
5. Existing Officers
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section the expression"public office" shall include the office of Chief Justice and of Chairman ormember of the Public Service Commission, and any pergon who holds or isacting in any such office as from the commencement of this Order shall bedeemed to have taken and subscribed any necessary oath under theConstitution.
(3) The provisions of this section shall be without prejudice to theprovisions of sections 7 and 8 of this Order.
(4) In this section "existing law" means such a law as is referred to insection 4 (6) of this Order.
6. Judges of the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and SwazilandCourt of Appeal to be judges of the new Court of Appeal
(1) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of thisOrder, holds or is acting in the office of President of the Basutoland,Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland Court of Appeal shall -be deemedto have been appointed as from the commencement of this Order to hold oract in the office of President of the Court of Appeal established by theConstitution.
(2) Any person who immediately before the coming into effect of thisOrder holds or is acting in the office of an appointed judge (other than thePresident) of the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and SwazilandCourt of Appeal shall be deemed to have been appointed as from thecommencement of this Order to hold or act in the office of Justice of Appealof the Court of Appeal established by the Constitution and such number ofoffices of Justice of Appeal as may be necessary for that purpose shall bedeemed to have been established in accordance with the provisions of section100 (2) (b) of the Constitution.
(3) Any person who holds or is acting in the office of President or aJustice of Appeal of the Court of Appeal of Botswana as from thecommencement of this Order shall be deemed to have taken and subscribed
any oath which may subsequently be prescribed by Parliament under section103 of the Constitution.
(4) Any person who holds or is acting in the office of President or aJustice of Appeal of the Court of Appeal as from the commencement of thisOrder and who at the commencement of this Order has attained the age ofsixy-two years shall be deemed to have been appointed to hold or to act inthe office of President or Justice of Appeal of the Court of Appeal until 30thSeptember 1969 or until such earlier date, if any, as may have beenprescribed as the limit of his term of office when he was appointed to theBasutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland Court of Appeal.
7. First Vice-President and Ministers(1) Any person who immediately before the commencement of this
Order, holds the office of Deputy Primer Minister established under -theexisting Orders shall be deemed to have been appointed as from thecommencement of this Order to hold the office of Vice-President inaccordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
(2) Where any office of Minister (other than the office of Prime Ministeror Deputy Prime Minister) or of Parliamentary Secretary is established underthe existing Orders immediately before the commencement of this Order theequivalent office of Minister or, as the case may be, Assistant Minister shall bedeemed to have been established, from the commencement of this Order,under the Constitution, and any person holding that office immediatelybefore the commencement of this Order shall be deemed to have beenappointed as from the commencement of this Order, to hold the equivalentoffice in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
8. Parliament(1) Any person who immediately before the commencement of this
Order is an Elected or Specially Elected Member of the Legislative Assemblyconstituted by the existing Orders (in this section keferred to as "the existingAssembly") shall, if he is qualified to be elected as a member of the NationalAssembly, be deemed as from the commencement of this Order to have beenelected as an Elected or Specially Elected Member, as the case may be, of theNational Assembly in pursuance of the provisions of the Constitution andshall hold his seat in the National Assembly in accordance with the provisionsof the Constitution:
Provided that any such person who does not become a citizen ofBotswana on the commencement of this Order shall be deemed to be such acitizen for the purpose of section 62 of the Constitution until he becomessuch a citizen or until 30th September 1967, whichever is the earlier.
(3) Any person who on 29th September 1966 is a registered voter for thepurpose of elections of Elected Members of the existing Assembly and whodoes not become a citizen of Botswana on the commencement of this Ordershall be deemed to be such a citizen for the purposes of paragraph (a) ofsection 68 (1) of the Constitution until he becomes such a citizen or until30th September 1967, whichever is the earlier.
(5) Any person who immediately before the commencement of thisOrder is an Elected Member of the House of Chiefs constituted by the
existing Orders (in this section referred to as "the existing House of Chiefs")shall as from the commencement of this Order be deemed to have beenelected as an Elected Member of the House of Chiefs in pursuance of theprovisions of the Constitution and shall hold his seat in the House inaccordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
(6) The rules of procedure of the existing House of Chiefs, as in forceimmediately before the commencement of this Order, shall, until it isotherwise provided under section 84 of the Constitution, be the rules ofprocedure of the House of Chiefs established by the Constitution, but theyshall be construed with such modifications, adaptations, qualifications andexceptions as may be necessary to bring them into conformity with theprovisions of the Constitution; and any person who immediately before thecommencement of this Order holds office as Chairman of the existing Houseof Chiefs under the said rules shall accordingly hold office as from thecommencement of this Order as Chairman of the House of Chiefs establishedby the Constitution.
(7) The Chairman of the House of Chiefs shall cause a general election ofSpecially Elected Members of the House of Chiefs to be held as soon aspracticable after the commencement of this Order.
(8) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 92 (3) of the Consti-tution (but subject to the provisions of subsections (4) and (5) of thatsection) Parliament shall, unless sooner dissolved, stand dissolved on 23rdMarch 1970.
9. Citizenship(1) Any person who, at the commencement of this Order, is entitled to
be registered as a citizen of Botswana under subsection (2) or (3) of section23 or section 25 of the Constitution shall, until he becomes a citizen ofBotswana or until 30th September 1968 (whichever is the earlier) and subjectto the provisions of subsection (3) of this section, have the status of a citizenof Botswana.
(2) Any person who has the status of a citizen of Botswana by virtue ofthe provisions of this section shall be regarded as such a citizen for thepurposes of the provisions of the Constitution (other than Chapter III) andthe provisions of any other law for the time being in force in Botswana (otherthan sections 11 and 12 of this Order or a law made or having effect as ifmade in pursuance of section 27 of the Constitution).
(3) Where provision is made by any law for the time being in force fordepriving any person of citizenship of Botswana those provisions shall applyto the status conferred by this section and any person may de deprived ofthat status under those provisions accordingly.
13. Legal Proceedings(1) Any proceedings pending immediately before the commencement of
this Order on appeal from the High Court of-the Bechuanaland Protectorateto the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland Court of Appealmay be continued after the commencement of this Order before the Court ofappeal established by the Constitution.
(2) Any decision given before the commencement of this Order by theBasutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland Court of Appeal in an
appeal from the High Court of the Bechuanaland Protectorate shall, for thepurpose of its enforcement or for the purpose of any appeal therefrom, haveeffect after the commencement of this Order as if it were a decision of theCourt of Appeal established by the Constitution.
(3) All proceedings that, immediately before the commencement of thisOrder, are pending before any court established by or under the existingOrders other than the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and SwazilandCourt of Appeal may be continued after the commencement of this Orderbefore the corresponding court established by or under the Constitution.
(4) Any decision given before the commencement of this Order by anysuch court as aforesaid shall, for the purpose of its enforcement or for thepurpose of any appeal therefrom, have effect after the commencement of thisOrder as if it were a decision of the corresponding court established by orunder the Constitution.
14. Appeals to Judicial Committee(1) Until Parliament otherwise provides under section 108 of the
Constitution, an appeal shall lie from decisions of the Court of Appeal to theJudicial Committee in the cases mentioned in paragraphs (a) and (b) ofsection 4 of the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland(Appeals to Privy Council) Order in Council 1954(a) as if references thereinto the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland Court of Appealwere references to the Court of Appeal established by the Constitution andreferences to Her Majesty in Council were references to the JudicialCommittee.
(2) Until Parliament 'otherwise provides under section 108 of theConstitution, and without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (1) of thissection, and appeal shall, with the special leave of the Judicial Committee, lieto the Judicial Committee from the decision of the Court of Appeal in anycivil or criminal matter.
(3) The provisions of subsections (2) and (3) of section 108 of theConstitution shall apply in relation to appeals under this section as they applyin relation to appeals under that section.
15. Prerogatives and privileges of CrownWhere under any law in force in the Bechuanaland Protectorate
immediately before the commencement of this Order any prerogatives orprivileges are vested in Her Majesty, those prerogatives or privileges shall,from the commencement of this Order, vest in the President.
16. Property and assets(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, any property and assets
which immediately before the commencement of this Order are vested in HerMajesty or in the Commissioner, for the purposes of the Government of theBechuanaland Protectorate, shall, from the comencement of this Order, vestin the President on behalf of the Government of Botswana.
(2) Any property which, immediately before the commencement of thisOrder, is liable to escheat or be forfeited to Her Majesty for the purposes ofthe Government of the Bechuanaland Protectorate, shall, from the com-mencement of this Order, be liable to escheat or be forfeited to the Presidenton behalf of the Government of Botswana.
(3) Where, immediately before the commencement of this Order, anyperson holds any property or assets in trust for Her Majesty or for the
Commissioner for the purposes of the Government of the BechuanalandProtectorate, that person shall, from the commencement of this Order, holdsuch property or assets on the like trust for the President.
17. Rights, liabilities and obligations(1) All rights, liabilities and obligations of(a) Her Majesty in respect of the Government of the Bechuanaland
Protectorate; and(b) the Commissioner or the holder of any other office under the Crown
in respect of the Government of the Bechuanaland Protectorate on behalf ofthat Government,
shall, from the commencement of this Order, be rights, liabilities andobligations of the President on behalf of the Government of Botswana and,subject to the provisions of any law, shall be enforceable by or against thePresident accordingly.
(2) In this section, rights, liabilities and obligations include rights,liabilities and obligations arising from contract or otherwise (other than anyrights referred to in the preceding section and any rights, liabilities orobligations of Her Majesty in respect of the Government of the BechuanalandProtectorate arising under any treaty, convention or agreement with anothercountry or with any international organisation).
SCHEDULE 2
THE CONSTITUTION OF BOTSWANA'
Chapter III. Citizenship
23. Persons entitled to be registered as citizens of Botswana by virtue ofconnection with Bechuanaland
(1) Any person born outside the former Protectorate of Bechuanalandbefore 30th September 1966, who does not become a citizen of Botswana inaccordance with section 20 (2) of this Constitution, but whose fatherbecomes or would but for his death have become, a citizen of Botswana inaccordance with section 20(1) of this Constitution shall be entitled, uponmaking application before the specified date in such manner as may beprescribed by or under an Act of Parliament, to be registered as a citizen ofBotswana:
(2) Any person who, on 30th September 1966, is a citizen of the UnitedKingdom and Colonies, having become such a citizen by virtue of his havingbeen naturalised or registered under the British Nationality Act 1948 (a) inthe former Protectorate of Bechuanaland or whilst in the service of the
1 The provisions of sections 20, 28 and 30 (2) (3) of the Constitution of Botswanaare, mutatis mutandis, essentially similar to the provisions of sections 2 (1) (2), 8 and 10(3) (4) of the Constitution of Barbados (supra, pp. 124, 125 and 126).
Bechuanaland Government, shall be entitled, upon making application beforethe specified date in such manner as may be prescribed by or under an Act ofParliament, to be registered as a citizen of Botswana:
(3) Any woman who,. on 30th September 1966, is or has been married toa person
(a) who becomes a citizen of Botswana by virtue of subsection (1) orsubsection (2) of section 20 of this Constitution; or( (b) who, having died before that date would, but for his death, havebecome a citizen of Botswana by virtue of that section,
shall be entitled, upon making application before the specified date in suchmanner as may be prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament, to beregistred as a citizen of Botswana.
(4) Any woman who(a) on 30th September 1966, is married to a person who becomes
entitled to be registered as a citizen of Botswana under subsection (1) orsubsection (2) of this section but whose marriage is terminated after that dateby death or dissolution and before that person exercises his right to be soregistered; or
(b) on 30th September 1966, has been married to a person who becomesor would but for his death have become entitled to be registered as a citizenof Botswana under subsection (I) or subsection (2) of this section, but whosemarriage has been terminated by death or dissolution before that date,
shall be entitled, upon making application before the specified date in suchmanner as may be prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament, to beregistred as a citizen of Botswana.
(5) In this section "the specified date" means 1st October 1968, or suchlater date as may be prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament.
25. Registration of Commonwealth citizens and citizens of certainAfrican countries
(1) Any person who(a) has attained the age of twenty-one years or is a woman who is or has
been married;(b) is a citizen of any country to which this section applies; and(c) has been ordinarily resident in Botswana (including the former
Protectorate of Bechuanaland) for the period of five years immediatelypreceding that person's application for registration or for such shorter periodas the President may in exceptional circumstances in any particular casedirect,
shall be entitled, upon making application in such manner as may beprescribed by or under an Act of Parliament, to be registered as a citizen ofBotswana.
(2) This section applies to(a) any country to which section 28 of this Constitution applies; and(b) any other country which is a country in Africa and if f9r the time
being declared by the Minister, by notice published in the Gazette, to be a
country which grants to citizens of Botswana a right to obtain citizenship ofthat country corresponding to that conferred by this section.
27. Powers of-Parliament(1) Parliament may make provision for the acquisition of citizenship of
Botswana by persons who are not eligible or who are no longer eligible tobecome citizens of Botswana under the provisions of this Chapter.
(2) Parliament may make provision for depriving of his citizenship ofBotswana any person who is a citizen otherwise than by virtue of section20, 21 or 22 of this Constitution.
(3) Parliament may make provision for the renunciation by any person ofhis citizenship of Botswana.
(4) Parliament may make provision to regulate the procedure relating tothe acquisition and loss of citizenship of Botswana.
30. Interpretation(1) In this Chapter"the Minister" means the Minister who is for the time being responsible
for matters relating to citizenship in Botswana."British protected person" means a person who is a British protected
person for the purposes of the British Nationality Act 1948.
Chapter VII The Public Service
117. Pensions laws and protection of pensions rights(1) The law to be applied with respect to any pensions benefits that
were granted to any person before the coming into operation of thisConstitution shall be the law that was in force at the date on which thosebenefits were granted or any law in force at a later date that is not lessfavourable to that person.(2) The law to be applied with respect to any pensions benefits (notbeing benefits to which subsection (1) of this section applies) shall
(a) in so far as those benefits are wholly in respect of a period of serviceas a public officer that commenced before the date on which thisConstitution comes into operation, be the law that was in force immediatelybefore that date; and
(b) in so far as those benefits are wholly or partly in respect of a periodof service as a public officer that commenced after the date on which thisConstitution comes into operation, be the law in force on the date on whichthat period of service commenced,
or any law in force at a later date that is not less favourable to that person.(3) Where a person is entitled to exercise an option as to which of two or
more laws shall apply in his case, the law for which he opts shall, for thepurposes of this section, be deemed to be more favourable to him than theother law or laws.
(4) All pensions benefits shall (except to the extent to which under anylaw providing for the funding of pensions benefits they are a charge on a fundestablished by that law and have been duly paid out of that fund to theperson or authority to whom payment is due) be a charge on theConsolidated Fund.
(5) In this section "pensions benefits" means any pensions, compen-sation, gratuities or other like allowances for persons in respect of theirservice as public officers or as members of the armed forces or for thewidows, children, dependants or personal representatives of such persons inrespect of such service.
(6) References in this section to the law with respect to pensions benefitsinclude (without prejudice to their generality) references to the law regulatingthe circumstances in which such benefits may be granted or in which thegrant of such benefits may be refused, the law regulating the circumstances inwhich any such benefits that have been granted may be withheld, reduced inamount or suspended and the law regulating the amount of any such benefits.
(7) In this section references to service as a public officer includereferences to service as a public officer of the former Protectorate ofBechuanaland.
Chapter VIII. Finance
119. Consolidated FundAll revenues or other moneys raised or received for the purposes of the
Government of Botswana (not being revenues or other moneys that arepayable by or under any law into some other fund established for a specificpurpose or that may by or under any law be retained by the department ofGovernment that received them for the purposes of defraying the expenses ofthat department) shall be paid into and form one Consolidated Fund.
125. Public debt(1) There shall be charged on the Consolidated Fund all debt charges for
which Bechuanaland is liable.(2) For the purposes of this section debt charges include interest, sinking
fund charges, the repayment or amortization of debt, and all expenditure inconnection with the raising of loans on the security of the revenues or theConsolidated Fund of the former Protectorate of Bechuanaland or Botswana,and the service and redemption of debt thereby created.
129. Interpretation
(12) Any reference in this Constitution to a law made before 30thSeptember 1966 shall be construed as a reference to that law as it had effecton 29th September.1966.
(13) The Interpretation Act 1889 (a) shall apply, with the necessaryadaptations, for the purpose of interpreting this Constitution and otherwisein relation thereto as it applies for the purpose of interpreting and in relationto Acts of the Parliament of the United Kingdom.
5. BURMA
(i) Treaties
CONCLUSIONS REACHED IN THE CONVERSATIONS BETWEEN HISMAJESTY'S GOVERNMENT AND THE DELEGATION FROM THEEXECUTIVE COUNCIL OF THE GOVERNOR OF BURMA. PRE-SENTED BY THE PRIME MINISTER TO PARLIAMENT BY COM-MAND OF HIS MAJESTY. JANUARY 19471
His Majesty's Government and the Delegation of the Burma ExecutiveCouncil having discussed all the matters affecting the future relations betweenGreat Britain and Burma which were raised by the Delegation have reachedthe following agreed conclusions as to the methods by which the people ofBurma may achieve their independence, either within or without theCommonwealth, as soon as possible:
1. The Constituent AssemblyIn order that the people of Burma may decide on the future constitution
of their country as soon as possible a Constituent Assembly shall be electedinstead of a Legislature under the Act of 1935. For this purpose the electoralmachinery of the 1935 Act will be used.
Elections will take place in April for the general non-communal, theKaren, and the Anglo-Burman constituencies as constituted under the Act of1935, and for each constituency two members shall be returned. Any Burmanationals (as defined in Annex A) registered in a general constituency otherthan one of those mentioned above shall be placed on the register of a generalnon-communal constituency.
2. Transitional Form of GovernmentDuring the period of transition the Government of Burma will be carried
on as at present under the special powers of Section 139 of the Act of 1935and the Temporary Provisions Act of 1945 together with any Orders inCouncil made thereunder.
If any exceptional circumstances arise which, in the opinion of eitherGovernment, require special treatment, His Majesty's Government willconsider what, if any, alteration can be made to meet such circumstances.
3. Interim LegislatureDuring the interim period there will be a Legislative Council as provided
by the Act of 1945. Power will be sought by His Majesty's Government byOrder in Council to increase the numbers authorised from 50 to 100.
As soon as the elections to the Constituent Assembly are completed, theGovernor will nominate a Legislative Council of 100. It will be drawn fromamong those elected to the Constituent Assembly with the inclusion of asmall number of persons to represent the non-indigenous minorities.
The powers of the Legislative Council will be identical with thosepossessed by the recently dissolved Legislative Council of 50.
4. Interim GovernmentThe Executive Council of the Governor will constitute the Interim
Government of Burma.
1 Commander 7029.
While it is not possible to alter the legal powers of the Executive Council,or of the Governor, which must continue within the framework set out inparagraph 2 above, the Interim Government will be conducted generally inthe same manner as the Interim Government of India at the present time, andin particular:
(a) The Executive Council will be treated with the same close consul-tation and consideration as a Dominion Government, and will have thegreatest possible freedom in the exercise of the day-to-day administration ofthe country.
The convention exercised during the currency of the Act of 1935 as tothe Governor presiding at the meetings of the Council of Ministers shall becontinued in relation to the Executive Council.
(b) His Majesty's Government agree in principle that the Government ofBurma shall have financial autonomy (see Annex B).
(c) Matters concerning Defence and External Affairs will be broughtbefore the Executive Council, which will be fully associated with the disposalof business in such matters.
(d) The Governor will depute to his Counsellor for Defence and ExternalAffairs the day-to-day administration of those subjects.
Subject only to the limitations inherent in the legal position, theExecutive Council will be at full liberty to raise, consider, discuss and decideon any matters arising in the field of policy and administration.
5. ExternalAffairsThere shall be appointed forthwith a High Commissioner for Burma to
represent the Burmese Government in London. His Majesty's Governmentwill request the Governments of the countries with which Burma wishes toexchange diplomatic representatives to agree to such an exchange..
6. Membership of International OrganisationsHis Majesty's Government will lend their full support to any application
by Burma for membership of the United Nations Organisation as soon asBurma's constitutional position makes it possible for such an application tobe entertained. In the meantime His Majesty's Government will explore withthe Secretary-General hQw, far it is possible for Burma to be represented atany meetings of, or under the auspices of, the United Nations Organisation.
They will also approach any other international bodies which theGovernment of Burma may desire, with a view to ascertaining whether Burmacan be associated with the work of such bodies as a member nation orotherwise.
7. Defence(a) In accordance with settled practice all British forces stationed in
Burma will remain under the ultimate control of His Majesty's Government.(b) All Burmese forces will forthwith come under the control of the
Government of Burma.(c) His Majesty's Government have agreed in principle that the G.O.C. in
Burma shall become subordinate to the Governor and Government of Burmaat the earliest practicable moment, but for the present, until the liquidationof inter-Allied arrangements of Command which cover many countries, theG.O.C. in Burma will remain under S.E.A.L.F. During thisperiod there will ofcourse be close collaboration between the Governor, the Government ofBurma, and the authorities concerned.
Appropriate arrangements on similar lines will apply in respect of theNaval and Air Services.
(d) The question of assistance in building up the Defence Forces ofBurma will be a matter for discussion between the two Governments. HisMajesty's Government wish to do their utmost to help the Government ofBurma in this matter, but must have regard to their already heavycommitments in other parts of the world.
(e) The question of the retention or use of any British Forces in Burmaafter the coming into operation of the new Constitution will be a matter foragreement between His Majesty's Government and the Government of Burma.
8. Frontier AreasIt is the agreed objective of both His Majesty's Government and, the
Burmese Delegates to achieve the early unification of the Frontier Areas andMinisterial Burma with the free consent of the inhabitants of those areas. Inthe meantime, it is agreed that the people of the Frontier Areas should, inrespect of subjects of common interest, be closely associated with theGovernment of Burma in a manner acceptable to both parties. For thesepurposes it has been agreed:
(a) There shall be free intercourse between the peoples of the FrontierAreas and the people of Ministerial Burma without hindrance.
(b) The leaders and representatives of the peoples of the Frontier Areasshall be asked, either at the Panglong Conference to be held at the beginningof next month or at a special Conference to be convened for the purpose, toexpress their views upon the form of association with the Government ofBurma which they consider acceptable during the transition period: whether
(i) by the appointment of a small group of Frontier representatives toadvise the Governor on Frontier affairs and to have close liaison withthe Executive Council; or
(ii) by the appointment of one Frontier Area representative as ExecutiveCouncillor in charge of Frontier affairs; or
(iii) by some other method.(c) After the Panglong meeting, or the special conference, His Majesty's
Government and the Government of Burma will agree upon. the best methodof advancing their common aims in accordance with the expressed views ofthe peoples of the Frontier.Areas.
(d) A Committee of Enquiry shall be set up forthwith as to the bestmethod of associating the Frontier peoples with the working out of the newConstitution for Burma. Such Committee will consist of equal numbers ofpersons from Ministerial Burma, nominated by the Executive Council, and ofpersons from the Frontier Areas, nominated by the Governor after consul-tation with the leaders of those areas, with a neutral Chairman from outsideBurma selected by agreement. Such Committee shall be asked to report to theGovernment of Burma and His Majesty's Government before the summoningof the Constituent Assembly.
9. FinanceA number of financial questions have been considered and an agreement
has been arrived at as to how these matters should be dealt with, which is setout in Annex B attached hereto.
10. Other MattersA number of other questions will arise for settlement between His
Majesty's Government and the Government of Burma connected with thechange in the status of Burma. These will be taken up as they arise and will bedealt with in the same friendly and co-operative spirit that has marked thepresent discussions.
BQth His Majesty's Government and the Delegates of the BurmaExecutive Council are convinced that by a continuation of the presentmethod of consultation and co-operation smooth and rapid progress can bemade towards their common objective of a free and independent Burma,whether within or without the British Commonwealth of Nations, and theyhave, therefore, agreed to co-operate in the settlement of all future matterswhich shall arise between them through the transitional period until Burma'snew Constitution comes into operation.
Note: The Hon. Thakin Ba Sein and the Hon. U Saw are unable toassociate themselves with these conclusions.
ANNEX AA Burma National is defined for -the purposes of eligibility to vote and to stand as a
candidate at the forthcoming elections as a British subject or the subject of an IndianState who was born in Burma and resided there for a total period of not less than eightyears in the ten years immediately preceding either 1st January, 1942, or 1st January,1947.
ANNEX B
FINANCE.1. His Majesty's Government have agreed in principle that Burma should have
financial autonomy.2. His Majesty's Government have undertaken to do all they can to secure her
effective membership, as soon as she is in a position to make the aipplication and shouldshe so desire, of the International Monetary Fund and the International Bank.
3. Burma has received as an interest-free loan approximately L8 million (net) for theBurma financial year October 1945 to September 1946 and it has already been agreedthat, for the financial year October 1946 to September 1947, she should receive afurther £7.5 million (net). His Majesty's Government have now agreed that they willmake a further contribution towards this year's deficit on the Ordinary Budget, takingaccount of any contribution for the Frontier Areas.
4. As regards the Projects Budget (which deals mainly with the governmentaltrading activities) His Majesty's Government will examine the possibility of a credit witha definite ceiling, without United Kingdom control, but with the fullest exchange ofinformation.
5. His Majesty's Government are prepared to agree in principle to the possibility ofconverting a part of any interest-free loan into an outright grant in the light of the resultsof the further joint study of the facts of the financial situation (see next paragraph).
6. It is agreed that there should be a further joint study in Burma of the facts of thefinancial situation, without commitment on either side. Should further financialassistance be needed from His Majesty's Government beyond that agreed in paragraphs 3and 4 of this Annex, this assistance, if given, will be subject to such conditions as may beagreed upon.
(ii) Laws and decrees
BURMA INDEPENDENCE ACT, 19471
I.- Independence of Burma(1) On the appointed day, Burma shall become an independent country,
neither forming part of His Majesty's dominions nor entitled to His Majesty'sprotection.
(2) In this Act, the expression "the appointed day" means the fourth dayof January, nineteen hundred and forty-eight.
(3) The suzerainty of His Majesty over the part of Burma known as theKarenni States shall lapse as from the appointed day, and with it all treatiesand agreements in force between His Majesty and the rulers of the KarenniStates, all functions exercisable by His Majesty with respect to the KarenniStates, all obligations of His Majesty towards the Karenni States or the rulersthereof, and all powers, ights, authority or jurisdiction exercisable by HisMajesty in or in relation to the K arenni States by treaty, grant, usage,sufferance or otherwise.
2. Certain persons to cease to be British subjects(I) Subject to the provisions of this section, the persons specified in the
First Schedule to this Act, being British subjects immediately before theappointed day, shall on that day cease to be British subjects:
Provided that a woman who immediately before the appointed day is thewife of a British subject shall not cease by virtue of this subsection to be aBritish subject unless her husband ceases by virtue of this subsection to be aBritish subject.
(2) A person who by virtue of subsection (1) of this section ceases to bea British subject on the appointed day and is immediately before that daydomiciled or ordinarily resident in either
(a) any part of the United Kingdom;(b) any of the Channel Islands;(c) the Isle of Man;(d) Newfoundland;(e) any colony;(f) any territory in respect of which a mandate from the League of
Nations was accepted by His Majesty, being a territory under the soleadministration of His Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom;
(g) any territory administered under the trusteeship system of the UnitedNations, being a territory under the sole administration of His Majesty'sGovernment in the United Kingdom;
(h) any British protectorate;(i) any British protected state outside Burma; or(k) any other place outside Burma in which, by treaty, capitulation,
grant, usage, sufferance or other lawful means, His Majesty has jurisdictionover British subjects,
may, by a declaration made before the expiration of the two years beginningwith the appointed day to such person and in such manner as may beprescribed, elect to remain a British subject, and if he so elects, the provisions
1 Public General Acts and Measures. 1947, 11 Geo. 6, Chap. 3.
of subsection(l) of this section- (including the proviso thereto) shall bedeemed never to have applied to or in relation to him or, except so far as thedeclaration otherwise provides, any child of his who is under the age ofeighteen years at the date of the declaration:
Provided that a declaration under this subsection shall be of no effectunless it is registered in the prescribed manner in pursuance of an applicationmade within,, or within the prescribed period after the expiration of, the saidtwo years.
In this subsection, the expression "prescribed" means prescribed byregulations of the Secretary of State or of such Government, authority orperson as may be authorised in that behalf by the Secretary of State, anddifferent provision may be made under this subsection for different classes ofcases.
(3) A person who by virtue of subsection (1) of this section ceases to bea British subject on the appointed day, not being such a person as ismentioned in subsection (2) of this section, shall, if on that day he neitherbecomes, nor becomes qualified to become, a citizen of the independentcountry of Burma for which provision is made by section one of this Act,have the like right of election as is provided for by subsection (2) of thissection, and the said subsection (2) shall have effect accordingly.
(4) If a provision is made by the law of any part of His Majesty'sdominions not mentioned in subsection (2) of this section for the exercise byany persons, being persons domiciled or ordinarily resident in that part of HisMajesty's dominions or in any territory administered by the Governmentthereof, of a right to elect not to cease to be British subjects on the appointedday by reason of Burma becoming an independent country on that day, then,so far as is necessary to give effect under the law of the United Kingdom tothe results flowing under the law of that part of His Majesty's dominionsfrom the exercise of the right of election, the provisions of subsection (l) ofthis section shall be deemed never to have applied to or in relation to, or to orin relation to the children of, the persons who duly exercise that right.
(5) Save as provided in this section, no person who is a British subjectimmediately before the appointed day shall cease to be a British subject byreason of Burma ceasing on that day to be part of His Majesty's dominions.
(6) The exercise by a person of any such right of election as is referred toin subsection (2), subsection (3) and subsection (4) of this section shall notrender unlawful anything done before the date of the election which wouldhave been lawful if the election had no been made.
3. Temporary continuation of customs preferences(1) Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Act, the enactments
relating to customs (including the enactments relating to customs in the Isleof Man) shall, on and after the appointed day, have effect, until such date asmay be specified by His Majesty by Order in Council, as if Burma were partof His Majesty's dominions:
Provided that His Majesty may by Order in Council direct that, as from aspecified date, all goods or goods of specified classes or descriptions shall becharged under the said enactments either as if the preceding provisions of thissection had not passed or at such rates as may be specified in the Order, notbeing rates higher than would have been chargeable if the said provisions hadnot passed.
(2) Any Order in Council made under this section may be revoked orvaried by a subsequent Order in Council made thereunder.
(3) Any Order in Council made under this section shall be laid beforeboth Houses of Parliament after it is made and if, within a period of fortydays beginning with the day on which any such Order is so laid before it,either House of Parliament presents an Address to His Majesty praying thatthe Order may be revoked, His Majesty may revoke the Order accordingly,but without prejudice to the making of a new Order.
(4) In reckoning the said period of forty days, no account shall be takenof any time during which Parliament is dissolved or prorogued, or duringwhich both Houses are adjourned for more than four days.
(5) Section one of the Rules Publication Act, 1893 (which requiresnotice to be given of a proposal to make statutory rules) shall not apply toany Order in Council made under this section.
4. Legal proceedings(1) Any appeal to His Majesty in Council from any court in Burma which
is pending on the appointed day shall abate on that day.(2) No proceedings shall be brought in any court on or after the
appointed day against the Secretary of State in any such case as is mentionedin section one hundred and thirty-three of the Government of Burma Act,1935, and any proceedings brought by or against the Secretary of State byvirtue of that section which are pending immediately before the appointedday shall abate on that day so far as the Secretary of State is concerned.
(3) Nothing in this Act shall affect the jurisdiction of the High Court inEngland or the Court of Session in Scotland under the Indian and ColonialDivorce Jurisdiction Acts, 1926 and 1940, as respects decrees or orders madein Burma which, before the appointed day, have been registered in thoseCourts respectively under those Acts:
Provided that(a) notwithstanding anything in those Acts, the said Courts may
entertain applications for the modification or discharge of orders notwith-standing that the person on whose petition the decree for dissolution waspronounced is resident in Burma; and
(b) no regard shall be had to any order made in Burma on or after theappointed day modifying or discharging any decree or order made before theappointed day.
5. Short title, interpretation, repeals and construction of existing Ordersin Council and other instruments
(2) Any reference in this Act to any other enactment shall be construedas a reference to that enactment as amended by any subsequent Act or by anorder or other instrument made under any subsequent Act, including,without prejudice to the generality of the preceding words, the Governmentof India (Adaptation of Acts of Parliament) Order, 1937, and any subsequentOrders in Council made under subsection (5) of section three hundred andeleven of the Government of India Act, 1935.
(3) The enactments specified in the Second Schedule to this Act arehereby repealed as from the appointed day to the extent specified in thatSchedule:
Provided that if, by the law of Burma, any such enactment is continuedna or after the appointed day as part of the law of Burma, nothing in this
repeal shall be taken to prevent the recognition outside Burma of thatenactment as part of the law of Burma.
(4) It is hereby declared that references (however worded) to Burma orBritish Burma in Orders in Council and other instruments made before thepassing of this Act under any enactments not repealed by this Act do notinclude references to, or to any part of, the independent country of Burmafor which provision is made by section one of this Act, but nothing in thissubsection shall be construed as affecting any power to make a new Order inCouncil or other instrument under any such enactment in relation to the saidindependent country.
SCHEDULES.
FIRST SCHEDULE
Persons who cease to be British subjects
1. The persons who, being British subjects immediately before theappointed day, are, subject to the provisions of section two of this Act, tocease on that day to be British subjects are the following persons, that is tosay
(a) persons who were born in Burma or whose father or paternalgrandfather was born in Burma, not being persons excepted by paragraph 2 ofthis Schedule from the operation of this sub-paragraph; and
(b) women who were aliens at birth and became British subjects byreason only of their marriage to any such person as is specified insub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph.
2. (1) A person shall be deemed to be excepted from the operation ofsub-paragraph (a) of paragraph 1 of this Schedule if he or his father or hispaternal grandfather was born outside Burma in a place which, at the time ofthe birth,
(a) was within His .Majesty's dominions, was a British protectorate, was aBritish protected state, was a territory in respect of which a mandate fromthe League of Nations had been accepted by His Majesty and which wasunder the administration of fhe Government of any part of His Majesty'sdominions or was a territory under the trusteeship system of the UnitedNations which was under the administration of the Government of any partof His Majesty's dominidns; or
(b) was a place where, by treaty, capitulation, grant, usage, sufferance orother lawful means, His Majesty had jurisdiction over British subjects:
Provided that a person shall not be excepted under this sub-paragraphfrom the operation of the said sub-paragraph (a) by virtue of the place ofbirth of his father or paternal grandfather unless his father or, as the case maybe, his paternal grandfather, was at some time before the appointed day aBritish subject.
(2) A person shall also be deemed. to be excepted from the operation ofthe said sub-paragraph (a) if he or his father or his paternal grandfatherbecame a British subject by naturalisation or by annexation of any territorywhich is outside Burma.
(3) Where, in pursuance of the British Nationality and Status of AliensAct, 1914, the name of a child has been included in a certificate ofnaturalisation granted to his parent, or where, in pursuance of any Actrepealed by that Act, any child has been deemed to be a naturalised Britishsubject by reason of residence with his parent, that child shall, for thepurposes of this paragraph, be deemed to have become a British subject bynaturalisation.
3. For the purposes of this Schedule, a person born in a ship, other thanan unregistered ship, shall be deemed to have been born in the country inwhich the ship was registered.
4. In this Schedule the expression "Burma" means the territories which,immediately before the appointed day, were included in Burma.
6. CENTRAL AFRICAN EMPIRE'
(i) Traitks
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA REPUBLIQUECENTRAFRICAINE PORTANT TRANSFERT A LA REPUBLIQUECENTRAFRICAINE DES COMPETENCES DE LA COMMUNAUTE.FAIT A PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET 19602
Article er
La R6publique centrafricaine accede, en plein accord et amiti6 avec laR6publique frangaise, A la souverainet6 internationale et i l'ind6pendance parle transfert des comptences de la Communaut6.
Article 2
Toutes les comp6tences institu6es par I'article 78 de Ia Constitution du4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r~es i la R~publiquecentrafricaine.
Article 3
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera h l'autre l'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa constitution pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sentaccord. Celui-ci prendra effet h la date de la derni~re de ces notifications.
1 Formerly Central African Republic.2 Journal Officiel de la Republique franaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7042. Entr6 en
vigueur le 12 aotzt 1960.
(b) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA REPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRI-CAINE RELATIF AUX DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES APPLI-CABLES JUSQUA L'ENTREE EN VIGUEUR DES ACCORDS DECOOPERATION ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET19601
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques h celles de l'Accord du 15 juillet 1960 entre la France et le Gabon (voirinfra, p. 181).]
(c) ACCORD RELATIF AUX DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES EN MA-TIERE DE JUSTICE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET19602
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques i celles de l'Accord du 12 juillet 1960 entre la France et le Congo (voltinfra, p. 163).]
(d) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA REPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRI-CAINE SUR LA PARTICIPATION DE LA REPUBLIQUE CEN-TRAFRICAINE A LA COMMUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 12JUILLET 19603
Article ler
La R6publique centrafricaine est membre de la Communaut6 h laquelleelle participe dans les conditions d~finies par des accords de coop6ration.
Article 2
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera i I'autre I'accomplissementdes proc6dures constitutionnellement requises pour la mise en vigueur dupr6sent accord qui prendra effet i la date de la dernire notification.
(e) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA REPUBLIQUECENTRAFRICAINE SUR LES CONDITIONS DE PARTICIPATION DELA REPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE A LA COMMUNAUTE. FAIT ABANGUI, LE 13 AOUT 19604
1 Ibid., p. 7042.2 Ibid., p. 7043.3Journal Officiel de la R~publique franFaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7043. Entr6 en
vigueur le 12 aofit 1960. (Renseignement tire de Roilet, Henri, Liste des engagementsbilatbraux et multilateraux, Paris 1973, p. 60.)
41bid, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10463. Entri en vigueur le 27 janvier 1961.
Consid~rant que par 'effet de I'accord de transfert en date du 12 juillet1960, entr6 en vigueur le 12 aotit 1960, la R6publique centrafricaine a acc6d
l I'ind~pendance et que la R6publique franqaise l'a reconnue en tant qu'Etatind6pendant et souverain,
Consid6rant que la R~publique centrafricaine manifeste la volont6 decoop6rer avec la R~publique franqaise au sein de la Communaut ,
Art. 1er . - La R6publique centrafricaine est membre de la Communaut6 ilaquelle elle participe dans les conditions d6finies au present accord et par desaccords de cooperation.
Art. 2. - La R~publique centrafricaine reconnaft que le President de laR~publique franqaise est de droit President de la Communaut6.
Art. 3. - La Rpublique franqaise et la R~publique centrafricaine parti-cipent h une conf6rence priodique des chefs d'Etat et de gouvernementr~unie .sous la pr~sidence du Pr6sident de la Communaut6 pour se concertersur les probl~mes essentiels int~ressant celle-ci.
Elles participent aussi des comit~s de ministres ou d'experts auxquelssont repr~sent6s 6ventuellement les autres Etats.
Art. 4. - La R~publique centrafricaine a la facult6 d'envoyer une d616-gation un s6nat interparlementaire consultatif compos6 de d6lgu~s desassembl6es 16gislatives des Etats de la Communaut .
(f) ACCORD EN MATIERE DOMANIALE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE. FAIT ABANGUI, LE 13 AOUT 19601
Consid~rant que, par 'effet de I'accord de transfert en date du 12 juillet1960, entr6 en vigueur le 12 aofit 1960, la R6publique centrafricaine a acc~d6
l'ind6pendance et que la R6publique franqaise a reconnu son ind~pendanceet sa souverainet6,
Art. 1er . - II est institu6 une commission mixte paritaire qui 61aborera,dans un dM1ai de six mois i dater de I'entre en vigueur du present accord, uneconvention en mati~re domaniale.
Art. 2. - La commission mixte 6tablira la liste des immeubles requis ouconstitu6s sur cr6dits du budget de l'Etat franqais dont la proprit6 serareconnue 4 la R6publique franqaise. Elle dterminera 6ventuellement lescompensations qui apparaftront n6cessaires i la satisfaction des besoins desparties en pr6sence.
Art. 3. - La commission pr6voira 'affectation en jouissance i la R6pu-blique frangaise de ceux des biens revenant i la R6publique centrafricaine quiresteraient n~cessaires aux besoins des services de la Rpublique frangaise surle territoire de cet Etat.
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique franfaise, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10466. Entreeen vigueur le 27 janvier 1961.
Art. 4. - La commission 6tabira la liste des organismes de droit publicfranqais jouissant de l'autonomie administrative ou financi~re dont les bienssont proprit priv6e.
Art. 5. - La R~publique centrairicaine dOclare confirmer les concessionsaccord6es ant~rieurement h la date h laquelle prend effet le pr6sent accord,sans pr6judice des dispositions internes actuellement applicables.
Art. 6, - Ds l'entr~e en vigueur du present accord, le droit de conces-sion, en ce qui concerne les terrains immatricults, sera exerc6 par les autorit6sde la R~publique centrafricaine.
Art. 7. - Les dispositions du pr6sent accord ne s'appliquent pas auxterrains et batiments affect6s A la d6fense; ceux-ci feront I'objet deconventions particuli~res
Art. 8. - Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera i I'autre I'accom-plissement des proc6dures constitutionnellement requises pour la mise envigueur du present accord, qui prendra effet A la date de la derni~renotification.
(g) PROTOCOLE D'ACCORD DOMANIAL ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LAREPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE. FAIT A BANGUI, LE 26 AOUT19611
Art. jer. - La Rbpublique centrafricaine confirme A I'Etat franqais lapleine propriWt des immeubles suivants :
Art. 2. - La R~publique franqaise confirme le transfert de la propri~t6dite "palais du haut-commissariat" (T. F. 1.528). qui sera immatricul6e aunom de la R~publique centrafricaine.
Art. 3. - La R6publique franqaise transflre difinitivement i Ia R~pu-blique centrafricaine ses droits sur les immeubles suivants
Art. 4. - La R pubfique centrafricaine cede en pleine propritk A laRpublique franqaise les immeubles suivants
Art. 5. - La R~publique centrafricaine accorde en jouissance i la R6pu-blique franqaise les immeubles suivants, qui seront immatriculs au nom de laR~publique centrafricaine :
Cette jouissance est consentie i titre gratuit pour une dur6e de trois ansrenouvelable par tacite reconduction, sauf prtavis de six mois.
Art. 6. - La liste des organismes de droit public franqais dont les bienssont proprits privies est 6tablie comme suit :
I Ibid., 21 mars 1963, p. 2718.
Art. 7. - Ne rentrent pas dans le cadre du pr6sent accord :Les immeubles n6cessaires A la paierie de France, en application des
articles 29 et 30 de la convention sur les rapports du Tr6sor frangais et duTr6sor centrafricain;
Les terrains et btiments militaires (arm6e de 'air, arm6e de terre etgendarmerie), qui doivent faire l'objet de conventions particuli~res;
Les installations de l'aviation civile et commerciale et de la m6t6orologieutilises par l'agence pour la s6curit6 de la navigation a6rienne en Afrique et hMadagascar (A. S. E. C. N. A.).
Art. 8. - Les cessions et transferts r6sultant' du pr6sent protocole sontconsentis & titre gratuit. Les mutations seront effectu6es sans frais ni taxes.
(h) CONVENTION D'ETABLISSEMENT ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE. FAITE ABANGUI, LE 13 AOUT 19601
[Note. - Les dispositions de cette convention sont, mutatis mutandis,identiques A celles de la Convention du 15 aofit 1960 entre la France et leCongo (infra, p. 167).]
(i) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA REPUBLIQUECENTRAFRICAINE RELATIVES A LA POURSUITE DES ACTIVITESDES ETABLISSEMENTS FRANCAIS SUR LE TERRITOIRE DE LAREPUBLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE. 13 AOUT 19602
Le Premier Ministre de la R~publique frangaise d Monsieur le Presidentdu Gouvernement de la Rdpublique centrafricaine
11 est de l'int6rOt de la R6publique centrafricaine et de la R6publiquefrangaise que certains 6tablissements publics de la R6publique frangaisepuissent poursuivre sur le territoire de la R6publique centrafricaine lesdiverses activit6s aff6rentes A leur mission, en particulier dans les domaines dela recherche et de l'aide et de la coop6ration.
J'ai en cons6quence l'honneur de proposer que, jusqu'A intervention6ventuelle de conventions sp6ciales les concernant, les 6tablissements publicsde la R6publique frangaise 6num6r6s en annexe A la pr~sente lettre continuentA exercer leurs activit6s sur le territoire de la R~publique centrafricaine selonles modalit6s actuellement en vigueur.
Je serais heureux que vous veuilhiez me confirmer votre accord h ce sujet.
I Journal Of/lciel "de la Ripubliue franraise, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10467. Entreen vjgueur le 27 janvier 1.961.
2Ibid., p. 10467. Entr6 en vigueur le 13 aoat 1q60.
Le President du Gouvernement de la Rdpublique centrafricained Monsieur le Prenier Ministre de la Ripublique frangaise
Vous avez bien voulu m'adresser en date de ce jour la lettre suivante:
J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer mon accord i ce sujet.
ANNEXE
LISTE DES ETABLISSEMENTS PUBLICS DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISEPOURSUIVANT LEURS ACTIVITES SUR LE TERRITOIRE DE LA REPU-BLIQUE CENTRAFRICAINE
Institut g6ographique national.Mission m~tropolitaine des tabacs en Afrique 6quatoriale.Bureau des recherches g6ologiques et miniires.Caisse centrale de coop6ration 6conomique.Centres relevant de l'office de la recherche scientifique et technique pour 'outre-mer
du centre technique forestier tropical et de l'institut d'6levage et de m6decine v6t6rinaredes pays tropicaux.
Mission d'Afrique centrale du commissariat i l'6nergie atomique.
(ii) Lois et d6crets
LOI PORTANT FIXATION ET ORGANISATION DU DOMAINE PUBLICET DES SERVITUDES D'UTILITE PUBLIQUE. BANGUI, LE 8 MAI 19621
Chapitre premier. - Difinition et composition du domaine public
Article premier. - Le domaine public comprend tous les biens qui, parleur destination ou leur affectation sont i la disposition du public et, parsuite, ne sont pas susceptibles de propri6t6 priv6e. Le domaine public estinali6nable et imprescriptible.
Article premier. - "Le domaine public compriv6e. Le domaine public estinali6nable et imprescriptible."
Art. 2. - Font partie du domaine public naturel de la R6publique:a) Les sources et cours d'eau dans les limites d6termin6es par la hauteur.
des eaux coulant & pleins bords avant de d6border, et en ce qui concerne lescours d'eau navigables ou flottables une zone de 25 mtres de large A partir deces limites sur chaque ive et sur chacun des bords des lies;
b) Les lacs et 6tangs dans les limites d6termin6es par le niveau des plushautes eaux avant d6bordement ainsi qu'une zone de 25 mtres de lrge ipartir de ces limites sur chaque rive et sur chacun des bords des ties.
I Loi n0 62.289, Journal Officiel de la R4publique centrafricaine, 1-15 juin 1962,p. 341.
Art. 3. - Les collectivit6s qui, jusqu'A l'adoption de la pr6sente loi,b6n6ficiaient de droits coutumiers sur ce domaine naturel conservent le droitde jouissance.
Art. 4. - Font partie du domaine public artificiel de la R6publique:a) Le domaine de circulation: les routes, les ponts et les voies de
communication de toute nature et les dispositifs de protection de ces voies,les ports fluviaux, les canaux de navigation et leurs chemins de halage, lescanaux d'irrigation et de dess~chement et les aqueducs ex6cut6s dans un butdutiit6 publique, les chemins de fer, les a6rodromes ou a6roports civils oumilitaires, les lignes et postes t616graphiques, t6l6phoniques ou de T.S.F.
Les ouvrages ex~cut6s dans un but d'utilit6 publique ou d~clar6s d'utilit6publique en vue de l'utilisation des forces hydrauliques.
Le transport de l'6nergie 6lectrique, ainsi que toutes las d6pendancesimm6diates et n6cessaires des ouvrages ci-dessus 6num6r6s.
b) Le domaine de la d6fense :Les ouvrages de fortification des places de d6fense ou des postes
militaires, les arsenaux manufactures d'armes, ies batteries, avec leursouvrages annexes.
c) Les monuments publics.d) Le domaine mobilier :Les documents et objets d'art composant les collections d'Etat.
Chapitre II. - Des servitudes publiques
Art. 5. - Tous les terrains et bitiments de propri6t6 priv6e sont soumis Atoutes les servitudes de passage, d'implantation, d'appui et de circulationn6cessit6es par l'am6nagement, l'entretien et l'exploitation des conduitsd'eau, des conduits d'6gotits, des dispositifs de protection des voies decommunications des lignes t6l6graphiques et t6l6phoniques et des conducteursd'6nergie 6lectrique ou de force hydrauliques class6es dans le domaine public.
Art. 6. - Toutes les propri6t6s priv6es sont, en outre, susceptibles d'etreassujetties aux servitudes d'hygi~ne, d'esth6tique, d'urbanisme, d'alignementet de s6curitb publique qui peuvent tre impos6es par un plan d'am6nagementet d'extension.
Art. 7. - Tous les terrains et bitiments de propri6t6 priv6e sont soumisaux servitudes de la navigation a6rienne.
Art. 8. - Des servitudes pourront 6tre impos6es aux propri6t6s priv6es envue de permettre ou faciliter l'ex6cution d'un travail d'int6ret public,d'assurer le fonctionnement normal et r6gulier d'un service d'int6r~t public,de permettie l'utilisation normale d'un ouvrage d'utilit6 publique.
Art. 9. - Aucune indemnit6 n'est due aux propri6taires en raison desservitudes 6tablies en vertu des articles 5 et 7 de la pr6senteloi.
Chapitre III. - Gestion du domaine public
Art. 10. - Le "classement est l'acte de l'autorit6 qui constate ou quiconsacre l'incorporation d'un bien au domaine public. Il peut donner lieu6ventuellement A une indemnit6.
Art. 11. - Le d6classement a pour but de retirer A un bien son caract~rede domanialit6 publique.
Art. 12. -Le classement et le d6classement font l'objet d'un d~cret prisen Conseil des ministres sur proposition du Ministre de l'int~rieur.
Art. 13. - Toute indemnit6 due en application de la pr6sente loi serad6termin6e conform6ment i la proc6dure pr6vue pour l'expropriationd'utilit6 publique.
Art. 14. -- En cas de doute ou de contestation sur les limites du domainepublic ou l'6tendue des servitudes 6tablies par les articles 5, 6, 7 et 8 de lapr~sente loi, les recours seront port~s devant le Tribunal administratif.
Art. 15. - Les r6gles relatives h la police, h la conservation et il'utilisation du domaine public, A la police du roulage ainsi qu'h l'exercice desservitudes d'utilit0 publique et des servitudes militaires, seront fix~es par voiede r~glement.
Les infractions k ces r~glements' seront passibles de peine de 100 i50 000 francs d'amende et d'un jour i un mois d'emprisonnement, ou del'une de ces deux peines seulement, le tout sans pr6judice de la r6paration desdommages caus6s ou de la d6molition aux frais du contrevenant des ouvragesindtiment 6tablis sur le domaine public et dans les zones de servitude, ou del'ex6cution, 6galement A ses frais, des travaux prescrits.
7. CHAD
Trait6s
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE TCHADPORTANT TRANSFERT A LA REPUBLIQUE DU TCHAD DESCOMPETENCES DE LA COMMUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 12JUILLET 19601
Article ler
La R6publique du Tchad accede, en plein accord et amiti6 avec laR~publique frangaise, A la souverainet6 internationale et i l'ind~pendance parle transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Article 2
Toutes les comptences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Constitution du4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r6es i la R6publique duTchad.
Article 3
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera h l'autre l'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa constitution pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sentaccord. Celui-ci prendra effet 4 la date de la derni~re de ces notifications.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique frangaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7044. Entr6 envigueur le 10 ao0t 1960.
. 157
(b) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE TCHAD RELATIF AUXDISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES APPLICABLES JUSQU'A L'ENTREEEN VIGUEUR DES ACCORDS DE COOPERATION ENTRE, LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU TCHAD. FAITA PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET 19601
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques h celles de 'Accord du 15 juilet 1060 entre la France et le Gabon (voirinfra, p. 181).]
(c) ACCORD RELATIF AUX DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES EN MA-TIERE DE JUSTICE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE DU TCHAD. FAIT A PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET 19602
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord'sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques A celles de l'Accord du 12 juillet 1960 entre la France et le Congo(infra, p.163).]
(d) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE TCHADCONCERNANT L'APPLICATION DE L'ACCORD FRANCO-TCHADIEN DU 12 JUILLET 1960 RELATIF AUX DISPOSITIONSTRANSITOIRES EN MATIERE DE JUSTICE. FORT-LAMY, 7 DE-CEMBRE 19703
A Son Excellence Monsieur Joseph Brahim Seid, Ministre de la justicede la Rdpublique du Tchad, Fort-Lamy.
Lors de la n6gociation de l'Accord de coop6ration en mati~re de justiceentre la R6publique frangaise et la R6publique du Tchad, il a tb convenu detraiter s6par6ment la question des recours et des pourvois form6s contre desjuridictions tchadiennes et qui sont derneur6s en instance devant le Conseild'Etat et la Cour de Cassation.
Ainsi que le sait Votre, Excellence, le r~glement de cette question estpr6vu par l'Accord du 12 juillet 1960 entre la R6publique frangaise et laR6publique du Tchad' relatif aux dispositions transitoires en mati6re dejustice.
L'article ler, alin6a 1 de cet Accord dispose en effet que "jusqu'hl'installation par la R6publique du Tchad de juridictions de cassationcomp6tentes pour connaftre des recours form6s contre les d6cisions renduespar les juridictions tchadiennes de l'ordre administratif et de l'ordre judiciaire,ces recours continueront d'tre port6s devant les formations ordinaires duConseil d'Etat et de la Cour de Cassation si6geant A Paris, lesquelles statueronten outre sur les recours form6s h la date d'entr6e en vigueur du presentAccord"
1 Ibid., 30 juillet 1960, p. 7044. Entri en vigueur le 10 ao0t 1960.2
jIbid, entr6 en vigueur le 10 aofit 1960.3 Journal Officiel de la Republique franpaise, 5 mai 1971, p. 4302. Entr6 en vigueur
le 7 d6cembre 1970.
D'autre part, le meme Accord pr6voit en son article 3 qu' "i la fin de laphriode transitoire pr~vue h 'article ler, alin6a 1, un Accord entre laR6publique frangaise et la R6publique du Tchad d6terminera les conditionsdans lesquelles seront r6gl6es les instances pendantes devant le Conseil d'Etatet la Cour de Cassation".
D'ordre de mon Gouvernement, j'ai l'honneur de vous proposer que cettequestion soit r6g16e de la fagon suivante :
1. Le Conseil d'Etat et la Couf de Cassation demeurent compltents il'6gard des recours et des pourvois lorsqu'ils auront W form6s avant leier juin 1967 contre les d6cisions des juridictions tchadiennes.
2. En cas de cassation, 'affaire sera renvoy6e devant la Cour d'appel deFort-Lamy autrement compos6e.
3. Le Conseil d'Etat et la Cour de Cassation ont cess& d'etre comphtentsi l'6gard des recours et des pourvois form6s le lerjuin 1967 ou post6rieu-rement h cette date, contre les dcisions des juridictions tchadiennes.
4. Les dossiers de procedures pendantes devant les deux HautesJuridictions i la suite des recours ou des pourvois form~s le 1 er juin 1967 oupost6rieurement i cette date seront transmis au Minist~re de la Justice de laR6publique du Tchad.
J'ai l'honneur de proposer i Votre Excellence que la pr~sente lettreconstitue, avec la r6ponse que vous voudrez bien m'adresser, l'Accord entre leGouvernement de la R~publique du Tchad et le Gouvernement de laR~publique frangaise pour l'application des articles ier et 3 de l'instrumentsusvis6 du 12 juillet 1960.
Le Ministre de la Justice d Monsieur l'Ambassadeur, Haut Reprisentantde France au Tchad, Fort-Lamy
Par sa lettre en date du 7 d6cembre 1970, Votre Excellence a bien voulume faire savoir ce qui suit
[ Voir texte ci-dessus. IJ'ai l'honneur de confirmer A Votre Excellence l'Accord du Gouver-
nement de la R6publique du Tchad sur ces propositions.
(e) CONVENTION D'ETABLISSEMENT ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU TCHAD. FAITE A FORT-LAMY, LE 11 AOUT 19601
[Note. - Les dispositions de cette convention sont, mutatis mutandis,identiques i celles de la Convention du 15 aofzt 1960 entre la France et leCongo (infra, p. 167).]
1 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique franfaise, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10479. Entreeen vigueur le 8 fevrier 1961.
(f) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE TCHADRELATIVES A LA POURSUITE DES ACTIVITES DES ETABLIS-SEMENTS FRANCAIS SUR LE TERRITOIRE DE LA REPUBLIQUEDU TCHAD. 11 AOUT 19601
Le Premier Ministre de la R~publique fran~aise d M. le Premier Ministrede la Ripublique du Tchad
II est de l'int6rbt de la R6publique du Tchad et de la R6publique frangaiseque certains 6tablissements publics de la R6publique frangaise puissentpoursuivre sur le territoire de la Rbpublique du Tchad les diverses activit~saffbrentes h leur mission, en particulier dans les domaines de la recherche etde l'aide et de la coop6ration.
J'ai en cons6quence I'honneur de proposer que jusqu'i intervention6ventueUe de conventions sp6ciales les concernant, les 6tablissements publicsde la R6publique frangaise 6num6r6s en annexe i la pr6sente lettre,continuent 4 exercer leurs activit6s sur le territoire de la R6publique du Tchadselon les modalit6s actuellement en vigueur.
Je serais heureux que vous veuilez me confirmer votre accord i ce sujet.
Le Premier Ministre de la R publique du Tchadd M. le Premier Ministre de la R~publique francaise
Vous avez bien voulu m'adresser en date de ce jour la lettre suivante[Voir texte ci-dessus. ]J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer mon accord i ce sujet.
(g) ACCORD EN MATIERE DOMANIALE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU TCHAD. FAIT A FORT-LAMY,LE 11 AOUT 19602
Consid6rant que, par l'effet de l'accord de transfert en date du 12 juillet1960 entr6 en vigueur le 10 aoft 1960, la R6publique du Tchad a accd6l'ind6pendance et que la R6publique frangaise a reconnu son ind6pendance etsa souverainet6,
Art. jer. - I1 est institu6 une commission mixte paritaire qui 61aboreradans un d6lai de six mois k dater de I'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord uneconvention en mati~re domaniale.
1 Ibid., 24 novembre 1960, p. 10480. Entr6 en vigueur le 11 aott 1960.2 Journal Officiel de la R~publique francaise, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10478. Entr6 en
vigueur le 8 f6vrier 1961.
Art. 2. - La commission mixte 6tablira la liste des immeubles acquis ouconstitu~s sur cr6dits du budget de l'Etat frangais, dont la propri6t6 serareconnue A la R6publique frangaise. Elle d~terminera 6ventuellement les.compensations qui apparattront n6cessaires h la satisfaction des besoins desparties en pr6sence.
Art. 3. - La commission pr6voiera l'affectation en jouissance A la R6pu-blique frangaise de ceux des biens revenant A la R6publique du Tchad quiresteraient n6cessaires aux besoins des services de la R6publique frangaise surle territoire de cet Etat.
Art. 4. - La commission 6tablira la liste des organismes de droit publicfrangais jouissant de l'autonomie administrative ou financiire dont les bienssont propri6t6 priv6e.
Art. 5. - La R6publique du Tchad d6clare confirmer les concessionsaccord6es ant6rieurement i la date i laquelle prend effet le present accordsans pr6judice des dispositions internes actuellement applicables.
Art. 6. - D~s 'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord, le droit de concessionen ce qui concerne les terrains immatricul6s sera exerc6 par les autorit6s de laR6publique du Tchad.
Art. 7. - Les dispositions du pr6sent accord ne s'appliquent pas auxterrains et bAtiments affect6s i la d6fense; ceux-ci feront l'objet deconventions particuli~res.
Art. 8. - Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera l'autre l'accom-plissement des proc6dures constitutionnellement requises pour la mise envigueur du pr6sent accord qui prendra effet i la date de la derni~renotification.
(h) PROTOCOLE D'ACCORD DOMANIAL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU TCHAD AVEC PROTOCOLEADDITIONNEL. FAIT A FORT-LAMY, LE 25 OCTOBRE 19611
Art. Ier . - La R6publique du Tchad confirme i I'Etat frangais lapropri6t6 des immeubles suivants :
Art. 3. - La R6publique frangaise transf~re d6finitivement A la R~pu-blique du Tchad ses droits sur les immeubles suivants:
Art. 4. - La R6publique frangaise reconnaft la proprit de la R~publiquedu Tchad sur les immeubles suivants financ6s par le F. I. D. E. S., actuel-lement immatricul6s au nom de la R6publique frangaise:
Art. 5. - La R6publique du Tchad c~de h la Rpublique frangaise, qui enaura la libre disposition, la propri6t6 des immeubles suivants :
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique franaise, 21 mars 1963, p. 2721. Entr6 envigueur le 25 octobre 1961. (Renseignement tir6 de Rollet, op. cit., p. 200.)
Art. 6. - Aux termes de l'article 29 de la Convention du 19 mars 1960relative aux relations entre le Tr6sor frangais et le Tr6sor du Tchad, laR6publique du Tchad s'6tait engag~e A assurer l'installation de la paierie de'France. Se trouvant dans l'impossibilit6 de d6gager un immeuble appropri6, laR6publique du Tchad cde en compensation & la R6publique frangaise :
Art. 7. - La R6publique du Tchad accorde en jouissance, h titre gratuit, Ala R6publique frangaise :
a) Pour la satisfaction des besoins de l'ambassade de France
b) Pour la satisfaction des besoins permanents du contrble financier de laR6publique frangaise:
c) Pour la satisfaction des besoins de la paierie de France & Fort-Lamy,pour une dur6e de deux ans A compter de la s6paration des Tr~sors frangais ettohadien
Art. 8. - La liste des organismes de droit public fran~ais dont les bienssont propri6t6 priv6e est 6tablie comme suit :
Art. 9. - Ne rentrent pas dans le cadre du pr6sent accordLes a6rodromes (pistes et installations techniques) de Fort-Lamy (titre
foncier 404 et totre foncier 459 et aggrandissement) et de Fort-Archambault(titre foncier 542), dont la situation sera examin6e dans le cadre des accordsde defense.
Les terrains et batiments militaires (arm6e de l'air, arm6e de terre etgendarmerie), qui doivent faire l'objet de conventions partiuli~res.
Art. 10. - Les cessions et transferts r6sultant du pr6sent protocole sontconsentis h titre gratuit. Les mutations seront effectu6es sans droits ni taxes.
PROTOCOLE ADDITIONNEL
Au protocole d'accord domanial entre la Rdpublique franvaiseet la Ripublique du Tchad
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise, d'une part, et le Gouver-nement de la R6publique du Tchad, d'autre part, sont convenus de ce quisuit :
Le protocole d'accord domanial entre la R6publique du Tchad et laR6publique frangaise est consid6r6 comme ayant pris effet la date de sasignature, le 25 octobre 1961.
8. CONGO
Trait6s
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIERPORTANT TRANSFERTCOMPETENCES DE LAJUILLET 19601
ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE CONGOA LA REPUBLIQUE DU CONGO DES
COMMUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 12
Article er
La R6publique du Congo accede, en plein accord et amiti6 avec laR6publique franqaise, & la souverainet6 internationale et i l'ind~pendance parle transfert des comptences de la Communaut6.
Article 2
Toutes les comp'tences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Constitution du4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r6es i la Rbpublique duCongo.
Article 3
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera A l'autre 'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa constitution pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sentaccord. Celui-ci prendra effet & la date de la demi~re de ces notifications.
(b) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE CONGO RELATIF AUXDISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES APPLICABLES JUSQU'A L'ENTREtEN VIGUEUR DES ACCORDS DE COOPERATION ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU CONGO. FAITA PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET 19602
Article I er
Jusqu'h l'entr~e en vigueur des accords de coopbration intervenus enchaque mati~re, les dispositions ci-apr~s seront appliqu6es
Article 2
La R6publique franqaise continuera d'assurer la protection diplomatiquedes ressortissants de la R6publique du Congo i 1'6tranger.
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique franfaise, 30 juiet 1960, p. 7043. Entr6 envigueur le 14 aotit 1960.
2 Ibid, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7043. Entri en vigueur le 14 aofit 1960.
Article ,3
Les forces armies frangaises csntinueront d'assurer les missions qui leursont actuellement assign6es selon les rfgles et proc6dures applicables A la dated'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accqd.
Le Comit6 de d6fense pr~vu au projet d'accord de defense, paraph6 endate de ce jour, sera constitu6 sans d6lai pour pr6parer la mise sur pied desforces arm6es de la R6publique du Congo.
Article 4
Les modalit6s de coop6ration au sein de la Zone Franc, les r6gimes des6changes, de I'6mission mon6taire, de, l'organisation g6n6rale des transportsmaritimes et a6riens et des t616communications ainsi que le statut duDomaine actuellement en vigueur continueront d'8tre appliqu6s.
Article 5
Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur en meme temps et dans les memesconditions que I'accord particulier portant transfert A la R6publique duCongo des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
(c) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE CONGO SUR LA PARTICI-PATION DE LA REPUBLIQUE DU CONGO A LA COMMUNAUTE.FAIT A PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET 19601
Article 1er
La R6publique du Congo est membre de la Communaut6 h laquelle eUeparticipe dans les conditions d6finies par des accords de 'oop6ration.
Article 2
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera A l'autre I'accomplissementdes proc6dures constitutionnellement requises pour la mise en vigueur dupr6sent accord qui prendra effet A la date de la dernire notification.
(d) ACCORD RELATIF AUX DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES EN MA-TIERE DE JUSTICE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE DU CONGO. FAIT A PARIS, LE 12 JUILLET 19602
1 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique frangaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7044. Entr6 Lnvigueur le 15 aoiat 1960.
2 Ibid., 30 juillet 1960, p. 7043. Entr6 en vigueur le 14 aotzt 1960.
Article Ier
Jusqu'h l'installation par la R6publique du Congo de juridictions decassation comptentes pour connaftre des recours form6s contre les d6cisionsrendues par les juridictions congolaises de l'ordre adnministratif et de l'ordre.judiciaire, ces recours continueront d'6tre port6s devant les formationsspciales du Conseil d'Etat et de la Cour de Cassation.
En cas de cassation, 'affaire sera renvoy6e devant une juridiction de laR6publique du Congo. Si la juridiction de renvoi est celle dont la d6cision estannul6e, elle devra 8tre autrement compos~e. La juridiction de renvoi seratenue de se conformer, sur le point de droit jug6, i la d6cision de cassation.
Article 2
Les d6cisions rendues par les juridictions si6geant sur le territoire de laR~publique frangaise ou sur le territoire de la R6publique du Congocontinueront, jusqu'h la fin de la p6riode transitoire pr~vue i l'article ler, &6tre ex6cut6es sur le territoire de l'autre Etat selon la proc6dure appliqu6elors de 1'entr6e en vigueur de l'accord particulier portant transfert A laR6publique du Congo des comp~tences de la Communaut6.
Article 3A la fin de la p6riode transitoire pr6vue h l'article ler, les formations
sp6ciales du Conseil d'Etat et de la Cour de Cassation resteront saisies desaffaires qui avaient fait l'objet d'un recours ant6rieurement h cette date. Encas de cassation, l'affaire sera renvoy6e et jug6e sur renvoi ainsi qu'il est dit Al'alin6a 2 de l'article ler.
Article 4La transmission et la remise des actes judiciaires, la transmission et
l'ex6cution des commissions rogatoires, la comparution des t6moins enmati~re p6nale, les formalit6s relatives & l'inscription au casier judiciaire et A lademande des extraits de casier judiciaire, les inscriptions et les formalit6srelatives h l'6tat civil, les dispenses de l6galisation seront r6gl6es, jusqu'i lasignature d'un accord entre les parties, selon la proc6dure en vigueur avant letransfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Article 5
Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur en meme temps et dans les m6mesconditions que 'accord particulier portant transfert h la R6publique duCongo des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
(e) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE CONGO SURLES CONDITIONS DE PARTICIPATION DE LA REPUBLIQUE DUCONGO A LA COMMUNAUTE. FAIT A BRAZZAVILLE, LE 15 AOUT19601
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique franpalse, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10469. Entr6 envigueur le 24 janvier 1961.
Consid6rant que, par 'effet de l'accord de transfert en date du 12 jullet1960, entr6 en vigueur le 14 aotit 1960, la R6publique du Congo a acc6db il'ind6pendance et que la Rpublique frangaise l'a reconnue en tant qu'Etatind6pendant et souverain,
Consid6rant que la R6publique du Congo manifeste la volont6 decoop6rer avec la R6publique frangaise au sein de la Communaut6,
Art. jer. - La R6publique du Congo est membre de la Communaut6laquelle eUe participe dans les Conditions d6finies au pr6sent accord et par desaccords de coop6iation.
Art. 2. - La R6publique du Congo reconnaft que le Pr6sident de laR6publique frangaise est de droit Pr6sident de la Communau.
Art. 3. - La R6publique frangaise et la-R6publique du Congo participentA une conf6rence p6riodique des chefs d'Etat et de Gouvernement r6unie sousla pr6sidence du Pr6sident de la Communaut6 pour se concerter sur lesprob1bmes essentiels int6ressant celle-ci
Elles participent aussi h des comit6s de ministres ou d'experts auxquelssont repr6sent~s 6ventuellement les autres Etats.
Art. 4. - La R6publique du Congo a Ia facult6 d'envoyer une d616gation &un s6nat interparlementaire consultatif compos6 de d616gu6s des assembl6es16gislatives des Etats de la Communaut6.
(f) ACCORD CONCERNANT L'ASSISTANCE MILITAIRE TECHNIQUEENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DUCONGO. FAIT A BRAZZAVILLE, LE 15 AOUT 19601
Consid6rant que par 'effet de l'accord de transfert en date du 12 juillet1960, entr6 en vigueur le 14 aotit 1960, la R6publique du Congo a accd6l'ind6pendance et que Ia R6publique frangaise I'a reconnue en tant qu'Etatind6pendant et souverain;
Consid6rant que Ia R6publique du Congo manifeste Ia volont6. decoop6rer avec la R6publique frangaise au sein de la Communaut6 i laquelleelle participe dans les conditions pr ,vues aux accords en date de ce jour,
Art. jer. - Conform6ment h 'article 6 de 'accord de d6fense entre IaR6publique franqaise, la R6publique centrafricaine, la R6publique du Congoet la R6publique du Tchad, la R6publique frangaise apporte son concours i IaR6publique du Congo pour la constitution de sa gendarmerie et de son arm6enationale.
Art. 2. - Le Gouvernement de la Rpublique du Congo accepte que sesressortissants servant actue'llement dans les forces arm6e's frangaises et qui neseront pas transf6r6s pour servir dans les forces arm6es de Ia R6publique duCongo continuent leur service dans les forces arm6es frangaises.
1 Journal Officiel de la Republiquefranpaise, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10470. Entr6 6nvigueur le 24 janvier 1961.
Les personnels transf~rgs aux forces arm6es congolaises conservent dansces forces le b6n6fice des droits acquis par leurs services dans les forces arm6esfrangaises, notamment en matigre de pension.
Les ressortissants de la R6publique du Congo pourront servir dans lesforces arm6es frangaises selon les rfgles en vigueur dans ces forces.
Art. 3. - La R6publique frangaise fournit A titre gratuit la premieredotation en mat6riels et 6quipements n6cessaires A la constitution des forcesarm6es de la R6publique du Congo dans les limites fix~es d'un communaccord.
Art. 10. - Les personnels militaires mis h la disposition de la R6publiquedu Congo demeurent sous juridiction militaire frangaise dans les conditionspr6vues h 'annexe du pr6sent accord. Ils sont soumis aux r~gles de ladiscipline g6n6rale en vigueur dans les forces arm6es de la R6publique duCongo.
11s servent dans les forces arm6es de la R6publique du Congo selon lesrbgles traditionnelles d'emploi de leur arne ou service. II leur est reconnu legrade de la hi6rarchie des forces arm6es de la R6publique du Congocorrespondant h celui dont ils sont titulaires dans les forces arm6es frangaisesou le grade imm6diatement sup6rieur.
Toutes les d6cisions les concernant prises par le commandement del'arm6e nationale de la R6publique du Congo doivent tre communiqu6es auchef de la commission d'aide militaire. Notamment les sanctions disciplinaires6ventuellement encourues sont port6es A la connaissance du chef de lamission. Ces sanctions peuvent entrafner la r6affectation imm6diate dans lesforces arm6es frangaises.
Inversement, toutes d6cisions de l'autorit6 militaire frangaise les concer-nant doivent 8tre port6es h la connaissance du commandement militaire del'arm6e nationale.
(g) ACCORD EN MATIERE DOMANIALE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU CONGO. FAIT A BRAZ-ZAVILLE, LE 15 AOUT 19601
Consid6rant que, par 1'effet de 'accord de transfert en date du 12 juillet1960, entr6 en vigueur le 14 aotit 1960, la R6publique du Congo a accgd6 Arind6pendance et que la R6publique frangaise a reconnu son ind6pendance etsa souverainet6,
Art. jer. - II est institu6 une commission mixte paritaire qui 61aboreradans un d6ai de six mois A dater de 1'entrge en vigueur du pr6sent accord uneconvention en matibre domaniale.
Art. 2. - La commission mixte 6tablira la liste des immeubles acquis ouconstitu.6s sur credits du budget de 'Etat frangais, dont la propri~tb s.ra
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique frangaise, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10473. Entr6 envigueur le 24 janvier 1961.
reconnue & la R6publique frangaise. Elle d~terminera 6ventuellement lescompensations 'qui apparaftront n~cessaires & la satisfaction des besoins desparties en pr6sence.
Art. 3. - La commission pr6voiera I'affectation en jouissance h la R6pu-blique frangaise de ceux des biens revenant A la R~publique du Congo, quiresteraient n6cessaires aux besoins des services de la R6publique frangaise surle territoire de cet Etat.
Art. 4. - La commission 6tablira la liste des organismes de droit publicfrangais jouissant de I'autonomie administrative ou financire dont les bienssont propri6t6 priv6e.
Art. 5. - La R6publique du Congo d6clare confirmer les concessionsaccord6es ant6rieurement h la date h laquelle prend effet le pr6sent accord.Toutefois, la R6publique du Congo se r6serve le droit de prononcer, dans lesconditions d6termin6es par sa 16gislation interne, le retrait total ou partiel desconcessions inexploit6es.
Les contestations sur les conditions du retrait de concession serontport6es devant le comit6 restreint franco-congolais de la commission mixtepr6vue A l'article 25 de l'accord de coop6ration en mati~re mon6taire6conomique et financi~re.
Art. 6. - Ds l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord, le droit de concessionen ce qui concerne les terrains immatricul6s sera exerc6 par les autorit6s de laR6publique du Congo.
Art. 7. - Les dispositions du pr6sent accord ne s'appliquent pas auxterrains et bAtiments affect6s A la d6fense; ceux-ci feront l'objet deconventions particulires.
(h) CONVENTION D'ETABLISSEMENT ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU CONGO. FAITE A BRAZ-ZAVILLE, LE 15 AOUT 19602
D6sireux d'assurer 4 leurs nationaux respectifs, entre les droits garantispar l'accord multilat6ral sur les droits fondamentaux des nationaux des Etatsde la Communaut6, le b6n6fice d'un statut inspir6 de l'esprit qui anime leursrelations mutuelles, conforme i l'amiti6 qui unit leurs pays et de nature id6velopper les rapports entre leurs peuples,
Art. Ier. - Sans pr6judice des conventions intervenues ou h intervenirentre les parties contractantes, les nationaux de chacune de ces partiespourront acc6der aux emplois publics de l'autre Etat dans les conditionsd6termin6es par la 16gislation de cet Etat.
Art. 2. - En ce qui concerne l'ouverture d'un fonds de commerce, lacr6ation d'une exploitation, d'un 6tablissement i caract~re industriel,commercial, agricole ou .artisana4 l'exercice des activit6s correspondantes etl'exercice des activit6s professionnelles salari6es, les nationaux de l'une desparties contractantes sont assimil6s aux nationaux de l'autre partie contrac-tante.
2Ibid., entr6e en vigueur le 24 janvier 1961.
Art. 3. - Tout national de l'une des parties contractantes b6n6ficie, sur leterritoire de l'autre partie, du traitement des nationaux de cette partie pourtout ce qui concerne l'acc~s aux professions libfrales et leur exercice.
Toutefois, h titre exceptionnel et temporaire, l'acc~s sur le territoire d'unepartie contractante h certaines professions lib6rales pourra tre r~serv6 enpriorit6 aux nationaux de cette partie en vue de permettre leur promotionsociale.
Art. 4. - Tout national de l'une des parties contractantes a la facult6d'obtenir, sur le territoire de l'autre partie, des concessions, autorisations etpermissions administratives, ainsi que de conclure des marches publics dansles mmes conditions que les nationaux de cette partie.
Art. 5. - Les nationaux d'une des parties contractantes seront, sur leterritoire de l'autre partie, repr~sent~s dans les m~mes conditions que lesnationaux de celle-ci aux assembl6es consulaires et aux organismes assurant larepr6sentation des int~rets 6conomiques.
Art. 6. - Les nationaux de chacune des parties contractantes b~n~fi-cieront, sur le territoire de 'autre partie, de la 16gislation du travail, des loissociales et de s~curit sociale dans les m~mes conditions que les nationaux decette partie.
Art. 7. - Tout national de l'une des parties contractantes jouit, sur leterritoire de I'autre partie contractante, des mmes droits civils que lesnationaux de ladite partie. I1 les exerce selon la loi applicable d'apr~s les r~glesde conflits de loi
En particulier, le statut personnel des Franqais sur le territoire de laR6publique du Congo est. r~gi par la loi franqaise et le statut personnel desCongolais sur le territoire de la R~publique franqaise est r~gi par la loicongolaise.
Art. 8. - Tout national de l'une des parties contractantes r~sidant sur leterritoire de l'autre partie contractante peut participer aux activitgs syndicaleset faire partie des organismes de d6fense professionnelle dans les mamesconditions que les nationaux de cette partie.
La dur~e de la residence exig~e est d~termine par chaque Etat.
Art. 9. - Les nationaux de l'une des parties contractantes ne peuvent treassujettis sur le territoire de l'autre partie contractante h des droits, taxes oucontributions, quelle qu'en soit la d6nomination, autres ou plus 6lev~s queceux perqus sur les nationaux de cette partie.
Art. 10. - Si l'une des parties contractantes se propose de prendre unemesure d'expulsion contre un national de 'autre partie contractante dontl'activit6 constitue une menace pour l'ordre public, ou le credit public, elle enfait part h l'autre partie. Faute par celle-ci d'avoir pr~sent6 des observationsdans un d~lai de vingt jours k dater de la reception de la communication, ous'il est pass6 outre h ces observations, l'expulsion peut tre prononc6e. Elle alieu en vertu d'une d6cision individuelle et motiv6e du chef du gouver-nement. Un d~lai suffisant est accord6 h l'intfress6 pour lui permettre depourvoir aux mesures n6cessit~es par son depart.
Toutefois, en cas d'urgence absolue, reconnue par d6cision motiv6e, unemesure d'expulsion assortie d'effet imm~diat peut tre prise. Cette mesure estimm6diatement notifi6e au gouvernement de l'Etat dont relive la personneexpuls6e.
L'Etat qui proc~de i l'expulsion doit assurer par tous les moyensappropri6s la sauvegarde des biens et des intfrtts de la personne expuls6e.
Art. 11. - Chacune des parties contractantes s'engage h respecter lesdroits acquis sur son territoire par les personnes physiques et moralesressortissant de l'autre partie.
Les Frangais 6tablis sur le territoire de la R6publique du Congo et lesCongolais 6tablis sur le territoire de la R6publlque frangaise A la date d'entr~een vigueur de la pr~sente convention peuvent continuer i exercer librementleur profession dans les m~mes conditions que les nationaux de l'Etat der6sidence.
De m~me, les soci~t6s ayant leur siege social sur le territoire de laR6publique du Congo au lerjanvier 1960 dont la majorit6 du capitalappartient 4 des Frangais et dont plus de la moiti6 des administrateurs oug6rants sont de nationalit6 frangaise, pourront, sur declaration faite aur6gistre du commerce, conserver leur statut actuel en ce qui concerne lesr~gles r6gissant leur constitution, leur fonctionnement, leur liquidation et,d'une mani~re g6n6rale, les rapports entre associ~s ou actionnaires.
Art. 12. - Les soci~t~s civiles et commerciales constitu6es conform6menti la 16gislation d'une partie contractante et ayant leur siege social sur sonterritoire sont assimil6es aux nationaux de cette partie contractante, quantila jouissance, sur le territoire de l'autre partie contractante, de tous les droits6nonc6s au pr6sent accord et dont une personne morale peut etre titulaire.
Le droit d'6tablissement des soci6t~s de transports maritimes et a~riensfera l'objet d'accords sp~ciaux.
Art. 13. - La personnalit6 morale des associations but non lucratif,16galement constitu6es sur le territoire de l'une des parties contractantes, estreconnue de plein droit par l'autre partie contractante. Ces associationsb6n6ficient notamment sur le territoire de cette derni6re des dispositions desalin6as 1 et 2 de l'article 4 de l'accord multilateral sur les droits fonda-mentaux des nationaux des Etats de la Communaut6, ainsi que de celles del'alin6a 1 de l'article 9 de la pr6sente convention.
Art. 14. - Chacune des parties contractantes r6serve aux nationaux del'autre le statut particulier d6fini par la pr6sente convention h raison ducaract~re sp6cifique des relations entre les deux Etats. Le b6n6fice de cesdispositions particulires ne peut pas etre automatiquement 6tendu auxressortissants d'un Etat tiers.
Si l'une des parties contractantes vient h accorder aux ressortissants d'unEtat tiers un statut plus favorable que celui d~fini par la pr6sente convention,l'autre partie sera fond6e h en revendiquer le b~n6fice pour ses nationaux.
Art. 15. - Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera A 'autre l'ac-complissement des proc6dures constitutionnellement requises pour la mise envigueur de. la pr6sente convention, qui prendra effet h la date de la derni~renotification.
(i) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE CONGORELATIVES A LA POURSUITE DES ACTIVITES DES ETABLIS-SEMENTS PUBLICS FRANCAIS SUR LE TERRITOIRE DE LAREPUBLIQUE DU CONGO. BRAZZAVILLE, 15 AOUT 19601
Le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique fran~aised Monsieur le Prisident de la Ripublique du Congo
II est de l'int6ret de la R6publique du Congo et de la R6publique frangaiseque certains 6tablissements publics de la R6publique frangaise puissentpoursuivre sur le territoire de la Rbpublique du Congo les diverses activit6saff6rentes leur mission en particulier dans les domaines de la recherche et deI'aide et de la coop6ration.
J'ai en cons6quence l'honneur de proposer que, jusqu'A intervention6ventuelle de conventions sp6ciales les concernant, les 6tablissements publicsde la R6publique franqaise numfr6s en annexe k la pr6sente lettre continuenti exercer leurs activit6s sur le territoire de la R6publique du Congo selon lesmodalit6s actuellement en vigueur.
Je serais heureux que vous veuilliez me confirmer votre accord A ce sujet.
Le Prdsident de la Ripublique du Congod Monsieur le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique franfaise
Vous avez bien voulu m'adresser en date de ce jour la lettre suivante[Voir texte ci-dessus. ]J'ai I'honneur de vous confirmer mon accord h ce sujet.
(j) ACCORD RELATIF AU CENTRE D'ENSEIGNEMENT SUPERIEUR DEBRAZZAVILLE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA RE-PUBLIQUE DU CONGO. FAIT A BRAZZAVILLE, LE 15 AOUT 19602
Consid6rant que, par I'accord relatif h 'enseignement sup6rieur entre laR6publique franqaise, la R6publique centrafricaine, la R6publique du Congoet la R6publique du Tchad, en date du 15 aotit 1960, il a W convenu qu'uncentre d'6tudes administratives et techniques sup6rieures assurerait la for-mation des cadres des Etats d'Afrique 6quatoriale et serait 6rig6 en centred'enseignement sup6rieur;
Consid6rant que cet 6tablissement est appel6 h fonctionner sur leterritoire de la R~publique du Congo,
I Journal Officiel de la R~publique franfaise, 24 novcmbre 1960, p. 1074. Entr envigucur lc .15 aoO t 1960.
2 Ibid., 24 novembre 1960, p. 10475. ELntr6 en vigueur Ic 24 janvicr 1961.
Art. ler. - Les deux gouvernements faciliteront par tous les moyens enleur pouvoir le fonctionnement du centre d'6tudes administratives ettechniques sup6rieures de Brazzaville et sa transformation en centre d'en-seignement sup~rieur.
En particulier, la R~publique franqaise maintiendra au centre d'ensei-gnement supfrieur de Brazzaville l'affectation des terrains, batiments etinstallations, propri6t6 de l'Etat frangais, actuellement utilis6s par le centred'6tudes administratives et techniques sup~rieures.
Art. 2. - Le centre d'enseignement sup~rieur de Brazzaville sera ouvertsans distinction de nationalit6 aux 6tudiants justifiant des diplbmes ou titresrequis.
Art. 3. - Le personnel enseignant et administratif du centre d'enseigne-ment sup6rieur b6n~ficiera des conditions d'exercice, des garanties et desfranchises professionnelles traditionnellement accord6es par la R6publiquefranqaise au personnel universitaire.
En particulier, les agents de la force publique ne p6n6treront dansl'enceinte des 6tablissements relevant du centre d'enseignement sup6rieur qu'hla demande ou avec l'accord de son directeur.
Art. 4. - Le mat6riel d'6quipement et les fournitures n6cessaires aufonctionnement des biblioth6ques et laboratoires du centre d'enseignementsup~rieur seront admis librement en franchise des droits de douane sur leterritoire de la Rpublique du Congo.
Art. 5. - Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera h l'autre l'accom-plissement des pr6c6dures constitutionnellement requises pour la mise envigueur du pr6sent accord, qui prendra effet h la date de la derni~renotification.
9. CYPRUS
(i) Laws and decrees
THE BRITISH NATIONALITY (CYPRUS) ORDER, 19601
1. (1) Subject to the proviso to subsection (1) of section four of theCyprus Act, 1960, and to this Article, any person who, immediately beforethe sixteenth day of February, 1961, is a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies shall cease to be such a citizen on that day if he possesses any of thequalifications specified in paragraph 2 of Section 2 of Annex D to the Treatyconcerning the Establishment of the Republic of Cyprus concluded on thesixteenth day of August, 1960 (which Annex is set out in the Schedule to thisOrder and is hereinafter referred to as "Annex D"):
Provided that if any person would, on ceasing to be a citizen of theUnited Kingdom and Colonies under this paragraph, become stateless, he shallnot cease to be such a citizen thereunder until the sixteenth day of August,1961.
(2) A person shall not cease to be a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies under this Article if he possesses any of the qualifications specified.
1 Statutory Instruments, 1960, Part I, p. 421.
in paragraph 2 of Section 3 of Annex D; and for the purposes of thisparagraph
(a) save as hereinafter provided, any expression used in the saidparagraph 2 shall be construed as having the same meaning as in the BritishNationality Act, 1948;
(b) the reference in sub-paragraph (b) of the said paragraph 2 to a personnaturalised in the United Kingdom and Colonies shall include a person whowould, if living immediately before the commencement of the BritishNationality Act, 1948, have become a person naturalised in the UnitedKingdom and Colonies by virtue of subsection (6) of section thirty-two ofthat Act (which relates to persons given local naturalisation before thatcommencement in a colony or protectorate);
(c) the protectorates of Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland shall beexcepted from the operation of any reference to a protectorate insub-paragraph (f) or (g) of the said paragraph 2.
(3) A person shall not cease to be a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies under this Article if he is such a person as is mentioned insub-paragraph (b) of paragraph 1 of Section 4 of Annex D, and loss ofcitizenship of the United Kingdom and Colonies would render him stateless.
2. Subject to the proviso to subsection (1) of section four of the CyprusAct, 1960, any citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies who is grantedcitizenship of the Republic of Cyprus in pursuance of an application such asis referred to in Section 4, 5 or 6 of Annex D shall thereupon cease to be acitizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies.
3. Subsection (3) of section four of the Cyprus Act, 1960, shall apply tothose persons who cease to be citizens of the United Kingdom and Coloniesunder Article 1 of this Order.
4. This Order may be cited as the British Nationality (Cyprus) Order,1960, and shall come into operation on the sixteenth day of February, 1961.
SCHEDULE
ANNEX D TO THE TREATY' CONCERNING THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THEREPUBLIC OF CYPRUS CONCL UDED ON THE SIXTEENTH DA Y OF A UGUST,1960
Section 1
For the purposes of this Annex:(a) "The agreed date" means the 16th of February, 1961;(b) "Colony", "protectorate", "protected State" and "United Kingdom
trust territory" refer to territories which have that status immediately afterthe entry into force of this Treaty for the purpose of the application of thenationality law of the United Kingdom;
(c) "The date of this Treaty" means the date on which this Treaty entersinto force2 ;
1 See United Nations, Legislative Series, Materials on Succession of States,ST/LEG/SER.B/14, p. 21.
2 Under Article 12 of the Treaty, it entered into force on 16th August, 1960, onsignature by all the parties to it.
(d) A person born before the agreed date aboard a registered ship oraircraft or aboard an unregistered ship or aircraft of the Government of anycountry shall be regarded as having been born in the place in which the shipor aircraft was registered, or, as the case may be, in that country;
(e) It is understood that a person shall not be regarded as having ceasedto be ordinarily resident in a country if it can be shown to the satisfaction ofthe authorities concerned that his absence from that country was temporaryand for the purpose of receiving medical treatment or education.
Section 2
1. Any citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies who on the date ofthis Treaty possesses any of the qualifications specified in paragraph 2 of thisSection shall on that date become a citizen of the Republic of Cyprus if hewas ordinarily resident in the Island of Cyprus at any time in the period offive years immediately before the date of this Treaty.
2. The qualifications referred to in paragraph I of this Section are thatthe person concerned is
(a) a person who became a British subject under the provisions of theCyprus (Annexation) Orders in Council, 1914 to 1943; or
(b) a person who was born in the Island of Cyprus on or after the 5th ofNovember, 1914; or
(c) a person descended in the male line from such a person as is referredto in sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of this paragraph.
3. Any citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies born between thedate of this Treaty and the agreed date shall become a citizen of the Republicof Cyprus at the date of his birth if his father becomes such a citizen underthis Section or would but for his death have done so.
Section 3
1. Any citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies who on the date ofthis Treaty (or, in the case of a person born between that date and the agreeddate, who on the date of his birth) possesses any of the qualificationsspecified in paragraph 2 of Section 2 of this Annex shall on the agreed datecease to be a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies unless he possessesany of the qualifications specified in paragraph 2 of this Section.
2. The qualifications referred to in paragraph I of this Section are thatthe person concerned is
(a) a person born outside the Island of Cyprus in the United Kingdom orin a colony; or
(b) a person naturalised in the United Kingdom and Colonies; or(c) a person who was registered as a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies; or(d) a person who became a British subject by reason of the annexation of
any territory included in a colony outside the Island of Cyprus; or(e) a person whose father or father's father is or was such a person as is
referred to in sub-paragraph (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this paragraph; or(f) a person born in a protectorate, protected State or United Kingdom
trust territory; or
(g) a person whose father or father's father was born in a protectorate,protected State or United Kingdom trust territory and was at any time aBritish subject; or
(h) a person who was born on or after the 1st of January, 1949, andwhose father was, or would but for his death have been, a British subjectwithout citizenship at the date of that person's birth and immediately beforethe date of this Treaty; or
(i) a person who was born before the 1st of January, 1949, and whosefather was, or would but for his death have been, a British subject at the dateof that person's birth and a British subject without citizenship immediatelybefore the date of this Treaty; or
(j) a person who was immediately before the date of this Treatyordinarily resident in the United Kingdom or in a colony, protectorate,protected State or United Kingdom trust territory or in the territory of anycountry within the British Commonwealth of Nations then having separatecitizenship from that of the United. Kingdom and Colonies or anydependency of that territory; or
(k) a person who was born between the date of this Treaty and theagreed date and whose father was a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies who was immediately before the date of this Treaty (or, if he wasdead at that date, then at the date of his death) ordinarily resident in anycountry or territory referred to in sub-paragraph (j) of this paragraph.
Section 4
1. A person who immediately before the date of this Treaty was acitizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies and possessed any of thequalifications specified in paragraph 2 of Section 2 of this Annex but doesnot under that Section become a citizen of the Republic of Cyprus shall beentitled, on application to the appropriate authority of the Republic ofCyprus, to be granted on or after the agreed date citizenship of the Republicof Cyprus if
(a) he was immediately before the date of this Treaty ordinarily residentin any country or territory specified in sub-paragraph (j) of paragraph 2 ofSection 3 of this Annex; or
(b) he was immediately before that date ordinarily resident in Greece orTurkey; or
(c) he was immediately before that date ordinarily resident elsewherethan in a country or territory mentioned in sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of thisparagraph and became or may become stateless by reason of this Annex.
2. A person of Cypriot origin who immediately before the date of thisTreaty was not a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies shall beentitled, on application to the appropriate authority of the Republic ofCyprus, to be granted on or after the agreed date citizenship of the Republicof Cyprus. For the purpose of this paragraph, "a person of Cypriot origin"means a person who was, on the 5th of November, 1914, an Ottoman subjectordinarily resident in the Island of Cyprus or who is descended in the maleline from such a person.
3. A woman who was married before the date of this Treaty to a personwho is entitled to make an application for citizenship of the Republic of
Cyprus under paragraph I or 2 of this Section and is making or has made suchan application shall be entitled, on application during the subsistence of themarriage made to the appropriate authority of the Republic of Cyprus, to begranted on or after the agreed date citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus.
4. A woman who is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies andwas married before the date of this Treaty to a person possessing any of thequalifications specified in paragraph 2 of Section 2 of this Annex but whosemarriage has been terminated by death or divorce shall be entitled, onapplication to the appropriate authority of the Republic of Cyprus, to begranted on or after the agreed date citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus if atthe date of this Treaty any of the conditions specified in sub-paragraph (a),(b) or (c) of paragraph I of this Section were satisfied in the case of herhusband (or, if the marriage was terminated before the date of this Treaty,then in her case).
5. A woman who was married.before the date of this Treaty to a personof Cypriot origin within the meaning of paragraph 2 of this Section not beinga citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies but whose marriage has beenterminated by death or divorce shall be entitled, on application to theappropriate authority of the Republic of Cyprus, to be granted on or afterthe agreed date citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus.
6. A person born between the date of this Treaty and the agreed dateshall be entitled, on application to the appropriate authority of the Republicof Cyprus, to be granted on or after the agreed date citizenship of theRepublic of Cyprus if either of his parents is entitled to make an applicationfor such citizenship under paragraphs 1 to 5 of this Section and is making orhas made such an application.
71 (a) Subject to paragraph 8 of this Section, the number of applicationswhich may be granted under paragraphs 1 to 6 of this Section on the basis ofsuch residence as is referred to in sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph I oron the basis of Cypriot origin as referred to in paragraph 2 of this Sectionshall be limited in each calendar year to the numbers given in The Table belowin respect of each class of applicants. Applications shall be granted up to thefull number given in each space in that Table in respect of applicants of eachclass irrespective of the number of applications made by or granted toapplicants of any other class.
(b) The numbers in the Table above may be altered for any year byagreement between the President and Vice-President of the Republic ofCyprus.
9. Section 3 of this Annex shall not apply to such a person as ismentioned in sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph I of this Section if loss ofcitizenship of the United Kingdom and Colonies under Section 3 of thisAnnex would render him stateless.
10. Notwithstanding Section 3 of this Annex, the United Kingdom mayprovide that the citizenship of the United Kingdom and Colonies of personswho may become stateless on the agreed date by the operation of thatSection may continue to subsist until the 16th of August, 1961. Where achild is born to such a person during such subsistence of citizenship of the
United Kingdom and Colonies paragraph 6 of this Section shall apply to thatchild as if he had been born before the agreed date.
14. A citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies who becomes acitizen of the Republic of Cyprus under this Section shall thereupon cease tobe a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies. The United Kingdom mayprovide that any person who loses citizenship of the United Kingdom andColonies under this paragraph as a result of an application made on his behalfunder paragraph 13 of this Section shall be entitled to resume that citizenshipafter he attains the age of 21 years.
15. Particulars of every grant of citizenship under thig Section to aperson who is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies shall be notifiedby the Government of the Republic of Cyprus to the Government of theUnited Kingdom.
Section 5
1. Any citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies shall be entitled, onapplication to the appropriate authority of the Republic of Cyprus not laterthan 12 months after the agreed date, to be granted on or after the agreeddate citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus if he satisfies the authority that hepossesses any of the qualifications specified in paragraph 2 of this Section andwas ordinarily resident in the Island 'of Cyprus 0t any time in the period offive years immediately before the date of this Treaty.
2. The qualifications referred to in paragraph I of this Section are thatthe person concerned is
(a) a person who was granted a certificate of"naturalisation by theGovernor of Cyprus, or whose name was included in such a certificate; or
(b) a person who was registered as a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies (otherwise than on the ground of marriage to such a citizen) by theGovernor of Cyprus; or
(c) a person descended in the male line from such a person as is referredto in sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of this paragraph.3. A citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies born between the dateof this Treaty and the agreed date shall be entitled, on application to theappropriate authority of the Republic of Cyprus not later than 12 monthsafter the agreed date, to be granted citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus if
(a) his father is entitled to make an application for citizenship of theRepublic of Cyprus under this Section and is making or has made such anapplication; or
(b) his mother is entitled to make an application for citizenship of theRepublic of Cyprus under paragraph 2 of Section 6 of this Annex by virtue ofthe fact that his father possessed any of the qualifications specified inparagraph 2 of this Section and she is making or has made such anapplication.
4. An application under this Section may be made on behalf of a child'who has not attained the age of 16 years by any person who satisfies theappropriate authority that he is the father or guardian of the child.
5. A person who becomes a citizen of the Republic of Cyprus under thisSection shall thereupon cease to be a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies. The United Kingdom may provide that a person who losescitizenship of the United Kingdom and Colonies under this paragraph as aresult of an application made on his behalf under paragraph 4 of this Sectionshall be entitled to\,resume that citizenship after he attains the age of 21years.
6. Particulars of every grant of citizenship of the Republic of Cyprusunder this Section shall be notified by the' Government of the Republic ofCyprus to the Government of the United Kingdom.
Section 6
1. A woman who is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies andwas married before the date of this Treaty to a person who becomes a citizenof the Republic of Cyprus under Section 2 or 5 of this Annex shall beentitled, upon application to the appropriate authority of the Republic ofCyprus during the subsistence of the marriage and not later than one yearafter the date when her husband becomes such a citizen, to be granted on orafter the agreed date citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus.
2. A woman who is a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies andwas married before the date of this Treaty to a person possessing any of thequalifications specified in paragraph 2 of Section 2 or in paragraph 2 ofSection 5 of this Annex, but whose marriage has been terminated by death ordivorce shall be entitled, upon application to the appropriate authority of theRepublic of Cyprus not later than two years after the agreed date, to begranted on or after the agreed date citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus ifeither of the conditions specified in paragraph 3 of this Section is satisfied inher case.
4. A woman who acquires citizenship of the Republic of Cyprus underthis Section shall thereupon cease to be a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies.
5. Particulars of every grant of citizenship of the Republic of Cyprusunder this Section shall be notified by the Government of the Republic ofCyprus to the Government of the United Kingdom.
6. A woman who is the wife of a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies shall not cease to be a citizen of the United Kingdom and Coloniesunder any provision of this Annex unless her husband ceases to be such acitizen under this Annex.
Section 7
.Any person who ceases to be a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies under Section 3 of this Annex shall, until the expiration of a periodof two years after the agreed date, have the same right to acquire citizenshipof the United Kingdom and Colonies by registration as if he were a Britishsubject who is not a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies.
EXPLANATORY NOTE
(This Note is not part of the Order, but is intended to indicateits general purport.)
Articles 1 and 2 of this Order, which is made under section 4 of theCyprus Act, 1960, specify the persons who are to cease to be citizens of theUnited Kingdom and Colonies under section 4 (1) of the Act in accordancewith the agreement for the establishment of the Republic of Cyprus.
Article 3 relates to the re-acquisition of citizenship of the UnitedKingdom and Colonies lost, by virtue of the Order, under section 4 (1) of theAct. Section 6 of the British Nationality Act, 1948, includes provisionsenabling a citizen of a Commonwealth country to acquire citizenship of theUnited Kingdom and Colonies by registration. Section 4 (3) of the CyprusAct provides that until 16th February, 1963, certain persons who cease to becitizens of the United Kingdom and Colonies by virtue of the Order shall havethe same rights as citizens of a Commonwealth country to apply forregistration as citizens of the United Kingdom and Colonies under section 8of the British Nationality Act; the persons who are to have this right are thosepersons to whom section 4 (3) of the Cyprus Act is applied by the Order.Article 3 applies section 4 (3) to those persons who cease to be citizens of theUnited Kingdom and Colonies automatically by virtue of Article 1.
(ii) Statements from governmental authorities
STATEMENT ON THE PUBLIC DEBT'
From: The Ministry of Finance, Cyprus, 26th August, 1963
The Republic continued the preparation of accounts on a calendar yearbasis and no separate accounts were prepared for the period up toIndependence. The Public Debt at the end of 1960 is shown at statement 13,Page 61, and at the end of 1959, at statement 10, page 57. During 1960, yearof Independence, there was no significant change in the amount of the PublicDebt.
10. FIJI
Laws and decrees
FIJI INDEPENDENCE ACT 19702
1. Fully responsible status of Fiji(1) On and after 10th October 1970 (in this Act referred to as "the
appointed day") Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom shall haveno responsibility for the government of Fiji.
1 Text reproduced from: The International Law Association, Report of theFifty.fourth Conference, The Hague, 1971, p. 140.
2 Public General Acts and Measures, 1970 (Part 11), p. 1475.
(2) No Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom passed on or afterthe appointed day shall extend, or be deemed to extend, to Fiji as part of itslaw; and on and after that day the provisions of Schedule 1 to this Act shallhave effect with respect to the legislative powers of FijL
2. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts(1) On and after the appointed day the British Nationality Acts 1948 to
1965 shall have effect as if in section 1 (3) of the British Nationality Act1948 (Commonwealth countries having separate citizenship) there wereadded at the end the words "and Fiji".
(2) Except as provided by section 3 of this Act, any person whoimmediately before the appointed day is a citizen of the United Kingdom, andColonies shall on that day cease to be such a citizen if he becomes on thatday a citizen of Fiji
(3) Section 6(2) of the British Nationality Act 1948 (registration ascitizens of the United Kingdom and Colonies of women who have beenmarried to such citizens) shall not apply to a woman by virtue of her marriageto a person who on the appointed day ceases to be such a citizen undersubsection (2) of this section, or who would have done so if living on theappointed day.
(4) In accordance with section 3 (3) of the West Indies Act 1967, it ishereby declared that this and the next following section extend to allassociated states.
3. Retention of citizenship of United Kingdom and Colonies by certaincitizens of Fiji
(1) Subject to subsection (5) of this section, a person shall not cease tobe a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies under section 2 (2) of thisAct if he, his father or his father's father
(a) was born in the United Kingdom or in a colony or an associated state;or
(b) is or was a person naturalised in the United Kingdom and Colonies; or(c) was registered as a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies; or(d) became a British subject by reason of the annexation of any territory
included in a colony.(2) A person shall not cease to be a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies under the said section 2 (2) if either(a) he was born in a protectorate or protected state, or(b) his father or his father's father was so born and is or at any time was
a British subject.(3) A woman who is the wife of a citizen of the United Kingdom and
Colonies shall not cease to be such a citizen under the said section 2 (2)unless her husband does so.
(4) Subject to subsection (5) of this section, the reference in sub-section (1) (b) of this section to a person naturalised in the United Kingdomand Colonies shall include a person who would, if living immediately beforethe commencement of the British Nationality Act 1948, have become aperson naturalised in the United Kingdom and Colonies by virtue of section32 (6) of that Act (persons given local naturalisation in a colony orprotectorate before the commencement of that Act).
(5) In this section(a) references to a colony shall be construed as not including any
territory which, on the appointed day, is not a colony for the purposes of theBritish Nationality Act 1948 as that Act has 'effect on that day, andaccordingly do not include Fiji, and
(b) references to a protectorate or protected state shall be construed asnot including any territory which, on the appointed day, is not a protectorateor a protected state (as the case may be) for the purposes of that Act as it haseffect on that day;
and subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to a person by virtue of anycertificate of naturalisation granted or registration effected by the Governoror Government of a territory which by virtue of this subsection is excludedfrom references in this section to a colony, protectorate or protected state.
(6) Part III of the British Nationality Act 1948 (supplemental provisions)as in force at the passing of this Act shall have effect for the purposes of thissection as if this section were included in that Act.
4. Consequential modification of other enactments(1) Notwithstanding anything in the Interpretation Act 1889, the
expression "colony" in any Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdompassed on or after the appointed day shall not include Fiji.
(2) On and after the appointed day(a) the expression "colony" in the Army Act 1955,.the Air Force Act
1955 and the Naval Discipline Act 1957 shall not include Fiji, and(b) in the definitions of "Commonwealth force" in section 225 (1) and
223(1) respectively of the said Acts of 1955, and in the definition of"Commonwealth country" in section 135 (1) of the said Act of 1957, at theend there shall be added the words "or Fiji";
and no Order in Council made on or after the appointed day under section 1of the Armed Forces Act 1966 which continues either of the said Acts of1955 in force for a further period shall extend to Fiji as part of its law.
(3) On and after the appointed day the provisions specified in Schedule 2to this Act shall lave effect subject to the amendments specified respectivelyin that Schedule.
(4) Subsection (3) of this section, and Schedule 2 to this Act, shall notextend to Fiji as part of its law.
5. Interpretation(1) In this Act, and in any amendment made by this Act in any other
enactment, "Fiji" means the territories which immediately before theappointed day constitute the Colony of Fiji.
(2) References in this Act to any enactment are references to thatenactment as amended or extended by or under any other enactment.
SCHEDULES'
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar to those of thecorresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (infra, p. 191).
11. GABON
Trait6s
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE GABONPORTANT TRANSFERT A LA REPUBLIQUE GABONAISE DESCOMPETENCES DE LA COMMUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 15JUILLET 19601
Article lerLa R6publique gabonaise accede, en plein accord et aniti6 avec la
R6publique frangaise, h la souverainet6 internationale et h l'ind6pendance parle transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Article 2
Toutes les comp6tences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Constitution du4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r6es A la R6publiquegabonaise, dbs l'accomplissement par les parties contractantes de la proc6durepr6vue h 'article 87 de ladite constitution.
(b) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE GABON SUR LA PARTICI-PATION DE LA REPUBLIQUE GABONAISE A LA COMMUNAUTE.FAIT A PARIS, LE 15 JUILLET 19602
Article jer
La Rbpublique gabonaise confirme son appartenance h la Communaut6 Alaquelle elie participe dans les conditions d6finies par des accords decoop6ration.
Article 2
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera h 1'autre l'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sent accord qui prendraeffet i la date de la demire notification.
(c) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE GABON RELATIF AUXDISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES APPLICABLES JUSQU'A L'ENTREEEN VIGUEUR DES ACCORDS-DE COOPERATION ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE GABONAISE. FAITA PARIS, LE 15 JUILLET 19603
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique franfaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7047. Entri envigueur le 16 aofit 1960.
2 Ibid, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7048. Entr6 en vigueur le 16 aocit 1960.3 Journal Officiel de la Republique franfaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 704& Entri en
vigueur le 16 aot 1960.
Article jer
Jusqu'k l'entr6e en vigueur des accords de coop6ration, les dispositionspr6vues aux articles ci-apr~s seront applicables.
Article 2
La R6publique frangaise continuera d'assurer la protection diplomatiquedes ressortissants gabonais A l'6tranger.
Article 3
Les forces arm6es franqaises continueront d'assurer les missions qui leursont actuellement assign6es selon les r~gles et procbdures applicables A la datede la signature du pr6sent accord,
Le Comit6 de dffense franco-gabonais, pr6vu i l'accord de coop6ration enmati~re de d6fense, sera constitu6 sans d6lai pour pr6parer la mise sur pied desforces arm6es gabonaises.
Article 4
Les r6gimes actuels des 6changes et de l'6mission mon6taire, les modalit6sde coop6ration au sein de la Zone Franc, le statut du domaine, l'organisationg6n6rale des transports ext6rieurs et communs, et des t616communicationscontinueront d'ftre appliques.
Article 5
Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur simultan6ment avec l'accord en datede ce jour portant transfert des comptences de la CommunauL6 h laRMpublique gabonaise.
(d) ACCORD CONCERNANT LES DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES ENMATIERE DE JUSTICE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE GABONAISE. FAIT A PARIS LE 15 JUILLET19601
Article ier
Jusqu'h l'installation des juridictions supremes de la R6publique gabo-naise, les recours en cassation form6s contre les dcisions rendues par lesjuridictions gabonaises de l'ordre administratif et de l'ordre judiciaire serontport6s devant la Section de la Communaut6 du Conseil d'Etat et devant laChambre de la Communaut6 de la Cour de cassation.
En cas de cassation, 'affaire sera renvoy6e devant une juridiction de laR6publique gabonaise. Si la juridiction de renvoi est celle dont la d6cision estannul6e, elle devra etre autrement compos6e. La juridiction de renvoi seratenue de se conformer sur le point de droit jug6 a la d6cision de cassation.
1 Ibid., 30 juillet 1960, p. 7048. Entr6 en vigueur le 16 aobt 1960.
Article 2
Les d6cisions rendues par les juridictions si6geant sur le territoire de laR6publique Franqaise ou sur le territoire de la R6publique gabonaisecontinueront, jusqu'h la fin de la p6riode transitoire pr6vue a l'article ler, k6tre ex6cut6es sur le territoire de l'autre Etat selon la proc6dure appliqu6elors de l'entr6e en vigueur de 'accord portant transfert des comptences de laCommunaut&.
Article 3
A la fin de la p6riode transitoire pr6vue A l'article ler, la Section de laCommunaut6 du Conseil d'Etat et la Chambre de la Communaut6 de la Courde cassation resteront saisies des affaires qui avaient fait l'objet d'un recoupsant6rieurement cette date. En cas de cassation, 'affaire sera renvoy6e etjug6e sur renvoi ainsi qu'il est dit A 'alin~a 2 de l'article ler.
Article 4
Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur simultan6ment avec l'accord en datece jour portant transfert des comptences de la Communaut6 h la
R6publique gabonaise.
(e) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE GABON.PARIS, 15 JUILLET 19601
Le Premier Ministre de la Republique francaise6 M. le Premier Ministre de la Republique gabonaise
Au moment oii viennent d'tre sign6s l'accord portant transfert pour cequi la concerne 4 la R6publique gabonaise de l'ensemble des comp6tencesinstitu6es par l'article 78 de la Constitution du 4 octobre 1958, l'accord sur laparticipation de la R~publique gabonaise k la Communaut6 et les accordsrelatifs aux dispositions transitoires, j'ai I'honneur de vous donner l'assuranceque le Gouvernement de la R6publique franqaise engagera, avant la clbture de'actuefle session du Parlement, les proc6dures constitutionnelles n6cessaires
en vue de permettre, dans les plus brefs d6lais, la mise en vigueur simultan6ede ces actes, mise en vigueur qui marquera l'accession de la R6publiquegabonaise i l'ind6pendance.
Je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir, en accusant r6ception de cettecommunication, me confirmer que, d~s la proclamation de l'ind6pendance dela R6publique gabonaise, le Gouvernement de la R6publique gabonaiseproc6dera la signature des accords de cooperation, de l'accord particulier surles conditions de participation de la R6publique gabonaise la Communaut6et de la convention d'6tablissement, actes dont le texte a W paraph6 en datede ce jour, et qu'il prendra aussit6t les mesures propres assurer leur prompteentt6e en vigueur. I1 va de soi qu'il en sera de mme de la part duGouvernement de la Rpublique frangaise.
I Journal Officiel de la R~publique francaise 30 juillet 1960, p. 7048,
Je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir 6galement me confirmer que leGouvernement de Ia R6publique gabonaise engagera, dans le meme temps, lesproc6dures n6cessaires pour permettre, d~s la proclamation de l'ind6pen-dance, l'adh6sion de la R6publique gabonaise A la convention sur laconciliation et la Cour d'arbitrage et A l'accord multilat6ral sur les droitsfondamentaux des nationaux des Etats de la Communaut6.
Le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique gabonaised M. le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique francaise
J'ai l'honneur d'accuser r6ception de Ia lettre par laquelle vous avez bienvoulu me faire savoir que le Gouvernement de la R6publique franqaiseengagera, avant la cl~ture de l'actuelle session du Parlement, les proc6duresconstitutionnelles n6cessaires en vue de permettre dans les plus brefs d6lais lamise en vigueur simultan~e de l'accord sign6 en date de ce jout et portanttransfert, pour ce qui la concerne, A la R6publique gabonaise de l'ensembledes comptences institutes par l'article 78 de la Constitution du 4 octobre1958, de l'accord sur la participation de la Rpublique gabonaise A laCommunaut6 et des accords relatifs aux dispositions transitoires qui doiventprendre effet en meme temps que ledit accord, mise en vigueur qui marqueral'accession de la R6publique gabonaise A l'ind6pendance.
En vous remerciant de cette communication, je tiens A vous confirmerque, d~s la proclamation de l'ind6pendance de la R6publique gabonaise, leGouvernement de la Rpublique gabonaise proc6dera i la signature desaccords de coop6ration, de l'accord particulier sur les conditions departicipation de la 'Rpublique gabonaise A la Communaut6 et de laconvention d'6tablissement, actes dont le texte a 6t0 paraph6 en date de cejour, et qu'il prendra aussitbt les mesures propres assurer leur prompteentr6e en vigueur.. J'enregistre avec satisfaction les assurances analogues quevous avez bien voulu me donner A ce sujet au nom du Gouvernement de IaR~publique frangaise.
Je tiens 6galement i vous confirmer que le Gouvernement de laR6publique gabonaise engagera, dans' le meme temps, les proc6duresn6cessaires pour permettre, d~s la proclamation de l'ind6pendance, l'adh6sionde la Rpublique gabonaise i Ia convention sur la conciliation et la Courd'arbitrage et i 'accord multilat6ral sur les droits fondamentaux desnationaux des Etats de la Communaut6.
J'ajoute que le Gouvernement de la R6publique gabonaise ne voit aucuneobjection i ce que Ia pr6sente lettre soit port6e i la connaissance duParlement franqais en meme temps que l'ensemble des textes sign~s ouparaph6s en date de ce jour.
(f) PROTOCOLE D'ACCORD DOMANIAL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE GABONAISE. FAIT A LIBRE-VILLE, LE 6 JUIN 1961'
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique franfaise, 21 mars 1963, p. 2719. Entri envigueur le 6 juin 1961.
Art. jer. -La R6publique gabonaise reconnaft A l'Etat franqais la pleinepropri6t6 des immeubles suivants :
Art. 2. - La R6publique frangaise transf~re d~finitivement 4 la R6pu-blique gabonaise ses droits sur les immeubles suivants :
et, d'une facon g6n6rale, tous terrains immatricul6s au nom de l'Etat frangaismais non affect6s.
Art. 3. - La R~publique frangaise reconnaft la propri6t6 de la R~publiquegabonaise sur les immeubles suivants financ6s par le budget de l'Etat ou leF. I. D. E. S. et qui demeurent i la disposition de I'A. S. E. C. N. A. selon lesdispositions de la convention de Saint-Louis;
Art. 4. - La R6publique gabonaise c6de i la R6publique frangaise, qui enaura la libre disposition, la propri6t6 des imi'neubles suivants sis A Libreville
Art. 5. - La R6publique gabonaise accorde en jouissance, h titre gratuit, hla R6publique frangaise 4 Libreville :
Pour la satisfaction des besoins de la haute repr6sentation
Pour la satisfaction des besoins permanents du contr6le financier de laR6publique frangaise :
Art. 6. - La liste des organismes de droit public franqais dont les bienssont propri6t6 priv6e est 6tablie comme suit :
Art. 7. - Ne rentrent pas dans le cadre du pr6sent accordLes terrains et bitiments militaires (arm6e de l'air, arm6e de terre et
gendarmerie), qui doivent faire l'objet de conventions particulires;Les immeubles n6cessaires h la paierie de France, qui feront l'objet d'une
n6gociation particuli~re en application des articles 29 et 36 de la conventionsur les rapports du Tr6sor frangais et du Tr6sor gabonais;Les installations suivantes de l'aviation civile et commerciale et de lam~t6orologie utilis6es par l'agence pour la s6curit6 de la navigation a~rienneen Afrique et h Madagascar (Aseena) et dont la situation sera examin6eult6rieurement dans le cadre des accords de d6fense :
Art. 8. - Les cessions- et transferts r6sultant du pr6sent protocole sontconsentis A titre gratuit. Les mutations seront effectu6es sans droits ni taxes.
(g) CONVENTION ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE GABON COMPLETANTLE PROTOCOLE FRANCO-GABONAIS DU 6 JUIN 1961 RELATIF ALA CESSION DE PROPRIETES D'IMMEUBLES. SIGNEE A LIBRE-VILLE, LE 22 JUILLET 19701
1 Journal Officiel de la R4publique franfaise, 23 juin 1971, p. 6042. Entr6e envigueur le 22 juilet 1970.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique gabonaise, d'une part, et leGouvemement de la R6publique frangaise, d'autre part,
Exposent au pr6alable :Qu'aux termes du Protocole d'accord domanial en date du 6 juin 1961,
certains biens immeubles situ~s sur le territoire de la R~publique gabonaisesont demeur6s la propri6t6 de la France'parce que devant faire l'objet deconventions particuli~res;
Que les conditions 6conomiques dans lesquelles ce protocole est intervenuont subi d'importantes modifications 6tant observt que depuis 1961 de grosinvestissements ont 6t6 r6alis6s sur ces biens pour le compte de 'Etatgabonais;
Qu'il y a lieu de compl6ter le Protocole d'accord domanial susvis6,
et conviennent en cons6quence de ce qui suit
Article jer
La R6publique frangaise transf~re h la R~publique gabonaise ses droits depropri6t6 sur les immeubles suivants :
Article 2
Les titres fonciers 1126, 1132, 1137 et le terrain Radiophare devenus lapropri6t6 de la R6publique gabonaise restent affect6s 'A. S. E. C. N. A.selon les dispositions de la Convention de Saint-Louis.
Article 3
Les propri~t6s d6sign6es ci-apr~s, occup6es par le d6tachement franqais,demeurent la proprit6 de la France :
Article 4
Les transferts r6sultant du pr6sent protocole sont consentis A titre gratuit.Les mutations seront effectu6es sans droits ni taxes.
12. GAMBIA
(i) Treaties
PUBLIC OFFICERS AGREEMENT BETWEEN GAMBIA AND THEUNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERNIRELAND. SIGNED AT BATHURST, ON 22 FEBRUARY 19651
1 United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 551, p. 193. Came into force on 22 February1965, upon signature, in accordance with article 10.
Interpretation
1. (1) In this Agreement(a) "the appointed day" means the 18th day of February, 1965 or such
other date as may be set for the attainment of Independence for The Gambia;(b) "conditions of service" means the laws, rules, regulations, orders and
other instruments that regulate the terms of service of an overseas officerrelating to his tenure of office, disciplinary control, salary (including salaryscales), pensionable allowances and passages;
(c) "overseas officer" means an officer whose conditions of servicebefore the appointed day included an-entitlement to free passages from TheGambia for the purpose of leave of absence upon the completion of a tour ofduty and who was before that day the substantive holder of a pensionableoffice in the Public Service of The Gambia being a person
(i) who was selected for or offered appointment to the Public Service ofThe Gambia by a Secretary of State; or
(ii) whose appointment to the Public Service of The Gambia wasapproved by a Secretary of State; or
(iii) who had entered into an agreement with the Crown Agents forOversea Governments and Administrations to serve in the PublicService of The Gambia; or
(iv) who (although not an officer falling within heads (i), (ii), or (iii) ofthis sub-paragraph) is or has been a member of Her Majesty's OverseaCivil Service or Her Majesty's Oversea Judiciary, of has been amember of a former Colonial Unified Service, or is or was adesignated officer for the purposes of the Oversea Service (Gambia)Agreement 196 1;
(d) "pension" means any pension, gratuity, compensation and interestthereon, retiring allowance or other like benefit payable by the Governmentof The Gambia to or in respect of any overseas officer or to the widow orchild of any overseas officer or their legal personal representatives, includingany increase of pension, and any contributions repayable and interest payableto any officer under any law providing for payment of pensions to widowsand children of officers.
(2) "Substantive holder" in relation to any office includes a personserving in that office on probation but does not include a person (other thana person serving under a probationary agreement) serving in the office for aspecified term under a contract.
Conditions of Service
2. The conditions of service applicable to an overseas officer whocontinues to be the substantive holder of a pensionable office in the PublicService of The Gambia on or after the appointed day shall not be lessfavourable than those which were applicable to him immediately before theappointed day.
Retirement and Pensions
3. The entitlement to retire and the eligib'lity to receive a pension ofany overseas officer who continues to be the substantive holder of a
pensionable office in the Public Service of The Gambia on or after theappointed day and of the eligibility of his widow, children, dependants orpersonal representatives to receive a pension shall be as provided for in thelaws, regulations and administrative directions in force immediately beforethe appointed day or in such other laws, regulations and administrativedirections made thereafter as are not less favourable; and pensions shall begranted and paid to such officers and other persons accordingly.
Preservation of Pensions
4. The pension of any overseas officer who has ceased to be thesubstantive holder of a pensionable office in the Public Service of TheGambia before the appointed day, or of the widow, children, dependants orpersonal representatives of any such officer, shall be granted and paid, 'or ifgranted before that date shall continue to be paid, in accordance with thelaws, regulations and administrative directions governing those pensionsimmediately before the appointed day or in accordance with such other laws,regulations and administrative directions made thereafter as are not lessfavourable.
Increase of Pensions
6. The Government of The Gambia undertakes that, in future schemesto increase pensions payable to any class or description of pensioner, thereshall be no discrimination against overseas officers or the widows or childrenof such officers:
Provided that this undertaking shall not apply to any increase granted tolocal pensioners by the Government of The Gambia to meet a change in thecost of living in The Gambia to the extent that that change is agreed by thetwo Governments to be attributable solely to the process of assimilating theeconomy of The Gambia to that of the Senegal as part of a closer associationbetween those two countries.
8. (1) Overseas officers who are members of Her Majesty's Oversea CivilService of Her Majesty's Oversea Judiciary shall continue to be eligible forconsideration by Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom fortransfer or promotion to employment in the Public Service of some otherterritory.
(2) The Government of The Gambia shall comply with any reasonablerequest that may at any time be made by Her Majesty's Government in theUnited Kingdom for the release of an overseas officer for transfer orpromotion in pursuance of paragraph (1) of this Article and shall take anyaction that may be necessary to preserve his pension rights when he istransferred or promoted.
(3) Before he is released an overseas officer shall be required to makearrangements satisfactory to the Government of The Gambia for therepayment to that Government of any compensation or instalments ofcompensation he may be required to make under The Gambia (Compensationand Retiring Benefits) Order 1964, but not of any interest paid onoutstanding instalments.
Appeals Board
9. Section 9 (Appeals Board) of The Gambia Independence Order 1965relating to benefits, to which Section 113 of the Constitution applies, thatmay or that may have been granted to or be granted in respect of anyoverseas officer, shall not be revoked or amended to the prejudice of theinterests of any such officer.
(ii) Laws and dectees
GAMBIA INDEPENDENCE ACT 19641 , 2
1. Fully responsible status of The Gambia(1) On and after 18th February, 1965 (in this Act referred to as "the
appointed day") all those territories which immediately before the appointedday are comprised either in the Colony of the Gambia or in the Protectorateof the Gambia shall together form part of Her Majesty's dominions under thename of The Gambia; and on and after that day Her Majesty's Government inthe United Kingdom shall have no responsibility for the government of thoseterritories.
(3) Subsection (1) of this section shall not affect the operation in TheGambia or any part thereof of any enactment, or any other instrument havingthe effect of law, passed or made before the appointed day.
2. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts, 1948.C.56.1949, No. 140.
(1) Subject to subsection (2) of this section, the British Nationality Acts1948 to 1964 shall have effect on and after the appointed day as if insection 1 (3) of the British Nationality Act 1948 (Commonwealth countrieshaving separate citizenship) there were added at the end the words "and TheGambia", and as if in Schedule I to the British Protectorates, ProtectedStates and Protected Persons Order in Council 1949 the words "GambiaProtectorate" were omitted.
(2) A person who, immediately before the appointed day, is for thepurposes of the said Acts and Order in Council a British protected person byvirtue of his connection with the Protectorate of the Gambia shall not ceaseto be such a British protected person for any of those purposes by reason ofanything contained in the preceding provisions of this Act, but shall so ceaseupon his becoming a citizen of The Gambia.
4. Consequential modification of other enactments
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1iz. II, chap. 93, p. 1368.2 The provisions of sections 1 (2), 2 (3) (4), 3 and 4 (I) (2) (3) of this Act are
basically similar to those of sections 1 (2), 2 (2) (3), 3 and 4 (I) (2) of the FijiIndependence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 179 and 180).
(4) On and after the appointed day the provisi6ns specified in Schedule 2to this Act shall have effect subject to the amendments respectively specifiedin that Schedule, and Her Majesty mayi by Order in Council make such furtheradaptations in any Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom passedbefore this Act, or in any instrument having effect under any such Act, asappear to Her Majesty to be necessary in consequence of section I of this Act.
(5) Any Order in Council under the last preceding subsection may bevaried or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council under that subsection,and may, if made after the appointed day, be made so as to take effect onthat day; and any statutory instrument made under that subsection shall besubject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House ofParliament.
(6) Subsections (4) and (5) of this section, Schedule 2 to this Act andany Order in Council made under subsection (4) of this section shall notextend to The Gambia as part of its law.
5. Judicial Committee of Privy Council(1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council made before the appointed day
confer on the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council such jurisdiction inrespect of appeals from any court having jurisdiction under the law of TheGambia, and in 'espect of any proceedings concerning judges of any suchcourt, as appears to'Her Majesty to be appropriate.
(2) An Order in Council under this section may determine the classes ofcases in which, and the conditions as to leave and othdtwise subject to which,any such appeal or other proceedings may be entertained by the saidCommittee, and the practice and procedure to be followed in any suchproceedings, and
(a) may confer on the said Committee any of the jurisdiction or powerspossessed by any.court under the law of The Gambia;
(b) may require-that the decisions of the said Committee in exercise ofany jurisdiction conferred under this section shall be enforced in the sameway as decisions of any court having jurisdiction under the law of TheGambia;
(c) may exclude an appeal to Her Majesty in Council, whether as of rightor by special leave, in all or any cases; and
fd) may contain transitional provisions with respect to appeals to HerMajesty in Council and other proceedings which are pending on the appointedday, arid may contain such other incidental or supplemental provisions asappear to Her Majesty to be expedient.
(3) Except so far as otherwise provided by an Order in Council under thissection, and subject to such modifications as may be so provided, the JudicialCommittee Act 1833 shall apply in relation to appeals and other proceedingsin respect of which any jurisdiction is conferred under this section as itapplies in relation to appeals to Her Majesty in Council.
(4) Provisions made in pursuance of this section may be included in anyOrder in Council revoking the existing Constitution Order.
(5) So much of any Order in Council as is made under this section maybe varied or revoked by a further Order in Council, whether made before, on.or after the appointed day; but any Order in Council made under this sectionon or after the appointed day shall not extend to The Gambia as part of itslaw.
SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 1
Legislative Powers of The Gambia1. The Colonial Laws Validity Act 1865 shall not apply to any law made
on or after the appointed day by the legislature of The Gambia.2. No law and no provision of any law made on or after the appointed
day by that legislature shall be void or inoperative on the ground that it isrepugnant to the law of England, or to the provisions of any Act of theParliament of the United Kingdom, including this Act, or to any order, ruleor regulation made under any such Act, and, subject to paragraph 5 of thisSchedule, the powers of that legislature shall include the power to repeal oramend any such Act, order, rule or regulation in so far as it is part of the lawof The Gambia.
3. The legislature of The Gambia shall have full power to make lawshaving extra-territorial operation.
4. Without prejudice to the generality of the preceding provisions of thisSchedule
(a) sections 735 and 736 of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894 shall beconstrued as if references therein to the legislature of a British possession didnot include references to the legislature of The Gambia; and
(b) section 4 of the Colonial Courts of Admiralty Act 1890 (whichrequires certain laws to be reserved for the signification of Her Majesty'spleasure or to contain a suspending clause) and so much of section 7 of thatAct as requires the approval of Her Majesty in Council to any rules of courtfor regulating the practice and procedure of a Colonial Court of Admiraltyshall cease to have effect in The Gambia.
5. Nothing in this Act shall confer on the legislature of The Gambia anypower to repeal, amend or modify the constitutional provisions otherwisethan in such manner as may be provided for in those provisions; and for thepurposes of this paragraph "the constitutional provisions" means thefollowing, that is to say
(a) this Act;(b) any Order in Council revoking the existing Constitution Order and
providing for a new constitution for The Gambia to come into effect on theappointed day;
(c) any law, or instrument made under a law, of the legislature of TheGambia which, being a law or instrument made on or after the appointed day,amends, modifies, re-enacts with or without amendment or modification, ormakes different provision in lieu of, any provisions of this Act, of the Orderin Council first mentioned in this paragraph, or of any such law or instrumentpreviously made.
SCHEDULE 2Amendments not affecting the Law of The Gambia
Diplomatic immunities
1. In section 461 of the Income Tax Act 1952 (exemption from incometax in the case of certain Commonwealth representatives and their staffs)
(a) in subsection (2), before the words "for any state" there shall beinserted the words "or The Gambia";
(b) in subsection (3), before the words "and 'Agent-General' " there shallbe inserted the words "or The Gambia".
2. In section 1 (6) of the Diplomatic Immunities (CommonwealthCountries and Republic of Ireland) Act 1952, before the words "and theRepublic of Ireland" there shall be inserted the words "The Gambia".
3. In section 1 (5) of the Diplomatic Immunities (Conferences withCommonwealth Countries and Republic of Ireland) Act 1961, before thewords "and the Republic of Ireland" there shall be inserted the words,"TheGambia".
Financial
4. In section 2 (4) of the Import Duties Act 1958, before the words"together with" there shall be inserted the words "The Gambia".
Visiting forces
5. In the Visiting Forces (British Commonwealth) Act 1933, section 4(attachment and mutual powers of command) shall apply in relation to forcesraised in The Gambia as it applies in relation to forces raised in Dominionswithin'the meaning of the Statute of Westminster 1931.
6. In the Visiting Forces Act 1952(a) in section 1 (1) (a) (countries to which that Act applies) at the end
there shall be added the words "The Gambia or";(b) in section 10 (1) (a) the expression "colory'" shall not include The
Gambia or any part thereof;and, until express provision with respect to The Gambia is made by Order inCouncil under section 8 of that Act (application to visiting forces of lawrelating to home forces), any such Order for the time being in force shall bedeemed to apply to visiting forces of The Gambia.
Ships and aircraft
7. In section 427 (2) of the Merchant Shipping Act 1894, as set out insection 2 (1) of the Merchant Shipping (Safety Convention) Act 1949, beforethe words "or in any" there shall be inserted the words "or The Gambia".
8. In the proviso to section 6 2) of the Merchant Shipping Act'1948, atthe end there shall be added the words "or The Gambia"
9. The Ships and Aircraft (Transfer Restriction) Act 1939 shall notapply to any ship by reason only of its being registered in or licensed underthe law of The Gambia; and the penal provisions of that Act shall not applyto persons in The Gambia (but without prejudice to the operation withrespect to any ship to which that Act does apply of the provisions thereofrelating to the forfeiture of ships).
10. In the Whaling Industry (Regulation) Act 1934, the expression"British ship to which this Act applies" shall not include a British shipregistered in The Gambia.
11. In section 2 (7) (b) of the Civil Aviation (Licensing) Act 1960, theexpression "colony" shall not include The Gambia or any part thereof.
Copyright
12. If the Copyright Act 1911, so far as in force in the law of TheGambia, is repealed or amended by that law at any time when sub-para-graph (2) of paragraph 39 of Schedule 7 to the Copyright Act 1956 (whichapplies certain provisions of that Act in relation to countries to which thesaid Act of 1911 extended) is in force in relation to The Gambia, the saidsub-paragraph (2) shall thereupon cease to have effect in relation thereto.
Commonwealth Institute
13. In section 8 (2) of the Imperial Institute Act 1925, as amended bythe Commonwealth Institute Act 1958 (power to vary the provisions of thesaid Act of 1925 if an agreement for the purpose is made with thegovernments of certain territories which for the time being are contributingtowards the expenses of the Commonwealth Institute), at the end there shallbe added the words "and The Gambia".
13. GHANA
Laws and decrees
(a) GHANA INDEPENDENCE ACT, 19571,2
1. Provision for the fully responsible status of the Gold Coast under thename of Ghana
The territories included immediately before the appointed day in theGold Coast as defined in and for the purposes of the Gold Coast(Constitution) Order in Council, 1954, shall as from that day together formpart of Her Majesty's dominions under the name of Ghana, and
(a) no Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom passed on or afterthe appointed day shall extend, or be deemed to extend, to Ghana as part ofthe law of Ghana, unless it is expressly declared in that Act that theParliament of Ghana has requested, and consented to, the enactment thereof;
(b) as from the appointed day, Her Majesty's Government in the UnitedKingdom shall have no responsibility for the government of Ghana or anypart thereof;
(c) as from the appointed day, the provisions of the First Schedule tothis Act shall have effect with respect to the legislative powers of Ghana:
Provided that nothing in this section other than paragraphs (a) to (c)thereof shall affect the operation in any of the territories aforesaid of any
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1957, 5 and 6 Eliz. 2, Chap. 6, p. 1.2 The provisions of section 4 (1) (2) (3) of this Act are basically similar to those of
section 4 (1) (2) of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (supra, p. 180). The same similarityexists between section 4 (4) of the Act and section 4 (4) (5) (6) of the GambiaIndependence Act 1964 (supra, p. 190).
enactment, or any other instrument having the effect of law, passed or madewith respect thereto before the appointed day.
2. Consequential modification of British Nationality ActAs from the appointed day, the British Nationality Act, 1948, shall have
effect(a) with the substitution in subsection (3) of section one thereof (which
provides for persons to be British subjects or Commonwealth citizens byvirtue of citizenship -of certain countries) for the words "and Ceylon" of thewords "Ceylon and Ghana";
(b) as if in the British Protectorates, Protected States and ProtectedPersons Order in Council, 1949, the words "Northern Territories of the GoldCoast" in the First Schedule thereto and the words "Togoland under UnitedKingdom Trusteeship" in the Third Schedule thereto were omitted:
Provided that a person who, immediately before the appointed day, wasfor the purposes of the said Act and Order in Council a oBritish protectedlerson by virtue of his connection with either of the territories mentioned inparagraph (b) of this section shall not cease to be such a British protectedperson for any of those purposes by reason of anything contained in theforegoing provisions of this Act, but shall so cease upon his becoming acitizen of Ghana under any law of the Parliament of Ghana making provisionfor such citizenship.
3. Consequential modifications with respect to development schemes,etc.
(1) No scheme shall be made on or after the appointed day under theColonial Development and Welfart Acts, 1940 to 1955, wholly or partly forthe benefit of Ghana.
(2) Any scheme in force under the said Acts immediately before theappointed day which was made solely for the benefit of Ghana or any partthereof shall cease to have effect on that day without prejudice to the makingof payments in pursuance of that scheme on or after that day in respect ofany period falling before that day; and, so far as practicable, no part of anysums paid out of moneys provided by Parliament for the purposes of anyother scheme made under those Acts before that day shall be employed inrespect of any period falling on or after that day for the benefit of Ghana.
(3) Nothing in the two foregoing subsections shall restrict the making of,or the employment of sums paid out of moneys provided by Parliament forthe purposes of, any scheme under the said Acts with respect to a bodyestablished for the joint benefit of Ghana and one or more of the followingterritories, that is to say, the Federation or any Region of Nigeria, SierraLeone and the Gambia, in a case where Ghana has undertaken to bear areasonable share of the cost of the scheme.
(4) Without prejudice to the continuance of any operations commencedby the Colonial Development Corporation in any part of Ghana before theappointed day, as from that day the expression "colonial territories" in theOverseas Resources Development Acts, 1948 to 1956, shall not includeGhana or any\part thereof.
SCHEDULES'
(b) THE GHANA (CONSEQUENTIAL PROVISION) ACT, 1960 2,3
1. Operation of existing law in relation to Ghana(1) On and after the date on which Ghana becomes a Republic, all
existing law, that is to say, all law which, whether being a rule of law or aprovision of an Act of Parliament or of any other enactment or instrumentwhatsoever, is in force on that date or has been passed or made before thatdate and comes into force thereafter, shall, until provision to the contrary ismade by an authority having power to alter that law and subject to theprovisions of this Act, have the same operation in relation to Ghana, and topersons and things in any way belonging to or connected with Ghana, as itwould have had if Ghana had not become a Republic.
(2) This section extends to law of, or of any part of, the UnitedKingdom, Southern Rhodesia, a colony, a protectorate or a United Kingdomtrust territory:
Provided that this-section(a) does not extend to any law passed by the Federal Legislature of
Rhodesia and Nyasaland;(b) extends to other law of, or of any part of, Southern Rhodesia so far
only as concerns law which can be amended neither by a law passed by theLegislature thereof nor by a law passed by the said Federal Legislature; and
(c) extends to other law of, or of any part of, Northern Rhodesia orNyasaland so far only as concerns law which cannot be amended by a lawpassed by the said Federal Legislature.
The references in this subsection to a colony, to a protectorate and to aUnited Kingdom trust territory shall be construed as if they were referencescontained in the British Nationality Act, 1948.
(3) Her Majesty may by Order in Council make provision for suchmodification of any Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom passedbefore Ghana becomes a Republic, or in any instrument having effect underany such Act, as may appear to Her to be necessary or expedient in view ofGhana's becoming a Republic while remaining a member of the Common-wealth, and subsection (1) of this section shall have effect in relation to anysuch Act or instrument as modified by such an Order save in so far as thecontrary intention appears in the Order.
An Order in Council under this section(a) may be made either before or after Ghana becomes a Republic, and
may be revoked or varied by a subsequentr Order in Council; and(b) may, though made after the date on which Ghana becomes a
Republic, be made so as to have effect from that date; and
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar to those of thecorresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, p. 191).
2 Public General Acts and Measures, 1960, 8 and 9 Eliz. 2, Chap. 41, p. 414.3 The provisions of section 2 (1) (2) (3) (a) (4) are basically similar to those of
section 6 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, p. 130).
(c) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of eitherHouse of Parliament.
2. Pending appeals to Her Majesty in Council
(3) An Order in Council under this section
(b) may contain such other incidental and supplemental provisions asappear to Her Majesty to be desirable, and
(c) may be made either before or after Ghana becomes a Republic, andmay be revoked or varied by a subsequent Order in Council, and
(d) may, though made after the date on which Ghana becomes aRepublic, be made so as to have effect from that date.
(5) Subject to the provisions of any Order under this section, nothing inthis Act shall be construed as continuing in force any right of appeal to HerMajesty in Council from any court or judge in Ghana.
(c) THE GHANA (CONSEQUENTIAL PROVISION) (COLONIALSTOCK ACTS) ORDER IN COUNCIL, 19601
2. Modifications of the Colonial Stock Acts, 1877 to 1948(1) On and after the date on which Ghana becomes a Republic, the
Colonial Stock Acts, 1877 to 1948, shall apply in relation to Ghana subjectto the modifications set out in paragraphs (2), (3) and (4) of this Article.
(2) In subsection (1) of section 1 of the Colonial Stock Act, 1934,(which provides for an alternative for one of the conditions to be observed inorder that any stock under the said Acts is to be a trustee security) as itapplies on and after the said date to stock of the Government of Ghana
(a) for the reference to any legislation being submitted for Royal Assent,there shall be substituted a reference to that legislation becoming law; and
(b) for any reference to Her Majesty's Government in a Dominion or tothe Parliament of a Dominion, there shall be substituted a reference to theGovernment, or the legislature, of Ghana.
(3) During any period on and after the date of Ghana's becoming aRepublic during which there is in force as part of the law of Ghana anyinstrument passed or made before that date which makes provisiorncorresponding to the undertaking required by paragraph (a) of subsection (1)of section 1 of the Colonial Stock Act, 1934, as modified by paragraph (2) ofthis Article, paragraphs (a) and (b) of that subsection shall be deemed to havebeen complied with in the case of Ghana.
(4) The second paragraph of section twenty of the Colonial .Stock Act,1877 (a), (which authorises the bringing of proceedings in England against the
1 Statutory Instruments, 1960, Part 1I, No. 969, p. 1604. Came into.operation on1st July t960.
Crown by a person claiming to be interested in stock to which that Actapplies), shall on the said date cease to apply to stock of the Government ofGhana, but on and after the said date
(a) any person claiming to be interested in stock of the Government ofGhana, being stock to which the said Act applies, or in any dividend thereon,may institute civil proceedings in the United Kingdom against the registrar (asdefined in the said Act) in relation to .that stock or dividend; and
(b) notwithstanding anything in the provisions of the said sectiontwenty, the registrar shall not by virtue of an order made by any court in theUnited Kingdom in any proceedings brought by virtue of this subsection beliable to make any payment otherwise than out of money in his possession inthe United Kingdom as registrar.
3. Modification of Ghana Independence Act, 195 7Paragraph 4 of the Second Schedule to the Ghana Independence Act,
1957, shall be modified by the deletion of the words from "and, during" tothe end of the paragraph.
14. GUYANA
Laws and decrees
THE GUYANA INDEPENDENCE ORDER 19661, 2
1. Citation, commencement and construction
(2) Subject to the provisions of sections 4 and 13 of this Order, thisOrder shall come into operation on 26th May 1966 (in this Order referred toas "the appointed day").
2. Revocations and amendments(1) The Orders in Council specified in Schedule 1 to this Order
(hereinafter referred to as "the existing Orders") are revoked.(2) The British Caribbean Court of Appeal Order in Council 1962 (b) (as
amended by the British Caribbean Court of Appeal (Amendment) (No. 2)Order in Council 1962) is amended by the deletion of paragraph (c) (whichspecifies British Guiana) of the definition of "the Territories" in article 2(1);and the last mentioned Order is amended by the deletion of the words "andof the Supreme Court of British Guiana" in paragraph (b) of article 3(1).
3. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of the next following section and to the other
provisions of this Order, the Constitution of Guyana set out in Schedule 2 tothis Order (hereinafter referred to as "the Constitution") shall come intoeffect on the appointed day.
1 Statutory Instruments, 1966, Part II, Sect. 1.2 The provisions of sections 5 (2) (4) (5) (6), 7 (2) (4), 10 and I1 (1) (2) are
basically similar to those of sections 4 (2) (3) (4) (5), 5 (4) (6), 9 (1) (4) and II of theBarbados Independence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 120, 121 and 123).
4. Exercise before appointed day by the Governor of powers of theGovernor-General
(1) Where the Governor-General has power by or under this Order tomake any appointment or make any order (other than an order under section5(4) of this Order relating to any Act of the Parliament of the UnitedKingdom or any Order of Her Majesty in Council) or to do any other thingfor the purposes of this Order, that power may be exercised by the Governorand Commander-in-Chief of the Colony of British Guiana (hereinafterreferred to as "the Governor") at any time after the making of this Order tosuch extent as may, in his opinion, be necessary or expedient to enable theConstitution to function as from the appointed day.
(2) For the purposes of the exercise by the Governor under the precedingsubsection of any power conferred by the Constitution, the provisions of theConstitution relating to the exercise of that power by the Governor-General(including any provisions requiring any person or authority to consult with,or obtain the concurrence of, any other person or authority before tenderingany advice or recommendation to the Governor-General) shall apply and haveeffect, but any references therein to the Prime Minister, the Attorney-General, the Cabinet, the Government or the National Assembly of Guyana orthe Speaker or members of the National Assembly shall be construed as ifthey were references respectively to the Prime Minister, the Attorney-General, the Cabinet, the Government or the National Assembly of Guyanaor the Speaker or members of the National Assembly shall be construed as ifthey were references respectively to the Prime Minister, the Attorney-General, the Council of Ministers, the Government or the House of Assemblyof the Colony of British Guiana or the Speaker or members of the House ofAssembly.
5. Existing laws(1) Subject to the provisions of this Order, all laws (including laws made
or having effect as if made under the existing Orders) in force in, or otherwisehaving effect as part of the law of, British Guiana immediately before theappointed day (in this section referred to as "exsiting laws") shall continue tohave effect as part of the law of Guyana on and after that day but all suchlaws shall, as from that day, be construed with such modifications,adaptations, qualifications and exceptions as may be necessary to bring theminto conformity with the Guyana Independence Act 1966 and this Order.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing provisions of thissection, if a proclamation of emergency is in force under article 14 of theConstitution set out in the Annex to the British Guiana (Constitution) Orderin Council 1961 immediately before the appointed day by virtue of aresolution of the House of Assembly, the proclamation shall, as from theappointed day, have effect as if it had been made under article 16 of theConstitution of Guyana and (without prejudice to its continuance in force forfurther periods by virtue of the provisions of paragraph (3)(c) of the saidarticle) as if its continuance in force to the date referred to in that resolutionhad been approved by a resolution of the National Assembly; and if anyperson is on the appointed day detained or restricted in the manner referredto in article 17(1) of the Constitution of Guyana the provisions of that articlerequiring his case to be reviewed by a tribunal established for the purposes of
that article not later than three months from the commencement of thedetention or restriction shall, in relation to that person, have effect as if thedetention or restriction had commenced on the appointed day.
(7) Nothing contained in or done under the authority of any written lawhaving effect as part of the law of British Guiana immediately before 18thJuly 1961 (being the date appointed under section 1(2) of the British Guiana(Constitution) Order in Council 1961) and, except in proceedings com-menced before 26th November 1966, nothing contained in or done under theauthority of any law made under the existing Orders shall be held to havebeen inconsistent with or in contravention of any provision of articles 2 to 12(inclusive) of the Constitution set out in the Annex to the said Order of1961; and accordingly, except in so far as any such law has before theappointed day been repealed or held to be inconsistent with any suchprovision, and without prejudice to any proceedings commenced before 26thNovember 1966 (including proceedings commenced before the appointedday) with respect to a law made under the existing Orders, any such law shall,notwithstanding any inconsistency with any such provision, be deemed forthe purposes of subsection (1) of this section and of article 18(1) of theConstitution to be a law having effect as part of the law of British Guianaimmediately before the appointed day.
(8) In this section "amendment" includes modification and adaptation.
6. Ministers, A ttorney-General and Parliamentary Secretaries(1) The persons who immediately before the appointed day hold office
as Prime Minister or other Minister, Attorney-General or ParliamentarySecretary shall, as from the appointed day, hold the like offices as if they hadbeen appointed thereto in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution,and shall be deemed to have taken and subscribed any necessary oath underthe Constitution.
(2) Any person holding the office of Prime Minister or other Minister byvirtue of the provisions of the preceding subsection who, immediately beforethe appointed day, was charged with responsibility for any matter ordepartment of Government under the existing Orders shall, as from theappointed day, be deemed to have been assigned responsibility for thatmatter or department under article 36 of the Constitution.
7. High Court'(1) The persons who immediately before the appointed day are members
of the House of Assembly constituted by the existing Orders (in this sectionreferred to as "the existing Assembly") shall as from the appointed day bedeemed to have elected as members of the National Assembly in pursuance ofthe provisions of article 58 of the Constitution, and shall hold their seats inthe National Assembly in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution;and accordingly any reference in the Constitution to a list of candidatesentered at, or anything done as a result of, the preceding election of membersof the National Assembly shall, until an election to the Assembly is held, beconstrued as a reference to a list of candidates entered at, or the
I The provisions of sections 7 and 8 are presented under the titles appearing in theofficial publication from which the text of the Order has been reproduced.
corresponding thing done as a result of, the election of members of theexisting Assembly next preceding the appointed day.
(3) Unless and until the National Assembly otherwise resolves, anyperson who is a member of the Assembly by virtue of the precedingprovisions of this article shall be deemed to have made and subscribed beforethe Assembly the oaths referred to in article 76 of the Constitution.
8. Parliament(1) The Supreme Court of British Guiana in existence immediately
before the appointed day shall, as from that day, be the High Court for thepurposes of the Constitution, and any proceedings pending before theSupreme Court immediately before the appointed day may be continued andany judgment of that Court given, but not satisfied, before that day may beenforced accordingly.
(2) The provisions of section 11 of this Order shall apply in relation tothe offices of Chief Justice or Puisne Judge as if those offices were publicoffices, and any person who, by virtue of the provisions of this subsection,holds or acts in any such office as from the appointed day shall be deemed tohave taken and subscribed any necessary oath under the Constitution.
9. Appeals to British Caribbean Court of Appeal(1) Any proceedings pending immediately before the appointed day on
appeal from the Supreme Court of British Guiana to the British CaribbeanCourt of Appeal may be continued on or after that day before the Court ofAppeal established by the Constitution.
(2) Any judgment of the British Caribbean Court of Appeal in an appealfrom the Supreme Court given, but not satisfied, before the appointed day ofthis Order, may be enforced on or after that day as if it were a judgment ofthe Court of Appeal established by the Constitution.
11. Existing public officers
(3) Nothing in this section shall be construed as applying to any personwho immediately before the appointed day holds or is acting in the Office ofClerk or Deputy Clerk of the House of Assembly, appointed member of theJudicial Service Commission or member of the Public Service Commission orthe Police Service Commission established by the existing Orders.
12. Delegation of powers of appointment, etc., of public officers(1) Any power of the Governor that, immediately before the appointed
day, is validly delegated to any person under the existing Orders or is deemedto have been so delegated by virtue of section 17 of the British Guiana(Constitution) Order in Council 1961 shall, to the extent that that powercould be delegated under article 94(2) or 96(2) of the Constitution to thatperson, be deemed, as from the appointed day and until the Judicial Service
Commission or the Public Service Commission, as the case may be, otherwisedirects, to have been so delegated:
Provided that, where a power is deemed by virtue of the provisions of thissubsection to have been delegated in a manner which, if the delegation hadbeen made under the said article 96(2), would have required the consent ofthe Prime Minister, the Prime Minister (in addition to the Public ServiceCommission) may direct that the power shalq no longer be deemed to havebeen so delegated.
(2) Where any law having effect immediately before the appointed dayconfers on any member of the Police Force any of the powers referred to inparagraph'(1) or (3) of article 108 of the Constitution that power shall, to theextent that it could have been delegated under paragraph (2) or (4) of thatarticle to that member, be deemed, as from the appointed day and until thePolice Service Commission or the Commissioner of Police, as the case may be,otherwise directs, to have been so delegated.
(3) Any act done by way of the exercise of disciplinary control by amember of the Police Force over another such member at any time betweenthe coming into force of Part VI of the Constitution set out in the Annex tothe British Guiana (Constitution) Order in Council 1961 and the appointedday that would have been valid had regulation 56 or 57 of the PoliceRegulations(a) or the Delegation of Powers-(Police Officers) Regulations1960(b) been a law of the Legislature in force at that time for the purposes ofarticle 103 of that Constitution shall be deemed to have been validly done:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall affect any proceedings withrespect to any such act instituted before the making of this Order.
13. Regulations relating to retirement of certain public officers and thepayment of benefits thereto
(1) The Governor may, with the concurrence of a Secretary of State,make by regulations such provision as appears to him to be necessary orexpedient for the retirement 'from the public service of such persons or classesof persons holding office in that service as may be specified by or under thoseregulations and for the payment of compensation, pensions, gratuities andother like allowances in such cases.
(2) The preceding subsection shall have effect as if service as a Judge ofthe Supreme Court established by the existing Orders or as a Judge of theSupreme Court of Judicature or the Clerk or Deputy Clerk of the NationalAssembly established by the Constitution were service in the public service.
(3) All sums payable by virtue of regulations made under this sectionshall be a charge on and paid out of the revenues of British Guiana or, as fromthe appointed day, the Consolidated Fund of Guyana.
(4) This section shall come into operation" forthwith.
15. Temporary provision relating to recruitment to the Police ForceDuring the period beginning with the appointed day and ending
immediately before 22nd December 1970, nothing in article 15 of theConstitution shall prevent the power to make appointments to offices in thePolice Force under article 108(3) of the Constitution from being exercised inaccordance with the recommendation contained in paragraph 69 of theReport of the Commission of Inquiry referred to in the British Guiana
(Constitution) (No. 3) Order 1965(a), being the recommendation set out insection 2 of the said Order.
16. Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939The Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939 and any Order in Council
amending that Order shall cease to have effect as part of the law of Guyanaon 26th May 1967 or such earlier date as Parliament may prescribe.
17. Alteration of certain provisions of Amerindian Lands CommissionOrdinance 1966 1
(1) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Constitution, sections 2and 3 of the Amerindian Lands Commission Ordinance 1966 enacted by theLegislature constituted by the existing Orders, as in force immediately beforethe appointed day, may be altered by Parliament only in the same manner asthe provisions specified in paragraph (b) of article 73(3) of the Constitution.
(2) Article 73(4) of the Constitution shall apply for the purpose ofconstruing references in this section to any provision of the AmerindianLands Commission Ordinance 1966 and to the alteration of any suchprovision as it applies for the purpose of construing references in the saidarticle 73 to any provision of the Constitution and to the alteration of anysuch provision.
18. Appeals to Her Majesty in Council and to Judicial Committee if aresolution is passed under article 73(5) of Constitution
If the National Assembly passes a resolution in accordance with theprovisions of article 73(5) of the Constitution then
(1) as from the day specified in the resolution(a) subject to the provisions of paragraph (2) of this section, no appeal
shall lie to Her Majesty in Council, whether as of right or by leave either ofHer Majesty in Council or of any court established for Guyana, from anydecision given in any civil or criminal matter by any such court;
(b) the Judicial Committee shall have and exercise the jurisdiction inrespect of appeals from the Court of Appeal and in respect of proceedingsconcerning Judges of the Supreme Court of Judicature that, in the law ofGuyana, is conferred on the Committee by Chapter VII of the Constitutionor any Act of Parliament;
(c) the provisions of the Judicial Committee Act 1833 and of any rulesmade thereunder from time to time shall, in so far as they relate to thepowers of the Committee and the procedure to be adopted with respect toproceedings before the Committee, apply in relation to such appeals to orother proceedings before the Committee, and for that purpose they shall beconstrued with such modifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptionsas may be necessary by reason of the nature of those proceedings orotherwise to bring them into conformity with the provisions of theConstitution and any such Act;
(2) any appeal or petition for special leave to appeal to Her Majesty incouncil from a decision of the Court of Appeal, being an appeal or a petitionthat is pending immediately before the day specified as aforesaid and
(a) in the case of an appeal, is one in which the records have beenregistered in the Office of the Privy Council before that day; or
(b) in the case of a petition, is one that has been filed in that Officebefore that day,
shall continue to lie to Her Majesty in Council and may be prosecuted anddisposed of in accordance with/ the law regulating the procedure in suchappeals that is in force immediately before that day;
(3) any Order made by Her Majesty in Council on any appeal that lies toHer Majesty in Council by virtue of the preceding paragraph or on any appealthat has been made to Her Majesty in Council at any time before the dayspecified as aforesaid shall be enforced in accordance with the law regulatingthe enforcement of such Orders that is in force immediately before that day.
SCHEDULE 2 TO THE ORDER
THE CONSTITUTION OF GUYANA'
CHAPTER III
Citizenship
22. Persons entitled to be registered as citizens(1) Any woman who,-on 25th May 1966, is or has been married to a
person(a) who becomes a citizen of Guyana by virtue of the preceding article;
or(b) who, having died before 26th May 1966, would, but for his death,
have become a citizen of Guyana by virtue of that article,
shall be entitled, upon making application and, if she is a British protectedperson or an alien, upon taking the oath of allegiance, to be registered as acitizen of Guyana:
Provided that, in the case of any woman who on 26th May 1966 is not acitizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies, the right to be registered as acitizen of Guyana under thi§ paragraph shall be subject to such exceptions orqualifications as may be prescribed in the interests of national security orpublic policy.
(2) Any person who, on 25th May 1966, is a citizen of the UnitedKingdom and Colonies
(a) having become such a citizen under the British Nationality Act 1948,by virtue of his having been naturalised in the former Colony of BritishGuiana as a British subject before that Act came into force; or
(b) having become such a citizen by virtue of his having been naturalisedor registered in the former Colony of British Guiana under that Act,
shall be entitled, upon making application before 26th May 1971, to beregistered as a citizen of Guyana.
1 The provisions of sections 21, 22 (4), 24, 27, 28, 29, 109 and 114 of theConstitution of Guyana are basically similar to those of sections 2 (1) (2), 3 (3), 5, 8,9, 10, 107 and 111 :of the Constitution of Barbados (supra, pp. 124, 125 and 127);section 2-8 (c) of the Constitution in question is similar to section 27 (3) of theConstitution of Botswana (supra, p. 139).
(3) Any person who, on 26th May 1966, is a Commonwealth citizen(otherwise than by virtue of being a citizen of Guyana) and is ordinarilyresident in Guyana and has during the period of ten years preceding that daybeen so resident in the former Colony of British Guiana for a period of, orperiods amounting in the aggregate to, five years shall be entitled, uponmaking application before 26th May 1971, to be registered as a citizen ofGuyana.
25. Marriage to citizen of GuyanaAny woman who, after 25th May 1966, marries a person who is or
becomes a citizen of Guyana shall be entitled, upon making application insuch manner as may be prescribed and, if she is a British protected person oran alien, upon taking the oath of allegiance, to be registered as a citizen ofGuyana:
Provided that the right to be registered as a citizen of Guyana under thisarticle shall be subject to such exceptions or qualifications as may beprescribed in the interests of national security or public policy.
26. Deprivation of citizenship on acquisition of, or exercise of rights of,another citizenship
(1) If the Governor-General is satisfied that any citizen of Guyana has atany time after 25th May 1966 acquired by registration, naturalisation orother voluntary and formal act (other than marriage) the citizenship of anycountry other than Guyana, ihe Governor-General may by order deprive thatperson of his citizenship.
(2) If the Governor-General is satisfied that any citizen of Guyana has atany time after 25th May 1966 voluntarily claimed and exercised in a countryother than Guyana any rights available to him under the law of that country,being rights accorded exclusively to its citizens, the Governor-General may byorder deprive that person of his citizenship.
15. INDIA
(i) Laws and decrees
(a) INDIAN INDEPENDENCE ACT 19471, 2
5. The Governor-General of the new DominionsFor each of the new Dominions, there shall be a Governor-General who
shall be appointed by His Majesty and shall represent His Majesty for thepurposes of the government of the Dominion:
Provided that, unless and until provision to the contrary is made by a lawof the Legislature of either of the new Dominions, the same person may beGovernor-General of both the new Dominions.
I Public General Acts and Measures, 1947, 10 and 1 Geo. 6, Chap. 30, p. 237.2 The provisions of section 17 (1) (2) (3) are basically similar to those of section 7 of
the Kenya Independence Act 1963 (infra, p. 249). For the provisions of other sectionsof the Act in question, see United Nations Legislative Series, "Materials on Succession ofStates", ST/LEG/SER.B/14, p. 127.
6. Legislation for the new Dominions(1) The Legislature of each of the new Dominions shall have full power
to make laws for that Dominion, including laws having extra-territorialoperation.
(2) No law and no provision of any law made by the Legislature of eitherof the new Dominions shall be void or inoperative on the ground that it isrepugnant to the law of England, or to the provisions of this or any existingor future Act of Parliament of the United Kingdom, or to any order, rule orregulation made under any such Act, and the powers of the Legislature ofeach Dominion include the power to repeal or amend any such Act, order,rule or regulation in so far as it is part of the law of the Dominion.
(3) The Governor-General of each of the new Dominions shall have fullpower to assent in His Majesty's name to any law of the Legislature of thatDominion and so much of any Act as relates to the disallowance of laws byHis Majesty or the reservation of laws for the signification of His Majesty'spleasure thereon or the suspension of the operation of laws until thesignification of His Majesty's pleasure thereon shall not apply to laws of theLegislature of either of the new Dominions.
(4) No Act of Parliament of the United Kingdom passed on or after theappointed day shall extend, or be deemed to extend, to either of the newDominions as part of the law of that Dominion unless it is extended theretoby a law of the Legislature of the Dominion.
(5) No Order in Council made on or after the appointed day under anyAct passed before the appointed day, and no order, rule or other instrumentmade on or after the appointed day under any such Act by any UnitedKingdom Minister or other authority, shall extend, or be deemed to extend;to either of the new Dominions as part of the law of that Dominion.
(6) The power referred to in subsection (1) of this section extends to themaking of laws limiting for the future the powers of the Legislature of theDominion.
8. Temporary provision as to government of each of the new Dominions(1) In the case of each of the New Dominions, the powers of the
Legislature of the Dominion shall, for the purpose of making provision as tothe constitution of the Dominion, be exercisable in the first instance by theConstituent Assembly of that Dominion, and references in this Act to theLegislature of the Dominion shall be construed accordingly.
(2) Except in so far as other provision is made by or in accordance with alaw made by the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion under subsection (1)of this section, each of the new Dominions and all Provinces and other partsthereof shall be governed as nearly as may be in accordance with theGovernment of India Act, 1935; and the provisions of that Act, and of theOrders in Council, rules and other instruments made thereunder, shall, so faras applicable, and subject to any express provisions of this Act, and with suchomissions, additions, adaptations and modlifications as may be specified inorders of the Governor-General under the next succeeding section, have effectaccordingly:
Provided that(a) the said provisions shall apply separately in relation to each of the
new Dominions and nothing in this subsection shall be construed as
continuing on or after the appointed day any Central Government orLegislature common to both the new Dominions;
(b) nothing in this subsection shall be construed as continuing in force onor after the appointed day any form of control by His Majesty's Governmentin the United Kingdom over the affairs of the new Dominions or of anyProvince or other part thereof;
(c) so much of the said provisions as requires the Governor-General orany Governor to act in his discretion or exercise his individual judgment asrespects any matter shall cease to have effect as from the appointed day;
(d) as from ihe appointed day, no Provincial Bill shall be reserved underthe Government of India Act, 1935, for the signification of His Majesty'spleasure, and no Provincial Act shall be disallowed by His Majesty thereunder;and
(e) the powers of the Federal Legislature or Indian Legislature under thatAct, as in force in relation-to each Dominion, shall, in the first instance, beexercisable by the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion in addition to thepowers exercisable by that Assembly under subsection (1) of this section.
(3) Any provision of the Government of India Act, 1935, which, asapplied to either of the new Dominions by subsection (2) of this section andthe orders therein referred to, operates to limit the power of the legislature ofthat Dominion shall, unless and until other provision is made by or inaccordance with a law made by the Constituent Assembly of the Dominion inaccordance with the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, have the likeeffect as a law of the Legislature of the Dominion limiting for the future thepowers of that Legislature.
9. Orders for bringing this Act into force(1) The Governor-General shall by order make such provision as appears
to him to be necessary or expedient(a) for bringing the provisions of this Act into effective operation;(b) for dividing between the new Dominions, and between the new
Provinces to be constituted under this Act, the powers, fights, property,duties and liabilities of the Governor-General in Council or, as the case maybe, of the relevant Provinces which, under this Act, are to cease to exist;
(c) for making omissions from, additions to, and adaptations andmodifications of, the Government of India Act, 1935, and the Orders inCouncil, rules and other instruments made thereunder, in their application tothe separate new Dominions;
(d) for removing difficulties arising in connexion with the transition tothe provisions of this Act;
(e) for authorising the carrying on of the business of the Governor-General in Council between the passing of this Act and the appointed dayotherwise than in accordance with the provisions in that behalf of the NinthSchedule to the Government of India Act, 1935;
(f) for enabling agreements to be entered into, and other acts done, onbehalf of either of the new Dominions before the appointed day;
(g) for authorising the continued carrying on for the time being on behalfof the new Dominions, or on behalf of any two or more of the said newProvinces, of services and activities previously carried on on behalf of BritishIndia as a whole or on behalf of the former Provinces which those newProvinces represent;
(h) for. regulating the monetary system and any matters pertaining to theReserve Bank of India; and
(i) so far as it appears necessary or expedient in connection with any ofthe matters aforesaid, for varying the constitution, powers or jurisdiction ofany legislature, court or other authority in the new Dominions and creatingnew legislatures, courts or other authorities therein.
(2) The powers conferred by this section on the Governor-General shall,in relation to their respective Provinces, be exercisable also by the Governorsof the Provinces which, under this Act, are to cease to exist; and those powersshall, for the purposes of the Government of India Act, 1935, be deemed tobe matters as respects which the Governors are, under that Act, to exercisetheir individual judgment.
(3) This section shall be deemed to have had effect as from the third dayof June, nineteen hundred and forty-seven, and any order of the Governor-General or any Governor made on or after that date as to any matter shallhave effect accordingly, and any order made under this section may be madeso as to be retrospective to any date not earlier than the said third day ofJune:
Provided that no person shall be deemed to be guilty of an offence byreason of so much of any such order as makes any provision thereofretrospective to any date before the making thereof.
(4) Any orders made under this section, whether before or after theappointed day, shall have effect
(a) up to the appointed day, in British India;(b) on and after the appointed day, in the new Dominion or Dominions
concerned; and(c) outside British India, or, as the case may be, outside the new
Dominion or Dominions concerned, to such extent, whether before, on orafter the appointed day, as a law of the Legislature of the Dominion orDominions concerned would have on or after the appointed day,
but shall, in the case of each of the Dominions, be subject to the same powersof repeal and amendment as laws of the Legislature of that Dominion.
(5) No order shall be made under this section, by the Governor of anyProvince, after the appointed day, or, by the Governor-General, after thethirty-first day of March, nineteen hundred and forty-eight, or such earlierdate as may be determined, in the case of either Dominion, by any law of theLegislature of that Dominion.
(6) If it appears that a part of the Province of Assam is, on the appointedday, to become part of the new Province of East Bengal, the precedingprovisions of this section shall have effect as if, under this Act, the Provinceof Assam was to cease to exist on the appointed day and be reconstituted onthat day as a new Province.
11. Indian armed forces(1) The orders to be made by the Governor-General under the preceding
provisions of this Act shall make provision for the division of the Indianarmed forces of His Majesty between the new Dominions, and for thecommand and governance of those forces until the division is completed.
(2) As from the appointed day, while any member of His Majesty'sforces, other than His Majesty's Indian forces, is attached to or serving withany of His Majesty's Indian forces
(a) he shall, subject to any provision to the contrary made by a law ofthe Legislature of the Dominion or Dominions concerned or by any order ofthe Governor-General under the preceding provisions of this Act, have, inrelation, to the Indian forces in question, the powers of command andpunishment appropriate to his rank and functions; but
. (b) nothing in any enactment in force at the date of the passing of thisAct shall render him subject in any way to the law governing the Indianforces in question.
14. Provisions as to the Secretary of State and the Auditor of IndianHome Accounts
(1) A Secretary of State, or such other Minister of the Crown as may bedesignated in that behalf by Order in Council under the Ministers of theCrown (Transfer of Functions) Act, 1946, is hereby authorised to continuefor the time being the performance, on behalf of whatever government orgovernments may be concerned, of functions as to the making of paymentsand other matters similar to the functions which, up to the appointed day,the Secretary of State was performing on behalf of governments constitutedor continued under the Government of India Act, 1935.
(2) The functions referred to in subsection (1) of this section includefunctions as respects the management of, and the making of payments inrespect of, government debt, and any enactments relating to such debt shallhave effect accordingly:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as continuingin force so much of any enactment as empowers the Secretary of State tocontract sterling loans on behalf of any such Government as aforesaid or asapplying to the Government of either of the new Dominions the prohibitionimposed on the Governor-General in Council by section three hundred andfifteen of the Government of India Act, 193.5, as respects the contracting ofsterling loans.
(3) As from the appointed day, there shall not be any such advisers ofthe Secretary of State as are provided for by section two hundred andseventy-eight of the Government of India Act, 1935, and the section, and anyprovisions of that Act which require the Secretary of State to obtain theconcurrence of his advisers, are hereby repealed as from that day.
(4) The Auditor of Indian Home Accounts is hereby authorised tocontinue for the time being to exercise his functions as respects the accountsof the Secretary of State or any such other Minister of the Crown as ismentioned in subsection (I) of this section, both in respect of activitiesbefore, and in respect of activities after, the appointed day, in the samemanner, as nearly as may be as he would have done if this Act had not passed.
16. Aden(1) Subsections (2) to (4) of section two hundred and eighty-eight of the
Government of India Act, 1935 (which confer on His Majesty power to makeby Order in Council provision for the government of Aden) shall cease to
have effect and the British Settlements Acts, 1887 and 1945, (whichauthorise His Majesty to make laws and establish institutions for BritishSettlements as defined in those Acts) shall apply in relation to Aden as if itwere a British Settlement as so defined.
(2) Notwithstanding the repeal of the said subsections (2) to (4), theOrders in Council in force thereunder at the date of the passing of this Actshall continue in force, but the aid Orders in Council, any other Orders inCouncil made under the Government of India Act, 1935, in. so far as theyapply to Aden, and any enactments applied to Aden or amended in relationto Aden by any such Orders in Council as aforesaid, may be repealed, revokedor amended under the powers of the British Settlements Acts, 1887 and1945.
(3) Unless and until provision to the contrary is made as respects Adenunder the powers of the British Settlements Acts, 1887 and 1945, or, asrespects the new Dominion in question, by a law of the Legislature of thatDominion, the provisio.is of the said Orders in Council and enactmentsrelating to appeals from any courts in Aden to any courts which will, afterthe appointed day, be in either of the new Dominions, shall continue in forcein their application both to Aden and to the Dominion in question, and thelast mentioned courts shall exercise their jurisdiction accordingly.
17. Divorce jurisdiction
(4) Nothing in this section affects any court outside the new Dominions,and the power conferred by section two of the Indian and Colonial DivorceJurisdiction Act, 1926, to apply certain provisions of that Act to other partsof His Majesty's dominions as they apply to India shall be deemed to bepower to apply those provisions as they would have applied to India if thisAct had not passed.
19. Interpretation
(1) References in this Act to the Governor-General shall, in relation toany order to be made or other act done on or after the appointed day, beconstrued
(a) where the order or other act concerns one only of the newDominions, as references to the Governor-General of that Dominion;
(b) where the order or other act concerns both of the new Dominionsand the same person is the Governor-General of both those Dominions, asreferences to that person; and
(c) in any other case, as references to the Governors-General of the newDominions, acting jointly.
(2) References in this Act to the Governor-General shall, in relation toany order to be made or other act done before the appointed day, beconstrued as references to the Governor-General of India within the meaningof the Government of India Act, 1935, and so much of that or any other Actas requires references to the Governor-General to be construed as referencesto the Governor-General in Council shall not apply to references to theGovernor-General in this Act.
(3) References in this Act to the Constituent Assembly of a Dominionshall be construed as references
(a) in relation to India, to the Constituent Assembly, the first sittingwhereof was held on the ninth day of December, nineteen hundred andforty-six, modified
(i) by the exclusion of the members representing Bengal, the Punjab,Sind and British Baluchistan; and
(ii) should it appear that the North West Frontier Province will formpart of Pakistan, by the exclusion of the members representing thatProvince; and
(iii) by the inclusion of members representing West Bengal and EastPunjab; and
(iv) should it appear that, on the appointed day, a part of the Province ofAssam is to form part of the new Province of East Bengal, by theexclusion of the members theretofore representing the Province ofAssam and the inclusion of members chosen to represent theremainder of that Province;
(b) in relation to Pakistan, to the Assembly set up or about to be set upat the date of the passing of this Act under the authority of theGovernor-General as the Constituent Assembly for Pakistan:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as affectingthe extent to which representatives of the Indian States take part in either ofthe said Assemblies, or as preventing the filling of casual vacancies in the saidAssemblies, or as preventing the participation in either of the said Assemblies,in accordance with such arrangements as may be made in that behalf, ofrepresentatives of the tribal areas on the borders of the Dominion for whichthat Assembly sits, and the powers of the said Assemblies shall extend and bedeemed always to have extended to the making of provision for the mattersspecified in this proviso.
(4) In this Act, except so far as the context otherwise requiresreferences to the Government of India. Act, 1935, include references to
any enactments amending or supplementing that Act, and, in particular,references to the India (Central Government and Legislature) Act, 1946;
"India", where the reference is to a state of affairs existing before theappointed day or which would have existed but for the passing of this Act,has the meaning assigned to it by section three hundred and eleven of theGovernment of India Act, 1935;
"India forces" includes all His Majesty's Indian forces existing before theappointed day and also any forces of either of the new Dominions;
,pension" means, in relation to any person, a pension whether con-tributory or not, of any kind whatsoever payable to or in respect of thatperson, and includes retired pay so payable, a gratuity so payable and anysum or sums so payable by way of the return, with or without interestthereon or other additions thereto, of subscriptions to a provident fund;
"Province" means a Governor's Province;"remuneration" includes leave pay, allowances and the cost of any
privileges or facilities provided in kind.(5) Any power conferred by this Act to make any order includes power
to revoke or vary any order previously made in the exercise of that power.
(b) INDIA (CONSEQUENTIAL PROVISION) ACT 19491,2
1. Operation of existing law in relation to India in view of India'sbecoming a Republic
(2) This Act extends to law of, or of any part of, the United Kingdom, acolony, a protectorate or a United Kingdom trust territory, and also, but sofar only as concerns law which cannot be amended by a law of the legislaturethereof, to law of Southern Rhodesia or of any part thereof.
The references in this subsection to a colony, to a protectorate and to aUnited Kingdom trust territory shall be construed as if they were referencescontained in the British Nationality Act, 1948.
(3) His Majesty may by Order in Council make provision for suchmodification of any existing law to which this Act extends as may appear tohim to be necessary or expedient in view of India's becoming a Republicwhile remaining a member of the Commonwealth, and subsection (1) of thissection shall have effect in relation to any such law as modified by such anOrder save in so far as the contrary intention appears in the Order.
An Order in Council under this section(a) may be made either before or after India becomes a Republic, and
may be revoked or varied by a subsequent Order in Council; and(b) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either
House of Parliament.(4) Any increase attributable to an Order in Council under this section in
sums payable out of moneys provided by Parliament or out of theConsolidated Fund of the United Kingdom or the growing produce thereofshall be defrayed out of moneys so provided, or out of that Fund or thegrowing produce thereof, as the case may be.
(ii) Decisions of national courts
SUMMARIES AND EXTRACTS FROM DECISIONS
(a) Rights of Civil Servants
State of Madras v. Raja Gopalan, 1956 Supreme Court Journal 203
The _gpse concerned the effect of independence on the tenure of IndianCivil Service officers in respect of their contract with the Secretary of Statefor India under the British rule. The question turned on whether the Union ofIndia was bound to honour the service contracts entered into by the formerBritish Government.
held: The Government of India was entitled under the principles ofinternational law to terminate the service of the Respondents. As a
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1949, 12, 13 and 14 Geo. 6, Chap. 92, p. 1910.2 The provisions of section 1 (1) are basically similar to those of section 2 (1) of the
Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, p. 130)3 Indian Yearbook of International Affairs, 1957, vol. VI, .p. 301.
consequence of independence the Supreme Court observed "that thecontracts as well as the statutory protection attached thereto came to anautomatic and legal termination".
(b) Succession and Private Rights
Farid Ahmad v. United Provinces Government. (All India Reporter 1950 All43.)1
The Government of the United Provinces claimed possession of a plot ofland in Muttra, which was conquered by Lord Lake's Army in 1803 from theMarathas. For several years there was a big British cantonment on the plot ofland (for which possession is claimed). It was held "that the position is that,though on the conquest of Muttra, all private rights and titles must bedeemed to have come to an end, the British did not desire to interfere withprivate ownerships and allowed persons to remain in possession of land whichwas in their possession. . . It may be implied that the British Government didnot want to dispossess and recognized the old rights of Fakirs. It was notnecessary in 1803 that there should be a written document executed by thesovereign authority transferring title to the occupiers". It was held that theholder of the land (the present plaintiff) could not be dispossessed.
(c) State Succession and Contractual Obligations(i) Scindia Steam Navigation Co. Ltd. v. Union of India. (All India Reporter,
1966, Supreme Court 1810)2
In this case the plaintiffs sued the Union of India for freight charges inrespect of a contract to ship timber from Marmagoa in India to Karachi inPakistan. The goods were shipped before partition but arrived in Pakistanafter. On the question whether the Dominion of India was responsible for thefreight charges, the Supreme Court ruled that the test to be applied was oneof the "purposes" of the contract. If it could be proved that the object of thecontract was a purpose to be carried on in India, then only could the IndianGovernment be liable. As the timber was to be used for the N. WesternRailway in Pakistan the contract was held to be for the purpose of Pakistanand hence the suit for freight charges failed.
(ii) Shri Shublaxmi Mills Ltd. v. Union of India. (All India Reporter 1967,Supreme Court 750)
In this case an agreement by the Ruler to grant exemption from incometax with the appellant company was held not to be binding on the Union ofIndia on the accession of the State of Cambay to the Union of India.Accession is regarded as an act ot State. No claim under the covenant couldbe sustained in Indian Courts. Unless the Union of India recognized the claimof the company either by legislation or proclamation the covenant by theerstwhile Ruler was not binding on the Union of India.
1 Ibid., 1952, vol. 1, p. 283.2 Indian Journal of International Law, vol. 7, 1967, p. 67.3 Indian Journal of International Law, vol. 7, 1967, p. 209.
(iii) Bhai Ardaman Singh v. State of Punjab. (All India Reporter, 1965,Punjab 354)P
A grant of a subsidy in perpetuity by a former ruler to a religiousinstitution could be revoked by the successor State even after payment for ashort period of the subsidy after succession. It being an act of State no claimin the municipal courts could be sustained. In this case the payment wasstopped after the Government came to a final decision in 1951. Priorpayments therefore were held not to constitcite recognition.
(iv) The Jaipur Udyog Ltd. v. Commissioner of Income Tax. (All IndiaReporter 1965 Rajasthan 162)2
An agreement to grant exemption from taxation was held to be in thenature of a contract between the Ruler and the company and not a legitimatecontract which could be held to be binding on the successor State.Consequently on the authority of Mahajara Shree Umaid Mills Ltd. AIR 1963SC 953 the court held that the agreement was not binding on the successorState.
(v) Pema Chibar v. Union of India. (All India Reporter 1966 Supreme Court442)3The question was whether the Government of India on conquest of
Portuguese territories was bound to recognize and issue new licences toimport goods in respect of old licences under which goods tho:.gh ordered yetdid not arrive in time. The Court relying on'Dalmia Dadri Cement Co. Ltd. v.Commissioner of Income Tax 1959 Supreme Court Repbrts 729 held that onconquest the citizens of the former State could not enforce the same rightsagainst the new State. The Union of India was within its rights to refuse togive permission to import the goods.
(vi) Chaudhary Jawaharlal v. State of Madhya Pradesh. ((1970) 1I S.C.J404)
4
A promissory note executed by the former Ruler in consideration for thecost of the construction of a court house in the State of Surguja could not beenforced against the successor State and the successor State was within itsrights to refuse to recognize the promissory note. An act of State can alwaysbe pleaded however unjust the result and the petitioner was without remedy.
(vii) Rang Rao v. State of Mysore. (All India Reporter 1972 Mysore 98)5
The State of Mysore could on succession to the Nizam abolish cash grantsprospectively but not retrospectively after it had recognized the rights of therecipients by paying such grants. Such retrospective repudiation is unconstitu-tional.
1 Ibid., vol. 5, 1965, p. 508.2 Ibid., vol. 5, 1965, p. 514.3 Ibid., vol. 6, 1966, p. 254.4 bid., vol. 10, 1970, p. 377.5 Indian Journal of International Law vol. 12, 1972, p. 494.
(d) Succession and ConcessionsFirm Bansidhar Premsukhdas v. State of Rajasthan. (All Indian Reporter,
1967, Supreme Court, 40)1The question turned on whether the State of Rajasthan was bound to
continue the concessions granted to the appellants in respect of customduties. It was held that on succession there is no subrogation ipso lure and thesucceeding State is within its rights to disclaim onerous concessions grantedby the merging State. Relied on (i)Dalmia Dadri Cement Co. Ltd. v.Commissioner of Income tax AIR 1958 SC 729; (ii)State of Surashtra v.Jamadar Mohd. Abdullah AIR 1962 SC 445.
16. INDONESIA
Treaties
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE KINGDOM OF THE NETHERLANDS ANDTHE REPUBLIC OF INDONESIA CONCERNING THE TRANSFER BYINDONESIA TO THE NETHERLANDS OF CLAIMS AGAINSTNETHERLANDS NATIONALS. SIGNED AT THE HAGUE, ON 11AUGUST 19542
The Government of the Kingdom of the Netherlands and the Governmentof the Republic of Indonesia,
Considering that it is desirable to reach a settlement concerning thetransfer by Indonesia of claims arising before 1 January 1954 and held byIndonesia against individuals who on that date were Netherlands nationals,
Desiring to give effect to the agreement concluded on 12 January 1954between the Ministers of Finance of the Netherlands and of Indonesia andrelating to the transfer of the aforesaid claims,
Have agreed as follows:
Article 1
The Government of the Republic of Indonesia shall, up to the amountsoutstanding on 12 January 1954, transfer to the Government of the Kingdomof the Netherlands full title to such claims arising before 1 January 1954 of apersonal or corporate character as the Republic of Indonesia, including theformer political entities which have been absorbed into the Republic ofIndonesia, holds against individuals who on 1 January 1954 were Netherlandsnationals.
The transfer shall be deemed to have taken place on 12 January 1954 andshall be effective against debtors as soon' as this Agreement enters into forceand from the date on which such entry into force is published in theNetherlands Treaty Series.
All additional sums, whether or not obtained under a previous action forrecovery, which have become due to the Republic of Indonesia since 12January 1954 in settlement of the transferred claims shall be paid over to theNetherlands by the Republic of Indonesia, payments in Netherlands currencybeing remitted to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at The Hague and payments
1 Ibid., vol. 7, 1967, p. 70.2 United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 241 lp. 134. Came into force on 19 March 1956.
in Indonesian currency being remitted to the Office of the Netherlands HighCommissioner at Djakarta.
Article 2
In consideration of the claims mentioned in article 1, the Government ofthe Kingdom of the Netherlands shall, within two weeks after the entry intoforce of this Agreement, pay to the Government of the Republic of Indonesiathe sum of f. 20,000,000 (twenty million guilders) in Netherlands currency.
Article 3
The Government of the Republic of Indonesia shall, so far as possible,transfer to the Ministry of Foreign Affairs at The Hague or, as the case maybe, to the Office of the Netherlands High Commissioner at Djakarta allGovernment records relating to the claims mentioned in article 1; and if thetransfer of such records is not possible, Indonesia shall make them availablefor inspection and shall permit copies of them to be made.
To the extent that the claims referred to in article 1 have not yet beendetermined by the Indonesian authorities, Indonesia shall, in so far as itconsiders it possible to do so, co-operate in determining such claims with theNetherlands agencies to be appointed for this purpose.
Article 4
If the Netherlands so requests, the Indonesian Pension Fund shallwithhold from the payments Ihich it is required to make such sums as arespecified by the Netherlands in particular cases.
Article 5
This Agreement shall enter into force on the date on which theNetherlands Government informs the Indonesian Government that theAgreement has received the constitutional approval required in the Nether-lands.
17. ISRAEL
Treaties
(a) AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITEDKINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND ANDTHE GOVERNMENT OF ISRAEL FOR THE SETTLEMENT OFFINANCIAL MATTERS OUTSTANDING AS A RESULT OF THETERMINATION OF THE MANDATE FOR PALESTINE (WITH EX-CHANGES OF LETTERS I ). SIGNED AT LONDON ON 30 MARCH19502
1 Not reproduced in-this volume.2 United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 86, p. 232. Came into force on 30 March 1950,
as from the date of signature.
Desiring to reach a full and final settlement of their respective claims andcounter-claims regarding the assets and liabilities of the former PalestineGovernment (hereinafter called "the Mandatory Government") and of otherfinancial matters outstanding between them as a result of the termination ofthe Mandate for Palestine:
Article 1
For the purposes of this Agreement, the expression "Israel" shall meanthe territory administered by the Government of Israel at the date ofsignature of this Agreement.
Article 2
The Government of Israel shall make or facilitate payments to theGovernment of the United Kingdom, and make a contribution towards thedischarge of the liabilities of the Mandatory Government, as follows:
(a) Subject to the provisions of Article 9 (b) hereof, the Government ofIsrael shall, immediately after the signature of this Agreement, permit theremittance to the Government of the United Kingdom, and the conversioninto sterling, of a sum of 1,118,000 Israel Pounds in discharge of thefollowing commercial debts:
(i) The balance owing by Steel Brothers, Steel Brothers and CompanyLtd., or both, as agents for the Mandatory Government, in respect offood ,supplies procured by the Government of the United Kingdomon behalf of the Mandatory Government: £669,000.
(ii) Bank balances standing to the credit of the Mandatory Governmentin Israel, with the exception of such balances as are standing to thecredit of the Custodian of Enemy Property of the MandatoryGovernment: £381,000.1
(iii) The balance due in respect of telephone exchange equipmentsupplied by the Crown Agents for the Colonies to the Governmentof Israel since June, 1949: £68,000.
b) Subject to the provisions of Article 9 (a) hereof, the Government ofIsrael shall pay to the Government of the United Kingdom the sum of£5,882,000 in payment of other commercial debts and for the assets to betransferred to the Government of Israel under Article 7 hereof, and, as part ofthe general settlement, by way of contribution towards the servicing of the3 per cent. Guaranteed Stock, which liability is being discharged by theGovernment of the United Kingdom, the claims mentioned in Article 6hereof, and abolition benefits paid, or to be paid, by the Government of theUnited Kingdom to former officials of the Mandatory Government resident inIsrael.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Article 3 hereof, the Government ofIsrael shall pay the pensions of former officials of the Mandatory Governmentresident in Israel up to an amount -not exceeding 200,000 Israel Poundsannually, the capitalised value of which is estimated at £2,400,000.
i See Exchange of letters I and Il, ibid., p. 246. See also Exchange of letters of 15April 1965, ibid., vol. 551, p. 39.
(d) The Government of Israel shall relinquish their claim to any share inthe surplus of the Palestine Currency Board which may be properly allocableto Israel, which share is, for the purposes of this Agreement, assessed at£2,000,000.
Article 3
Subject to the provisions of Article 9 (a) hereof, the Government of Israelshall reimburse the Government of the United Kingdom for all paymentsmade by them during the period between the 15th day of May, 1948, and the31st day of May, 1950, both dates inclusive, and in respect of that period orany part thereof, at the rates and in accordance with the conditions approvedby His Majesty's Secretary of State for the Colonies under the relevantlegislation, in. respect of pensions due to former officials of the MandatoryGovernment, who, at the date of signature of this Agreement, are resident inIsrael, up to an amount of 200,000 Israel Pounds annually, and shall assumeand meet all payments becoming so payable to such officials on and after the1st day of June, 1950, up to the said amount.'
Article 4
The.assets available for the discharge of all bearer bonds issued by theMandatory Government and the responsibility for the discharge of liability inrespect of those bonds shall be apportioned as follows:
(a) The Government of Israel shall be entitled to all sums due in respectof loans made to municipal corporations and local councils in Israel from thevarious issues of the said bonds, which loans are agreed at the figure of£2,914,400.
(b) The Government of Israel shall assume responsibility for thedischarge of liability in respect of all such bonds as are held and registered inIsrael at the date of signature of this Agreement. The aggregate nominal valueof such registered bonds is provisionally assessed at £4,340,000, and when itis finally agreed that bonds to that amount are held and registered in Israel asaforesaid, the Government of Israel shall be entitled to receive from theGovernment of the United Kingdom, by way of credit in accordance withArticle 9 (a) hereof, the sum of £1,425,600, being the difference between theaggregate nominal value of the bonds mentioned in this paragraph, namely,£4,340,000 and the aggregate amount of the loans mentioned in para-graph (a) of this Article, namely, £2,914,400.
(c) The Government of Israel shall, if the aforesaid provisional figure of£4,340,000 is finally agreed upon, be entitled to receive from theGovernment of the United Kingdom, by way of credit in accordance withArticle 9 (a) hereof, the sum of £460,000 representing: (i) a proportionateshare in the aggregate amount of the sinking funds for the redemption of thesaid bonds and interest accrued thereon, agreed at £374,000, and (ii) aproportionate share in the interest accrued on the unspent balance of£2,644,033 from the proceeds of the bonds, agreed at £86,000.
(d) The Government of the United Kingdom shall assume responsibilityfor the bonds not so held and registered in Israel as aforesaid, arid shall be
1 See Exchange of letters III and IV, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 86, p. 248.
entitled to the remainder of the said interest, sinking funds and unspentbalance of £2,644,033:
Provided that, if it is finally agreed that the aggregate nominal value ofthe bonds so held and registered in Israel as aforesaid is more or less than thesaid provisional figure of £4,340,000, the figure finally agreed upon shall besubstituted for the said figure of £4,340,000 in the preceding paragraphs ofthis Article and the necessary consequential alterations shall be made in thefigure of £1,425,600 appearing in paragraph (b) and the figures appearing inparagraph (c) of this Article.
For the purposes of this Article, the expression "registered" shall meanregistered with a bank in Israel in pursuance of a notice published in Israel bythe Anglo-Palestine Bank, Ltd., on the 12th day of February, 1950, at therequest of the Government of Israel.I
Article 5
(a) Subject to the provisions of Article 9 (a) hereof, the Government ofthe United Kingdom will credit the Government of Israel with the sum of£1,052,000 in respect of monies of residents or nationals of former Alliedand other countries, except Germany, which were held by the Custodian ofEnemy Property of the Mandatory Government. 2
(b) The Government of Israel will assume responsibility for dealing withall claims properly brought in respect of any of the aforesaid monies, andshould any such claim be brought against the Government of the UnitedKingdom in circumstances which, in their considered opinion after consulta-tion with the Government of Israel, justify the satisfaction of the claim bythe Government of the United Kingdom, the Government of Israel will, onrequest, repay to the Government of the United Kingdom, as provided inArticle 9 (a) hereof, the monies credited to them in respect of such claim.
(c) The Government of Israel will deal with property subjected to thecontrol of the said Custodian and appertaining to residentsof the followingcountries, namely, Belgium, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, France, Greece,Luxembourg, Netherlands and Norway, being countries with which propertyagreements were made by the Government of the United Kingdom andextended to Palestine before the termination of the Mandate, in accordancewith the terms of the said agreements as extended to Palestine.
(d) The Government of Israel will arrange to deal with monies ofresidents or nationals of countries other than those mentioned in para-graph (c) of this Article which are credited under paragraph (a) of this Articleto the Government of Israel by the Government of the United Kingdom, inaccordance with the relevant terms of any treaties or agreements made withany of the said countries by the Government of the United Kingdom beforethe termination of the Mandate, which may be applicable thereto, or of anytreaties or agreements which may be made with any of the said countries bythe Government of Israel.
I See Exchange of letters V to VIII, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 86,p. 248-252.
2 See Exchange of letters IX and X, ibid., pp. 254-255. See also Exchange of lettersof 15 April 1965,ibid., vol. 551, p. 35.
(e) The Government of the United Kingdom will, as regards monies ofGerman nationals, former German nationals and persons deemed to beenemies or enemy subjects because of their German origin or connectionwhich were subjected to the control of the said Custodian, credit theGovernment of Israel with the sum of £346,000 subject to the provisions ofArticle 9 (a) hereof, and will arrange for the withdrawal of the claim of theCrown Agents for the Colonies for the sum of £1,793,000 now pendingagainst the Anglo-Palestine Bank, Ltd., and relinquish all claim thereto, andthe Government of Israel will relinquish all other claim against theGovernment of the United Kingdom in respect of such of the said monies, ifany, as are not in Israel.
Article 6The Government of the United Kingdom, while not admitting any
liability whatever in respect of claims against the Mandatory Government,will give sympathetic consideration to such claims properly brought bypersons who, at the date of signature of this Agreement, are resident in Israel,provided that the decision as to whether any particular claim should be paid,the amount which should be paid in respect thereof, and the manner ofpayment shall be in the sole discretion of the Government of the UnitedKingdom.
The Government of Israel will afford to the Government of the UnitedKingdom all reasonable facilities, including access to any available relevantrecords, to enable them to examine any claims against the MandatoryGovernment concerning property situated in Israel, and to elicit informationin regard to such claims.'
Article 7(a) The Government of the United Kingdom shall transfer to the
Government of Israel their rights and interests in assets, including land, inIsrael, other than those described below, held by, or on behalf of, HisMajesty's Secretary of State for War or His Majesty's Secretary of State forAir. The rights and interests of the Government of the United Kingdom in thefollowing assets shall not be transferred to the Government of Israel:
(i) Allenby Barracks Married Quarters, Jerusalem, and the land onwhich they stand;
(ii) Any asset which the Government of the United Kingdom havealready agreed to sell to some other person and in respect of whichthey have already received a deposit on account of the purchaseprice;
(iii) Various temporary structures in Jerusalem.The exclusion of the above assets shall not imply any admission by theGovernment of Israel of the title of the Government of the United Kingdomthereto, while the Government of the United Kingdom at the same timemaintain their claim to such title. 2
1 See Exchange of letters X1 and XII, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 86,pp. 254-256.
2 See Exchange of letters XIII and XIV, United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 86,pp. 256-258. See also Exchange of letters of 15 April 1965, ibid., vol. 551, p. 43. •
Article 8
Save as herein provided, the Government of Israel shall make no claim toany property of the Mandatory Government outside Israel, and theGovernment of the United Kingdom shall make no claim to any property ofthe Mandatory Government in Israel.
Article 9
(a) The obligation of the Government of Israel under Article 2 (b) hereofto pay to the Government of the United Kingdom the sum of £5,882,000 andthe obligation of the Government of Israel under Article 3 hereof toreimburse the Government of the United Kingdom shall be discharged asfollows:
(i) £3,283,600 shall be deemed to have been paid by setting off thatamount against the amounts due to the Government of Israel by theGovernment of the United Kingdom under Article 4 hereof(£1,885,600) and Article 5 hereof (£1,052,000 and £346,000).
(ii) The remaining £2,598,400 and the amount payable to the Govern-ment of the United Kingdom under Article 3 hereof shall be funded,interest being chargeable at the rate of one per centum per annum onall outstanding amounts, and the said sums and interest shall bepayable in sterling by the Government of Israel over a period of 15years beginning on the date of signature of this Agreement, by thirtyequal half-yearly instalments, the first instalment to be paid on a datesix months from the said date:
(b) The Government of the United Kingdom shall remain liable to dealwith any claim of any person resident in Israel to reinstatement of land uponwhich there is a fixed asset, the rights and interests of the Government of theUnited Kingdom wherein are transferable to the Government of Israelhereunder, to the extent and in so.far as they were liable at the time of theevacuation of such land by His Majesty's Forces, if such claim has beensubmitted to the Government of the United Kingdom before the date ofsignature of this Agreement or is submitted to them within six months ofsuch date, and such land has been restored to the owner thereof before thedate of signature of this Agreement or is restored to the owner thereof withinsix months of such date. The Government of Israel shall deal with any suchclaim for reinstatement of land upon which they retain such a fixed asset formore than six months after the date of signature of this Agreement.
Provided that the amount to be funded shall be increased or decreased, as thecase may be, by the amount, if any, by which the figure of £1,885,600mentioned in sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraph is decreased or increasedpursuant to the provisions of Article 4 hereof, and increased by the amount,if any, which the Government of Israel may be required to repay to theGovernment of the United Kingdom under the provisions of Article 5 (b)hereof, and the amount to be set off under sub-paragraph (i) of this paragraphshall be adjusted accordingly.
(b) The Government of the United Kingdom shall make special releasesof sterling in respect of the sum of 1,118,000 Israel Pounds mentioned inArticle 2 (a) hereof and the half yearly instalments due under this Article so
long as there are unreleased Israel sterling balances, and the ContractingGovernments shall give all such instructions and authorisations as may benecessary to give effect to the provisions of Article 2 (a) hereof in respect ofall balances standing to the credit, or at the disposal, of the MandatoryGovernment in banks in Israel.
Article 10
The Government of the United Kingdom shall, within the terms of thebequest of the late Sir Ellis Kadoorie, make available to the Government ofIsrael one half of the balance of that bequest, which balance amounts to£86,237, to be used for the purposes of the Kadoorie Agricultural Schoolnear Mount Tabor, Israel.
(b) EXCHANGES OF NOTES CONSTITUTING AGREEMENTS BETWEENTHE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREATBRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE GOVERNMENT OFISRAEL ON THE SETTLEMENT OF OUTSTANDING FINANCIALMATTERS. ALL DATED AT LONDON, 15 APRIL 19652
(i) EXCHANGE OF NOTES CONCERNING COMPENSATION OF CERTAINFORMER EMPLO YEES OF THE MANDATOR Y GO VERNMENT OF PALESTINE
The Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to the Israel Ambassador
I have the honour to refer to the financial negotiations held in Londonfrom the 10th of June to the 28th of October, 1964, between representativesof the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and NorthernIreland and the Government of Israel, and, in particular, to the regretexpressed by members of both delegations that certain former employees ofthe Mandatory Government of Palestine resident in Israel have not hithertoreceived compensation for loss of office upon termination of the Mandate.
I have to state that the Government of the United Kingdom will remit tothe Government of Israel the sum of £100,000 (one hundred thousandpounds sterling) as an ex gratia payment to be distributed by the Governmentof Israel to former employees of the Mandatory Government of Palestine whoentered the service of the Government of Israel at any time after theestablishment of the State of Israel, in full and final settlement of any claimswhich such persons may have against either the Mandatory Government ofPalestine or the Government of the United Kingdom for compensation forloss of office upon the termination of the Mandate.
1 See Exchange of letters XV to XXII, United Nations, Teaty Series, vol. 86,pp. 260-264.
2 United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 551, p. 19. Came into force on 15 April 1965by the exchange of the said notes.
I have the honour to suggest that if these proposals are also acceptable tothe Government of Israel, Your Excellency's reply to that effect, togetherwith my present Note, shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments in full and final settlement of this matter.
II
The Israel Ambassador to the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs
I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of your Note of today's datewhich reads as follows:
[See note I./In reply I have the honour to state that the foregoing proposals are
acceptable to the Government of Israel who therefore agree that your Noteand the present reply shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments in full and final settlement of this matter.
(ii) EXCHANGE OF NOTES CONCERNING COMPENSATION OF CERTAIN FOR-MER EMPLO YEES OF THE MANDA TOR Y GO VERNMENT OF PALESTINE
I
The Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to the Israel Ambassador
I have the honour to refer to my Note of today's date about formeremployees of the Mandatory Government of Palestine resident in Israel.
I have to state that the Government of the United Kingdom will, as an exgratia payment, distribute a sum of approximately £40,000 (forty thousandpounds sterling) (the exact sum still to be ascertained), to former employeesof the Mandatory Government of Palestine resident in Israel, who have notentered the service of the Government of Israel at any time after theestablishment of the State of Israel, in full and final settlement of any claimswhich such persons may have against either the Mandatory Government ofPalestine or the Government of the United Kingdom for compensation forloss of office upon the termination of the Mandate.
I have the honour to suggest that if these proposals are also acceptable tothe Government of Israel, Your Excellency's reply to that effect, togetherwith my present Note, shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments in full and final settlement of this matter.
II
The Israel Ambassador to the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs
I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of your Note of today's datewhich reads as follows:
[See note LIIn reply I have the honour to state that the foregoing proposals are
acceptable to the Government of Israel who therefore agree that your Noteand the present reply shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments in full and final settlement of this matter.
(iii) EXCHANGE OF NOTES CONCERNING THE SETTLEMENT OF CERTAINUNPAID CLAIMS OF THE JEWISH NATIONAL FUND (KKL) AND THEHADERA FOUNDERS ASSOCIATIONS
I
The Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to the Israel Ambassador
I have the honour to refer to the financial negotiations which took placein London from the 10th of June to the 28th of October, 1964, betweenrepresentatives of the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britainand Northern Ireland and the Government of Israel and, in particular, to thediscussions between members of the Israel and the United Kingdomdelegations relating to claims made by the Jewish National Fund (KKL) andthe Hadera Founders Associations in connexion with the re-instatement ofland previously occupied by Her Britannic Majesty's Forces and the paymentof rent therefor.
I have to confirm that subject to the verification of the factual position inrespect of each of the items concerned, the Government of the UnitedKingdom are prepared to meet such claims as are still unpaid, and to makepayments in accordance with and subject to the relevant Hiring Agreementsand the provisions of the Financial Agreement of the 30th of March, 1950between the two Governments, such payments to be effected in sterling atthe rate of one Pound Palestine to one Pound Sterling.
I have the honour to suggest that if the foregoing proposals are acceptableto the Government of Israel, Your Excellency's reply to this effect, togetherwith my present Note, shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments in full and final settlement of this matter.
II
The Israel Ambassador to the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs
I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of your Note of today's datewhich reads as follows:
[See note 1.]In reply I have the honour to state that the foregoing proposals are
acceptable to the Government of Israel who therefore agree that your Note
and the present reply shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments in full and final settlement of this matter.
(ix) EXCHANGE OF NOTES CONCERNING THE SETTLEMENT OF A CLAIM BYTHE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED KINGDOM FOR THE RELEASE 70THEM OF THE SUM OF 97,299 POUNDS ISRAEL STANDING TO THE CREDITOF STEEL BROTHERS IN BARCLAYS BANK D.C.O., HAIFA
I
The Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs to the Israel Ambassador
I have the honour to refer to the financial neogitations held in Londonfrom the 10th of June to the 28th of October, 1964, between representativesof the Government of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and NorthernIreland and the Government of Israel, and, in particular, to the discussionsbetween members of the two delegations regarding the settlement of a claimby the Government of the United Kingdom for the release to them of thesum of 97,299 (ninety-seven thousand, two hundred and ninety-nine) PoundsIsrael standing to the credit of Steel Brothers in Barclays Bank D.C.O., Haifa(hereinafter referred to as "the Bank") in an account known 7S account "M"which Steel Brothers have instructed the Bank to hold at the disposal of theBritish Embassy in Israel or the Colonial Office, London.
I have to state that the following proposals for the settlement of thisclaim are acceptable to the Government of the United Kingdom:
(a) The Government of Israel will release to the Government of theUnited Kingdom the aforesaid monies together with any accrued interestthereon.
(b) The Government of the United Kingdom will instruct the Bank topay to the Government of Israel out lof the aforesaid monies the sum of'33,782 (thirty-three thousand, seven hundred and eighty-two) Pounds Israel,together with a proportionate part of any accrued interest on the principalamount and to pay to the Government of the United Kingdom out of theaforesaid monies, the sterling equivalent of the sum of 63,517 (sixty-threethousand, five hundred and seventeen) Pounds Israel, together with aproportionate part of any accrued interest on the principal amount,calculated at the Bank's current market selling rate for sterling in terms ofPounds Israel.
I have the honour to suggest that if these proposals are also acceptable tothe Government of Israel, Your Excellency's reply to that effect togetherwith my present Note shall constitute an agreement between our twoGovernments in full and final settlement of these matters.
IIThe Israel Ambassador to the Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs
I have the honour to acknowledge receipt of your Note of today's datewhich reads as follows:
[See note I.]In reply I have the honour to state that the foregoing proposals are
acceptable to the Government of Israel who therefore agree that your Noteand the present reply shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments in full and final settlement of these matters.
18. IVORY COAST
Trait6s1
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA COTED'IVOIRE PORTANT TRANSFERT DES COMPETENCES DE LACOMMUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 1 1 JUILLET 19602
Art. jer. - La R6publique de C6te d'ivoire accede, en plein accord etamiti6 avec la R6publique franqaise, i la souverainet6 internationale et il'ind6pendence par le transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Art. 2. - Toutes les comp6tences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Consti-tution du 4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transfir6es A laR6publique de C6te d'lvoire, d~s l'accomplissement par les parties contrac-tantes de la procidure pr6vue i l'article 87 de ladite constitution.
(bi ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE DE COTE-D'IVOIRE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL19613
TITRE PRELIMINAIRE
Art. 1er. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire d6clare vouloir poursuivre sond6veloppement en 6troite association avec la R6publique frangaise et les autrespays de la zone franc, tout en b6n6ficiant des possibilit6s d'6changes quis'offrent i elle dans les autres pays du monde.
Art. 2.- L'association contractuelle de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire etde la R6publique frangaise proc~de de deux principes fondamentaux :
Chaque Etat d6tient l'int6gralit6 des pouvoirs 6conomiques, mon6taires etfinanciers reconnus aux Etats souverains.
Les parties acceptent de coordonner leurs politiques commerciale,mo'n6taire et financi~re externes entre elles et avec les autres Etats de la zone
1 Voir aussi la Convention (a) sous Niger, infra, p. 370.2 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique frangcise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7049.3 Ibid., 6 fivrier 1962, p. 1262. Entr6 en vigueur le 4 septembre 1961. (Renseigne-
ment tir6 de : Rollet Henri, Liste des engagements bilatbraux et multilateraux, Paris,1973, p. 69.)
franc, de fagon i s'entraider r6ciproquement et i promouvoir le d6velop-pement 6conomique le plus rapide possible de chacun d'eux.
Art. 3. - La R6publique frangaise continuera i apporter i la R6publiquede Cbte-d'Ivoire l'aide mat6rielle et technique qui lui est n6cessaire pouratteindre les objectifs de progr~s dconomique et social que celle-ci s'est fix6s.
Art. 4. - Le pr6sent accord a t6 librement discut6 et conclu avec le soucid'6tablir entre la R6publique frangaise et la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire,compte tenu de leurs structures diff6rentes et de l'in6galit6 de leur niveau deddveloppement, une intime collaboration leur permettant de normaliser leursrapports et de les rendre mutuellement plus f6conds.
TITRE IV
De la monnaie
Art. 19. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire declare maintenir son apparte-nance A l'Union mon~taire ouest-africaine caract~ris~e par un institutd'6mission commun.
La monnaie 16gale ayant pouvoir ib6ratoire sur toute l'6tendue duterritoire de la R6publique de C6te-Ivoire est le franc de la Communaut6financi~re africaine (C. F. A.) 6mis par la Banque centrale de cette Unionmon6taire.
Art. 20. - Les r~formes pr~vues aux articles 21 i 27 ci-dessous entreronten vigueur apres accord n6goci6 avec tous les Etats membres de la zoned'6mission dans un d~lai de six mois i dater de la signature du present accord.
Art. 21. - La convertibflit6 entre le franc C. F. A. et le franc frangais estillimit6 et garantie par le fonctionnement d'une compte d'op~rations ouvertau nom de l'institut d'6mission dans les 6critures du Tr~sor franqais. Cecompte fera l'objet d'une convention appropri6e.
Les transferts de fonds sont libres entre les deux Etats.Art. 22. - La definition et la parit6 de l'unit6 mon~taire sont maintenues.
Elles ne pourront dtre modifi6es que par accord entre tous les Etats membresde l'Union mon6taire et la R~publique frangaise.
Art. 23.- Les signes mon6taires 6mis dans chaque Etat sont identifies parune marque particulire.
Art. 24. - L'institut d'6mission tiendra pour chaque Etat membre del'Union mon~taire ouest-africaine une comptabilit6 'distincte de l'6missionmon6taire et de ses contreparties.
Art. 25. - L'institut d'6mission sera un 6tablissement multi-national dontle si~ge social sera fix6 i Paris.
L'institut sera g6r6 par un conseil d'administration qui tiendra s6ancedans les Etats membres.
Le conseil d'administration groupera des repr~sentants des Etats membresde l'Union mon~taire ouest-africaine et de la R~publique franaise, de fagonque les Etats membres disposent d'environ trois cinqui~mes des sieges,r~partis 6galement entre eux.
I1 sera cr66 dans chaque Etat membre de l'Union mon6taire ouest-africaine un comit6 mon~taire national comprenant notamment un desadministrateurs de l'Etat au sein du conseil d'administration et un repr6-sentant de la R~publique franQaise.
Les directeurs des agences seront nomm6s apr6s accord des gouver-nements int6ress6s.
Art. 26. - Les statuts de l'institut d'6mission fixeront notamment lesop6rations g6n6ratrices de l'6mission que seront identiques pour toute lazone.
Le conseil d'administration sera seul comp6tent pour tous-les problfmesmettant en cause la valeur de la monnaie, ainsi que pour la d6termination desrfgles g6n6rales applicables i la distribution du cr6dit, les d6cisions 6tantprises A la majorit6 des deux tiers.
Les comit6s mon6taires nationaux seront comp6tents, en conformit6notamment des rfgles g6n'rales arrdt~es par le conseil d'administration dans lecadre des status pour l'ensemble de la zone d'6mission, en matifre
Du contr6le des 6tablissements de credit;De la distribution du cr6dit.Art. 27. - Les op6rations de cr6dit effectu6es par l'institut d'6mission
concerneront :Pour le court terme, le r6escompte d'effets commerciaux et la prise en
pension d'effets publics pr~sent6s par les banques;Pour le moyen terme, le r6escompte d'effets repr6sentatifs de cr6dits
d'6quipement concernant des op6rations incluses dans les programmes ded6veloppement 6conomique et social arret6s par la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire, ainsi que d'effets repr6sentatifs de cr6dits aff6rents A des op6rationsd'exportation de produits industriels.
Art. 28. - La Rfpublique de C6te-d'Ivoire pourra, si elle. le juge utile,adh6rer A tout organisme mon6taire international eh tant qu'Etat souverain etind6pendant.
Art. 29. - En attendant l'entr6e en vigueur de l'accord pr6vu A l'article20, il n'est pas apport6 de modification aux relations mon6taires existantentre la R6publique frangaise et la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire, non plusqu'au r6gime mon6taire actuel.
TITRE V
Dispositions diverses
Art. 30. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire, ou les personnes morales dedroit public qui en d6pendent, auront accfs au march6 financier fran~ais.Elles pourront en cons6quence, dans le cadre de la l6gislation et de lar6glementation en vigueur, contracter des emprunts sur le march6 financier ouaupr~s des 6tablissements de cr6dit frangais. Elles pourront 6galement, sousr6serve des dispositions pr6vues en matifre de change, contracter desemprunts dans des pays tiers et aupr~s des organismes internationaux definancement.
Art. 31. - En ce qui concerne les op6rations incluses dans les programmesde d6veloppement 6conomique et social arr6t6s par la R6publique deC6te-d'Ivoire, le r6escompte A moyen terme pourra dtre complt par desfinancements d'origine non mon~taire provenant d'institutions sp6cialis6esfrangaises i d~faut d'dtablissements nationaux.
Art. 32. - Dans le cas oii la R6publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire cr6erait unebanque nationale de d6veloppement, la R6publique frangaise se d6clare
dispos~e i lui apporter une aide, dans des conditions i fixer par un accordsp6cial.
Art. 33.- La transformation des statuts des soci~t~s d'Etat et des soci6t~sd'6conomie mixte cr66es sur le territoire de la R~publique de C6te-d'lvoireavec la participation de la caisse centrale de cooperation 6conomique feral'objet d'accords avec cet tablissement.
Art. 34. - A 1'6chelon le plus 616v6, la R~publique frangaise et laR6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire se concerteront sur les probl~mes de la politique6conomique, mon~taire et financi~re, ainsi que sur ceux du d6veloppernent.Cette consultation pourra s'6tendre A d'autres Etats de la zone franc.
Art. 35. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire est repr~sent6e au comit6mon~taire de la zone franc. Elle participe, en tant que de besoin, A tous autresorganismes communs aux Etats de la zone franc, ainsi qu'h toute formationmultilat6rale de caract~re 6conomique et financier.
Art. 36. - Les relations entre le Tr6sor frangais et le Tr6sor ivoirienrestent r6gies par un accord sp6cial.
Art. 37. - La R6publique franaise et la R~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire seconsulteront sur la solution i apporter au probl~me pos6 par la prise encharge des dettes contract6es par l'ex-groupe de territoires de l'Afriqueoccidentale franqaise envers la caisse centrale de coop6ration 6conomiquepour l'ex~cution des programmes du F. I. D. E. S.
Art. 38. - Un accord special r6glera les probl~mes domaniaux quipourraient se poser entre la R~publique frangaise et la R6publique deCbte-d'Ivoire.
Art. 39. - Le present accord entrera en vigueur en m~me temps que leTrait6 de coop6ration sign6 en date de ce jour.
(c) ACCORD D'ASSISTANCE MILITAIRE TECHNIQUE ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DE COTED'IVOIRE AVEC ANNEXE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19611
Art. Ier. - A la demande de la R~publique de Cbte d'Ivoire, la R~pu-blique frangaise s'engage i apporter A la R~publique de Cbte-d'lvoire'assistance de personnels militaires frangais pour l'organisation, 'encadre-
ment et l'inf4ruction des forces armies.
Art. 5. - Les nationaux ivoiriens servant actuellement dans les forcesarm6es frangaises seront librs a la demande du Gouvernement de laR6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire de leurs obligations i l'6gard de ces forcesarm6es, afin de servir dans les forces arm6es ivoiriennes.
En particulier, les nationaux ivoiriens en service dans la gendarmeriefrangaise seront transf6r6s d~s l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord.
Art. 6. - Les personnels tranf6r6s en ex6cution de l'article 5 conser-veront, A la charge de la R6publique frangaise, les droits A pension et lesb6n6fices acquis pendant leur service dans les forces arm6es frangaises.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franpaise, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1263. Entr6 envigueur le 4 septembre 1961.
Les personnels qui n'auront pas W transf~r6s auront la facult6 dedemander i cesser de servir dans ces forces. Cette disposition prendra effet ipartir de l'entr~e en vigueur du pr6sent accord et demeurera applicablependant une p~riode de douze mois. Les personnels ainsi lib6r~s b~n6-ficieront, notamment pour la retraite, des avantages acquis proportionnel-lement i leur temps de service. Ces droits acquis restent i la charge de laR~publique frangaise. I
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire accepte par le pr6sentaccord que les nationaux qui servent actuellement dans les forces arm6esfranqaises et qui n'auront pas W transf6r6s en vertu de l'article 5 ou n'aurontpas exerc6 la facult6 ouverte i l'alin6a 2 du pr6sent article continuent leurservice dans les forces arm6es frangaises suivant les r~gles en vigueur dans cesforces.
Art. Z - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire pourraautoriser les nationaux ivoiriens i servir dans les forces arm6es frangaisessuivant les r~gles en vigueur dans ces forces A condition, toutefois, qu'ilssoient ddgag6s de toutes les obligations d'activit6 du service militaire.
De meme, le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise pourra autoriserles nationaux franqais A servir dans les forces arm6es ivoiriennes selon lesr6gles en vigueur dans ces forces arm6es i condition, toutefois, qu'ils soientd6gag6s de toutes les obligations d'activit6 du service militaire.
Art. 9. - La R6publique frangaise met A la disposition de la R6publique'de C6te-d'Ivoire, en fonction des besoins exprim6s par celle-ci, les officiers,sous-officiers et hommes de troupe frangais dont le concours lui est n6cessairepour l'organisation, l'instruction et rencadrement des forces arm6esivoiriennes.
Ces personnels sont mis a la disposition des forces arm6es ivoiriennes pourremplir des emplois correspondants A leur qualification.
Ils sont sold6s de tous leurs droits par l'autorit6 franqaise et sont log6s,ainsi que leur famille, par l'autorit6 ivoirienne.
La liste des postes i pourvoir est arrdt6e d'un commun accord par lesministres frangais et ivoiriens comp6tents. Elle est revis6e en principe tousles ans.
Art. 10. - Les personnels militaires franqais mis i la disposition de laR6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire sont d6sign6s par le Gouvernement frangais.
Art. 11. - Les personnels militaires frangais mis A la disposition de laR6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire demeurent sous juridiction militaire franqaisedans les conditions pr6vues i l'annexe I au pr6sent accord, mais sont soumisaux r~gles de la discipline g6n6rale en vigueur dans l'arm6e ivoirienne.
Il servent avec le grade de la hi6rarchie des forces arm6es ivoiriennescorrespondant i celui dont ils sont titulaires dans les forces arm6es frangaisesou avec le grade imm6diatement sup6rieur.
Art.12. - Les personnels militaires frangais en service dans les forcesarm6es ivoiriennes sont i la disposition du commandement ivoirien selon lesr~gles traditionnelles d'emploi de leur arme ou service. Toutes les d6cisions ducommandement les concernant sont port6es i la connaissance de l'autorit6militaire frangaise.
De m~me, toutes les d6cisions du commandement frangais les concernantsont port6es i la connaissance de l'autorit6 militaire ivoirienne.
Art. 13. - Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur en mame temps que leTrait6 de coop6ration sign6 en date de ce jour.
ANNEXE II
CONCERNANT L'AIDE ET LES FACILITES MUTUELLESEN MATIERE DE DEFENSE
Art. Ier. - Les installations militaires, notamment les casernements, terrains etbitiments militaires, y compris ceux de la gendarmerie se trouvant sur le territoire de laR~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire, sont propri6t6 de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
Art. 2. - En vue de leur permettre de remplir efficacement leur mission conform6-ment aux articles 3 et 4 de l'accord de ddfense, la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire laisseraaux forces arm6es francaises la libre disposition de casernements, bitiments et terrainssitu~s dans les localit6s qui seront d~sign~es en conseil r6gional de d6fense.
L'empire de ces installations et casernements ainsi que les conditions de leurutilisation seront d6termin6s d'un commun accord en conseil r6gional de d6fense.
Art. 3. - Par "libre disposition" les parties contractantes entendent 'ensemble desdroits et facilit~s d'implantation, de protection, de ravitaillement, d'instruction, deliaison et de transmission, de mouvement et de circulation, dans les espaces terrestres eta6riens et dans les eaux territoriales, entre les installations n6cessaires 'existence et i las~ret6 des forces, ainsi qu'a l'ex~cution de leurs missions, tels qu'6tablis par l'article 4 del'accord de d6fense.
Pour leur entrafnement et leurs manoeuvres, les forces armies frangaises disposent deces facilit6s dans rutilisation de leurs installations, ainsi que dans celles des champs de tir.
Art. 4. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire garantit aux forces arm6es frangaisesl'utilisation de ses reseaux publics postaux et de t6l6communications, de ses infrastruc-tures portuaire, maritime, fluviale, routi~re, ferroviaire et a6rienne, le libre transport deleurs personnels, materiels et denr6es, ainsi que la facult6 d'installer, de faire usage surson territoire et dans ses eaux territoriales des balisages a6riens et maritimes et desmoyens de transmission n6cessaires A la s~curit6 et i l'accomplissement de leurs missions.
Le commandement militaire frangais est tenu d'informer pr~alablement les autorit6sde la R6publique de Cbte-Ivoire de tout mouvement important de ses unit6s par voieterrestre, maritime ou a6rienne.
Pour l'usage des facilit6s pr~vues au pr6sent article, les. forces arm6es frangaisesrespecteront les accords ou r~glements en vigueur en ces mati~res et seront, en tout cas,trait~es sur un pied d'6galit6 avec les forces arm6es ivoiriennes.
Art. 9. - Si les forces arm6es franqaises sont appel6es A modifier leur implantation,les deux gouvernements se mettront d'accord en conseil rgional de d6fense surl'attribution de nouveaux emplacements pour les installations adapt6es aux besoins deces forces.
Les dispositions de 'accord de d6fense et de ses annexes seront applicables auxinstallations situ6es sur ces nouveaux emplacements.
Au cas ois, i la suite de ces modifications, des installations ne seront plus utilis~es parles forces armies franqaises, celles-ci feront retour A la R6publique de C6te-d'lvoire dansl'6tat oh elles se trouvaient lors de leur mise a la disposition de ces forces. Toutefois, lesimmeubles et leurs voies d'acc6s 6difi6s apr6s cette date par les forces armies frangaisesdeviendront la propri~t6 de la R6publique de CUte-d'lvoire.
Art. 10. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire s'engage i respecter les servitudesexistantes des installations militaires des forces armies franqaises et A permettre lamodification de ces servitudes en cas de n~cessit6 technique.
(d) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA COTED'IVOIRE RELATIVES AU TRANSFERT DES DOSSIERS ENINSTANCE DEVANT LE CONSEIL D'ETAT ET LA COUR DECASSATION. PARIS, 24 AVRIL 19611
Le Prisident de la Ripublique de C6te-d'Ivoired Monsieur le Premier Ministre de la Rdpublique francaise
L'accord particulier sign6 i Paris, le 11 juillet 1960, a eu pour effet detransf6rer i la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire la comptence de la Communaut6concernant le contr6le de la justice.
En cons6quence, le Conseil d'Etat et la cour de cassation de la R6publiquefranqaise ont, i dater du jour de 1'entr6e en vigueur dudit accord, cess6 d'6trecomp6tents pour connaftre des recours et iourvois int6ressant la R6publiquede C6te-d'Ivoire dont ces hautes juridictions 6taient alors saisies.
J'ai 'honneur de vous demander de bien vouloir me faire savoir si leGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise admet cette interpr6tation del'accord portant transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Dans 'affirmative, je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir donner lesinstructions n6cessaires pour que les dossiers de ces proc6dures soient remisau ministre de la justice de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire par l'interm6diairedu ministre de la justice de la R6publique franqaise.
Le Premier Ministre de la Rdpublique frangaise hMonsieur le Prisident de la Ripublique de C6te-d'Ivoire
Vous avez bien voulu, i la date du 24 avril 1961, m'adresser la lettre dontla teneur suit :
[Voir texte ci-dessus.!J'ai I'honneur de vous confirmer que le Gouvernement de la R6publique
franqaise partage votre interpr6tation de l'accord particulier sign6 i Paris le 11juillet 1960.
Je donne, en cons6quence, les instructions n6cessaires pour que lesdossiers des proc6dures vis6es dans'votre lettre soient remis au ministre de lajustice de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
(e) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE D'ENSEIGNEMENTSUPERIEUR ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPU-BLIQUE DE COTE-D'IVOIRE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19612
Consid6rant les liens particuliers qui unissent librement la R~publique deC6te-d'Ivoire a la R6publique franqaise dans la solidarit6 morale et spirituelledes nations d'expression franqaise;
1 Journal Officiel de 1a Rdpubliquefranpaise, 6 fivrier 1962, p. 1269.2 Ibid,, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1270. Entr6 en vigueur le 4 septembre 1961.
Consid6rant que la langue officielle de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire,comme de la R6publique frangaise, est le frangais,
TITRE er
De l'enseignement supirieur
Art. 5. - Les dipl6mes et certificats d6livr6s par les ktablissementsd'enseignement sup~rieur de Cbte-d'Ivoire, autres que ceux visas au titre II dupresent accord, pourront 6tre admis par la R6publique frangaise sur sonterritoire en 6quivalence des diplbmes frangais, sur avis de la commissionmixte pr6vue Particle 16 ci-dessous qui fera rapport aux autorit6suniversitaires comp6tentes.
TITRE II
Des 9tablissement universitaires
Art. 7. - L'enseignement sup~rieur universitaire est dispens6 sur le terri-toire de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire par le centre d'enseignement sup6rieurd'Abidjan et les tablissements qui le composent ou en dependent.
Art. 9. - Le centre d'enseignement sup6rieur d'Abidjan est un 6tablisse-ment public de la R~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
I1 est plac6 sous la tutelle du ministre de l'ducation nationale de laR~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire et g~r6 par un conseil d'administration dont lesdecisions seront ex6cut~es par le directeur du centre.
Art. 12. - Sous r6serve d'adaptations n~cessaires, i d6finir ult6rieurementd'un commun accord, .l'initiative de l'une ou de l'autre des Partiescontractantes, sont introduites dans le droit de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoireles dispositions 16gislatives et r6glementaires du droit frangais relatives il'enseignement sup~rieur en vigueur i la date de la publication du pr6sentaccord, notamment en ce qui conceme le statut des personnels universitaireset la r6glementation relative aux programmes, i la scolarit6 et aux examens.
Art. 13. - Les grades et diplmes d6livr6s par le centre d'enseignementsup~rieur d'Abidjan, dans les memes conditions de programmes, de scolarit6et d'examens que les grades et dipl6mes frangais correspondants sont valablesde plein droit sur le territoire de la R6publique franqaise et - sous r6serve dedispositions contraires concernant l'6tablissement des ressortissants de laR~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire sur le territoire de la R~publique frangaise - yproduisent tous les effets qui leur sont attach6s par les lois et r~glementsfrangais.
Les grades et diplbmes frangais d'enseignement sup6rieur sont valables deplein droit sur le territoire de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire et - sous r6servede dispositions contraires concernant '6tablissement des ressortissants de laR6publique frangaise sur le territoire de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire - y
produisent les m6mes effets que ceux attach6s aux grades et diplbmescorrespondants de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
Afin de maintenir l'6galit6 effective des diplbmes, les modifications quiseraient apport~es sur le territoire de la R6publique frangaise A la r~glemen-tation concernant les programmes, la scolarit6 et les examens, serontintroduites dans le droit de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire, sous reserve desadaptations reconnues n6cessaires par accord entre les deux gouvernements, Al'initiative de Fun ou de 'autre.
Des enseignements sp6ciaux r6pondant aux n~cessit6s particuli~res de laR6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire pourront 6tre organis6s par les autorit6suniversitaires comp6tentes de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire. Les dipl6messanctionnant ces enseignements pourront tre admis par la R6publiquefrangaise sur son territoire en 6quivalence des dipl6mes frangais correspon-dants dans les conditions pr6vues h 'article 5 ci-dessus.
Art. 15. - Les Parties contractantes arr~tent annuellement le montant descr6dits de programme et des cr6dits de paiement affect6s au d6veloppementdu centre d'enseignement sup6rieur, ainsi que le budget de fonctionnement dece centre.
La R6publique frangaise contribue aux d6penses d'investissements et auxd6penses de fonctionnement.
Elle assume la charge exclusive et assure le versement direct destraitements et indemnit6s aff6rents au personnel enseignant.
Sont applicables au personnel enseignant frangais les dispositions statu-taires r6gissant en France les personnels de m~mes categories ainsi que lesdispositions d'ordre financier dont b6n~ficient les personnels franais enservice sur le territoire de la R6publique de -C6te-d'Ivoire.
(f) ACCORD DE COOPERATION CULTURELLE ENTRE LA REPU-BLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DE COTE-D'IVOIRE.FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19611
Consid6rant les liens qui unissent librement la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire h la R6publique franqaise dans la solidarit6 morale et spirituelle desnations d'expression frangaise;
Consid6rant que la langue officielle de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire,comme de la R6publique frangaise, est le frangais;
Pr~occup~s de promouvoir par le moyen d'une 6troite coop6ration les6changes les plus fructueux dans le domaine de la science, de la culture,comme dans celui de 1'6ducation,
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franpaise, 6 f~vrier 1962, p. 1271. Entr6 envigueur le 4 septembre 1961.
TITRE er
De la cooperation en matiere d'enseignement primaire,secondaire et technique
Art. jer. - Le Gouvemement de la R6publique frangaise s'engage Acoop~rer avec le Gouvernement de la R~publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire pour aiderau d6veloppement de l'enseignement sur le territoire de la R6publique deC6te-d'Ivoire et i faciliter sur son propre territoire la formation desressortissants ivoiriens.
Il prendra en particulier les mesures appropri~es afin de mettre A ladisposition du Gouvernement de la R~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire du personnelenseignant qualifi6 ainsi que celui n6cessaire A l'inspection p6dagogique dansles diff~rents ordres d'enseignement, y compris la jeunesse et les sports, Al'organisation et A la sanction des examens et concours et au fonctionnementdes services administratifs de 'enseignement.
La procedure de mise A la disposition de ce personnel, ses devoirs, droitset garanties sont d6finis par les dispositions de l'accord g6n6ral de coop6rationtechnique en mati~re de personnel sous reserve des dispositions du pr6sentaccord et des dispositions de l'accord de cooperation en mati~re d'enseigne-ment sup~rieur.
Art. 2. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire s'engage dans le mdme esprit A:S'adresser par priorit6 au Gouvemement frangais pour le recrutement de
ce personnel;Accorder toutes facilit6s A ce personnel dans l'accomplissement de sa
mission, ainsi qu'au personnel des corps d'inspection et des jurys d'examenset concours;
Accorder 6ventuellement toutes fadilit6s au Gouvernement de la R6pu-blique frangaise pour ouvrir et entretenIr sur le territoire de la R6publique deC6te-d'Ivoire dans le respect des lois et r~glements relatifs A l'ordre public etaux bonnes moeurs, des 6tablissements d'enseignement relevant de sonautorit6; ces 6tablissements b6n6ficient du r6gime fiscal et parafiscal conc6d6aux tablissements correspondants de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
Art. 3. - L'6tat des besoins en personnel enseignant est arrt6 annuelle-ment par la R6publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire et notifi6 A la R6publique fraingaiseavant le Ier avril de chaque ann6e, pour l'ann6e universitaire suivante.
La nomination du personnel enseignant est prononc6e par les autorit6scomp6tentes de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire A compter d'une date fix6e demani~re A 6viter toute interruption du service scolaire en cours.
Art. 5. - Le personnel mis A la disposition de la R6publique deCbte-d'Ivoire en vertu du pr6sent accord jouit, dans le cadre de la 16gislationrelative A la position de fonctionnaire d6tach6,.des conditions d'excercice etdes garanties et franchises professionnelles traditionnellement accord6es auxmembres de 'enseignement par la R6publique frangaise.
Art. 6. - Le contrble p6dagogique du personnel enseignant frangais enservice sur le territoire de la R~publique de C~te-d'lvoire sera assur6 par desinspecteurs g6n~raux de l'instruction publique dans le cadre de missions
organis6es d'un commun accord entre les deux gouvernements et parl'inspecteur d'acad~mie et les membres du corps d'inspection mis & ladisposition de la R~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
La notation administrative des personnels vis6s par le pr6sent accord.estassur~e par les fonctionnaires frangais ou ivoiriens de l'ordre universitairequalifi6 et par le ministre de 'Mducation nationale de la Rpublique deC~te-d'lvoire.
Art. 7. - La R6publique de C~te-d'Ivoire peut demander que l'inspectiond6finie au premier alin6a de 'article precedent porte sur les personnels autresque ceux qui sont vis~s audit alin6a.
Les charges affrentes aux missions d'inspection g6n~rale incombent A laR6publique franqaise.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire accorde toutesfacilit6s pour accomplir leur mission aux membres du personnel enseignant etdes corps d'inspection, ainsi qu'aux jurys des examens et concours appel~s Aexercer sur le territoire de la R~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire en vertu de lapr6sente convention.
Art. 9. - Un haut fonctionnaire qualifi6 de l'ordre universitaire, d~sign6d'un commun accord, a la responsabiliti6 des examens et concours devant 6tresanctionn~s par des diplbmes franqais.
I1 les organise en liaison avec les corps d'inspection comptents dans lesconditions fix~es par la rglementation frangaise, sous r~serve 6ventuellementdes adaptations d~finies d'un commun accord entre les Parties contractantes.
Les diplbmes et titres d6Livr~s sur le territoire de la R6publique deC6te-d'Ivoire dans les mdmes conditions de programme, de scolarit6 etd'examens que les diplkmes et titres frangais correspondants, sous r6serve del'application des dispositions du deuxi~me alin6a de 'article 8 ci-dessus, sontvalables de plein droit sur le territoire de la Rpublique frangaise etproduisent tous les effets qui sont attach6s A ces derniers par les lois etr~glements francais, sous r6serve de dispositions contraires concernantl'6tablissement des ressortissants de la R~publique de C6te-d'lvoire sur leterritoire de la Rpublique frangaise.
Les diplbmes et titres 6ventuellement d6livr6s par les autorit6s comp6-tentes de la R~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire dans des conditions autres que cellesqui sont d~finies A l'article 9 ci-dessus pourront etre admis en 6quivalenceavec les dipl6mes et titres frangais correspondants dans les conditions pr6vuespar la r~glementation en vigueur sur le territoire de la R6publique frangaise.
Les diplbmes et titres frangais sont valables de plein droit sur le territoirede la R6publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire et produisent tous les effets qui sontattach6s par les lois et r~glements ivoiriens aux dipl6mes et titres correspon-dants d6livr~s sur le territoire de la R~publique de C~te-d'Ivoire, sous r~servede dispositions contraires concernant l'6tablissement des ressortissants de laR~publique frangaise sur le territoire de la R~publique de C6te-d'Lvoire.
Les autorit6s universitaires frangaises ont la possibilit6, apr~s en avoirinform6 la R6publique de C~te-d'Ivoire, d'organiser sur son territoire desconcours et examens destin6s aux seuls ressortissants frangais.
TITRE II
Des 6changes culturels
Art. 12. - Le Gouvemement de la R~publique frangaise et le Gouverne-ment de la Rpublique de C6te-d'Ivoire d6cident d'oeuvrer en commun pourl'6panouissement des sciences, des arts et des lettres et la connaissancerespective de leur patrimoine culturel. Cette coop6ration sera symbolis~e enparticulier par la creation i Abidjan d'une maison de la culture franco-ivoirienne qui sera pour les deux pays un centre de rayonnement etd'66hanges entre les ides et les hommes.
Cette coop6ration comportera 6galement, dans des conditions fix6es d'uncommun accord, la participation du Gouvernement frangais au d~veloppe-ment des institutions nationales ivoiriennes A vocation litt6raire ou artistique.
Art. 13. - Les parties contractantes encourageront par tous les moyens Aleur disposition les 6changes culturels entre elle-m~mes et entre leursressortissants.
Art. 14. - Les ressortissants de chacun des deux Etats disposent sur leterritoire de l'autre, dans le domaine de la pens~e et de l'art, de toute lalibert6 compatible avec le respect de l'ordre public et des bonnes moeurs.
L'entr~e, la circulation et la diffusion des moyens d'expression de lapens6e et de l'art de chacun des deux pays sont assur6es librement, et, danstoute la mesure possible, encourag6es sur le territoire de l'autre, sousr6serve du respect de l'ordre public et des bonnes moeurs.
Des facilit~s seront accord~es dans chacun des deux pays pour l'importa-tion en franchise de livres, films et disques, en provenance du territoire del'autre partie contractante.
TITRE Ill
De la coopgration en matire de recherche scientifique et technique
Art.. 15. - Le Gouvernement de la R~publique frangaise et le Gouverne-ment de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire organiseront leur coop6rationmutuelle dans le domaine de la recherche scientifique et technique dans lesconditions suivantes
Art. 1 7. - Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur en meme temps que leTrait6 de coop6ration sign6 en date de ce jour.
(g) ACCORD GENERAL DE COOPERATION TECHNIQUE EN MATIEREDE PERSONNEL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE DE COTE-D'IVOIRE AVEC ANNEXE. FAIT A PARIS,LE 24 AVRIL 19611
1 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique fran!aise, 6 f~vrier 1962, p. 1274. Entr6 envigueur le 4 septembre 1961.
Art. Ier - Les deux gouvernements r6affirment leur volont6 de coop6reren mati~re de personnel.
A cet effet, la R6publique frangaise cr6e au sein de sa repr6sentation iAbidjan une mission d'aide et de coop6ration.
Art. 2. -,Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise met, dans lamesure de ses moyens, i la disposition du Gouvernement de la R6publique deC6te-d'Ivoire les personnels que celui-ci estime n6cessaires au fonctionnementde ses services publics. Cette prestation est ind6pendante des concours faisantl'objet de conventions sp6ciales, soit pour le fonctionnement de certainsservices ou 6tablissements, soit pour l'ex6cution de missions temporaires Aobjectifs d6termin6s.
Art. 3. - En conformit6 des accords conclus entre les deux gouveme-ments, la. R6pubique franaise facilite, dans la mesure de ses moyens, laformation ou le perfectionnement professionnel des personnels des secteurspublic et priv6 pr6sent~s par la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
Art. 7. - Les personnels r6gis par la l6gislation et la r6glementation de laR6pubique frangaise qui, i la date de 'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord,sont en fonction sur le territoire de la R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire, dans lesservices relevant de l'autorit6 de son gouvernement, sont consid6r6s commemis i la disposition de la Rdpublique de C6te-d'Ivoire en vue de continuer iexercer les fonctions dont ils sont charg6s.
Ils sont soumis aux dispositions du pr6sent accord.
Art. 12. - Les personnels de coop6ration technique qui sont mis i ladisposition du Gouvemement de la Rpublique de C6te-d'Ivoire en vertu duprisent accord exercent leurs fonctions sous l'autorit6 de ce gouvernement etsont tenus de se conformer A ses rglements et directives.
Art. 16. - La R6publique frangaise prend i sa charge la r6munirationcontractuelle des personnels vis6s par le pr6sent accord.
La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire contribuera A cette charge selon lesmodalit6s arret6es d'un commun accord entre les deux gouvernements.
Art. 17. - Incombent 6galement au Gouvernement de la R6publiquefrangaise les charges financi&res correspondant, sous r6serve des dispositionsdes articles 9 et 10 ci-dessus :
Au transport des personnels mis A la disposition de la R6publique deC6te-d'Ivoire et de leur famille du lieu de leur r6sidence au lieu d'entr6e dansla R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire et, lors du rapatriement, du lieu de sortie de laR6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire au lieu fix6, en ce qui les concerne, par lar6glementation en vigueur dans la R6publique franQaise;
Aux indemnit6s aff6rentes aux d6placements ci-dessus vis6s sous lesm~mes r6serves;
A la contribution pour la constitution des droits i pension des personnelsint~ress6s selon les taux en vigueur dans la r6glementation de la R6publiquefrancaise.
Art. 18. - La R6publique de C6te-d'Ivoire assure aux personnels decoop6ration technique les avantages en nature attach6s aux emplois d6finis
dans les actes de nomination. Le logement et l'ameublement sont assur6s sansretenue aux personnels mis i sa disposition en consid6ration des emploisoccup6s, du classement indiciaire et de la situation de famille des int6ress~s.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire assure sans retenue ices personnels et a leur famille le b6n6fice des soins et traitements m6dicauxdans ses formations sanitaires.
Le Gouvernement de la R~publique de C6te-d'Ivoire garde i sa charge lesr6mun6rations particuli~res et les indemnit6s sp6cifiques attach6es auxemplois ou aux fonctions occup6es telles qu'elles sont fix6es par lar6glementation ivoirienne, les indemnit~s pour heures suppl6mentaires ouvacations, les frais et indemnit6s de d~placement ou de mission i l'int6rieurou i l'ext6rieur de la C6te-d'Ivoire effectu~s sur d6cision du Gouvernement dela Rpublique de C6te-d'Ivoire.
Art. 21. - Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur en meme temps que leTrait6 de cooperation sign6 en date de ce jour.
ANNEXE
RELATIVE AUX MAGISTRATS MIS A LA DISPOSITIONDE LA REPUBLIQUE DE COTE-D'IVOIRE
Art. Ier. - La pr6sente annexe a pour objet de d6terminer dans le cadre de I'accordgn6ral de cooperation technique en mati~re de personnel les conditions particulires dela coop6ration entre la Rpublique frangaise et la R6publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire en ce quiconcerne les magistrats.
Les prescriptions de 'accord g6nral sont applicables aux magistrats, dans la mesureoi il n'y est pas d6rog6 par les dispositions de la pr6sente annexe.
Art. 2. - La R~publique franqaise et la R~publique de Cbte-d'lvoire d6velopperontleur cooperation en matire judiciaire, notamment en organisant des stages destines auxmagistrats des deux pays et en instituant des 6changes r6guliers d'informations enmatire de technique juridictionnelle.
Art. 3. - En vue de permettre au Gouvernement de la R16publique de Cbtc-d'lvoired'assurer le fonctionnement de ses juridictions et I'administration de la justice, leGouvernement de la R~publique franqaise s'engage, dans toute la mesure de sespossibilit6s, it mettre i la disposition du Gouvernement de la R6publique de Cbte-d'lvoireles magistrats qui lui sont n6cessaires.
Art. 4. - Les deux gouvernements arr~tent la liste des emplois de magistrats ipourvoir au titre de I'assistance technique.
Le nom du magistrat propos6 pour chaque cat6gorie d'emplois par le Gouvernementde la R16publique franqaise est soumis, accompagn6 d'une notice d~taille de renseigne-ments, it I'agr6ment du Gouvernement de la R16publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire.
Le President de la R6publique de Cbte-d'lvoire proc~de aux nominations desmagistrats mis a sa disposition, qui reqoivent ]'affectation correspondant it leur grade.
Art. 5. - Les magistrats sont mis i la disposition de la Rpublique de Cbtc-d'lvoireen vue d'exercer des fonctions dans un emploi 6termin6 pendant une dur6e de deux ansrenouvelable.
Lcs magistrats mis i la disposition de la R6publique de Cbte-d'Ivoire peuvent sansleur accord recevoir une nouvelle affectation, en vue d'assurer l'indispensable continuit6du service; dans ce cas, ils sont d61igu6s dans une fonction au moms 6quivalente i cellequ'ils occupent, et sur 'avis de la commission pr6vue i I'article II ci-dessous.
En aucun cas, si ce n'est a titre de d616gation, un magistrat servant au titre de'assistance technique ne peut se voir confier de fonctions lui donnant autorit6 sur lcsmagistrats appartenant a un grade sup6rieur au sien, dans sa carri6re d'origine.
Art. 8. - Les prescriptions de l'accord g6n6ral ne s'appliquent aux magistrats qucdans la mesure os elles sont compatibles avec les dispositions statutaires qui leur sontpropres et avec !eurs obligations professionnelles.
19. JAMAICA
(i) Laws and decrees
(a) JAMAICA INDEPENDENCE ACT 19621, 2
2. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts
(9) The protectorates of Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland shall beexcepted from the operation of any reference in subsection (4) or sub-section (8) of this section to a protectorate.
3. Consequential modification of other enactments
(3) For the purposes of the making, on or after the appointed day, ofOrders in Council under the West Indies Act, 1962, and for the purposes ofthe making on or after that day of grants under-section eight of that Act,Jamaica shall be treated as not being a colony within the meaning of that Act.
(4) Subsection (3) of section five of the West Indies Act, 1962 (whichenables provision made by Order in Council for the government of theCayman Islands and the Turks and Caicos Islands to include provision for theperformance of functions by the legislature or other authorities of Jamaica,or by any court of Jamaica) is hereby repealed as from the appointed day:
Provided that this subsection shall not affect(a) the operation (whether as part of the law of Jamaica or as part of the
law of the Cayman Islands or of the Turks and Caicos Islands) of any Order inCouncil made before the appointed day, or
(b) the exercise, on or after the appointed day, of any power to revokeor vary an Order in Council made before that day, in so far as any such Orderforms part of the law of the Cayman Islands or of the Turks and CaicosIslands.
(5) As from the appointed day, the provisions specified in the SecondSchedule to this Act shall have effect subject to the amendments respectively
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1962, 10 and 11, Eliz. 2, Chap. 40, p. 67.2 The provisions of sections 1, 2 (1) to (8) and (10) and 3 (1) (2) of this Act are
basically similar to those of sections 1, 2 (1) (2) (3), 3 (1) to (6) and 4 (1) (2) of the FijiIndependence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 178, 179 and 180).
specified in that Schedule, and Her Majesty may by Order in Council, whichshall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House ofParliament, make such further adaptations in any Act of the Parliament ofthe United Kingdom passed before this Act, or in any instrument havingeffect under any such Act, as appear to Her necessary in consequence ofsection one of this Act; and any Order in Council made under this subsectionmay be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council so made, and,though made after the appointed day, may be made so as to have effect fromthat day.
(6) The last preceding subsection shall not extend to Jamaica as part ofthe law thereof.
SCHEDULES1
*(b) THE JAMAICA (CONSTITUTION) ORDER IN COUNCIL 19622, 3
1. Citation, commencement and interpretation
(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of section 3 of this Order,this Order shall come into operation immediately before the appointed day(in this Order referred to as "the commencement of this Order"):
Provided that where by or under this Order the Governor-General haspower to make any appointment or to make any Order or to do any otherthing for the purposes of this Order that power may be exercised by theGovernor of the Colony of Jamaica at any time after the twenty-fourth dayof July 1962 to such extent as may, in his opinion, be necessary or expedientto enable the Constitution established by this Order to function as from thecommencement of this Order.
2. Revocations(1) The Orders in Council specified in the First Schedule to this Order
(hereinafter referred to as "the existing Orders") are hereby revoked.(2) Notwithstanding the revocation of the existing Orders the following
Regulations(a) the Public Service Regulations, 1961,(b) the Judicial Service Regulations, 1961,(c) the Police Service Regulations, 1961, and(d) the Jamaica (Constitution) (Retirement of Entitled Officers) Regula-
tions, 1961,
made thereunder and all amendments thereto shall continue in force subjectto such adaptations or modifications as may be made thereto by or under
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar to theprovisions of the corresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra,pp. 191-193).
2 Statutory Instruments, 1962, Part II, No. 1550, p. 1678.3 The provisions of sections 6 (2) (3) (4) (5), 7 and 10 of this Order are basically
similar to those of sections 5 (3) (4) (6) (7) and 6 (1) (2) (3) of the BarbadosIndependence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 121-122).
section 4 of this Order and subject to amendment or repeal by the authorityhaving power to amend or revoke the same.
(3) With effect from the commencement of this Order, paragraph (f)(which specifies Jamaica) of the definition of "the Territories" in sub-section (1) of section.2 of the British Caribbean Court of Appeal Order inCouncil 1962 is revoked.
3. Establishment of the Constitution(1)" Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of this section and the
other provisions of this Order, the Constitution of Jamaica set out in theSecond Schedule to this Order (in this Order referred to as "the Constitu-tion") shall come into force in Jamaica at the commencement of this Order.
(2) This subsection and the following provisions of the Constitution(a) sections 80 and 81,(b) subsections (1) and (2) of section 94,(c) sections 103 and 104,(d) section 111,(e) section 124,(f) section 125 to the extent only as to enable a Director of Public
Prosecutions to be appointed before the appointed day,
shall come into force in Jamaica on the twenty-fifth day of July 1962:Provided that in relation to any period prior to the appointed day
references in these provisions of the Constitution(a) to the Governor-General and the Prime Minister shall be construed as
references to the Governor and Premier respectively of the Colony ofJamaica;
(b) to Parliament and to the House of Representatives shall be construedas references to the Legislature and the House of Representatives constitutedunder the existing Orders; and
(c) to the Chief Justice or a Judge of the Supreme Court shall beconstrued as references to the Chief Justice or a Judge of the Supreme Courtholding office under the existing Orders.
4. Existing laws(1) All laws which are in force in Jamaica immediately before the
appointed day shall (subject to amendment or repeal by the authority havingpower to amend or repeal any such law) continue in force on and after thatday, and all laws which have been made before that day but have notpreviously been brought into operation may (subject as aforesaid) be broughtinto force, in accordance with any provision in that behalf, on or after thatday, but all such laws shall, subject to the provisions of this section, beconstrued, in relation to any period beginning on or after the appointed day,with such adaptations and modifications as may be necessary to bring theminto conformity with the provisions of this Order.
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of the preceding subsection, inany law which continues in force on and after the appointed day or which,having been made before that day, is brought into force on or after that day,unless the context otherwise requires
(a) references to the Governor shall, in relation to any period beginningon or after the appointed day, be construed as references to theGovernor-General;
(b) references to the Legislature or to either chamber thereof shall, inrelation to any period as aforesaid, be construed as references to theParliament, or to the corresponding House thereof, established by the'Constitution;
(c) references to any office (or to the person holding or acting in it)connected with either chamber of the Legislature shall, in relation to anysuch period as aforesaid, be construed as references to the correspondingoffice (or the person holding or acting in it) constituted by or under theConstitution;
(d) references to the Cabinet, to the Premier or to any other Ministershall, in relation to any such period as aforesaid, be construed as referencesrespectively to the Cabinet established by the Constitution, to the PrimeMinister appointed for the time being under the Constitution and to thecorresponding Minister so appointed;
(e) references to the Secretary to the Cabinet shall, in relation to anysuch period as aforesaid, be construed as references to the Secretary to theCabinet established by the Constitution;
(f) references to the Privy Council shall, in relation to any such period asaforesaid, be construed as references to the Privy Council established by theConstitution;
(g) references to the Judicial Service Commission, the Public ServiceCommission or the Police Service Commission shall, in relation to any suchperiod as aforesaid, be construed as references respectively to the JudicialService Commission, the Public Service Commission or the Police ServiceCommission established by the Constitution;
(h) references to any other office (or to the person holding or acting init) constituted by or under the existing Orders or to any other authority orbody so constituted shall, in relation to any such period as aforesaid, beconstrued as references respectively to the corresponding office (or to theperson holding or acting in it) or the corresponding authority or bodyconstituted by or under the Constitution.
(3) For the purposes of this Order the Senate is the corresponding Houseto the Legislative Council constituted under the existing Orders.
(4) The Governor-General may, by Order published in the Gazette,declare
(a) for the purposes of paragraphs (c) and (h) of subsection (2) of thissection, what is the corresponding office, authority or body referred to ineither of those paragraphs; and
(b) for the purposes of paragraph (d) of that subsection, who is thecorresponding Minister referred to in that paragraph.
(5) (a) The Governor-General may, by Order made at any time within aperiod of two years commencing with the appointed day and published inthe Gazette, make such adaptations and modifications in any law whichcontinues in force in Jamaica on and after the appointed day, or whichhaving been made before that day, is brought into force on or after that day,as appear to him to be necessary or expedient by reason of anythingcontained in this Order.
(b) Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (a) of this sub-section any Order made thereunder may transfer to the Director of PublicProsecutions any function by any such law vested in the Attorney-General.
(c) An Order made by the Governor-General under this subsection shallhave effect from such date, not earlier than the appointed day, as may bespecified therein.
5. FinanceWithout prejudice to the provisions of the preceding section and for the
avoidance of doubt, it is hereby declared that any resolution of the House ofRepresentatives passed before the appointed day and any law enacted by theLegislature before that day (whether such resolution was passed or such lawenacted before or after the making of this Order) may have effect for thepurposes of section 117 of the Constitution as if they were respectively aresolution of the House of Representatives established by the Constitution ora law enacted by the Parliament so established.
6. House of Representatives(1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Order, the House of
Representatives constituted under the existing Orders (in this section referredto as "the existing House of Representatives") shall be the House ofRepresentatives of Jamaica during the period beginning with the commence-ment of this Order and ending with the first dissolution of Parliamentthereafter.
8. Remuneration of Members of Parliament, etc.Until other provision is made in that behalf, the salary and allowances
payable to members of either House, the President and Deputy President ofthe Senate, the Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the House of Representa-tives, Ministers and Parliamentary Secretaries shall be those payable to thepersons last holding the co rresponding offices immediately before thecommencement of this Order.
9. Clerks to Houses of Parliament and their staffs(1) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, holds office as Clerk or Deputy Clerk of the Legislative Council or ofthe House of Representatives shall, as from that time, hold the like office ofClerk or Deputy Clerk of the Senate or of the House of Representatives as ifhe had been appointed thereto under section 47 of the Constitution, andshall, until other provision is made in accordance with the provisions of thatsection, hold office on the same terms of service as applied to himimmediately before the commencement of this Order.
(2) Any other person who, immediately before the commencement ofthis Order, holds an office on the staff of the Clerk of the Legislative Councilor on the sfaff of the Clerk of the House of Representatives shall hold thelike office on the staff of the Clerk of the Senate or on the staff of the Clerkof the House of Representatives as from that time as if he had beenappointed thereto under section 47 of the Constitution.
11. Parliamentary SecretariesAny person who, immediately before the commencement of this Order,
is a member of the House of Representatives, and holds office as aParliamentary Secretary shall, as from that time, hold office as ParliamentarySecretary as if he had been appointed thereto under the provisions of section78 of the Constitution.
12. Secretary to the CabinetThe person who, imme'diately before the commencement of this Order,
holds office as Secretary of the Cabinet shall, as from that time, hold officeas Secretary to the Cabinet as if he had been appointed thereto under theprovisions of section 92 of the Constitution.
13. Supreme Court and Judges(1) The Supreme Court in existence immediately before the commence-
ment of this Order shall be the Supreme Court for the purposes of theConstitution, and the Chief Justice and other Judges of the Supreme Courtholding office immediately before the commencement of this Order shall, asfrom that time, continue to hold the like offices as if they had beenappointed thereto under the provisions of Chapter VII of the Constitution.
(2) Until other provision is made under and in accordance with theprovisions of section 101 of the Constitution, the salaries and allowances ofthe Judges of the Supreme Court shall be the salaries and allowances towhich the holders of those offices were entitled immediately before thecommencement of this Order.
14. Pending appeals(1) Any proceedings pending immediately before the commencement of
this Order on appeal from the Supreme Court to the British CaribbeanCourt of Appeal may be continued after the commencement of this Order'before the Court of Appeal established by the Constitution.
(2) Any judgment of the Supreme Court of the Federation of the WestIndies or of the British Caribbean Court of Appeal in an appeal from a courtof Jamaica given, but not satisfied, before the commencement of this Order,may be enforced after the commencement of this Order as if it were ajudgment of the Court of Appeal established by the Constitution.
15. Appeals from Cayman Islands and Turks and Caicos IslandsThe court of Appeal established by the Constitution may have and
exercise such jurisdiction and powers in respect of the Cayman Islands andthe Turks and Caicos Islands as may be conferred upon it by any law for thetime being in force in the Cayman Islands or the Turks and Caicos Islands, asthe case may be, and may for the purpose of exercising that jurisdiction siteither in Jamaica or in the Cayman Islands or in the Turks and Caicos Islands,as the case may be
16. Remuneration of Auditor-GeneralUntil provision is made under and in accordance with subsection (4) of
section 120 of the Constitution, the salary and allowances of the Auditor-General shall be the salary and allowances to which the holder of that officewas entitled immediately before the commencement of this Order.
17. Existing officers(1) Where any office has been established for the former Colony of
Jamaica by or under the existing Orders or any existing law, and theConstitution establishes the same or an equivalent office for Jamaica, notbeing the office of Prime Minister, Minister, or Parliamentary Secretary, anyperson who, immediately before the commencement of this Order, is holdingor acting in the former office shall, so far as is consistent with the provisionsof this Order, be deemed as from the commencement of this Order to have
been appointed to or to act in the latter office in accordance with theprovisions of this Order and to have taken any necessary oath under thisOrder.
(2) Subject to the provisions of this Order, every person who, im-mediately before the commencement of this Order, holds or is acting in apublic office shall, as from that time, continue to hold or act in the likeoffice as if he had been appointed thereto or to act therein in accordancewith the provisions of this Order.
(3) The provisions of this section shall be without prejudice to(a) the provisions of section 6 of this Order; and(b) any powers conferred by or under this Order upon any person or
authority to make provision for the abolition of offices and the removal ofpersons holding or acting in any office.. (4) In this section "existing law" means such a law as is referred to in
subsection (1) of section 4 of this Order.
18. Transitional provisions relating to Privy CouncilAny matter which, immediately before the commencement of this Order,
is pending before the Privy Council established under the existing Ordersshall as from the commencement of this Order be continued before the PrivyCouncil established by the Constitution.
19. Transitional provisions relating to existing Commissions(1) Any power of the Governor of the Colony of Jamaica acting on the
recommendation of a Commission established by the existing Orders (in thissection referred to as "an existing Commission") which has been validlydelegated to any person or authority under those Orders shall, as from thecommencement of this Order, be deemed to have been delegated to thatperson or authority in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
(2) Any matter which, immediately before the commencement of thisOrder, is pending before an existing Commission or, as the case may be,before any person or authority to whom the power to deal with such matterhas been validly delegated under the existing Orders shall as from thecommencement of this Order be continued before the Judicial ServiceCommission established by the Constitution of the Public Service Com-mission or the Police Service Commission so established or, as the case maybe, the said person or authority:. Provided that were an existing Commission or, as the case may be, any
person or authority as aforesaid has, immediately before the commencementof this Order, partly completed the hearing of a disciplinary proceeding (inthis section referred to as "the original hearing"), no person shall take part inthe continued hearing unless he has also taken part in the original hearing;and where by virtue of this subsection the original hearing cannot be socontinued the hearing of the disciplinary proceeding shall be" recommenced.
20. Transitional provisions relating to certain officers(1) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, holds any office established by or under the existing Orders and whodoes not, as from the date of such commencement, hold any public officeshall be entitled to the leave, beginning with the commencement of this
Order, for which under the terms of service applicable to him immediatelybefore the commencement of this Order he was then eligible:
Provided that if any such person holds, or is acting in, as from thecommencement of this Order, any office established by or under theConstitution, the leave to which he is entitled under this section shall beginwhen he relinquishes that office.
(2) When any person is on leave under the provisions of subsection (1) ofthis section, he shall be regarded as still in the office which he heldimmediately before the commencement of this Order.
21. Alteration of this Order(1) Parliament may alter any of the provisions of sections 1 to 22
(inclusive), other than section 15, of this Order including this section in thesame manner as it may alter the provisions of the Jamaica Independence Act,1962.
(2) Parliament may amend from time to time or repeal, in so far as itforms part of the law of Jamaica, section 15 of this Order by an Act passedin accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of subsection (4) ofsection 49 of the Constitution.
22. Interpretation(1) In this Order references to any body or to any office shall be
construed, in relation to any period before the commencement of this Order,as references to such body or such office as constituted by or under theexisting Orders, and references to the holder of any office shall be similarlyconstrued.
(2) The provisions of section 1 of the Constitution shall apply for thepurposes of interpreting this Order as they apply for interpreting theConstitution.
SCHEDULES
First Schedule
Second Schedule
THE CONSTITUTION OF JAMAICA1
Chapter . Preliminary
2. Effect of this ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of sections 49 and 50 of this Constitution, if
any other law is inconsistent with this Constitution, this Constitution shallprevail and the other law shall, to the extent of the inconsistency, be void.
1 The provisions of sections 3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 11, 12. 114, 119 and 132 of thisConstitution are basically similar to those of sections 2 (1) (2), 3 (1) (3), 5, 6, 8,9, 10, 103, 107 and 111 of the Constitution of Barbados (supra, pp. 124-127). The samesimilarity exists between the provisions of section 8 of the Constitution in question andthose of section 26 of the Constitution of Guyana (supra, p. 204).
Chapter II. Citizenship
10. Criminal liability of CommonwealthA Commonwealth citizen who is not a citizen of Jamaica, or a citizen of
the Republic of Ireland who is not a citizen of Jamaica, shall not be guilty ofan offence against any law in force in Jamaica by reason of anything done oromitted in any part of the Commonwealth other than Jamaica or in theRepublic of Ireland or in any foreign country unless
(a) the act or omission would be an offence if he were an alien; and(b) in the case of an act or omission in any part of the Commonwealth
or in the Republic of Ireland, it would be an offence if the country in whichthe act was done or the omission made were a foreign country.
(ii) Statem rots from governmental authorities
STATEMENT ON THE PUBLIC DEBT'
From: The Ministry of Finance, Jamaica; 30th September, 1963
The public debt of Jamaica does not consist solely of inscribed stockunder tile Colonial Stocks Acts, 1877-1948, nor of loans under the ColonialDevelopment and Welfare Act, 1959.
Other categories of debt include stock issued under the Local RegisteredStock Law, Cap. 229 of the 1953 Revised Edition of the Laws of Jamaica. Inaddition, -there is, of course, a floating debt made up of Treasury Bills(Tender and Tap). Other local debt consists of Debentures issued under theDebentures (Local) Law, Cap. 92 as well as Perpetual Annuities, PremiumBonds (now replaced by National Savings Bonds) and Land Bonds issuedunder authority of the Land Bonds Law, Law 48 of 1965.
External Debt is not confined to Inscribed Stock issued in the UnitedKingdom but also comprises Bonds issued in the United States as well asdirect Governmental loans from Her Majesty's Government in the UnitedKingdom.
Briefly, while loans are raised under the general authority of, forexample, The Local Registered Stock Law, Cap. 229, or the Debentures(Local) Law, Cap. 52, specific loan laws are also enacted indicating theamounts to be raised, the purposes for which the sum is to be expended, etc.Action is now being taken to amend certain loan laws but I am not now in aposition to indicate the details of such amendments. The Loan Laws are:
The Local Registered Stock Law, Cap. 229.The Debentures (Local) Law, Cap. 92.The Treasury Bills Law, Cap. 391.The Loans (General Development) Law, 1953.The Loan Law, 1954, Law 26 of 1954.The Land Bonds Law, 1955, Law 48 of 1955.The Loan Law, 1956, Law 40 of 1956.
1 Text reproduced from the International Law Association, Report of theFifty.fourth Conference, The Hague, 1971, p. 139.
The Loan Law, 1959, Law 53 of 1959.The Canadian and United States of America General Loan Law, 1957,
Law 2 of 1957.The Loan Law, 1959 (Amendment) Law, 1962, Law 9 of 1962.The Loan Law, 1959 (Amendment) (No. 2) Law, 1962, Law 17 of 1962.The Loan Law, 1959 (Amendment) (No. 3) Law, 1962, Law 18 of 1962.
20. KENYA
Laws and decrees
(a) KENYA INDEPENDENCE ACT 1963 1, 2
1. Provision for fully responsible status of Kenya
(3) In this Act "Kenya" includes the territories comprised immediatelybefore the appointed day in the Kenya Protectorate.
3. Persons retaining citizenship of United Kingdom and Coloniesalthough becoming citizens of Kenya
(7) The protectorates of Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland shall beexcepted from the operation of any reference in this section to aprotectorate.
5. Termination of assistance to East African Common Services Organisa-tion
(1) Any scheme under section 1 of the Colonial Development andWelfare Act 1959 made with respect to the East African Common ServicesOrganisation shall cease to have effect on the appointed day, withoutprejudice to the making of payments in pursuance of the scheme on or afterthat day in respect of any period falling before that day.
(2) No loan under section 2 of the said Act of 1959 shall be made on orafter the appointed day to the said Organisation; and section 4 (3) of theTanganyika Independence Act 1961 and section 4 of the Uganda Indepen-dence Act 1962 (by virtue of which loans may be made to that Organisationunder the said section 2) shall cease to have effect on the appointed day,without prejudice to anything done by virtue of the said sections 4 (3) and 4,or either of them, before that day.
(3) In this section "the East African Common Services Organisation"means the organisation established under that name by an agreement made on9th December 1961 between the Governments of Tanganyika, Kenya andUganda.
I Public General Acts and Measures, 1963, Chap, 54, p. 1388.2 The provisions of sections 1 (1) (2), 2 (2) (3) (4), 3 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) and 4 (1)
(2) (5) of this Act are basically similar to those of sections 1, 2 (2) (3) and 3 (6), 3 (1)(2) (3) (4) (5) and 4 (1) (2) (3) (4) of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 178,179 and 180); section 4 (4) is basically similar to section 4 (4) (5) (6) of the GarbiaIndependence Act (supra, p. 189); section 2 (1) is similar to section 2 of the GhanaIndependence Act 1957 (supra, p. 194); section 6 of the Act is similar to section 5 of theGambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, p. 190).
7. Divorce jurisdiction(1) On and after the appointed day no court having jurisdiction under
the law of Kenya or any part thereof shall, by virtue of the Colonial andOther Territories (Divorce Jurisdiction) Acts 1926 to 1950, have jurisdictionto make a decree for the dissolution of a marriage, or as incidental thereto tomake an order as to any matter, unless proceedings for the decree wereinstituted before the appointed day.
(2) Except as provided by the foregoing subsection, and subject to anyprovision to the contrary which may be made on or after the appointed dayby or under any law made by any legislature established for Kenya or anypart thereof, all courts having jurisdiction under the law of Kenya or any partthereof shall on and after that day have the same jurisdiction under the saidActs as they would have had if this Act had not been passed.
(3) Any rules made on or after the appointed day under section 1 (4) ofthe Indian and Colonial Divorce Jurisdiction Act 1926 for a court havingjurisdiction under the law of Kenya or any part thereof shall, instead of beingmade by the Secretary of State with the concurrence of the Lord Chancellor,be made by such authority as may be determined by the law of Kenya, and somuch of the said section 1 (4) and of any rules in force thereunder as requiresthe approval of the Lord Chancellor to the nomination for any purpose ofany judges of any such court shall cease to have effect.
(4) The references in subsection (1) of this section to proceedings for thedissolution of a marriage include references to proceedings for such a decreeof presumption of death and dissolution of marriage as is authorised bysection 16 of the Matrimonial Causes Act 1950.
8. Interpretation(1) In this Act "the existing Constitution Order" means the Kenya Order
in Council 1963 as amended by the Kenya (Amendment) Order in Council1963; and references in this Act to Kenya shall be construed in accordancewith section 1 (3) of this Act.
(2) References in this Act to any enactment are references to thatenactment as amended or extended by or under any other enactment.
SCHEDULES'
(b) THE KENYA INDEPENDENCE ORDER IN COUNCIL 19632, 3
1. Citation, commencement and construction
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules to this Act are basically similar tothose of the corresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra,pp. 191-193).
2 Statutory Instruments 1963, (lII), No. 1968, p. 3846.3 The provisions of sections 4 (3) (4) (6) and 5 (1) (proviso) of this Order are
basically similar to those of sections 4 (2) (3) (5) and 9 (1) (proviso) of the BarbadosIndependence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 119-123). The same similarity exists between thepro 'isions of sections 5 (1) (2) and 15 (1) (2) of the Order on the one hand and those ofsections 17 (1) (3) (4) and 19 of the Jamaica (Constitution) Order in Council 1962 onthe other hand (supra, pp. 244-245).
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 12thDecember 1963:
Provided that where the Governor-General or the President of a RegionalAssembly established by this Order has power by or under this Order to makeany appointment or make any order or do any other thing for the purposes ofthis Order, that power may be exercised by the Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the Colony and Protectorate of Kenya or, as the case may be, bythe President of a Regional Assembly established by the Orders revoked bythis Order at any time after the making of this Orderto such extent as may,in his opinion, be necessary or expedient to enable the Constitution ofKenya established by this Order to function as from 12th December 1963.
2. RevocationThe Kenya Order in Council 1963 and the Kenya (Amendment) Order in
Council 1963 (hereinafter referred to as "the existing Orders") are revoked.3. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution of Kenya set out
in Schedule 2 of this Order (hereinafter referred to as "the Constitution")shall come into effect in Kenya at the commencement of this Order.
4. Existing laws(1) Subject to the provisions of this Order, the existing laws shall,
notwithstanding the enactment of the Kenya Independence Act 1963 and therevocation of the existing Orders, continue in force after the commencementof this Order as if they had been made in pursuance of this Order, but theyshall be construed with such modifications, adaptations, qualifications andexceptions as may be necessary to bring them into conformity with thisOrder.
(2) Any existing law(a) to the extent to which it makes provision with respect to any matter
with respect to which, under the Constitution, a Regional Assembly may, andParliament may not, make laws; or
(b) to the extent to which(i) it makes provision with respect to any matter with respect to which,
under the Constitution, both Parliament and a Regional Assemblymay make laws; and
(ii) it was made by a Regional Assembly established by the existingOrders or it has effect under the existing Orders immediately beforethe commencement of this Order as if it had been so made,
shall have effect, as from the commencement of this Order, as if it had beenmade by (or, as the case may require, as if it had been made under a law madeby) that Regional Assembly, but the existing laws shall otherwise have effect,as from the commencement of this Order, as if they had been made byParliament (or, as the case may require, as if they had been made under anAct of Parliament).
(5) The President of a Regional Assembly may by order made at anytime before 12th December 1964 make such amendments to any existing law,to the extent to which it makes provision with respect to any matter withrespect to which, under the Constitution, that Regional Assembly may make
laws, as may appear to him to be necessary or expedient for bringing that lawinto conformity with the provisions of the Constitution or otherwise forgiving effect or enabling effect to be given to those provisions.
(7) The existing laws which are specified in column 1 of Schedule 1 ofthis Order shall, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section andnotwithstanding that those laws are not in conformity with the otherprovisions of this Order, continue in force after the commencement of thisOrder with the respective modifications specified in column 2 of thatSchedule until the respective dates specified in column 3 of that Schedule oruntil they are earlier revoked by the Governor-General by notice published inthe Kenya Gazette and they shall then expire.
(8) For the purposes of this section, the expression "existing law" meansany Ordinance, Enactment, law, rule, regulation, order or other instrumentmade or having effect as if it had been made in pursuance of the existingOrders and having effect as part of the law of Kenya or of any part thereofimmediately before the commencement of this Order or any Act of theParliament of the United Kingdom or Order of Her Majesty in Council (otherthan the Kenya Independence Act 1963 and this Order) so having effect.
9. Commonwealth citizenshipThe Governor-General may, by order published in the Kenya Gazette,
direct that, with effect from such date as may be specified in that order, thereference in section 9 (3) of the Constitution to the Federation of Rhodesiaand Nyasaland shall be replaced by a reference to Southern Rhodesia.
10. Emergency Powers Orders in.Council 1939 to 1963The Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 (a) to 1963 (b) shall cease
to have effect as part of the law of Kenya.11. King's African Rifles Order in Council 1960The King's African Rifles Order in Council 1960 (c) and any order made
by the Governor and Commander-in-Chief of the Colony and Protectorate ofKenya under section 7 of that Order in Council are revoked.
12. Financial provisionsNotwithstanding the provisions of sections 137, 138, 140, 141 and 146 of
the Constitution, no sums shall be payable by the Government of Kenya toany Region under any of those sections inorespect of the financial year endingon 30th June 1964.
14. Compulsory retirement to facilitate appointment of local candidates(1) If the Prime Minister so requests, the authorities having power to
make appointments in any branch of the public service shall consider andreport to the Prime Minister whether there are more candidates belonging toKenya (hereinafter referred to as "local candidates") who are suitablyqualified for appointment to, or promotion in, that branch than there arevacancies in that branch that could appropriately be filled by such localcandidates; if those authorities report to the Prime Minister that such is thecase, the authority having power to remove from office persons holding officein that branch (in this subsection and in subsection (2) of this section referredto as "the nominating authority") shall, if so requested by the Prime Minister,
select officers to whom this section applies who are serving in that branch andwhose retirement would, in the opinion of the nominating authority, causevacancies that could appropriately be filled by such suitably qualified localcandidates as are available and fit for appointment and inform the PrimeMinister of the number of officers so selected; if the Prime Minister specifies anumber of officers to be called upon to vacate their appointments (notexceeding the number of officers so selected), the nominating authority shallnominate that number of officers from among the officers so selected and theprovisions of subsections (2), (3) and (4) of this section shall apply in the caseof any officer so nominated.
(7) This section applies to any officer who holds a pensionable publicoffice and
(a) is designated under the Overseas Service Aid Scheme; or(b) is a member of Her Majesty's Overseas Civil Service or Her Majesty's
Overseas Judiciary; or(c) whose conditions of service include an entitlement to free passages
from East Africa for the purpose of leave of absence, other than sabbaticalleave, upon the completion of a tour of duty; or
(d) is an overseas officer who, after the commencement of this Order, isappointed to any public office (otherwise than on promotion or transfer fromanother public office) and who is notified at the time of his appointment thatthis section will apply to him.
(8) In this section "overseas officer" means an officer in the publicservice who is, either individually or as a member of a class, declared by theappropriate Commission to be an overseas officer, and "the appropriateCommission" means
(a) in relation to an officer who can be removed from his office by theJudicial Service Commission, that Commission;
(b) in relation to an officer who can be removed from his office by thePolice Service Commission, that Commission; and
(c) in any other case, the Public Service Commission.15. Transitional provisions relating to existing Commissions, etc.(1) Any power that, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, is vested ipi a Commission established by the existing Orders (in thissection referred to as "an existing Commission") and that, under the existingOrders, is then delegated to some other person or authority shall, as from thecommencement of this Order, be deemed to have been delegated to suchperson or authority in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
(2) Any matter that, immediately before the commencement of thisOrder, is pending before an existing Commission shall be continued beforethe corresponding Commission established by the Constitution, and anymatter that, immediately before the commencement of this Order, is pendingbefore a person or authority to whom power to deal with such matter hasbeen delegated by an existing Commission shall be continued before thatperson or authority:
Provided that where the hearing of a disciplinary proceeding has begunbut has not been completed immediately before the commencement of thisOrder, the continued hearing shall not be held before any person unless the
hearing that has already taken place was also held before him; and where, byvirtue of this proviso, the hearing cannot be continued, it shall bere-commenced.
16. Legal proceedings(1) All proceedings that, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, are pending before any court established by or under the existingOrders (or deemed to have been so established) or before the Court of Appealfor Eastern Africa may be continued and concluded after the commencementof this Order before the corresponding court established by or under theConstitution (or deemed to have been so established) or, as the case may be,before the Court of Appeal for Eastern Africa.
(2) Any decision given before the commencement of this Order by anysuch court as aforesaid shall, for the purpose of its enforcement or for thepurpose of any appeal therefrom, have effect after the commencement of thisOrder as if it were a decision of the corresponding court established by orunder the Constitution (or deemed to have been so established) or, in the caseof a decision given by the Court of Appeal for Eastern Africa, as if it were adecision given by that court in exercise of the jurisdiction conferred on itunder this Order.
17. Transitional provisions relating to appeals to Judicial Committeefrom Supreme Court and Court of Appeal for Eastern Africa
(1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (4) of this section, no appealshall lie to Her Majesty in Council, whether as of right or by leave either ofHer Majesty in Council or of any court established for Kenya, from anydecision given in any civil or criminal matter by any such court.
(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (4) of this section, theprovisions of the Constitution and of any other law that regulate appeals tothe Judicial Committee shall apply in relation to decisions given by theexisting Supreme Court and to decisions given by the existing Court ofAppeal for Eastern Africa as they apply in relation to decisions given by theSupreme Court established by this Order and to decisions given by the Courtof Appeal for Eastern Africa in exercise of any jurisdiction conferred on itunder the Constitution; and appeals to the Judicial Committee from decisionsgiven by the existing Supreme Court or by the existing Court of Appeal forEastern Africa may be prosecuted and disposed of accordingly.
(3) For the purposes of subsection (2) of this section a decision given bythe existing Supreme Court in any of the cases specified in section 170 (1) ofthe Coristitution established by the existing Orders shall be deemed to be adecision given in the corresponding case specified in section 180 (1) of theConstitution established by this Order.
(4) Any appeal to Her Majesty in Council from a decision given by theexisting Supreme Court or by the existing Court of Appeal for Eastern Africa,being an appeal that is pending immediately before the commencement ofthis Order and in which the records have been registered in the Office of thePrivy Council before the commencement of this Order, shall continue to lieto Her Majesty in Council and may be prosecuted and disposed of inaccordance with the law regulating the procedure in appeals to Her Majesty inCouncil from decisions given by those Courts that is in force immediatelybefore the commencement of this Order.
(5) Any Order made by Her Majesty in Council on any appeal that lies toHer Majesty in Council under subsection (4) of this section or on any appealthat has been made to Her Majesty in Counc4 at any time before thecommencement of this Order shall be etforced in accordance with the lawregulating the enforcement of such Orders that is in force immediately beforethe commencement of this Order.
(6) In this section "the existing Supreme Court" means the SupremeCourt established by the existing Orders and- "the existing Court of Appealfor Eastern Africa" means the Court of Appeal for Eastern Africa exercisingany jurisdiction conferred on it under the existing Orders, or having effect asif it had been so conferred on it.
SCHEDULE 1 OF THE ORDER
EXISTING LAWS INCONSISTENT WITH THIS ORDER, THAT ARETEMPORARILY CONTINUED IN FORCE
SCHEDULE 2 OF THE ORDER'
THE CONSTITUTION OF KENYA
Chapter L Citizenship
2. Persons entitled to be registered as citizens by virtue of connectionwith Kenya before 12th December 1963
(1) Any person who, but for the proviso to subsection (1) of section 1 ofthis Constitution, would be a citizen of Kenya by virtue of that subsectionshall be entitled, upon making application before the specified date in suchmanner as may be prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament, to beregistered as a citizen of Kenya:
(4) Any person who, on 1 lth December 1963, is a citizen of the UnitedKingdom and Colonies or of the Republic of Ireland and is on that dayordinarily and lawfully resident in Kenya (otherwise than under the authorityof a pass issued under the Immigration Ordinance and conferring on him theright to remain in Kenya only temporarily) shall be entitled, upon makingapplication before the specified date in such manner as may be prescribed byor under an Act of Parliament, to be registered as a citizen of Kenya:
1 The provisions of sections 1 and 9 of this Constitution are basically similar to thoseof sections 2 (1) (2) and 8 of the Constitution of Barbados (supra, pp. 124 and 125).The same similarity exists between the provisions of sections 2 (2) (3) (5), 11, 13 and195 (1) (2) (3) (7) (8) of the Constitution in question on the one hand and theprovisions of sections 23(2) (3) (4), 27(1) (2), 30 and 117 (1) (2) (3) of theConstitution of Botswana on the other hand (supra, pp. 137, 138 and 139).
(6) In this section "the specified date" means(a) in relation to a person to whom subsection (1) of this section refers,
12th December 1965:(b) in relation to a woman to whom subsection (3) of this section refers,
12th December 1965 or the expiration of such period after the terminationof her marriage as may be prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament(whichever is the later);
(c) in relation to a person to whom subsection (4) of this section refers,12th December 1965; and
(d) in relation to a person to whom subsection (5) of this section refers,12th December 1965,
or such later date as may in any particular case be prescribed by or under anAct of Parliament.
6. Persons entitled to be registered as Kenya citizens by virtue ofconnection with Kenya after 11th December 1963
(1) Any person who, being a Commonwealth citizen or a citizen of anycountry in Africa to which this subsection applies, has been ordinarilyresident in Kenya for such period (whether commencing before, on or after12th December 1963) and un der such authority as may be prescribed by orunder an Act of Parliament shall be entitled, upon making application in suchmanner as may be so prescribed, to be registered as a citizen of Kenya.
(2) A person shall be entitled, upon making application in such manneras may be prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament, to be registered as acitizen of Kenya if, at the date of his application, one of his parents is acitizen of Kenya:
Provided that a person who has not attained the age of twenty-one years(other than a woman who is or has been married) may not himself make anapplication under this subsection, but an application may be made on hisbehalf by his parent or guardian.
(3) The countries in Africa to which subsection (1) of this section applies(other than the countries to which section 9 of this Constitution applies) areany countries which are for the time being declared by the Minister, by noticepublished in the Kenya Gazette, to be countries which permit citizens ofKenya to become citizens of those countries by registration.
10. Reciprocal and transitional privileges for citizens of other countries(1) A citizen of any country to which section 9 of this Constitution
applies and a citizen of any other country which the Minister may for thetime being specify by notice published in the Kenya Gazette shall enjoy thesame rights and privileges (being rights and privileges that, under thisConstitution or any other law in force in Kenya, are enjoyed by citizens ofKenya) as a citizen of Kenya enjoys under the constitution of the countryconcerned or under any other law in force in that country.
(2) In any proceedings to determine whether a citizen of any countryother than Kenya should enjoy any right or privilege in Kenya by virtue ofsubsection (1) of this section, a certificate signed by the Minister shall beprima facie evidence on the question whether a citizen of Kenya enjoys that
right or privilege under the constitution of that other country or under anyother law in force in that other country.
(3) Without prejudice to the provisions of subsection (1) of this section,a person to whom section 2 (4) or section 2 (5) of this Constitution refersand the wife of any such person shall, until he becomes a citizen of Kenya oruntil 12th December 1965 (whichever is the earlier), be regarded as a citizenof Kenya for the purposes of all the provisions of this Constitution other thanthis Chapter, sections 40 (1) (a) and 95 (a) and paragraphs 1 (a) of Part I ofSchedule 5, 1 (a) of Part II of Schedule 5 and 1 (a) of Part III of Schedule 5.
Chapter XI. The public service in Kenya
195. Pensions laws and protection of pensions rights
(4) All pensions benefits shall (except to the extent to which, in the caseof benefits under the Provident Fund Ordinance, the Widows' and Orphans'Pensions Ordinance, the Asiatic Widows' and Orphans' Pensions Ordinanceand the Asian Officers'. Family Pensions Ordinance, or under any lawamending or replacing any of those Ordinances, they are a charge on a fundestablished by any of those Ordinances or by any such law and have beenduly paid out of that fund to the person or authority to whom payment isdue) be a charge on the Consolidated Fund.
(5) All sums, that, under any of the Ordinances referred to insubsection (4) of this section or under any law amending or replacing any ofthose Ordinances, are to be paid by the Government of Kenya into any fundestablished by any of those Ordinances or by any such law or are otherwise tobe paid by the Government of Kenya for the purposes of any of thoseOrdinances or any such law shall be a charge on the Consolidated Fund.
(6) Any person who is entitled to the payment of any pensions benefitsand who is ordinarily resident outside Kenya may, within a reasonable timeafter he has received that payment, remit the whole of it (free from anydeduction, charge or tax made or levied in respect of its remission) to anycountry of his choice outside Kenya:
Provided that nothing in this subsection shall be construed as preventing(a) the attachment, by order of a court, of any payment or part of any
payment to which a person is entitled in satisfaction of the judgment of acourt or pending the determination of civil proceedings to which he is a partyto the extent to which such attachment is permitted by the law with respectto pensions benefits that applies in the case of that person; or
(b) the imposition of reasonable restrictions as to the manner in whichany payment is to be remitted.
(9) For the purposes of this section(a) any office in any naval, military or air force established by or under
any law made by any legislature in Kenya;(b) to the extent to which pensions benefits in respect of service in such
an office are payable under any of the Ordinances referred to in sub-
section (4) of this section or under any law amending or replacing any ofthose Ordinances, any office in the service of the East Africa HighCommission or the East African Common Services Organization; and
(c) any office in the service of a body that is specified in Schedule 9 ofthis Constitution (which specifies certain bodies that are no longer inexistence but in respect of former service in which pensions are payable outof Kenya funds)
shall be regarded as an office in the public service.(10) Parliament may, to the exclusion of any Regional Assembly, make
laws with respect to pensions benefits.(11) The power conferred on Parliament by subsection (10) of this
section shall include a power to make provision under which persons holdingor acting in offices on the establishment of a Region may be required to makecontributions to any fund established by any of the Ordinances specified insubsection (4) of this section or by any law amending or replacing any suchOrdinance.
Chapter XII. Land
Part 2. Land tenure
202. Interpretation(1) In this Part of this Chapter "the Special Areas" means the areas of
land the boundaries of which were specified in the First Schedule to the TrustLand Ordinance as in force on 31st May 1963.
(2) In this Part of this Chapter references to a county council shall, inrelation to the areas of land specified in column 1 of Schedule 10 of thisConstitution, be construed as if they were references to the local governmentauthorities specified in column 2 of that Schedule.
203. Confirmation of titles and interests in land(1) All estates, interests or rights in or over land which the Governor of
the former Colony and Protectorate of Kenya or any other officer orauthority of the Government of the former Colony and Protectorate, actingin exercise or purported exercise of any power in that behalf conferred byany law, had at any time before 1st June 1963 created, granted or recognisedare hereby confirmed
(a) as having been validly created, granted or recognised;(b) to the extent to which they were still subsisting on 31st May 1963, as
continuing as from 1st June 1963 according to their respective tenors andsubject to the provisions of the Kenya Order in Council 1963, and of anyother law for the time being in force; and
(c) to the extent to which they were still subsisting on 11 th December1963, as continuing as from 12th December 1963 according to theirrespective tenors and subject to the provisions of this Chapter and of anyother law for the time being in force.
(2) Where, on 31st May 1963, any land was subject to an unadjudicatedclaim made under the Land Titles Ordinance(b), that claim shall be deemedto have continued unabated on 1 st June 1963 and to have continued as from1st June 1963 subject to adjudication in accordance with the provisions ofthat Ordinance or any law amending or replacing that Ordinance.
204. Land vested in RegionsSubject to the provisions of sections 205 and 208 of this Constitution, all
estates, interests and rights in or over land situated in a Region that, on 31 stMay 1963, were vested in Her Majesty, or in the Governor of the formerColony and Protectorate of Kenya on behalf of Her Majesty, in right of theGovernment of the former Colony and Protectorate shall be deemed to havevested in the Region on 1st June 1963 and, except in so far as they werelawfully granted or disposed of to some other person or authority before12th December 1963 or were otherwise lawfully acquired by some otherperson or authority before 12th December 1963, shall be deemed to havere-vested in the Region on 12th December 1963.
205. Land vested in Government of Kenya(1) All estates, interests and rights in or over land situated in the Nairobi
Area that on 31st May 1963(a) were vested in Her Majesty, or in the Governor of the former Colony
and Protectorate of Kenya on behalf of Her Majesty, in right of theGovernment of the former Colony and Protectorate; or
(b) were registered in the name of the Trust Land Board under the LandRegistration (Special Areas) Ordinance
shall be deemed to have vested on Ist June 1963 or, as the case may be, tohave re-vested on 1st June 1963 in the Governor of the former Colony andProtectorate on behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government of theformer Colony and Protectorate.
(2) There shall also be deemed to have vested in the Governor of theformer Colony and Protectorate of Kenya on behalf of Her Majesty in rightof the Government of the former Colony and Protectorate on 1st June 1963such estates, interests or rights in or over land situated within a Region as theGovernor may have designated in that behalf in exercise of powers conferredon him by or under the Kenya Order in Council 1963.
(3) All estates, interests or rights in or over land that, on 11 th December1963, were vested in the Governor of the former Colony and Protectorate ofKenya on behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government of the formerColony and Protectorate shall be deemed to have vested on 12th December1963 in the Governor-General on behalf of Her Majesty in right of theGovernment of Kenya.
206. Disposition of land by RegionsSubject to the provisions of section 211 of this Constitution and of any
law, the Regional Assembly of a Region or any person or authorityauthorised in that behalf by the Regional Assembly may make grants ordispositions of any estates, interests or rights in or over land that are for thetime being vested in the Region.
207. Disposition of land by Government of KenyaSubject to the provisions of section 211 of this Constitution and of any
law, the Governor-General or any person or authority authorised in that
behalf by the Governor-General may make grants or dispositions of anyestates, interests or rights in or over land that are for the time being vested inthe Governor-General on behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government ofKenya.
208. Trust land(1) Subject to the provisions of section 205 of this Constitution and of
subsection (2) of this section, the following descriptions of land shall be Trustland, that is to say:
(a) land in the Special Areas which was, on 31st May 1963, vested in theTrust Land Board by virtue of any Order of Her Majesty in Council or whichwas then registered in the name of the Trust Land Board;
(b) the areas of land that were known before Ist June 1963 as SpecialReserves, Temporary Special Reserves, Special Leasehold Areas and SpecialSettlement Areas and the boundaries of which were described respectively inthe Fourth, Fifth, Sixth and Seventh Schedules to the Crown LandsOrdinance as in force on 31st May 1963, the areas of land that were on31st May 1963 communal reserves by virtue of a declaration under section 58of that Ordinance, the areas of land referred to in section 59 of thatOrdinance as in force on 10th April 1963 and the areas of land in respect ofwhich a permit to occupy was in force on 31st May 1963 under section 62 ofthat Ordinance;
(c) land situated in a Region the freehold title to which is registered inthe name of a county council; and
(d) land the freehold title to which is vested in a county council by virtueof an escheat under the provisions of section 211 of this Constitution.
209. Acquisition of land for Kenya Government purposes, and settingapart of Trust land for Kenya Government or Regional purposes
(1) Where the Prime Minister is satisfied that any estate, interest or rightin or over land that is vested in a Region is required for
(a) the purposes of the Government of Kenya; or(b) the purposes of any body corporate established for public purposes
by an Act of Paliament; or(c) the purposes of the East African Common Services Organization; or(d) the purpose of the extraction of minerals (other than common
minerals) or mineral oils,
he may, after consultation with the President of the Regional Assembly ofthat Region, so declare by notice which shall be published in the KenyaGazette and that estate, interest or right shall then cease to be vested in theRegion and shall vest instead in the Governor-General on behalf of HerMajesty in right of the Government of Kenya or, as the case may be, in suchbody corporate referred to in paragraph (b) of this subsection, in the EastAfrican Common Services Organization, in such officer or authority of thatOrganization or in such person or authority for the purpose referred to inparagraph (d) of this subsection as may be specified in such notice:
Provided that where the President of the Regional Assembly informs thePrime Minister that the land in question is occupied or is intended shortly tobe occupied for the purposes of the Region, the Prime Minister shall notexercise his powers under this subsection except to the extent to which, in his
opinion, he is strictly required so to do by the exigencies of the nationalinterest.
(2) Where any estate, interest or right in or over land is acquired from aRegion under the provisions of subsection (1) of this section, the Governmentof Kenya shall make prompt payment of full compensation therefor to thatRegion and the provisions of sections 19 (2) and 180 of this Constitutionshall apply in relation to that payment of compensation and in relation to theadjudication of questions relating thereto as they apply in relation to thosematters when property is compulsorily acquired from any person.
(3) Where the Prime Minister is satisfied that the use and occupation ofany area of Trust land is required for any of the purposes specified insubsection (1) of this section, he may, after consultation with the Presidentof the Regional Assembly of the Region in which the land is situated andwith the county council in which the land is vested, give written notice tothat county council that the land is required to be set apart for use andoccupation for those purposes; the land shall then be set apart accordinglyand, subject to the provisions of any law, there shall vest in theGovernor-General on behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government ofKenya or in such other person or authority referred to in the saidsubsection (1) as may from time to time be specified by written notice givenby the Prime Minister to the county council such estates, interests or rights inor over that land or any part of it as may be so specified:
Provided that where the land in question or any part of it is already setapart under subsection (4) of this section or where the President of theRegional Assembly informs the Prime Minister that the land or any part of itis intended shortly to be set apart under that subsection, the Prime Ministershall not exercise his powers under this subsection except to the extent towhich, in his opinion, he is strictly required so to do by the exigencies of thenational interest.
(4) Where the President of the Regional Assembly of any Region issatisfied that the use and occupation of any area of Trust land is required for
(a) the purposes of the Region; or(b) the purposes of any body corporate established for public purposes
by.a law made by the Regional Assembly; or(c) the purpose of the extraction of common minerals,
he may, after consultation with the county council in which the land isvested, give written notice to that county council that the land is required tobe set apart for use and occupation for those purposes; the land shall then beset apart accordingly and, subject to the provisions of any law, there shall vest.in the Region or, as the case may be, in such body corporate referred to inparagraph (b) of this subsection or in such person or authority for thepurpose referred to in paragraph (c) of this subsection as may from time totime be specified by written notice given by the President of the RegionalAssembly to the county council such estates, interests or rights in or over thatland or any part of it as may be so specified.
(5) Where land is required to be set apart under subsection (3) orsubsection (4) of this section
(a) Parliament, in the case of a setting apart under subsection (3) of thissection, or a law made by the Regional Assembly of the Region, in the case ofa setting apart under subsection (4) of this section, may prescribe the manner
in which and the conditions subject to which such setting apart shall beeffected;
(b) subsection (8) of section 208 of this Constitution shall apply inrelation to such setting apart as it applies in relation to a setting apart inpursuance of subsection (7) of that section; and
(c) the Government of Kenya, in the case of a setting apart undersubsection (3) of this section, or the Region, in the case of a setting apartunder subsection (4) of this section, shall make prompt payment of fullcompensation for the setting apart to such persons as, under subsection (10)of the said section 208, are entitled to such compensation when land is setapart in pursuance of subsection (7) of that section.
(6) The provisions of subsections (3) and (4) of this section shall apply aswell in relation to land that has already been set apart in pursuance of section208 (7) of this Constitution as in relation to other land, and in such case asetting apart under this section shall extinguish any estate, interest or right inor over the land or any part thereof that may be vested in any person orauthority in consequence of the setting apart in pursuance of the said section208 (7) but the provisions of section 19 of this Constitution shall apply inrelation to any such setting apart under this section as if it were a compulsoryacquisition by the Government of Kenya under an Act of Parliament or, asthe case may be, by the Region under a law made by the Regional Assemblyof the estate, interest or right so extinguished.
(7) The provisions of subsection (3) of this section shall apply as well inrelation to land that has already been set apart under subsection (4) thereofas in relation to other land, and in such case a setting apart undersubsection (3) shall extinguish any estate, interest or right in or over the landor any part thereof that may be vested in the Region or any body corporateor any person or authority engaged in the extraction of minerals inconsequence of a setting apart under subsection (4) but the provisions ofsection 19 of this Constitution (other than, in the case where the estate,interest or right is vested in the Region, paragraphs (a) and (b) ofsubsection (1) thereof) shall apply in relation to such setting apart undersubsection (3) of this section as if it were a compulsory acquisition by the'Government of Kenya under an Act of Parliament of the estate, interest orright.
210. Land no longer required for Kenya Government or Regionalpurposes, etc.
(1) Where any estate, interest or right in or over any land (other thanTrust land) situated in a Region that is vested in the Governor-General onbehalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government of Kenya is no longerrequired
(a) for the purposes of the Government of Kenya; or(b) for the purposes of any body corporate established for public
purposes by an Act of Parliament; or(c) for the purposes of the East African Common Services Organization,
the Government of Kenya shall offer to release that estate, interest or right tothe Region.
(2) Every offer made in pursuance of subsection (1) of this section shallbe made in writing to the President of the Regional Assembly of the Region
and shall be subject to the condition that the Region shall pay to theGovernment of Kenya the market value (at the date of the offer) of theestate, interest or right concerned.
(3) If, within six months from the receipt by the President of a RegionalAssembly of an offer made in pursuance of subsection (1) of this section, hegives written notice to the Government of Kenya that the Region accepts theoffer, the estate, interest or right concerned shall thereupon cease to bevested in the Governor-General and shall vest instead in the Region and themarket value or such smaller sum as the parties may have agreed shall thenbecome payable by the Region to the Government of Kenya, but if no suchnotice is given within the six months, the estate, interest or right shall, subjectto the provisions of section 207 of this Constitution, remain vested in theGovernor-General on behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government ofKenya.
(4) Where the Prime Minister or the President of a Regional Assembly issatisfied that any land that has been set apart under subsection (3) or, as thecase may be, subsection (4) of section 209 of this Constitution is no longerrequired for any of the purposes specified in subsection (1) or, as the casemay be, subsection (4) of that section, the Prime Minister or the President ofthe Regional Assembly shall in writing so notify the county council in whosearea of jurisdiction the land is situated and thereupon the setting apart shallcease to have effect and any estate, interest or right vested in any person orauthority in consequence of the setting apart shall be extinguished and(without prejudice to the subsequent making of a further setting apart underany provision of this Chapter) the land shall again be held by the countycouncil in accordance with the provisions of section 208 of this Constitution:
Provided that where any estate, interest or right that is vested in a personor authority other than the Government of Kenya, a Region, the East AfricanCommon Services Organization or any officer or authority of that Organiza-tion is extinguished in pursuance, of this subsection, the provisions of section19 of this Constitution (other than paragraphs (a) and (b) of subsection (1)thereof) shall apply in relation to that extinguishment as if it were acompulsory acquisition by the Government of Kenya under an Act ofParliament or, as the case may be, by the Region under a law made by theRegional Assembly of the estate, interest or right so extinguished.
(5) Where any dispute arises between the Government of Kenya and anyRegion as to the market value of any estate, interest or right for the purposesof this section, either party may refer the question to the Supreme Courtwhose decision thereon shall not be subject to appeal; and the Chief Justicemay make rules as to the practice and procedure of the Supreme Court inrelation to any reference to it under this subsection.
213. Minerals and mineral oils(1) All unextracted minerals (other than common minerals) and mineral
oils that were situated in any part of Kenya on 31st May 1963 shall bedeemed to have vested in the Governor of the former Colony andProtectorate of Kenya on behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Governmentof the former Colony and Protectorate on 1st June 1963.
(2) All unextracted common minerals that were situated in the NairobiArea on 31st May 1963 shall be deemed to have vested in the Governor of the
former Colony and Protectorate of Kenya on behalf of Her Majesty in rightof the Government of the former Colony and Protectorate on 1st June 1963.
(3) All unextracted common minerals that were situated in a Region on31st May 1963 shall be deemed to have vested in that Region on 1st June1963.
(4) The vesting of minerals and mineral oils, in accordance with theprovisions of this section, in the Governor of the former Colony andProtectorate of Kenya or in a Region on 1st June 1963 shall be deemed tohave been subject to
(a) any rights in respect thereof that, by or under any law, were grantedto or recognised as being vested in any person (other than the Governor ofthe former Colony and Protectorate) before 1st June 1963 and that weresubsisting on 31st May 1963; and
(b) any rights in respect thereof that were lawfully granted to any personon or after 1st June 1963 by the Governor of the former Colony andProtectorate (or by any person or authority authorised in that behalf by himor by or under any law) or, as the case may be, by the Regional Assembly ofthe Region (or by any person or authority authorised in that behalf by theRegional Assembly or by or under any law).
(5) All minerals and mineral oils that were vested on 11 th December1963 in the Governor of the former Colony and Protectorate of Kenya onbehalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government of the former Colony andProtectorate or in a Region shall be deemed to have vested or, as the case maybe, to have re-vested on 12th December. 1963 in the Governor-General onbehalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government of Kenya or in the Region;but such vesting shall be subject to
(a) any rights in- respect of those minerals and mineral oils that, by orunder any law, were granted to or recognised as being vested in any person(other than the Governor of the former Colony and Protectorate) before12th December 1963 and that were subsisting on 11th December 1963; and
(b) any rights in respect of those minerals and mineral oils that may,subject to any law, be granted to any person on or after 12th December 1963by the Governor-General (or by any person authorised in that behalf by himor by or under any law) or, as the case may be, by the Regional Assembly ofthe Region (or by any person authorised in that behalf by the RegionalAssembly or by or under any law).
214. Water(1) The water of every body of water in Kenya which, on 31st May
1963, was vested in the Crown in respect of the former Colony of Kenya andin His Highness the Sultan of Zanzibar in respect of the former Protectorateshall be deemed to have vested on 1st June 1963 in the Governor of theformer Colony and Protectorate of Kenya on behalf of Her Majesty in rightof the Government of the. former Colony and Protectorate; but such vestingshall be deemed to have been subject to any rights of user
(a) that, by or under any law, were granted to or recognised as beingvested in any person before 1st June 1963 and were subsisting on 31st May1963; and
(b) that were lawfully granted by the Governor of the former Colony andProtectorate (or by any person or authority authorised in that behalf by himor by or under law) on or after 1st June 1963.
(2) The water of every body of water which, on 1 th December 1963,was vested in the Governor of the former Colony and Protectorate of Kenyaon behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government of the former Colonyand Protectorate shall be deemed to have vested on 12th December 1963 inthe Governor-General on behalf of Her Majesty in right of the Government ofKenya; but such vesting shall be subject to any rights of user
(a) that, by or under any law, were granted to or recognised as beingvested in any person (other than the Governor of the former Colony andProtectorate) before 12th December 1963 and were subsisting on 1 th De-cember 1963; and
(b) that may, subject to any law, be granted by the Governor General (orby any person or authority authorised in that behalf by him or by or underany law) on or after 12th December 1963.
(c) THE KENYA (COMPENSATION AND RETIRING BENEFITS)
ORDER IN COUNCIL 19631
1. Citation and commencement
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 12th De-cember 1963.
2. InterpretationThe Interpretation Act 1889 shall apply, with the necessary adaptations,
for the purpose of interpreting this Order and otherwise in relation thereto asit applies for the purpose of interpreting, and in relation to, Acts ofParliament of the United Kingdom.
3. Application of ScheduleThe provisions contained in the Schedule to this Order shall have effect in
relation to the public service of Kenya.4. Transitional provisions(1) Where any officer or authority has before the commencement of this
Order in pursuance of any provision of the limited compensation scheme orthe general compensation scheme given any permission or consent orprescribed any condition or granted any benefit or made any payment ormade any declaration or done any other thing for the purposes of thatscheme, that permission, consent, condition, benefit, payment, declaration orother thing shall be deemed to have been given, prescribed, granted, made ordone, as the case may be, under the corresponding provision of the Scheduleto this Order, and the provisions of that Schedule shall have effectaccordingly.
(2) Where any officer has before the commencement of this Order inpursuance of any provision in the limited compensation scheme or the generalcompensation scheme given any undertaking or given or received any noticeor retired or received any benefit he shall, provided that any conditionsprescribed or deemed to have been prescribed by or under the Schedule tothis Order are satisfied, be deemed to have given that undertaking, to havegiven or received that notice, or to have retired, or to have been granted orreceived that benefit, as the case may be, under the corresponding provision
1 Statutory Instruments 1963 (III), No. 1969, p. 4140.
in that Schedule, and the provisions of that Schedule shall have effectaccordingly.
(3) (a) Any officer who has, before the commencement of this Order,been required under the provisions of the limited compensation scheme orthe general compensation scheme or under the provisions of section 10 B ofthe Kenya Order in Council 1963, as amended by the Kenya (Amendment)Order in Council 1963, to retire to facilitate the localisation of the publicservice of Kenya shall, for the purposes of the Schedule to this Order, bedeemed to have retired in the circumstances described in paragraph 5 of thatSchedule.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this subparagraph, a person who,being an officer who fulfilled heads (a), (c) and (e) of the definition of"entitled officer" in paragraph 1 (1) of the Schedule to this Order, wasrequired to retire as a result of constitutional change and ceased to be thesubstantive holder of an office before the date on which the limitedcompensation scheme was introduced, that is to say 20th July 1961, shall bedeemed to be an officer who has been required to retire in the circumstancesdescribed in paragraph (a) of this subparagraph, and in relation to such anofficer the expression "operative date" means the date of the officer'sretirement.
(4) The notice prescribed by the general compensation scheme to begiven by officers who elect to retire from the public service shall be deemedto have been prescribed by the appropriate Service Commission underparagraph 4 of the Schedule to this Order; any declaration made by theGovernor under the limited or general compensation scheme as to whether anofficer has been or is required to retire in the circumstances described inparagraphlO of that Schedule shall be deemed to have been made by theappropriate Service Commission under that paragraph; and any permission toretire given by the Governor under the limited compensation scheme in thecircumstances described in paragraph 11 of that Schedule shall be deemed tohave been given by the appropriate Service Commission under that paragraph.
(5) In this section "the limited compensation scheme" means the Schemeof Retirement Benefits for Pensionable Overseas Officers who retire in theInterests of Localization that was published by the Government of Kenya on20th July 1961, and "the general compensation scheme" means the Schemeof Retirement Benefits for Members of Her Majesty's Overseas Civil Serviceand for Officers Designated under the Overseas Service (Kenya) Agreement1961 that was published by the Government of Kenya on Ist May 1963.
(d) KENYA REPUBLIC ACT 19651, 2
2. Power to make consequential adaptations(1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council make such adaptations in any
Act of Parliament passed before 12th December 1964 as appear to Hernecessary or expedient in consequence of Kenya having become a Republic.
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1965 (I) Eliz. II, Chap. 5, p. 67.2 The provisions of section I of this Act are basically similar to those of section 2 (1)
(2) of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, p. 130).'
(2) Any Order in Council made under subsection (1) of this section, andany Order in Council or other instrument made under any other enactmentwhich varies or revokes a previous Order in Council or instrument inconsequence of Kenya having become a Republic, may be made so as to haveeffect from 12th December 1964.
(3) Any Order in Council under subsection (1) of this section shall besubject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House ofParliament, and may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council.
21. LAOS'
Trait6s
(a) CONVENTION D'ETABLISSEMENT ENTRE LA FRANCEET LE LAOS. FAITE A PARIS, LE 22 OCTOBRE 19532
Article premier
Les dispositions de la pr6sente Convention s'appliquent aux droits etavantages que chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes est dispos6e Areconnaftre ou i consentir, sur son territoire, aux nationaux de l'autre partie,sur une base de r6ciprocit6 absolue.
Article 2
Les ressortissants de chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes pourrontlibrement entrer sur le territoire de r'autre pays, y voyager, y 6tablir leurr6sidence et en sortir h tous moments, dans le cadre des lois et r~glementsapplicables aux nationaux, sous riserve des dispositions des lois de police etde sOret6 publique.
Dans les mimes conditions et sous les m6mes r6serves, ils y jouiront desmdmes libert6s que les nationaux.
Article 3
Les ressortissants de chacun des deux pays signataires jouiront sur leterritoire de l'autre pays du mime traitement que les nationaux en ce quiconcerne le droit d'acqu6rir, de poss6der ou de louer tous biens meubles etimmeubles et d'en disposer.
Article 4
Les ressortissants de chacun des deux pays signataires auront, sur leterritoire de l'autre partie, accis devant les tribunaux conform6ment auxdispositions de la Convention judiciaire franco-lao.
1 At present, "Lao People's Democratic Republic".2 La documentation franpaise, notes et 6tudes documentaires, 5 d~cembre 1953,
no 1811, p. 5 et 6. Entr6e en vigueur i la date de sa signature.
Article 5
Chacun des deux pays signataires s'engage h ne prendre vis-A-vis des biens,droits et int6r~ts 16galement poss6d6s sur son territoire par les ressortissantsde l'autre pays, aucune mesure de disposition ou d'int6ret g6n~ral qui neserait pas applicable dans les m~mes conditions A ses nationaux. I1 en sera dememe pour les indemnit6s auxquelles ces mesures donneront lieu. Lestitulaires de ces indemnit6s auront la libert6 d'op6rer le transfert imm6diat etint6gral de leur montant dans la monnaie de l'autre partie.
Article 6
Les ressortissants des deux pays signataires ne seront astreints, en tempsde paix et en temps de guerre, qu'aux r6quisitions impos6es aux nationaux etils auront droit aux indemnit6s accord6es h ces derniers par la legislationterritoriale.
Article 7
Les Frangais 6tablis au Laos et les Lao 6tablis en France, de m~me que lesFrangais ou les Lao voulant s'6tablir dans le pays dont ils ne sont pasressortissants, seront, en ce qui concerne l'ouverture d'un fonds de commerce,la cr6ation d'une exploitation, ou d'un 6tablissement i caract~re industriel,commercial ou artisanal, l'exercice des professions lib6rales et des activit6sprofessionnelles salari6es, assimil6s aux ressortissants du pays dans lequel ilsveulent s'6tablir.
Aucune restriction pr6vue par l'une des 16gislations des pays signataires etrelative A l'exercise par les 6trangers d'une des activit6s professionnelles vis6espar le pr6sent article ne sera opposable aux ressortissants de l'un des deuxpays 6tablis ou d6sirant s'6tablir dans l'autre pour y exercer l'une desditesactivit6s professionnelles.
Les soci6t6s civiles et commerciales, si elles sont constitu6es conform6-ment A la l6gislation de l'un des pays contractants, seront reconnues parl'autre comme existant r6guli~rement.
Les ressortissants de chaque Etat jouiront, et tout 6tat de cause, de lalibert6 de transf~rer dans la monnaie du territoire de l'Etat dont ils relvent,tous les b6n6fices resultant de leurs activit6s 6conomiques ainsi que le produitde la cession volontaire des biens investis sur le territoire de l'autre Etat.
Article 8
Les ressortissants de chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes ne serontpas assujettis sur le territoire de l'autre partie A des droits, taxes, imp6ts oucontributions, sous quelque denomination que ce soit, autres ou plus 6lev6sque ceux qui seront pergus sur les nationaux. Ces dispositions s'appliquentaussi bien aux personnes morales qu'aux personnes physiques.
Quand les dispositions fiscales 6dict6es par chacune des Hautes PartiesContractantes auront, sur les ressortissants de l'autre partie, qu'il s'agisse depersonnes physiques ou de personnes morales, une incidence particulire quipourrait 6tre cohsid6r6e comme discriminatoire, elles seront soumises Al'arbitrage pr6vu par l'article 12 ci-apr~s.
Article 9
Les ressortissants de chacune des Hautes Parties Contractantes b6n6ficie-ront, sur le territoire de l'autre partie, de la mime 16gislation du travail ainsique des memes lois sociales que les nationaux.
Article 10
L'application de la r6glemenfation des changes dans chaque Etat ne devrapas se traduire par des traitements discriminatoires A l'encontre desressortissants de l'autre Etat.
Article 11
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise et le Gouvernement royaldu Laos s'accorderont mutuellement toutes les facilit6s n6cessaires pourl'ouverture sur leurs territoires respectifs d'6tablissements scientifiques,culturels et hospitaliers.
Article 12
Les Hautes Parties Contractantes constitueront une Commission consul-tative et d'arbitrage mixte qui se r6unira alternativement en France et au LaosA la demande de l'une ou de l'autre des Parties.
Elle aura pour mission d'assurer l'application r6guli~re de la pr6senteConvention.
La Commission sera compos6e de trois repr6sentants au plus desadministrations int6ress6es de chaque Etat. Chaque d6l gation pourras'adjoindre des experts.
La pr6sidence sera assur6e alternativement par un repr6sentant duGouvernement frangais et par un repr6sentant du Gouvernement du Laos.
Cette Commission sera saisie de toutes demandes d'avis et de tousdiff6rends relatifs A l'interpr6tation ou A l'application de la pr6senteConvention.
Tout diff6rend qui n'aurait pu tre r~gl6 par la Commission vis6e aupr6sent article sera soumis, A la demande de l'une des Parties, au Haut Conseilde l'Union frangaise.
(b) CONVENTION JUDICIAIRE FRANCO-LAOTIENNEDU 22 OCTOBRE 19531
Art. ler. - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise transf~re auGouvernement royal du Laos toutes les comp6tences judiciaires qu'il exergaitjusqu'h ce jour sur le territoire du royaume du Laos.
En cons6quence, les juridictions de l'Union frangaise, cr66es par laconvention du 6 f6vrier 1950, disparalssent.
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique frangaise, 3 mai 1959, p. 4768-69. Entree envigueur le 15 novembre 1953. (Renseignement tir6 de Roilet, op. cit., p. 137.)
Art. 2. - Le transfert affectera tous les justiciables des juridictions del'Union frangaise.
Toutes les proc6dures seront imm6diatement pass6es en l'6tat auxjurisdictions lao correspondantes.
En ce qui concerne les instances encore en cours, elles seront jug6es selonla l6gislation qui leur a t6 appliqu6e jusqu'alors.
Art. 3. - Les archives des juridictions de l'Union frangaise seront trans-f6r6es sous inventaire aux greffes des juridictions lao correspondantes,,toutefois, les actes de l'6tat civil frangais seront d6pos6s au si~ge de larepr6sentation frangaise au Laos.
Les reliquats des provisions consign6es dans les instances p6nales, civiles oucommerciales entre les mains des greffiers des juridictions de l'Union frangaiseseront vers6s avec un 6tat explicatif pour chaque affaire entre les mains desgreffiers des juridictions lao, qui en donneront d6charge.
Art. 4. - Pour les jugements et arrats rendus par les juridictions del'Union frangaise avant le transfert, la formule ex6cutoire de la convention du6 f6vrier 1950 restera la mame, mais sera appos6e par le greffier lao.
Art. 5. - A la date du transfert, le Gouvernement lao acquerra lajouissance des batiments et du mat6riel affect~s jusqu'ici aux juridictions del'Union frangaise; des inventaires et 6tats des lieux en seront dress6s.
La question de la propri6t6 de ces biens, meubles et immeubles, serar6gl6e en meme temps que les autres questions relatives au domaine.
Art. 6. - Les d6tenus jug6s d6finitivement et en cours de peine i la datedu transfert seront, s'ils sont citoyens franqais, 6vacu6s par les soins duGouvernement frangais sur des 6tablissements p6nitentaires franrais; pourtous les autres, ils seront pris en charge par le Gouvernement lao.
Art. 7. - Le droit de grace continuera d'6tre exerc6 par le Pr6sident de laRpublique frangaise pour les individus condamn6s d6finitivement par lesjuridictions de l'Union frangaise, s'ils sont citoyens frangais.
Pour les non-citoyens frangais, le droit de grace sera exerc6 par Sa Majest6le Roi du Laos.
Art. 8. - A dater du transfert, les mesures de lib6ration conditionnelleseront de la seule comptence des autorit6s lao pour tous les condamn6sd6tenus, A 'exception des citoyens frapg9ais devant etre 6vacu6s sur la Francepour lesquels les autorit6s frangaises resteront comp6tentes.
Art. 9. - Les citoyens francais condamn6s par les juridictions de l'Unionfrangaise conserveront un recours en r6vision qui sera exerc6 selon la loifrangaise et devant les juridictions frangaises.
Pour tous les autres justiciables des juridictions de l'Union frangaise, lerecours en r6vision sera exerc6 selon la loi lao et devant les juridictions lao.
Art. 10. - En ce qui concerne les citoyens frangais condamn6s par lesjuridictions de l'Union frangaise en application de la loi p6nale frangaise, leGouvernement lao reconnaft au Gouvernement frangais le droit de leur6tendre les lois d'amnistie votaes actuellement et dans l'avenir par leParlement frangais.
En ce qui conceme tous les autres justiciables des juridictions de l'Unionfrangaise, le Gouvernement lao se raserve la facult6 de leur 6tendre le banaficedes lois d'amnistie frangaises.
Art. 11. - Le Gouvernement lao s'engage h assurer aux citoyens frangaistoutes les garanties de droit et d'impartialit6 dasirables en matiare judiciaire.
A cet effet, cinq experts franQais en mati~re judiciaire seront plac6s aupr~sdes services judiciaires lao dans les conditions suivantes :
Deux aupr~s des justices de paix et des juridictions de premiere instance;Un aupr~s des cours criminelles ou d'appel;Un aupr~s de la cour de cassation;Un comme conseiller aupr6s du ministre de la justice.Ces cinq experts seront choisis, d'une part, apr~s accord des int6ress~s,
d'autre part, apr~s accord des deux gouvernements.Ces magistrats seront d6tach6s pour 6tre mis A la disposition du
Gouvernement lao qui les nommera aux emplois indiqu6s plus haut; ilsconserveront le statut de magistrat en service d~tach6.
Leurs soldes et accessoires de solde ainsi que les avantages en argent ou ennature auxquels ils peuvent pr6tendre seront A la charge du Gouvernementfrangais.
Ces magistrats seront en r6sidence fixe A Vientiane; ils peuvent, toutefois,tre appel6s A se d6placer dans l'int6rieur pour l'exercice de leurs fonctions.
Les postes de conseiller du ministre et d'expert pros la cour de cassationne pourront 6tre tenus par des magistrats d'un grade inf6rieur au 4e degr6(conseiller de cour d'appel ou substitut g6n6ral).
Les magistrats frangais d~tach6s seront not6s par le ministre de la justice;paralllement, ils seront not6s, proposes et promus par les instancescomp6tentes frangaises.
En cas de faute professionnelle grave, ils pourront, apr~s avis du hautrepr6sentant de la France au Laos, etre remis h la disposition du Gouverne-ment frangais.
En cas d'infraction, les poursuites ne pourront 6tre ouvertes que sur ordredu ministre de la justice apris information pr6alable du haut repr6sentant dela France.
Les magistrats ainsi d6tach6s le seront pour trois ans avec cong6 de deuxmois chaque ann6e A passer en France.
Le ministre de la justice pourra, s'il le d6sire, appeler ces magistrats Aparticiper A l'61aboration des lois lao, A l'enseignement des sciences juridiques,et d'une fagon g6n6rale, A donner leur avis sur toutes affaires.
Art. 12. - Les experts franqais plac6s aupr~s des juridictions lao seronttout sp6cialement charg6s d'assister de leurs avis et observations 6crites lesmagistrats lao dans l'instruction et le jugement des affaires oil seront partie ouen cause des citoyens frangais.
Les dossiers de toutes les affaires int6ressant des citoyens frangais leurseront communiqu6s :
a) Quand ils en feront la demande, en tout 6tat de la proc6dure, enmati~re civile et commerciale;
b) Avant la cl6ture de l'information et avant le jugement, en mati~re•p6nale, ou h tout autre 6tat de la proc6dure quand ils en feront la demande.
Art. 13. - Le Gouvernement frangais et le Gouvernement lao sontd'accord pour poser le principe d'une convention 6tablissant une proc6dured'exequatur simplifi6e et une aide judiciaire r6ciproque.
Art. 14. - Sa Majest6 le Roi du Laos exercera seul le droit de grace pourtous les individus condamn6s apr6s le transfert. Lorsqu'il s'agira de mesuresgracieuses concernant un Frangais, le magistrat frangais plac6 commeconseiller aupr~s du ministre de la justice sera consult6.
Art. 15. - Deux greffiers frangais seront, avec leur accord et l'agr6mentdu Gouvernement royal, d6tach6s aupr~s de celui-ci pour les affairesjudiciaires frangaises. L'un-sera affect6 A la cour de cassation, h la cour d'appelet i la cour criminelle; l'autre sera affect6 i la juridiction de premiere instancede Vientiane qui sera seule habilit6e i connaftre de toutes les affaires civilesou commerciales int6ressant des citoyens frangais.
Le greffier frangais aupris de la cour de cassation, de la cour d'appel et dela cour criminelle se d6place pour l'exercice de ses fonctions. L'un etl'autre seront pay6s par le budget frangais.
Art. 16. - 10 Le greffier frangais aupr~s de la cour de cassation et de lacour d'appel fera fonction de notaire A l'6gard des Frangais suivant lar6glementation actuellement en vigueur;
20 Les fonctions d'huissier seront, h d6faut d'huissiers titulaires, confi6esA des fonctionnaires ad hoc;
30 Le greffier frangais pros la juridiction de Vientiane fera fonction decommissaire-priseur pour les Frangais de la province de Vientiane; pour lesautres provinces, ces fonctions seront remplies par un fonctionnaire ad hoc.
Art. 1 7. - Les avocats frangais r~gulirement inscrits h un barreau sohtautoris6s A plaider et conclure, quand il y a des Frangais en cause, tant pourles Francais eux-mdmes que pour les autres parties int6ress6es h l'affaire.
Art. 18. - Le frangais est admis comme langue judiciaire toutes les foisqu'un Frangais est int6ress6 & l'affaire.
Art. 19. - 10 En mati~re p6nale, la loi est seule applicable.Toutefois, en cas de silence de la loi lao, i sera fait application aux
citoyens frangais de la loi frangaise telle qu'elle 6tait applicable au Laos aujour de la pr6sente convention;
20 En matinre civile et commerciale, la loi frangaise est applicable toutesles fois qu'un citoyen frangais est int6ress6 l'affaire;
30 Pour ce qui concerne le statut personnel, les Frangais resteront soumisi la loi francaise.
Le statut personnel frangais comprend tout ce qui est relatif i l'tat et ila capacit6, au mariage, aux droits et devoirs r6ciproques des 6p6ux, au r6gimedes biens entre 6poux, au divorce, A la s6paration, A la filiation, A lareconnaissance et au d6saveu de paternit6, aux relations entre ascendants etdescendants, h l'obligation alimentaire entre parents et allis, h la 16gitimation,A l'adoption, A la tutelle, A la curatelle, A l'interdiction,' l'6mancipation, auxdomaines, aux successions, aux testaments et autres dispositions A cause demort, A l'absence et A la pr6somption de d6c~s;
40 Dans tous les cas ott les conflits de lois ne seront pas pr6vus par la loilao, ils seront r~solus selon les r~gles frangaises de conflits de lois.
Art. 20. - 10 L'expert frangais plac6 aupr~s de la cour de cassationexercera 6galement ses fonctions auprs du tribunal administratif;
20 Les instances entre Frangais et Etat frangais, ouvertes au Laos, serontd6f6r6es directement devant le conseil d'Etat frangais.
Art. 21. - A titre temporaire, les juridictions militaires frangaises subsiste-ront et fonctionneront comme actuellement.
Art. 22. - La pr~sente convention sera applicable A compter du 15novembre 1953.
22. LEBANON
Trait6s
ACCORD MONETAIRE ET FINANCIER ENTRE LA FRANCEET LE LIBAN. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 JANVIER 19481
D6sireux d'amdnager l'accord conclu entre eux le 25 janvier 1944 etd6nonc6 par le Gouvernement frangais, d6sireux 6galement de r6gler i la fois1'ensemble des problmes financiers r6sultant de la liquidation du pass6 etleurs relations mon6taires et financi~res pour l'avenir,
Titre Ier
Regime applicable aux avoirs libanais en francs de la Banque de Syrie et duLiban, institut d'dmission
Le Gouvernement frangais, d'une part, le gouvernement libanais, d'autrepart, d6cident d'un commun accord de consid6rer comme caduques lesdispositions relatives aux avoirs libanais en francs de la Banque de Syrie et duLiban, contenues dans le paragraphe no 4 de la lettre adress6e le 25 janvier1944 par M. le g6n6ral Catroux. A M. le pr6sident du conseil de la R6publiquelibanaise et d'adopter pour 1'avenir le r~gime suivant :
Art. ler. - Les avoirs libanais en francs d6tenus, A la date de la signaturedu pr6sent accord, par la Banque de Syrie et du Liban, institut d'6mission deLa R6publique libanaise, seront, dans les conditions d6finies ci-apr~s, inscritsi des comptes ouverts dans les livres de la Banque de Syrie et du Liban sous lesrubriques suivantes : "Compte ancien no 1 Liban" et "Compte ancien no 2Liban"
Art. 2. - Au cr6dit du compte ancien no 1 sera inscrite une somme de8 milliards de francs.
Le compte ancien no 1 ne pourra dtre utilis6, pendant la dur6e du pr6sentaccord, que pour les op6rations suivantes :
10 En vue du r glement, par le d6bit de ce compte, des sommes dues parle gouvernement libanais au Gouvernement frangais pour les montants et dansles conditions pr6vues aux articles 8 et 9 ci-apr~s;
20 A partir du ier janvier 1953, en vue de virements au compte nouveaud6fini A l'article 4 ci-apr~s, dans une proportion qui ne pourra exc6derannuellement le dixi6me de la somme initiale port6e au compte ancien no 1en ex6cution du pr6sent accord et sur demande adress6e express6ment par legouvernement libanais tr6is mois au moins avant la date i laquelle iI d6sirevoir effectuer ces virements;
30 En vue de virements au compte nouveau d6fini i 'article 4 ci-apr6s etpour des montants sup~rieurs A la proportion d6finie au paragraphe 20ci-dessus, si, par suite d'une contraction de la circulation mon6taire libanaiseou pour toute autre raison, il apparaissait qu'll y efit int6rdt i d6passer cetteproportion et si les parties contractantes en convenaient ainsi.
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franfaise, 15 mars 1949, p. 2651.
Art. 3. - Au cr6dit du compte ancien no 2 sera inscrite une somme 6gale Ala diff6rence entre le montant des avoirs libanais en francs d6tenus, A la datede la signature du pr6sent accord, par la Banque de Syrie et du Liban,institut d'6mission, et la somme port6e au compte ancien no 1 comme ilest pr6vu h 'article 2 ci-dessus.
Le compte ancien n ° 2 pourra 8tre d6bit6 du montant des op6rationssuivantes :
1P Achats de mat6riel et de marchandises originaires et en provenance del'Union frangaise;
20 Achats, au cours officiel de la Banque de France, de certaines deviseseurop~ennes autres que le franc frangais.
La proportion et les d6lais dans lesquels les sommes inscrites au compteancien n° 2 seront utilisables en devises europ6ennes seront mis au point d'uncommun accord entre les parties contractantes, 6tant entendu que la fractionutilisable pour des achats de devises ne pourra 8tre sup6rieure A la moiti6 dutotal;
30 Eventuellement, virements au cr6dit du compte nouveau (compten° 3) libanais d~fini par l'article 4 ci-apr~s.
Art. 4. - Il est ouvert dans les 6critures de la Banque de Syrie et duLiban, gestionnaire de l'office syro-libanais des changes, un compte en francsd6nomm6 "Compte nouveau Liban" (compte no 3), au cr6dit et au d6bitduquel seront port6es, A dater de la signature du pr6sent accord, toutes lesop6rations qui interviendront entre le Liban, d'une part, et l'Union frangaise,d'autre part.
Ces comptes seront notamment cr6dit6s du montant des op6rationssuivantes :
R~glement des importations frangaises originaires ou en provenance duLiban;
Tous transferts de fonds effectu6s de l'Union frangaise vers le Liban dansles conditions d6finies par le titre IV du pr6sent accord (art. 16, § 2).
Le compte n0 3 pourra 6galement 8tre cr6dit6 librement par le d6bit ducompte ancien no 2.
Le compte n0 3 sera notamment d6bit6 du montant des op6rations'suivantes :
R~glement des importations originaires et en provenance de l'Unionfrangaise qui ne seront pas r6gl6es par le d6bit du compte ancien n0 2,
Et plus g6n6ralement tous mouvements de fonds du Liban vers 'Unionfrangaise dans les conditions pr6vues par le titre IV du pr6sent accord (art. 16,paragraphe 10).
Art. 5. - Si, au cours de la p~riode de dix ans qui suivra la signature dupr6sent accord, la parit6 officielle entre le franc et la livre sterling, r6sultantdu rapport des parit6s d6clar6es au fonds mon6taire international, venait Asubir des modifications, le solde du compte ancien n0 1 d6fini ci-dessus,existant i la date de ces modifications, serait imm6diatement ajust6.
L'ajustement se ferait, par versement du Tr6sor frangais au cr6dit ducompte ancien no 1, ou par d6bit de ce compte au profit du Tr6sor frangais,suivant le cas, de telle mani~re que la contre-valeur en livres sterling, A lanouvelle parit6 officielle, des soldes du compte ancien n ' ainsi ajust6 soit6gale A la contre-valeur en livres sterling, A la parit6 pr6c6dente, de ce mimesolde avant son ajustement.
Art. 6. - Les sommes qui viendraient 6ventuellement en accroissement ducr6dit du compte ancien n' 1, par suite des ajustements pr6vus A 'article 5ci-dessus, porteront int6ret au taux de I p. 100 'an, A 1'exception desaccroissements 'qui seraient provoqu6s par l'ajustement de la fraction ducompte ancien n' 1 correspondant au chiffre des cr6ances frangaises sur leLiban mentionn6es A 'article 9 ci-apr~s. Ces derni~res sommes ne porterontpas int6r~t.
Art. 7. - Un an avant l'expiration du pr6sent accord, les parties contrac-tantes se concerteront en vue d'une 6ventuelle reconduction totale oupartielle de la garantie pr6vue A l'article 5.
En cas de non-reconduction, il sera proc6d6, A l'expiration de 'accord, Ala liquidation du solde du compte ancien no 1.
Ce solde sera port6 au cr6dit du compte ancien no 2 pour 8tre liquid6 dansles conditions suivantes :
a) Si, A 1'expiration de l'accord, il n'existe pas de restriction de change,toutes sommes figurant dans le compte ancien no 2 seront utilis6es au gr6 dugouvernement libanais;
b) Si, A cette 6poque, il existe certaines restrictions de change, toutessommes, figurant dans le compte ancien n0 2, pourront etre utilis6es suivant laproc6dure d6termin6e A l'article 3 du pr6sent accord.
Jusqu'A ce qu'une entente intervienne entre les parties contractantes surune 6ventuelle reconduction, ou jusqu'I ce que la liquidation soit achev6e, lagarantie pr6vue A l'article 5 continuera d'avoir son plein effet.
Titre IIReglement des criances et des dettes
Le Gouvernement frangais, d'une part, le gouvernement libanais, d'autrepart, conviennent de proc6der comme suit au r~glement g~n~ral de toutes lescr~ances et dettes existant entre eux.
Art. 8. - Dtermination des cr6ances frangaises10 Biens frangais. - Le Gouvernement frangais cde, dans leur 6tat
actuel, au gouvernement libanais, qui accepte, les biens figurant A 1'6tatannexe n* 1, dont la valeur globale est fix~e forfaitairement A la somme delivres libanaises 18 000 000, qui est port~e au cr6dit de la France sur le Liban.
Le gouvernement libanais fera 6vacuer par son administration ou sonarm6e, dans un d6lai de trois mois A dater de 1'entr6e en vigueur du presentaccord, les immeubles frangais qu'elles occuperaient et dont il n'aurait pasacquis la propri6t6 en vertu du pr6sent article.
Les biens, situ6s au Liban et appartenant A 'Etat frangais, qui n'ont pasfait l'objet des cessions vis~es ci-dessus, pourront 6tre librement utilis~s oualien~s par lui, conform~ment aux lois et r~glements en vigueur au Liban;
20 Cessions de materiel militaire. - Le materiel militaire c~d6 par leGouvernement frangais au gouvernement libanais lors du transfert au Libandes troupes sp~ciales, en sus de la dotation normale des unites, est port6 aucredit de la France sur le Liban pour un montant forfaitaire de livreslibanaises 1 640 000;
30 R~seau t~l~phonique. - Le reliquat dfi par le gouvernement libanaisau Gouvernement frangais, au titre de la cession au Liban du r6seaut~lphonique libanais, est port6 au credit de la France sur le Liban pourmontant de livres libanaises 80/000;
40 Poste de radiodiffusion de Beyrouth. - Le montant de la cession parle Gouvernement frangais au gouvernement libanais du poste de radio-diffusion de Beyrouth, qui a tA fix6 forfaitairement A livres libanaises150 000 par un 6change de lettres entre la d6ldgation g6n6rale du Gouverne-ment frangais et le gouvernement libanais, est port6 au cr6dit de la France surle Liban;
50 Mat6riel de s6curit6 a6rienne "Radiotransmission" et "Mto". - Lemontant de la valeur du materiel appartenant A 'Etat frangais, 6quipant lestrois postes de "radiotransmission" et les cinq postes "mto" fonctionnantau Liban et transforms au gouvernement libanais depuis le 1 er janvier 1947,soit livres libanaises 130 000, est port6 au credit de la France sur le Liban.
Art. 9. -Le montant des cr~ances frangaises 6num6r6es A l'article 8, soitau total livres libanaises 20 000 000, cr6ance totale sur le Liban, porteraint6ret A 1 p. 100 l'an. II fera l'objet d'un payement en francs au cours officieldu franc frangais par rapport A la livre libanaise le jour du payement.
Ce payement sera effectu6 par le d~bit du compte ancien no 1 vis6 A'article 2 ci-dessus, en cinq tranches annuelles 6gales, venant A 6ch6ance les30juin 1949, 30 juin 1950, 30 juin 1951, 30 juin 1952 et 30 juin 1953.
Si h l'une quelconque des dates ci-dessus la parit6 officielle, d6clar6e aufonds mon6taire international, entre la livre sterling et la livre libanaise 6taitsup6rieure A 8,83125, le montant de 1'6ch6ance en livres libanaises devrait etrecompl6t6 de telle fagon que la contre-valeur en livres sterling de cette6chance, au taux de 8,83125, ne soit pas modifi~e.
Art. 10. - Dans un d6lai de six mois, A compter de 1'entr6e en vigueur dupr6sent accord, le Gouvernement frangais remettra au conseil sup6rieur desint~rets communs syro-libanais, ou A tout organisme qui aurait tA d6sign6 Acet effet conjointement 'par le gouvernement syrien et le gouvernementlibanais, les sommes et valeurs d6tenues par les autorit6s frangaises pour lecompte des int6r~ts communs syro-libanais et d6finies A l'tat annexe no II.
Ces sommes et valeurs seront remises sous r6serve que le gouvernementsyrien et le gouvernement libanais donnent quitus de la gestion des comptescorrespondants et substituent vis-A-vis des tiers leurs responsabilit6s A celle duGouvernement frangais.
Art. 11. - Le Gouvernement frangais d6clare renoncer A toutes cr6ancesqu'il pourrait avoir A presenter au gouvernement libanais au sujet de droits etde faits ant6rieurs A la date de la signature du present accord et qui n'yauraient pas tA mentionn6es.
Le Gouvemement libanais d~clare d'autre part renoncer A toutes cr6ancesqu'il pourrait avoir A presenter au Gouvernement frangais au sujet de droits etde faits ant6rieurs A la date de la signature du present accord et qui n'yauraient pas WtA mentionn6es.
Ces renonciations respectives ne prendront effet que par l'entre envigueur du present accord.
Titre III
Dispositions commerciales
Art. 12. - D'une mani6re g~nrale, 'exportation et l'importation desmarchandises entre l'Union frangaise, d'une part, et le Liban, d'autre part,seront soumises aux r6glementations et autorisations existant dans chacun despays int~ress~s.
Art. 13. - En ce qui concerne les produits dont l'importation oul'exportation est limit6e, les Gouvernements int6ress6s se mettront d'accord,par l'entremise de leurs repr~sentants respectifs, sur les quantit6s dontl'exportation et l'importation seront autoris6es et sur les p6riodes d'utilisationdes contingents ainsi octroy6s.
Pour l'tablissement des contingents d'exportations, les parties contrac-tantes tiendront compte des 6changes traditionnels entre leurs pays et desbesoins propres A leur 6conomie.
Le Gouvernement frangais s'efforcera, en outre, de favoriser, par sesexportations, '6quipement du Liban.
Titre IV
Rdgime applicable aux mouvements de fonds entre l'Union franvaise, d'unepart, et le Liban, d'autre part
Art. 14. - Sauf en ce qui concerne les op6rations pr6vues aux articles 2 et3 ci-dessus, tous les r6glements entre l'Union frangaise, d'une part, le Liban,d'autre part, s'effectueront par le d6bit ou le cr6dit du compte nouveau n? 3d6fini A l'article 4 ci-dessus.
Aucune transaction entre l'Union frangaise, d'une part, le Liban, d'autrepart, ne pourra s'effectuer, A moins que les organismes de contrble deschanges des parties contractantes nen conviennent express6ment, en uneautre monnaie que le franc frangais ou la livre libanaise.
Art. 15. - Les transferts de fonds destin6s h des r~glements de marchan-dises pourront 6tre librement effectu6s de part et d'autre, A condition qu'ilssoient r6alis6s par l'entremise des interm6diaires agr66s et qu'ils se rapportentA des importations ou A des exportations effectu6es suivant les r~gles g6n6raleset la proc6dure en vigueur dans chaque pays.
Art. 16. - 10 Les transferts du Liban, autres que ceux pr6vus A rarticle 15ci-dessus, A destination de l'Union frangaise seront admis sans limitation denature ni de montant. Toutefois, ils ne pourront 6tre effectu6s que par'entremise des interm6diaires agr66s;
2' En ce qui concerne les transferts de l'Union franqaise, autres que ceuxvis6s A l'article 15 ci-dessus, A destination du Liban, la r6glementationfrangaise des changes devra pr6voir, dans certaines limites, la facult6 detransf6rer les sommes relatives :
Aux secours familiaux et frais de s6jour;Aux frais de scolarit6;Aux revenus;Aux primes d'assurances et aux frais de justice;Aux rapatriements des avoirs appartenant A des Libanais qui liquident leur
6tablissement dans l'Union frangaise et s'installent d6finitivement dans leurpays.
Art. 17. - Des modifications au r6gime actuel des transferts pourrontintervenir d'un commun accord entre les autorit6s mon6taires frangaises,d'une part, et libanaises, d'autre part. Ces modifications seront pr6alablement6tudi~es de concert par les organismes de contrble des changes des partiesint6ress6es. Elles seront rendues ex6cutoires par ces m~mes organismes.
Art. 18. - La situation du compte nouveau no 3 d~fini i l'article 4ci-dessus sera examin6e p6riodiquement et au moins une fois chaque ann6e
d'un commun accord entre les parties contractantes. Au cas oil ce comptepr6senterait un d6s~quilibre r6sultant notamment de l'6volution de la balancecommerciale, les organismes de contr~le des changes des parties int6ress~es seconcerteraient pour assouplir ou restreindre, suivant le cas, le regime destransferts A destination du Liban en vue de rechercher un r6tablissement del'6quilibre de ce compte.
Art. 19. - Les parties contractantes s'engagent A appliquer les principesci-dessus de la mani~re la plus conforme & 1'esprit g6n6ral du pr6sent accord.La Banque de Syrie et du Liban et l'office des changes syro-libanaisfourniront aux parties int6ress6es tous documents qui leur seraient n6ces-saires.
Art. 20. - Dans un d61ai de trois mois i compter de l'entr6e en vigueurdu pr6sent accord, le protocole en date du 19 avril 1944 r6glant le statut ducontr~le des -changes syro-libanais sera, par entente mutuelle, annul6 etremplac6 par un nouveau protocole. Celui-ci mettra au point les conditionsdans lesquelles sera assur6e la coop6ration qui sera n6cessaire tant au bonfonctionnement des relations financi~res du Liban avec l'Union franqaisequ'A la participation 6ventuelle du Liban au b6n6fice des accords conclus avecla France par des pays tiers pour leurs payements avec la zone franc.
Titre V
Dispositions diverses
Art. 21. - Le Gouvernement franqais, d6sireux de prendre en consid6ra-tion les int6r~ts particuliers des porteurs libanais de titres de soci6t6sfrangaises exploitant en Syrie et au Liban, s'engage i modifier, en faveur deces porteurs, dans les conditions d6finies A l'annexe IV, les r~gles actuellementen vigueur sur le d6pbt des actions frangaises A la caisse centrale de d6p6ts etde virements de titres.
Les int~r8ts, dividendes et autres produits des titres de ces soci6t6sfrangaises qui seront repr6sent6s par les certificats vis6s A l'annexe III(§ A 10) seront exon6r6s de l'imp6t frangais sur le revenu des valeursmobilires.
Art. 22. - Le pr6sent accord est conclu pour une dur6e de dix ans. Un anavant son expiration, les parties contractantes se concerteront en vIle dedecider s'il doit 8tre renouvel6 pour une nouvelle p6riode ou modifi6.
Art. 23. - Les hautes parties contractantes conviennent que les diff6rendsque pourrait soulever l'application du present accord ou de ses annexesseront, i la requete de la partie int6ressee, soumis A l'arbitrage de la hautecour de justice internationale.
Art. 24. - Le pr6sent accord est 6tabli en deux exemplaires authentiques,un pour chacune des hautre parties contractantes. II sera soumis par celles-ci &1'approbation de leurs parlements respectifs et ratifi. II entrera en vigueur lelendemain de l'6change des ratifications qui se fera i Paris.
ANNEXE I
LISTE DES PROPRIETES DE L'ETAT FRANCAIS AU LIBAN DONT LA CESSIONEST PREVUE PAR L'ARTICLE 8 DE L'ACCORD SIGNE EN DATE DE CE JOUR
ANNEXE II
ETAT DES SOMMES ET VALEURS A REMETTRE PAR LA FRANCEAU CONSEIL SUPERIEUR DES INTERETS COMMUNS
ANNEXE III
REGIME DES TITRES DES SOCIETES FRANCAISESEXPLOITANT EN SYRIE ET AU LIBAN
23. LESOTHO
Laws and decrees
THE LESOTHO INDEPENDENCE ORDER 19661,2
1. Citation, commencement and construction
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 4th October1966 (in this Order referred to as "the appointed day").
2. Revocations(1) The Basutoland Order 1965 (b) (hereinafter referred to as "the
existing Order") is revoked.(2) The Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland Court of
Appeal Order in Council 1954 and the Orders in Council amending thatOrder (c) (hereinafter referred to as "the existing Court of Appeal Orders")are revoked in so far as they have effect as part of the law of Basutoland.
3. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution set out in the
Schedule to this Order shall come into effect at the commencement of thisOrder.
4. Existing laws
(3) The King may by regulations made at any time betore 4th October1967 make such amendments to any existing law as may appear to him to benecessary or expedient for bringing that law into conformity with theprovisions of the Lesotho Independence Act 1966 and this Order orotherwise for giving effect or enabling effect to be given to those provisions.
1 Statutory Instruments, 1966 (III) Sect. 2, No. 1172, p. 2923.2 The provisions of sections 4 (1) (2) (4), 5, 6, 10 (1) are basically similar to those of
sections 4 (1) (2) (5), 5, 6 (1) (2) (3) and 9 (1) of the Barbados Independence Order1966 (supra, pp. 120, 121, 122 and 123). The same similarity existsbetween section 7 of the Order and section 8 of the Guyana Independence Order 1966(supra, p. 200); sections 16 and 17 are similar to sections 16 and 17 of the BotswanaIndependence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 136-137); section 12 is similar to section 19 of theJamaica (Constitution) Order in Council 1962 (supra, p. 245); section 14 is similar tosection 14 of the Kenya Independence Order in Council 1963 (supra, p. 251).
I-
(5) For the purposes of this section, the expression "existing law" meansany proclamation, law, rule, regulation, order or other instrument made orhaving effect as if it had been made in pursuance of (or continuing inoperation under) the existing Order or the existing Court of Appeal Ordersand having effect as part of the law of Basutoland immediately before theappointed day or any Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom or Orderof Her Majesty in Council so having effect and includes the customary law ofBasutoland and any other unwritten rule of law so having effect.
(6) For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that nothing in thissection is to be construed as continuing in force the Concessions VetoProclamation (a).
8. Existing appointments of judges of Court of Appeal(1) Any person who immediately before the appointed day holds the
office of President or other judge of the Basutoland, BechuanalandProtectorate and Swaziland Court of Appeal by virtue of having beenappointed thereto in accordance with the provisions of the Basutoland,Bechuanaland Protectorate and Swaziland Court of Appeal Order 1954, asamended from time to time, shall as from that day be deemed, subject tosubsection (2) of this section, to have been appointed to hold office in theCourt of Appeal established by the Constitution as if they had beenappointed thereto in accordance with the provisions of proviso (a) to section117 (8) of the Constitution, in the case of the person holding the office ofPresident, to the office of President of the Court, and, in the case of a personholding the office of such other judge, to the office of Justice of Appeal ofthe Court.
(2) A person deemed to have been appointed under subsection (1) of thissection to the office of President or to the office of Justice of Appeal of theCourt shall vacate his office at the expiration of two years from thecommencement of this Order.
9. Transitional provisions respecting appeals(1) Any proceedings pending immediately before the appointed day on
appeal from the High Court of Basutoland to the Basutoland, BechuanalandProtectorate and Swaziland Court of Appeal may be continued andconcluded after that day in the Court of Appeal established by theConstitution.
(2) Any judgment of the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorate andSwaziland Court of Appeal in an appeal from the High Court of Basutolandgiven, but not satisfied, before the appointed day may be enforced after thatday as if it were a judgment of the Court of Appeal established by theConstitution.
(3) Any Order made before the appointed day by Her Majesty in Councilin an appeal from a decision of the Basutoland, Bechuanaland Protectorateand Swaziland Court of Appeal from a court of Basutoland shall be enforcedin accordance with the law regulating the enforcement of such Orders thatwas in force in Basatoland immediately before that day.
10. Existing public officers
(2) In this section "existing law" has the same meaning as in section 4 ofthis Order.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) of this section,the persons who, immediately before the appointed day, hold the followingoffices established by or under the existing Order, that is to say, the office ofappointed member of the Judicial Service Commission and the office ofChairman or other member of the Public Service Commission shall be deemedas from that day to have been appointed to the corresponding officeestablished by the Constitution.
11. Temporary provisions relating to Prihcipal Legal Adviser andDirector of Public Prosecutions
(1) The Public Service Commission, by notice which shall be published inthe Gazette, may, in respect of appointments to hold or act in the office ofPrincipal Legal Adviser to the Government of Lesotho or the office ofDirector of Public Prosecutiohs during the period of two years beginning withthe appointed day, substitute for the period of five years that is mentioned insections 130 (2) (a) and 131 (1) (a) of the Constitution such shorter period asmay be specified in such notice.
(2) Any person who is appointed to hold or act in the office of PrincipalLegal Adviser or the office of Director of Public Prosecutions by virtue ofsubsection (1) of this section may continue to hold or act in that office afterthe expiration of the period of two years aforesaid notwithstanding that hestill has not held for a total period of not less than five years one or other ofthe specified qualifications (which expression shall have the meaningattributed to it in sections 130 (2) (b) and 131 (1) (b) of the Constitution).
15. College of Chiefs, Standing Committee of College of Chiefs andpending proceedings
(1) Notwithstanding the provisions of section 89 of the Constitution, anyperson who, immediately before the appointed day, is an additional memberof the College of Chiefs established by the existing Order, having been electedas such under section 73 (2) (b) of the Basutoland (Constitution) Order inCouncil 1959, shall continue in office as from the appointed day as anadditional member of the College of Chiefs established by the Constitutionuntil
(a) any circumstances arise which, under the law in force in that behalfimmediately before the appointed day, would have caused him to vacate hisoffice; or
(b) the proceedings referred to in subsection (3) of this section have beenfinally disposed of,whichever is the earlier; but a person continuing in office under thissubsection may, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) of the proviso tosubsection (2) of this section, take part in the business of the College or ofany of its committees only so far as may be necessary for the disposal of thesaid proceedings.
(2) The persons who, immediately before the appointed day, constitutethe Standing Committee of the College of Chiefs established by the existing
Order shall be deemed as from the appointed day to have been constitutedunder section 89 (6) of the Constitution as a Standing Committee of theCollege of Chiefs established by the Constitution and that Committee shallthereafter, subject to the provisions of this section, perform such functionson behalf of the College of Chiefs as the College may confer upon it untilsuch time as it is dissolved or reconstituted by the College:
Provided that(a) if the Chairman of the Standing Committee immediately before the
appointed day is a person who was appointed as such from among personswho were not members of the College or from among the additional membersof the College, he may continue to act as Chairman for the purpose of all thefunctions of the Committee but only until the proceedings referred to insubsection (3) of this section have been finally disposed of;
(b) the College of Chiefs may, by its rules of procedure, provide for theelection or appointment of a person (whether from among persons who aremembers of the College or from among other persons) to be Chairman of theStanding Committee when the office of Chairman becomes vacant or in theabsence of the Chairman and for the tenure of office of any person so electedor appointed and any person elected or appointed in pursuance of thisparagraph may act as Chairman for the purpose of all the functions of theCommittee, but only until the proceedings referred to in subsection (3) ofthis section have been finally disposed of; and
(c) the College of Chiefs shall not dissolve or reconstitute the StandingCommittee until the said proceedings have been finally disposed of.
(3) All proceedings that, in pursuance of the provisions of section 11 (3)of the existing Order and in accordance with those provisions, are pendingimmediately before the appointed diy before the College of Chiefsestablished by the existing Order or before its Standing Committee or beforeMotlotlehi or before the High Court of Basutoland may be continued andconcluded on and after that day before the corresponding authorities orbodies under this Order and for that purpose the provisions of section 11 (3)of the existing Order shall be construed with any necessary modifications,adaptations, qualifications and exceptions.
(4) References in the Constitution to a public officer shall not beconstrued as including references to the office of a person who is or who actsas Chairman of the Standing Committee of the College of Chiefs under this
.section notwithstanding that he is.not otherwise a member of the College.
18. Remuneration of certain officersUntil other provision is made by Parliament in pursuance of section 107
of the Constitution and subject to the other provisions of that section, thereshall be paid to the holders of the offices to which that section applies thesalaries payable to the holders of the corresponding offices immediatelybefore the commencement of this Order.
.19. Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939The Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939 and any Order in Council
amending that Order shall cease to have effect as part of the law of Lesotho.
20. Alteration of this Order(1) Parliament may alter any of the provisions of this Order (in so far as
those provisions form part of the law of Lesotho) in the same manner as itmay alter any of the provisions of the Constitution:
Provided that(a) sections 3, 7, 8, 9 (1) and (2), 15 and this section may be altered by
Parliament only in the same manner as the provisions specified in para-graph (a) of section 70 (3) of the Constitution; and
(b) sections 6 (6), 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 may be altered by Parliamentonly in the same manner as the provisions specified in paragraph (b) of thesaid section 70 (3).
(2) Section 70 (4) of the Constitution shall apply for the purpose ofconstruing references in this section to any provision of this Order and to thealteration of any such provision as it applies for the purpose of construingreferences in the said section 70 to any provision of the Constitution and tothe alteration of any such provision.
SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER
CONSTITUTION OF LESOTHO1
Chapter IV. The King
32. The office of the King
(3) The person holding the office of Paramount Chief (styled Motlotlehi)under the Basutoland Order 1965 immediately before the coming intooperation of this Constitution is hereby recognised and confirmed as theholder of the office of King as from the commencement of this Constitution.
Chapter VIII. Land
92. Land vested in Basotho NationWithout prejudice to any allocation of land that was made before the
commencement of this Constitution -and was subsisting immediately beforesuch commencement or to any interests or rights in or over land that wereotherwise vested in any person immediately before such commencement andwithout prejudice to any allocation of land or any grant of any interest orright in or over land that may, in accordance with the provisions of thisConstitution and, subject thereto, of any other law, be made after thecommencement of this Constitution, all land in Lesotho is vested in theBasotho Nation.
1 The provisions of sections 23, 26, 29 and 31 of this Constitution are basicallysimilar to those of sections 2, 5, 8 and 10 (1) (3) (4) of the Constitution of Barbados(supra, pp. 124, 125). The same similarity exists between the provisions of sections 30,108 and 35 of the Constitution of Lesotho on the one hand and those of sections 27 (1)(2) (3), 117 and 125 of the Constitution of Botswana on the other hand (supra, pp. 139,140).
24. LIBYAN ARAB REPUBLICI
(i) Resolutions of the General Assembly of the United Nations
ECONOMIC AND FINANCIAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO LIBYA.GENERAL ASSEMBLY RESOLUTION 388 (V) ADOPTED AT ITS326TH PLENARY MEETING ON 15 DECEMBER 1950
A
The General AssemblyApproves the following articles:
Article I
1. Libya shall receive, without payment, the movable and immovableproperty located in Libya owned by the Italian State, either in its own nameor in the name of the Italian administration of Libya.
2. The following property shall be transferred immediately:(a) The public property of the State (demanio pubblico) and the
inalienable property of the State (patrimonio indisponibile) in Libya, as wellas the relevant archives and documents of an administrative character ortechnical value concerning Libya or relating to property the transfer of whichis provided for by the present resolution;
(b) The property in Libya of the Fascist Party and its organizations.3. In addition, the following shall be transferred on conditions to be
established by especial agreement between Italy and Libya:(a) The alienable property (patrimonio disponibile) of the State in Libya
and the property in Libya belonging to the autonomous agencies (aziendeautonome) of the State;
(b) The rights of the State in the capital and the property of institutions,companies and associations of a public character located in Libya.
4. Where the operations of such institutions, companies and associationsextend to Italy or to countries other than Libya, Libya shall receive onlythose rights of the Italian State or the Italian administration which appertainto the operations in Libya. In cases where the Italian State or the Italianadministration of Libya exercised only managerial control over suchinstitutions, companies and associations, Libya shall have no claim to anyrights in those institutions, companies or associations.
5. Italy shall retain the ownership of immovable property necessaryfor the functioning of its diplomatic and consular services and, when theconditions so require, of the schools necessary for the present Italiancommunity whether such property is owned by the Italian State in its ownname or in the name of the Italian administration of Libya. Such immovableproperty shall be determined by special agreements concluded between Italyand Libya.
6. Buildings used in connexion with non-Moslem public worship andtheir appurtenances shall be transferred by Italy to the respective religiouscommunities.
1 Formerly Libya.
7. Special agreements may be concluded between Italy and Libya toensure the functioning of hospitals in Libya.
Article II
Italy and Libya shall determine by special agreements the conditionsunder which the obligations of Italian public or private social insuranceorganizations towards the inhabitants of Libya and a proportionate part ofthe reserves accumulated by the said organizations shall be transferred tosimilar organizations in Libya. That part of the reserves shall preferably betaken from the real property and fixed assets in Libya of the saidorganizations.
Article III
Italy shall continue to be liable for the payment of civil or militarypensions earned as of the coming into force of the Treaty of Peace with Italyand owed by it at that date, including pension rights not yet matured.Arrangements shall be concluded between Italy and Libya providing for themethod by which this liability shall be discharged.
Article IV
Libya shall be exempt from the payment of any portion of the Italianpublic debt.
Article V
Italy shall return to their owners, in the shortest possible time, any shipsin its possession, or that of its nationals, which are proved to have been theproperty of former Italian nationals belonging to Libya or to have beenregistered in Libya, except in the case of ships acquired in good faith by Italyor its nationals.
Article VI1. The property, rights and interests of Italian nationals, including
Italian juridical persons, in Libya, shall, provided they have been lawfullyacquired, be respected. They shall not be treated less favourably than theproperty, rights and interests. of other foreign nationals, including foreignjuridical persons.
2. Italian nationals in Libya who move, or who have since 3 September1943 moved, to Italy shall be permitted freely to sell their movable andimmovable property, realize and dispose of their assets, and, after settlementof any debts or taxes due from them in Libya, to take with them theirmovable property and transfer the funds they possess, unless such propertyand funds were unlawfully acquired. Such transfers of property shall not besubject to any import or export duty. The conditions of the transfer of thismovable property to Italy will be fixed by agreement between theadministering Powers or the Government of Libya upon its establishment onthe one hand, and the Government of Italy on the other hand. The conditionsand the time-periods of the transfer of the funds, including the proceeds ofabove-mentioned transations, shall likewise be determined.
3. Companies incorporated under Italian law and having their siege socialin Italy shall be dealt with under the provisions of paragraph 2 above.Companies incorporated under Italian law and having their siege social inLibya and which wish to remove their siege social to Italy shall likewise bedealth with under the provisions of paragraph 2 above, provided that morethan 50 per cent of the capital of the company is owned by persons usuallyresident outside Libya and provided also that the greater part of the activityof the company is carried on outside Libya.
4. The property, rights and interests in Italy of former Italian nationalsbelonging to Libya and of companies previously incorporated under Italian lawand having their siige social in Libya, shall be respected by Italy to the sameextent as the property, rights and interests of foreign nationals and of foreigncompanies generally. Such persons and companies are authorized to effect thetransfer and liquidation of their property, rights and interests under the sameconditions as may be established under paragraph 2 above.
5. Debts owed by persons in Italy to persons in Libya or by persons inLibya to persons in Italy shall not be affected by the transfer of sovereignty.The Government of Italy and the administering Powers or the Government ofLibya after its establishment shall facilitate the settlement of such obliga-tions. As used in the present paragraph, the term "persons" includes juridicalpersons.
Article VII
Property, rights and interests in Libya which, as the result of the war, arestill subject to measures of seizure, compulsory administration or sequestra-tion, shall be restored to their owners, and, in cases submitted to the Tribunalreferred to in article X of the present resolution, following decisions of thatTribunal.
Article VIII
The former Italian nationals belonging to Libya shall continue to enjoy allthe rights in industrial, literary and artistic property in Italy to which theywere entitled under the legislation in force at the time of the coming intoforce of the Treaty of Peace. Until Libya becomes a party to the relevantinternational convention or conventions, the rights in industrial, literary andartistic property which existed in Libya under Italian law shall remain inforce for the period for which they would have remained in force under thatlaw.
Article IX
The following special provisions shall apply to concessions:1. Concessions granted within the territory of Libya by the Italian State
or by the Italian administration of Libya, and concession contracts (patticolonici) existing between the Ente per la Colonizzazione della Libia or theIstituto della Previdenza Sociale and the concessionaires of land to whicheach contract related shall be respected, unless it is established that theconcessionaire has not complied with the essential conditions of theconcession.
2. Land placed at the disposal of the Ente per la Colonizzazione dellaLibia and of the colonization department of the Istituto della PrevidenzaSociale by the Italian State or the Italian administration of Libya and whichhas not been the object of a concession shall be transferred immediately toLibya.
3. Land, buildings and their appurtenances referred to in sub-para-graph (d) of paragraph 4 below shall be transferred to Libya in accordancewith the arrangements to be made under that sub-paragraph.
4. Special agreements between Italy and Libya shall provide for:(a) The liquidation of the Ente per la Colonizzazione della Libia and of
the colonization department of the Istituto della Previdenza Sociale, theinterim status of those institutions for the purpose of enabling them to fulfiltheir obligations towards concessionaires whose contracts are still inoperation, and, if necessary, the taking over of their functions by neworganizations;
(b) The repayment of those institutions to financial concerns of thequotas subscribed by the latter in the establishment of the Ente per laColonizzazione della Libia, and in the case of the Istituto della PrevidenzaSociale, the reconstitution of that part of its reserves invested by thatinstitution in its colonization department;
(c) The transfer to Libya of the residual assets of the institutions to beliquidated;
(d) Arrangements relating to land placed at the disposal of theseinstitutions and to the buildings on and appurtenances to that land, in which,after their abandonment by the concessionaires, no further investment couldbe made by the institutions;
(e) Payments in amortization of the debts of concessionaires owed tothose institutions.
5. In consideration of the renunciation by the Italian Government of itsclaims against those institutions, the latter shall cancel the debts of theconcessionaires and the mortgages securing those debts.
(ii) Treaties
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED KING-DOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THEGOVERNMENT OF LIBYA REGARDING CERTAIN FINANCIALMATTERS. SIGNED AT TRIPOLI ON 25 MARCH 19531
Whereas the General Assembly of the United Nations by its Resolutionsof 21st November, 1949, and 17th November, 1950, decided that Libya(comprising Cyrenaica, Tripolitania and the Fezzan) should be constituted anIndependent and Sovereign State and that a Constitution for Libya, includingthe form of the Government, should be determined by a National Assemblyof Libya:
And Whereas the Constitution for Libya was duly determined andpromulgated on 7th October, 1951, and provided that Libya should have a
1 United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 172, p. 286. Came into force on 25 March1953.
federal form of government and that Cyrenaica and Tripolitania should beProvinces of Libya:
And Whereas Libya became an Independent and Sovereign State inaccordance with the said Resolutions on 24th December, 1951, and HisMajesty The King of Libya, in accordance with the Constitution, appointed aduly constituted Government of Libya:
And Whereas by virtue of the Transitional Powers Proclamation ofCyrenaica, which was made by the Chief Administrator of Cyrenaica on 16thSeptember, 1949, a Government was established in Cyrenaica with executiveand legislative authority in relation to internal affairs, including full authorityto raise internal revenues:
And Whereas by virtue of the Transitional Powers Proclamation ofTripolitania, which was made by the Chief Administrator of Tripolitania on5th March 1951, a Government was established in Tripolitania with similarauthority:
And Whereas in connection with the establishment of the said Govern-ments of Cyrenaica and Tripolitania all stores and equipment (approximatelyvalued at £3,036,025 sterling) belonging to the former British Administrationwere handed over to them:
And Whereas a loan of £351,599 was made by the Government of theUnited Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland (hereinafter referredto as the "United Kingdom Government") to the Government of Cyrenaicaon 30th September, 1949, in order to provide them with initial funds:
And Whereas a loan of £250,000 sterling was made by the UnitedKingdom Government to the Government of Cyrenaica on 1st September,1951, to enable them to purchase grain:
And Whereas financial assistance has been given by the United KingdomGovernment to facilitate the introduction of a Libyan currency:
And Whereas the Government of Libya recognise that certain financialarrangements are necessary by reason of the matters above recited:
Now, Therefore, the United Kingdom Government and the Governmentof Libya have agreed as follows:
Loans to the Government of Cyrenaica to provide them with initial fundsand to enable them to purchase grain
1. The Government of Libya guarantee the repayment free of interest tothe United Kingdom Government, on terms to be agreed between the twoGovernments, of the loan of £351,599 sterling made by the United KingdomGovernment to the Government of Cyrenaica on the 30th September, 1949,for the purpose of providing that Government with initial funds, and of theloan of £250,000 which was made by the United Kingdom Government tothe Government of Cyrenaica on the 1st September, 1951, to enable thatGovernment to purchase grain.
Currency Loan
2. The Government of Libya guarantee the repayment of the UnitedKingdom Government on or before 14th August, 1953, or such later date as
may be agreed between the two Governments, of all loans made to thePreparatory Currency Committee of Libya, and of all loans made to theLibyan Currency Commission, to facilitate the introduction of a Libyancurrency; and the Government of Libya also guarantee the payment annuallyto the United Kingdom Government of interest at the rate of two per centumper annum on the amount from time to time outstanding in respect of suchloans, the first payment of interest to be made on 14th August, 1952.
Obligations of the former British Administrationsin Cyrenaica and Tripolitania
3. The Government of Libya will(a) indemnify and keep indemnified the United Kingdom Government
in respect of all claims, costs and expenses relating to things which have beendone or omitted by or on behalf of the United Kingdom Government or theChief Administrators as part of the administration of Cyrenaica prior to 30thSeptember, 1949, and of Tripolitania prior to 31st March, 1951;
(b) subject to the contractor's agreement, take over, or arrange for theProvince of Cyrenaica or Tripolitania to take over, as may be appropriate, thebenefit and the burden of all outstanding contracts which have been made byor on behalf of the United Kingdom Government or the Chief Administratoras part of the administration of Cyrenaica prior to 30th September, 1949,and of Tripolitania prior to 31st March, 1951; and indemnify and keepindemnified .the United Kingdom Government in respect of all claims, costsand expenses relating to any such contract or to any like contracts whichwere determined in whole or in part by reason of the establishment of thesaid Governments of Cyrenaica and Tripolitania.
This paragraph shall not apply to the contract made on 3rd July, 1947,between the Admiralty and Messrs. Mackenzie Metcalfe & Co., for theclearance of the ports of Benghazi and Tobruk or to the contract made on21st March, 1947, between the Admiralty and Captain Rippon for theclearance of the ports of Tripoli, Massawa and Assab, which contracts werenot made as part of the administration of Cyrenaica and Tripolitania.
Other agreements and contracts
4. The Government of Libya will indemnify and keep indemnified(a) the United Kingdom Government in respect of all claims, costs and
expenses in connection with any contracts heretofore made by the UnitedKingdom Government for the benefit of Libya with the United Nations orthe Specialised Agencies;
(b) the United Kingdom Government and their Agents as. the case may bein respect of all claims, costs and expenses in connection with any contractsheretofore made by the United Kingdom Government or their Agents onbehalf of the Governments of Cyrenaica and Tripolitania.
In witness whereof the undersigned, being duly authorised therein bytheir respective Governments, have signed the present Agreement.
25. MADAGASCAR
Trait6s
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET MADAGASCARPORTANT TRANSFERT A LA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE DESCOMPETENCES DE LA COMMUNAUTE INSTITUEES PAR L'AR-TICLE 78 DE LA CONSTITUTION DU 4 OCTOBRE 1958. FAIT APARIS, LE 2 AVRIL 19601
Article ier
La R6publique malgache accede, en plein accord et amiti6 avec laR6publique franqaise, & la souverainet6 internationale et i l'ind6pendance parle transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Article 2
Toutes les comptences institu6es par r'article 78 de la Constitution du4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r6es i la R6publiquemalgache.
Article 3
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera i 1'autre 'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa Constitution pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sentaccord. Celui-ci prendra effet i la date de la derni~re de ces notifications.
(b) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET MADAGASCAR SUR LA PARTICI-PATION DE LA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE A LA COMMUNAUTE.FAIT A PARIS, LE 2 AVRIL 19602
Article jer
La R6publique malgache est membre de la Communaut6 laquelle elleparticipe dans les conditions d6finies par des accords de coop6ration.
Article 2
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera A 'autre I'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa Constitution pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sentaccord. Celui-ci prendra effet i la date de la derni~re notification.
1 Journal Officiel de la R4publique franCaise, 2 juillet 1960, p. 5968.2 Ibid., p. 5969 .
(c) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET MADAGASCAR RELATIF AUXDISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES APPLICABLES JUSQU'A L'ENTREEEN VIGUEUR DES ACCORDS DE COOPERATION ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANqAISE ET &A REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE. FAITA PARIS, LE 2 AVRIL 19601
(Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques A celles de l'Accord du 15 juillet 1960 entre la France et le Gabon (voirsupra, p. 181).]
(d) ACCORD RELATIF AUX DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES ENMATIERE DE JUSTICE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANI AISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 2 AVRIL 19602
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques A celes de l'Accord du 15 juilet 1960 entre la France et le Gabon (voirsupra, p. 182).]
(e) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET MADAGASCARSUR LA PARTICIPATION DE LA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE A LACOMMUNAUTE. FAIT A TANANARIVE, LE 27 JUIN 19603
Consid6rant qu'aux termes de la d6claration commune en date du 26 juin1960, la Republique malgache a acc6d6 l'ind6pendance et que la R6publiquefrangaise l'a reconnue en tant qu'Etat ind6pendant et souverain,
Considerant que la R6publique malgache manifeste la volont6 de coop6reravec la R6publique franqaise au sein de la Communaut6,
Article jer
La R6publique malgache est membre de la Communaut6 A laquelle elleparticipe dans les conditions d6finies au pr6sent accord et aux accords decoop6ration franco-malgaches en date de ce jour.
Article 2
La Republique malgache reconnaft que le Pr6sident de la R6publiquefrangaise est de droit Pr6sident de la Communaut6.
Article 3
La R6publique francaise et la R6publique malgache participent i uneConf6rence periodique des chefs d'Etat et de gouvernement r6unis sous lapr6sidence du Pr6sident de la Communaut6 pour se concerter sur lesprobl~mes essentiels int6ressant celle-ci.
1 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique frangaise, 2 juillet 1960, p. 5968.2 Ibid.3 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique franCaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6607. Entr6 en
vigueur le 18juillet 1960.
Elles participent aussi A des Comit6s de ministres et d'experts auxquelssont repr6sent6s 6ventuellement les autres Etats.
Article 4
La R6publique malgache a la facult6 d'envoyer une d616gation i un S6natinterparlementaire consultatif compos6 de d6l6gu6s des assembl6es 16gislativesdes Etats de la Communaut6.
Article 5
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera i l'autre I'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa Constitution pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sentaccord. Celui-ci prendra effet i la date de la derni~re notification.
(f) ACCORD DE DEFENSE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANqAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE AVEC ANNEXE. FAIT A TANANA-RIVE, LE 27 JUIN 19601
Consid6rant qu'aux termes de la d6claration commune en date du 26 juin1960, la R6publique malgache a acc6d6 i l'ind6pendance et que la R6publiquefrangaise l'a reconnue en tant qu'Etat ind6pendant et souveram,
Conscients des responsabilit6s qui leur incombent en ce qui concerne lemaintien de la paix, conform6ment aux principes de la Charte des NationsUnies,
Consid6rant que la R6publique malgache manifeste la volont6 de coop6reravec la Ripublique franqaise au sein de la Communaut6 A laquelle elleparticipe d6sormais dans les conditions pr6vues aux accords franco-malgachesen date de ce jour,
D6sireux de d6terminer les modalit6s de leur coop6ration en mati~re ded6fense,
Article jer
La R6publique frangaise et la R6publique malgache se pr6tent aide etassistance pour pr6parer et assurer la d6fense de la Communaut6 dont ellesfont partie.
Article 2
La R6publique malgache a la responsabilit6 de sa d6fense int6rieure etext6rieure. Elle peut demander A la R6publique frangaise une aide dans desconditions d6finies par des accords sp6ciaux.
La R6publique malgache participe avec la R6publique frangaise A lad6fense de la Communaut6.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franfaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6608. Entr6 envigueur le 17 juilet 1960. [Voir art. 5 du Protocole domanial, infra, lettre (1).]
Article 7
Afin de permettre A la R6publique frangaise d'assumer ses responsabilit6sdans la d6fense commune et A 1'6chelle mondiale, la R6publique malgache luireconnaft la libre disposition de bases et d'installations militaires et lui assureles facilit6s n6cessaires.
Article 8
Des annexes d6finissent les modalit6s d'application du pr6sent accord etnotamment celles qui concernent la mise sur pied des forces arm6es malgacheset l'assistance militaire technique, le statut des forces arm6es franqaises AMadagascar, l'aide et les facilit6s mutuelles en mati6re de d6fense ext6rieure etcommune.
Annexe III sur l'aide et les facilit~s mutuelles en mati~rede d6fense ext6rieure et commune
Article Ier
La Rpublique franqaise transf6rera i la R6publique malgache les casernements,terrains et bitiments militaires, y compris ceux de la gendarmerie, se trouvant iMadagascar i la date d'entr6e en vigueur de l'accord de d6fense, sous r6serve desdispositions des articles 2 et 3 ci-dessous.
Les casernements et installations militaires 6num6r6s i l'appendice no 1i la pr6senteannexe seront transforms en premier lieu et sur simple demande du Gouvemementmalgache.
Les dates et modalit6s des autres transferts seront arr~t~es d'un commun accord ausein du Comit6 de d~fense franco-malgache, en fonction des besoins que le Gouver-nement malgache exprimera pour la r6 alisation de son programme d'organisation et demise sur pied des forces arm6es et de la gendarmerie malgaches.
Article 2
Les parties contractantes reconnaissent que l'efficacit6 du syst&me de defensecommune repose sur l'6quipement, le maintien en condition et la pleine utilisation de labase strat~gique de Di6go-Suarez.
En cons6quence, pour permettre i la R6publique franqaise d'assumer ses responsabi-lit6s a l'6chelle mondiale, de remplir sa mission de d6fense commune et de garantir entoute occurrence et effectivement le concours qu'elle s'est engag~e i apporter a laR6publique malgache, celle-ci lui reconnait la libre disposition de cette base ainsi que lalibre circulation dans les eaux territoriales et dans l'espace a~rien malgaches.
Article 3
Dans le cadre des n6cessit6s de la d6fense de Madagascar et pour permettre A laR6publique franqaise de remplir ses engagements en mati~re d'assistance et de soutienlogistique des forces armies malgaches, la R6publique malgache met la libre dispositionde la R6publique franqaise des installations militaires A Ivato, Antsirab6, Tamatave,Fort-Dauphin, ainsi que des installations de commandement et de services.
L'appendice n0 2 a la pr6sente annexe d6finit l'emprise de ces installations.La R6publique malgache peut, en cas de besoin, faire stationner des unit6s de ses
forces dans les localit6s ci-dessus d6sign6es.
Article 4
Par "libre disposition", les parties contractantes entendent l'ensemble des droits etfacilit6s d'implantation, de protection, de ravitaillement, d'instruction, de liaison et detransmission, de mouvement et de circulation entre les installations n~cessaires il'existence et a la sfret6 des forces ainsi qu'i I'ex~cution de leurs missions.
Pour leur entrainement et leurs manoeuvres, les forces arm6es frangaises disposent deces facilit~s dans l'utilisation de leurs installations ainsi que dans celle de champs de tird'Ankazob6 et d'Itongafeno.
L'administration civile des locait~s oi stationnent les forces arm6es frangaises est etdemeure du ressort de la R~publique malgache.
Article 5
La R6publique malgache garantit aux forces arm6es frangaises, la libre utilisation deses r6seaux publics de transmission, de ses infrastructures portuaires, maritimes, fluviales,routiires, ferroviaires et a6riennes, le libre transfert de leurs personnels, mat6riels etdenr6es, ainsi que la facult6 d'installer et de faire usage sur son territoire et dans ses eauxterritoriales des balisages a6riens et maritimes et des moyens de transmission n~cessaires ala s6curit6 et a l'accomplissement de leurs missions.
Le Commandement militaire franais est tenu d'informer pr~alablement les autoritisde la R6publique malgache de tout mouvement important de ses unitis par voie terrestre,maritime ou a6rienne.
Pour l'usage des faciit~s privues au pr6sent article, les forces armies frangaisesrespecteront les accords ou raglements en vigueur en ces matires et seront, en tout cas,trait~es sur un pied d'lgalit6 avec les forces arm6es malgaches.
Article 6
La R~publique malgache garantit a la Ripublique fran~aise l'exon~ration des impats,droits et taxes de toute nature tant en ce qui conceme les installations que les denr6es etmat6riels appartenant aux forces arm6es frangaises ou utilis~es par celles-ci.
Article 7
A la demande des autorit6s frangaises, le Gouvernement malgache peut exercer sondroit de r6quisition au profit des forces arm6es franaises.
Article 8
Le Commandement militaire frangais est responsable de l'ordre et de la s6curit6 1l'int6rieur des installations vis6es aux articles 2 et 3 de la pr6sente annexe.
Article 9
Les forces armies franaises ont, sur le territoire de la R6publique malgache, lalibert6 d'emploi, de recrutement et de licenciement de la main-d'oeuvre civile qui leur estn6cessaire, conform~ment a la ligislation du travail en vigueur i Madagascar.
Article 10
Si les forces arm6es frangaises sont appeles i modifier leur implantation, les deuxGouvernements se mettront d'accord, en Comit6 de defense, sur l'attribution denouveaux emplacements pour les installations adapt6es aux besoins de ces forces.
Les dispositions de l'accord de d6fense et de ses annexes seront applicables auxinstallations situ~es sur ces nouveaux emplacements.
Article 11
La R6publique malgache s'engage i respecter les servitudes existantes pourl'utilisation de la base de Di6go-Suarez et des installations militaires des forces armiesfrangaises et i permettre la modification de ces servitudes en cas de n6cessit6 technique.
Appendice n0 16 t IAnnexe III
Les installations, immeubles et casernements 6num~r~s ci-dessous seront transf~r6s enpremier lieu et sur simple demande au Gouvernement malgache
Appendice n0 2
Portant statut de la base stratdgique de Diggo-Suarez et ddfinissant l'emprise de cettebase et des autres installations militaires mises h la libre disposition de la Ripubliquefranpaise d Madagascar.
I. - La base strat~gique de Di6go-Suarez, essentiellement maritime et a6rienne, estsoumise dans toute son 6tendue i la souverainet6 de la R6publique malgache.
La R6publique frangaise en a la libre disposition et est responsable de sa d6fense.II. - La base strat~gique est constitu6e par des installations au sens de l'annexe III
l'accord de defense franco-malgache et par des zones soumises i des servitudes ded6fense.
III. - Les installations de la base comprennent:a) Dans Di6go-Suarez le port militaire et les installations indiqu6es sur la carte
annexe n0 1 i l'exception des 6l6ments qui seraient 6ventuellement n~cessaires aux forcesarm6es malgaches;
b) En dehors de Di6go-Suarez, les installations indiqu6es sur la carte annexe no 2.Celles de ces installations dont la propri~t6 sera transferee a la Ripublique malgache
en vertu des dispositions convenues en matire domaniale, continueront d'etre affect6esen jouissance aux forces armies franaises.
IV. - Les zones soumises aux servitudes de d6fense s'6tendent au territoire dudistrict d'Anivorano-Nord et aux approches maritimes et a~riennes de la province deDi6go-Suarez. Les dispositions ci-apr~s leur sont applicables.
Ind~pendamment des servitudes existantes, d'autres servitudes pourront itre cr66espour les besoins de la d6fense, en particulier sur les "points hauts", les "sites souterrains"et le littoral, et en ce qui conceme la circulation terrestre, maritime et aerienne.
Toute mesure de nature A modifier les conditions de la defense est prise d'uncommun accord entre les autorit~s malgaches comp~tentes et le commandant de la basestrat6gique.
Les autorit6s malgaches et le commandant de la base strat6gique se concertent surl'6laboration et la r~alisation des plans d'infrastructure et de d6veloppement civils.
V. - En dehors des installations de la base, la police et le maintien de l'ordre publicsont assures par les autorit6s malgaches.
Les plans de s6curit6 et les plans de d6fense int6rieure de la base sont 6tablis enliaison entre le commandant de la base strat6gique et les autoritis malgaches.
L'activit6 des services concourant a la surveillance des approches terrestres, maritimeset a6riennes de la base strat~gique et a la police des fronti~res est coordonn6e par lecommandant de la base strat~gique.
En cas de crise ou de conflit arm6, le commandant de la base strat6gique prend, dansle cadre des plans 6tablis, les mesures necessalres a la s~curit6 de la base. A cet effet, iregoit du Gouvernement malgache les pouvoirs n6cessaires.
VI. - Le commandant de la base strat6gique de Di6go-Suarez relive du Gouverne-ment malgache pour ce qui conceme le commandement militaire territorial surl'ensemble des zones constituant la base.
Sa d6signation est soumise i l'agr~ment du Gouvemement malgache.
(g) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE MONETAIRE, ECONO-MIQUE ET FINANCIERE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANqAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE. FAIT A TANANARIVE, LE 27 JUIN19601
Consid6rant qu'aux termes de la d6claration commune en date du 26 juin1960, la R6publique malgache a acc6d6 i l'ind6pendance et que la R~publiquefranraise l'a reconnue en tant qu'Etat ind6pendant et souverain,
Consid6rant que la R6publique malgache est prete & coop6rer avec lesautres Etats membres de la Zone Franc sur la base d'une associationcontractuelle proc6dant des deux principes fondamentaux suivants :
- Chaque Etat ind6pendant d6tient l'int6gralit6 des pouvoirs mon6taires,6conomiques et financiers reconnus aux Etats souverains;
- Les Etats membres acceptent de coordonner leurs politiques commer-ciale et financire, extemes au sein d'organismes communs, en vue dud6veloppement 6conomique le plus rapide possible de chacun d'eux,
TITRE Ier. - DE LA MONNAIE
Article Ier
La R6publique frangaise reconnait que la qualit6 d'Etat souverain acquisepar la R6publique malgache confure i celle-ci le droit de cr6er une monnaienationale et un Institut d'6mission national.
Article 2
La R6publique malgache declare confier le service de l'6mission A untablissement public, d6nomm6 Institut d'6mission malgache, et cr6er tine
monnaie nationale rattach6e au franc suivant une parit6 fixe.
Article 3
La R6publique frangaise se d6clare dispos6e A garantir la monnaiemalgache. La R~publique malgache et la R6publique franqaise s'engagent imaintenir la libert6 des transferts entre Madagascar et la France.
A cet effet, le Tr~sor frangais ouvrira dans ses 6critures, au nom del'Institut d'6mission malgache, un compte d'op6rations qui fonctionnera dansles m6mes conditions que le compte d'op6rations ouvert actuellement au nomde la Banque de Madagascar et des Comores.
Une convention entre le Tr6sor frangais et l'Institut d'6mission malgachepr6cisera les modalit6s de fonctionnement de ce compte d'op~rations.
1 Journal Officiel de la R4publique malgache, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6612. Entr6 envigueur le 18 juillet 1960.
Article 4Tant que la convention relative au compte d'op6rations pr6vue A
l'article 3 ci-dessus demeurera en vigueur :a) Le .Conseil d'administration de l'Institut d'6mission malgache sera
compos6, en nombre 6gal, de repr6sentants de chacun des deux Etats, dont lepr6sident, qui n'aura pas voix pr6pond6rante;
b) La dotation de l'Institut d'6mission malgache sera constitu6e pourmoiti6 par la R6publique malgache, pour moiti6 par la R6publique frangaise;
c) La convention relative au compte d'op6rations fixera les statuts del'Institut d'6mission malgache.
Article 5
La R6publique malgache et la R6publique frangaise d6termineront parconvention les conditions dans lesque~les le service de l'mission sera transf6r6par la Banque de Madagascar et des Comores i l'Institut d'6mission malgache.
Ce transfert aura lieu dans les plus courts d6lais possibles.
Article 6
Pour une p6riode transitoire de trois ans, n6cessaire i 1'installationmat~rielle de l'Institut d'6mission malgache, et susceptible de prolongation, lagestion de l'Institut d'6mission malgache sera confi6e i la Banque deMadagascar et des Comores. Cette gestion sera assur6e pendant cette p6riodesuivant les instructions et sous le contr6le du conseil d'administration del'Institut d'6mission malgache.
Article 7En attendant que soit effectif le transfert pr6vu i l'article 5, le
Gouvernement de la R6publique malgache aura la facult6 de demander h laBanque de Madagascar et des Comores :
- d'isoler dans ses 6critures les operations relevant du service deI'6mission mon6taire;
- de scinder son bilan en cons6quence;- de cr6er un Comit6 de 1'6mission comprenant, sous la pr6sidence du
pr6sident directeur g6n6ral, les trois repr6sentants du Gouvernement de laR6publique malgache et deux autres repr6sentants du Gouvernement frangaissi6geant au Conseil d'administration.
Article 8
La parit6 actuelle entre l'unit6 mon6taire en vigueur A Madagascar et lefranc frangais est maintenue. Toute modification de la parit6 entre l'unit6mon6taire malgache et le franc frangais ne pourra 6tre faite que par accordentre les deux gouvernements.
Le Gouvernement frangais consultera le Gouvernement malgache dans lecadre des 6tudes pouvant dtre effectu6es pr~alablement A toute modification6ventuelle du rapport entre le franc frangais et les monnaies 6trang~res etn~gociera avec lui les mesures propres A sauvegarder les int6r~ts l~gitimes de laRpublique malgache.
TITRE VI.- DU DOMAINE
Article 31
Les parties contractantes conviennent de substituer au r6glement doma-nial fond6 sur la nature des d6pendances un r~glement forfaitaire fond6 surl'6quit6 et satisfaisant A leurs besoins respectifs.
Article 32
En contrepartie de ses droits sur le domaine priv6, la R6publique frangaiseconservera ou recevra en propri6t6 les d6pendances du domaine priv6n6cessaire au fonctionnement de ses services et de ses forces arm6es qui seront6tablis ou maintenus apr~s l'entr6e en vigueur des accords de coop6ration.
La propri6t6 de toutes les autres d6pendances domaniales, notamment desd6pendances du domaine public, tel qu'il 6tait d6fini par le d6cret du 28septembre 1926, sera reconnue A la R6publique malgache.
Article 33
I1 est institu6 une commission mixte paritaire charg6e d'61aborer un projetd'6tat liquidatif, qu'elle soumettra aux deux Gouvernements dans un d6lai desix mois A dater de 1'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord, ce d6lai pouvantetre prorog6 en tant que de besoin.
Article 34
La Commission mixte proc6dera au recensement et i 1'6valuation desd6pendances du domaine, tant public que priv6.
Elle recevra du Gouvernement franqais communication des besoinsimmobiliers des services d6finis i l'article 32.
Elle d6terminera une masse de d6pendances domaniales de valeur 6gale icelle des immeubles n6cessaires au fonctionnement desdits services. Cettemasse est dite : masse des services de la R6publique frangaise.
Article 35
La commission mixte recommandera, le cas 6ch6ant, l'change ded6pendances comprises dans la masse des services de la R6publique frangaisecontre d'autres immeubles offerts par la R6publique malgache.
Article 36
Chaque partie contractante conservera la disposition des d6pendancesqu'elle utilise i la date d'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord jusqu'au termedes op6rations de liquidation, sous r6serve de ce qui est dit i 'appendice no 1de l'annexe III de l'accord de difense.
Article 37
La commission mixte dtablira la liste des organismes de droit publicfrangais jouissant de l'autonomie administrative et financi~re dont les bienssont propri6t6 priv6e.
Article 38
La R6publique malgache d6clare confirmer les concessions accord6esant~rieurement i la date A laquelle prend effet le present accord, sanspr6judice des dispositions internes actuellement applicables.
D~s 1'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord, le droit de concession en ce quiconcerne les terrains immatricul6s sera exercd par les autorit6s de 'Etatmalgache.
Article 39
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera A 'autre 'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa Constitution pour la mise en vigueur du presentaccord. Celui-ci prendra effet i la date de la derni~re notification.
(h) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET MADAGASCARRELATIVES AU TARIF DOUANIER DE LA REPUBLIQUE MAL-GACHE. TANANARIVE, 27 JUIN 1960'
Le Prisident de la Ripublique malgache, chef du Gouvernement,a Monsieur le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique franfaise
L'article 10 de l'Accord de coop6ration en mati~re mon6taire, 6cono-mique et financi~re, sign6 le 27 juin 1960, entre le Gouvernement de laR6publique malgache et le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise, donne Ala Rpublique malgache toute libert6 dans la dtermination de sa politiquecontingentaire et tarifaire, sous reserve des engagements qu'elle souscrit ausein ou en dehors de la Zone Franc et des limitations 6ventuelles arretes.d'uncommun accord.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique malgache tient A informer leGouvemement de la R6publique franqaise qu'il entend, au cours desprochains mois, faire usage de la facult6 qui lui est ainsi reconnue en mati~redouani~re.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique malgache consid6re en effet que1'6tablissement d'un tarif douanier particulier constitue" l'un des attributsfondamentaux de la souverainet6 internationale; ce tarif serait en outre unearme essentielle au service du d6veloppement de 1'6conomie malgache, tout enpermettant i Madagascar de participer plus activement i la libre expansiondes 6changes intemationaux.
II va de soi, comme il est d'aifleurs pr6cis6 aux termes de l'Accord, que laRdpubiique malgache ne saurait, i 'occasion de 1'6tablissement de ce tarif,aller A 'encontre des engagements qu'elle a pu souscrire dans ce domaine etnotamment des principes qui r~gissent ses 6changes avec les pays de laCommunaut6, ainsi que de ceux qui dcoulent de son statut d'Etat associ6avec les pays signataires du Trait6 instituant la Communaut6 6conomiqueeurop6enne.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6616.
Compte tenu des difficult6s que ne manquera pas de soulever la mise enoeuvre des mesures .ci-dessus envisag6es, la R6publique malgache souhaites'attacher A cette occasion le service d'experts frangais, qui devraient 6tre misA sa disposition dans les meilleurs d6lais au titre de 1'aide et de la coop6ration.
Je serais heureux que vous veuilliez bien me confirmer l'accord duGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise sur les termes de la pr6sente lettre.
Le Premier Ministre de la Rdpublique fran~aise d Monsieur le Prisidentde la Rdpublique malgache, chef du Gouvernemen t
Par lettre en date de ce jour, vous avez bien voulu me faire savoir ce quisuit :
[ Voir tex te ci-dessus.]
J'ai I'honneur de vous confirmer mon accord sur les termes de cette lettre.
(i) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE DE JUSTICE ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE. FAITA TANANARIVE, LE 27 JUIN 19601
Consid6rant qu'aux termes de la d6claration commune en date du 26 juin1960, la R6publique malgache a acc6d6 i l'ind6pen'dance et que la R6publiquefrangaise l'a reconnue en tant qu'Etat ind6pendant et souverain,
Consid6rant que la R6publique malgache manifeste la volont6 de coop6reravec la R6publique frangaise au sein de la Communaut6 i laquelle elleparticipe d6sormais dans les conditions pr6vues aux accords franco-malgachesen date de ce jour,
Consid6rant la similitude des principes g6n6raux sur lesquels sont fond6sla l6gislation, l'organisation judiciaire et le statut des magistrats de laR6publique franqaise et de la R6publique malgache, fiddles i un m~me id6alde justice et de libert6.
Consid6rant leur d6sir commun de maintenir et de resserrer les liens quiles unissent notamment dans les mati6res juridiques et judiciaires,
Article le r
Les juridictions de cassation de la R6publique malgache sont seulescomp6tentes pour connaitre des d6cisions rendues par les tribunaux mal-gaches de l'ordre judiciaire et de 'ordre administratif.
1 Journal Officiel de la R4publique franfaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6616. Entri envigueur le 18juiUet 1960.
Article 2
En vue de permettre A la R6publique malgache d'assurer le fonction-nement de ses juridictions, le Gouvernement franqais s'engage, dans la mesuredu possible, i mettre A ]a disposition du Gouvernement malgache lesmagistrats qui lui seront n6cessaires.
Cette mise A la disposition est effectu6e dans le cadre de la conventionfranco-malgache du 22 juillet 1959 relative i l'emploi du personnel judiciaire.
La R6publique franqaise coop~re 6troitement avec la R6publique mal-gache pour la formation des futurs magistrats et pour l'organisation de stagesdestin6s aux magistrats.
Article 3
La R6publique franqaise et la R6publique malgache instituent un 6changer6gulier d'informations en mati~re d'organisation judiciaire, de 16gislation etde jurisprudence.
Article 4
A dfaut de textes malgaches, les dispositions l6gislatives et r6glementairesdu Droit franrais en vigueur A Madagascar A la date i laquelle prend effet lepr6sent accord continuent A dtre appliqu6es par les juridictions malgaches.
Article 5
La R6publique francaise et la R6publique malgache s'engagent A prendretoutes dispositions en vue d'harmoniser leurs 16gislations commercialesrespectives dans toute la mesure compatible avec les exigences pouvantr6sulter de circonstances particuli6res A chacune d'elles.
Article 6
Tout national franqais condamn6 par une juridiction malgache A une peineprivative de libert6 d'une dur6e sup6rieure a une ann6e ou A une peine plusgrave sera remis aux autorit6s frangaises, si le Gouvernement frangais en fait lademande au Gouvernement malgache.
Tout national malgache condamn6 par une juridiction franqaise A unepeine privative de libert6 d'une dur~e sup6rieure A une annie ou A une peineplus grave sera remis aux autorit6s malgaches, si le Gouvernement malgacheen fait la demande au Gouvemement frangais.
Article 7
Les transmissions de documents judiciaires relatives A l'ex6cution dupr6sent accord et de ses annexes, sous la r6serve des dispositions contrairesqui y sont tablies, se feront directement entre les ministres de la justice desdeux Etats.
Article 8
Les tribunaux judiciaires de chaque Etat sont seuls comptents pourconnaftre des contestations 6lev6es A titre principal sur la question de savoir siun individu a la nationalit6 de l'Etat.
Article 9
Des annexes fixent les r~gles applicables entre les parties contractantes ence qui concerne 1'entraide judiciaire, 1'exequatur et 1'extradiction simplifi6e.
Article 10
Chacune des parties contractantes notifiera i 'autre l'accomplissementdes proc6dures requises par sa Constitution pour la mise en vigueur du pr6sentaccord et de ses annexes qui prendront effet A la date de la derni~renotification.
(j) CONVENTION D'ETABLISSEMENT ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRAN-(qAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE. FAITE A TANANARIVE,LE 27 JUIN 1960'
[Note. - Les dispositions de cette convention sont, mutatis mutandis,identiques A celles de Ia Convention du 15 aoflt 1960 entre la France et leCongo. (voir supra, p. 167).]
(k) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET MADAGASCAR SUR L'ETAT DESPERSONNES ORIGINAIRES DE L'ILE SAINTE-MARIE. FAIT ATANANARIVE, LE 27 JUIN 19602
Consid6rant que, par sa situation g6ographique, l'fle Sainte-Marie cons-titue une d6pendance naturelle du territoire de Ia R6publique malgache,
D~sireux de conserver, apr~s l'ind6pendance de la R6publique malgache,aux originaires de 'fle Sainte-Marie les droits et le statut dont ils b6n6ficienttraditionnellement,
Article 1er
L'fle Sainte-Marie est partie int6grante du territoire de In R6publiquemalgache.
Article 2
La R6publique malgache s'engage i maintenir aux originaires de I'fieSainte-Marie et A leurs descendants 'application, sur son territoire, du statutpersonnel auquel ces personnes sont soumises & Ia date d'entr6e en vigueur dupr6sent accord.
Ce statut pourra dtre modifi6, de convention entre les parties, apr~s Ispromulgation par Ia R6publique malgache d'un code civil de droit moderne.
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franpalse, 20 juilet 1960, p. 6627. Entr6 envigueur le 18 juillet 1960.
2 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique frangaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6629.
Article 3
Les originaires de rfle Sainte-Marie seront admis, sur le territoire de laR6publique fran~aise, i exercer les droits attach6s i la qualit6 de citoyenfrangais tout en conservant la nationalit6 malgache.
(1) ACCORD MULTILATERAL ENTRE LA FRANCE, LA FEDERATIONDU MALI ET LA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE SUR LES DROITSFONDAMENTAUX DES NATIONAUX DES ETATS DE LA COMMU-NAUTE. FAIT LE 22 JUIN 1960
[Note. - Le texte de cet accord est reproduit sous (Mali, Federation of)infra, p. 326).]
(m) PROTOCOLE DOMANIAL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRAN AISEET LA REPUBLIQUE MALGACHE. FAIT A TANANARIVE, LE 18OCTOBRE 19611
Consid6rant qu'aux termes des articles 31 et suivants de l'accord decoop6ration en mati~re mon6taire, 6conomique et financi~re en date du 27juin 1960, entr6 en vigueur le 17 juillet 1960, les parties contractantes sontconvenues de substituer au r~glement domanial fond6 sur la nature desd6pendances un r~glement forfaitaire fond6 sur 1'6quit6 et satisfaisant i leursbesoins respectifs;
Consid6rant qu'aux termes de l'article 7 de 'accord de d6fense en date du27 juin 1960, pour permettre i la R6publique frangaise d'assurer sesresponsabilit6s dans la d6fense commune et i l'6chelle mondiale, laR6publique malgache lui reconnaft la libre disposition des bases et d'installa-tions militaires et lui assure les facilit6s n~cessaires;
Consid6rant qu'aux termes de l'article 11 de 'annexe III dudit accord ded6fense la R6publique malgache s'engage A respecter les servitudes existantespour l'utilisation de la base de Digo-Suarez et les installations militaires desforces arm6es franqaises et A permettre la modification de ces servitudes encas de n6cessit6 technique;
Consid6rant les propositions formul6es par la commission mixte paritairecharg6e d'61aborer un projet d'6tat liquidatif et d'6tablir la liste desorganismes de droit public franqais jouissant de l'autonomie administrative etfinanci~re dont les biens sont propri6t6 priv6e,
Art. jer. - L'6tat liquidatif pr6vu par l'article 33 de 'accord de coop6ra-tion en mati~re mon6taire, 6conomique et financi~re en date du 27 juin 1960est constitu6 par les listes I et II ci-annex6es.
La liste des organismes de droit public frangais pr6vue par l'article 37dudit accord est constitu6e par la liste no III ci-annex6e.
Art. 2. - La Rdpublique frangaise reconnaft i la R6publique malgache lapropri6t6 de toutes les d6pendances domaniales situ6es i Madagascar nonvis6es i l'article ci-dessus.
1 Journal Officiel de la R4publique franfaise, 11 mars 1963, p. 2720.
Art. 3. - La R6publique malgache reconnaft A la R6publique frangaise lapropri6t6 des immeubles avec les constructions qui s'y trouvent mentionn6esdans les listes I et II.
Art. 4. - La R6publique frangaise et la R6publique malgache reconnais-sent aux organismes de droit public frangais la propri6t6 des immeublesmentionn6s dans la liste III avec les constructions qui s'y trouvent.
Art. 5. - La R6publique malgache reconnaft aux forces armdes de laR6publique frangaise la libre disposition des immeubles avec les constructionsqui s'y trouvent 6num6r6es dans la liste IV, sous r6serve, le cas 6ch6ant, del'application de l'accord de d6fense du 27 juin 1960, entr6 en vigueur le 17juillet 1960.
Art. 6. - Sur simple r6quisition de l'Etat ou de l'organisme reconnu oudevenu propri6taire, les conservateurs de la propri6t6 fonci~re de laR6publique malgache proc6deront aux inscriptions n6cessaires sur les titresfonciers.
Pour les immeubles non immatricul6s, le service des domaines de laR6publique malgaclie procbdera aux formalit6s r6glementaires en vue del'6tablissement d'un titre foncier au nom de la collectivit6 int~ress6e.
Toutes les formalit6s seront effectu6es sans frais ni taxe.
26. MALAWI
Laws and decrees
(a) MALAWI INDEPENDENCE ACT 19641
[Note: The provisions of sections 1, 2, 4 and 5 of this Act are basicallysimilar to those of sections 1, 2, 4 and 5 of the Gambia Independence Act1964 (supra, p. 189). The same similarity exists between section 3 of the Actand section 3 of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (supra, p. 178), and betweenits section 6 and section 7 of the Kenya Independence Act 1963 (supra,p. 248).
The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar tothose of the corresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964(supra, p. 189).]
(b) THE MALAWI INDEPENDENCE ORDER IN COUNCIL 19642, 3
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1964, Part I, Chap. 46, p. 662.2 Statutory Instruments 1964, Part II, p. 1955.3 The provisions of sections 1 (3), 4 (3) (4), 7 (3) (4) of this Order are basically
similar to those of sections 1 (4), 4 (2) (5) and 5 (4) (6) of the Barbados IndependenceOrder 1966 (supra, p. 119). The same similarity exists between sections 5 (2) (3) and 7(1) of the Order in question on the one hand and sections 6 (1) and 7 (3) (4) of theJamaica (Constitution) Order in Council 1962 on the other hand (supra, p. 240).Sections 7 (5) and 13 of the Order are similar to sections 8 (8) and 13 (1) (2) of theBotswana Independence Order 1966 (supra, p. 132); section 12 is similar to section 14of the Kenya Independence Order in Council 1963 (supra, p. 249).
1. Citation and commencement
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 6th July1964:
Provided that where the Governor-General has power by or under thisOrder to make any appointment, or make any order (other than an orderunder section 4 (2) of this Order relating to any Act of the Parliament of theUnited Kingdom or any Order of Her Majesty in Council) or to do any otherthing for the purposes of this Order, that power may be exercised by theGovernor and Commander-in-Chief of Nyasaland at any time after 29th June1964 to such extent as may, in his opinion, be necessary or expedient toenable the Constitution of Malawi established by this Order to function asfrom 6th July 1964.
2. RevocationsThe Orders specified in column 1 of Schedule 1 to this Order are revoked
to the extent specified in column 2 of that Schedule.3. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution set out in
Schedule 2 to this Order (hereinafter referred to as "the Constitution") shallcome into effect in Malawi at the commencement of this Order.
4. Existing laws(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the existing laws shall,
notwithstanding the revocation of the provisions mentioned in Schedule 1 tothis Order, continue in force after the commencement of this Order as if theyhad been made in pursuance of this Order but they shall be construed withsuch modifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptions as. may benecessary to bring them into conformity with this Order.
(2) The Governor-General may by order made at any time before6th January 1965 make such amendments to any existing law or to any Actof Parliament of the United Kingdom or Order of Her Majesty in Council(other than the Malawi Independence Act 1964 or this Order) having effect aspart of the law of Malawi or any part thereof immediately before thecommencement of this, Order as may appear to him to be necessary orexpedient for bringing that law, Act of Parliament or Order into conformitywith the provisions of this Order or otherwise for giving effect or enablingeffect to be given to those provisions.
(5) For the purposes of this section, the expression "the existing laws"means all Ordinances, laws, rules, regulations, resolutions, orders or otherinstruments having the effect of law made or having effect as if they had beenmade in pursuance of the provisions revoked by section 2 of this Order andhaving effect as part of the law of Malawi or any part thereof immediatelybefore the commencement of this Order or any Act of the Parliament of theUnited Kingdom so having effect by virtue of the provisions revoked bysection 2 of this Order.
5. Existing offices(1) Where any office has been established by or under the provisions
revoked by section 2 of this Order and the Constitution establishes a similar
or an equivalent office, any person who immediately before the commence-ment of this Order holds or is acting in the former office shall, so far as isconsistent with the provisions of the Constitution, be deemed to have beenappointed, elected or designated as from the commencement of this Order tohold or to act in the latter office in accordance with the provisions of theConstitution and to have taken any necessary oath under the Constitution:
Provided that(a) any person who under the provisions revoked by section 2 of this
Order or under any existing law would have been required to vacate his officeat the expiration of any period or on the attainment of any age shall vacatehis office at the expiration of that period or upon the attainment of that age;
(b) if any person holds the office of Director of Public Prosecutionsimmediately before the commencement of this Order who was appointed tothat office for a fixed period he shall vacate that office at the expiration ofthat period instead of upon the attainment of the age prescribed for thepurposes of section 98 of the Constitution.
8. Qualifications and disqualifications for membership of NationalAssembly
(1) During the period commencing on 6th July 1964 and ending on5th July 1965 any person who, being a member of the National Assemblyimmediately before the commencement of this Order, is not a citizen ofMalawi may, notwithstanding the provisions of section 34 (1) (a) and39 (2) (a) of the Constitution, hold his seat in the Assembly, but any suchperson shall, if he is not a citizen of Malawi on 6th July 1965, vacate his seatin the Assembly on that day.
(2) Until Parliament otherwise provides in pursuance of section 35 (4) ofthe Constitution, a person shall be disqualified for membership of theNational Assembly if he holds or is acting in any public office or he belongsto any of the armed forces of the Crown and, for the purposes of thissubsection, a person shall not be considered as belonging to the armed forcesof the Crown by reason only of the fact that he is in receipt of a pension orother like allowance in respect of service in such forces.
10. Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to 1964The Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to 1964 shall cease to
have effect as part of the law of Malawi on 6th July 1966 or such earlier dateas Parliament may prescribe:
Provided that section 6 (2) (d) and section 8 of the Emergency PowersOrder in Council 1939 shall cease to have effect as part of the law of Malawias from the commencement of this Order:
14. Appeals to Her Majesty in Council(1) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of this section, no appeal
shall lie to Her Majesty in Council (whether as of right or by leave either ofHer Majesty in Council or of any court established for Malawi) from anydecision given in any civil or criminal matter by any such court.
(2) Any appeal to Her Majesty in Council from a decision given by theexisting Supreme Court of Appeal, being an appeal that is pending
immediately before the commencement of this Order and in which therecords have been registered in the Office of the Privy Council before thecommencement of this Order, shall continue to lie to Her Majesty in Counciland may be prosecuted and disposed of in accordance with the law regulatingthe procedure in appeals to Her Majesty in Council from decisions given bythat Court that is in force immediately before the commencement of thisOrder.
15. Exercise of jurisdiction of High Court and other courtsUntil Parliament otherwise provides(a) the civil and criminal jurisdiction of the High Court and of all
subordinate courts shall, subject to the provisions of this Order and of anylaw in force in Malawi, be exercised in conformity with the statutes of generalapplication in force in England on the 11 th August 1902 and the substance ofthe English common law and doctrines of equity;
(b) in cases in which all parties are Africans of Malawi, that is to say,members of a tribe or race of Africa which ordinarily resides in Malawi orpersons who ordinarily reside in Malawi as members of such a tribe or race,and in such other cases as may be prescribed by any law in force in Malawithe High Court and any subordinate court shall, in the exercise of their civiland criminal jurisdiction, be guided by customary law so far as it is applicableand is not repugnant to justice or morality or inconsistent with any law inforce in Malawi and shall decide such cases according to substantial justicewithout regard to technicalities of procedure.
17. Public land and minerals(1) All public land (as defined in the Nyasaland Protectorate (African
Trust Land) Order in Council 1950) (a) shall, as from the commencement ofthis Order, vest in the Governor-General subject to any rights and interestswhich, before the commencement of this Order, have by or under any law inforce in the former Nyasaland Protectorate, or otherwise, been granted to, orrecognised as vested in, any other person (not being the Governor of the saidProtectorate).
(2) All rights in respect of minerals and mineral oils on or under any landwhich is not
(a) public land; or(b) African trust land (as defined in the said Order) shall, as from the
commencement of this Order, vest in the GoverAor-General unless, before thecommencement of this Order, they have by or under any law in force in theformer Nyasaland Protectorate, or otherwise, been granted to, or recognisedas vested in, any other person (not being the Governor of the saidProtectorate).
(3) Subject to the provisions of any law in force in Malawi, the Ministerresponsible for land matters of any public officer for the time beingauthorised by that Minister, may make and execute grants, leases or otherdispositions of public land.
(4) The provisions of subsections (1), (2) and (3) of this section shallhave effect until Parliament makes other provision.
SCHEDULE 2 TO THE ORDER
THE CONSTITUTION OF MALA WI'
Chapter I. Citizenship
1. Persons who become citizens on 6th July 1964Every person who, having been born in the former Nyasaland Protecto-
rate, is on 5th July 1964 a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies or aBritish protected person shall become a citizen of Malawi on 6th July 1964:
Provided that a person shall not become a citizen of Malawi by virtue ofthis subsection if neither of his parents was born. in the former NyasalandProtectorate.
2. Citizens of former Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland(1) Any person who was on 31st December 1963 a citizen of the former
Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland and who has a substantial Malawiconnection (as defined in subsection (2) of this section) shall be entitled,upon making application before 6th July 1965 in such manner as may beprescribed by Parliament, to be registered as a citizen of Malawi.
(2) For the purposes of subsection (1) of this section a person has asubstantial Malawi connection if, and shall not be regarded as having such aconnection unless,
(a) he was born in the former Nyasaland Protectorate;(b) his father was born in the former Nyasaland Protectorate;(c) he was, immediately before he became a citizen of the former
Federation, a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies by virtue of hishaving been registered or naturalised as such in the former NyasalandProtectorate under the British Nationality Act 1948 or his father had at thetime of that person's birth been so registered or naturalised there under thatAct;
(d) he was registered or naturalised as a citizen of the former Federation,having been ordinarily resident in the former Nyasaland Protectorate at thetime of such registration or naturalisation or his father had at the time of thatperson's birth been so registered or naturalised and had been so resident atthe time of the registration or naturalisation;
(e) he or his father was, as a minor child, registered as a citizen of theformer Federation, the responsible parent or the guardian upon whoseapplication he was so registered being ordinarily resident in the formerNyasaland Protectorate at the time of the registration;
(f) he is, or his father was (his father also being or having been a citizenof the former Federation), the adopted child of a citizen or of citizens of theformer Federation who or all of whom were resident and domiciled in theformer Nyasaland Protectorate at the time of the adoption;
1 The provisions of sections 3 (2), 5, 8 and 10 of this Constitution are basicallysimilar to those of sections 3 (1), 5, 8 and 10 of the Barbados Constitution (supra,p. 124). The same similarity exists between the provisions of sections 1 (2), 9, 87, 92and 105 of the Constitution in question on the one hand and those of sections 20 (2), 27(1) (2) (3), 117, 119 and 125 of the Constitution of Botswana on the other hand (supra,p. 137).
(g) he was, or his father had at the time of that person's birth been,registered, by virtue of, inter alia, his possession of associations with theformer Nyasaland Protectorate as a citizen of the former Federation undersection 16A of the Citizenship of Rhodesia and Nyasaland and BritishNationality Act 1957 (a) as inserted by the Citizenship of Rhodesia andNyasaland and British Nationality Amendment Act 1959 (b); or
(h) his or his father's name had been included by virtue of section 13 (7)of the Electoral Act 1958 (c) in the list of general voters registered in theformer Nyasaland Protectorate.
(4) Any woman who was on 31st December 1963 a citizen of the formerFederation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland and who does not become a citizen ofMalawi on 6th July 1964 under any other provision of this Chapter shall beentitled, upon making application before 6th July 1965 in such manner asmay be prescribed by Parliament, to be registered as a citizen of Malawi, if
(a) she was, immediately before she became a citizen of the formerFederation, married to a person who becomes or would, but for his deathhave become, entitled to be registered as a citizen of Malawi undersubsection (1) of this section by virtue of any connection with Malawi that isdescribed in subsection (2) of this section;
(b) she was, immediately before she became a citizen of the Federation,the widow of a person who would, but for his death, have become entitled tobe registered as a citizen of Malawi under subsection (1) of this section byvirtue of such a connection with Malawi as is described in subsection (2) (a)or (2) (c) of this section;
(c) she was, immediately before she became a citizen of the Federation,the widow of a person whose father becomes, or would but for his death havebecome, entitled to be registered as a citizen of Malawi under subsection (1)of this section by virtue of such a connection with Malawi as is described insubsection (2) (a) or (2) (c) of this section.
3. Other persons entitled to be registered as citizens(1) Any person who, but for the proviso to section 1 (1) of this
Constitution would be a citizen of Malawi by virtue of that subsection, shallbe entitled, upon making application before the specified date in such manneras may be prescribed by Parliament, to be registered as a citizen of Malawi:
(3) Any woman who, on 5th July 1964, is married to a person whosubsequently becomes a citizen of Malawi by registration under subsection(1) or (5) of this section shall be entitled, upon making application before thespecified date in such manner as may be prescribed by Parliament, to beregistered as a citizen of Malawi.
(4) Any woman who, on 5th July 1964, has been married to a personwho becomes, or would, but for his death, have become entitled to beregistered as a citizen of Malawi under subsection (1) or (5) of this section,but whose marriage has been terminated by death or dissolution shall beentitled, upon making application before the specified date in such manner asmay be prescribed by Parliament, to be registered as a citizen of Malawi.
(5) Any person who, on 5th July 1964, is a citizen of the UnitedKingdom and Colonies, having become such a citizen by virtue of his having
been naturalised or registered in the former Nyasaland Protectorate under theBritish Nationality Act 1948, shall be entitled, upon making applicationbefore the specified date in such manner as may be prescribed by Parliament,to be registered as a citizen of Malawi:
(6) In this section "the specified date" means(a) in relation to a person to whom subsection (1) of this section refers,
6th July 1965;(b) in relation to a woman to whom subsection (3) of this section refers,
the expiration of such period after her husband is registered as a citizen ofMalawi as may prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament;
(c) in relation to a woman to whom subsection (4) of this section refers,6th July 1965, and
(d) in relation to a person to whom subsection (5) of this section refers,6th July 1965,
or such later date as may in any particular case be prescribed by or under anAct of Parliament.
Chapter IX. Miscellaneous
110. Interpretation
(11) Any reference in this Constitution to a law made before 6th July1964 shall, unless the context otherwise requires, be construed as a referenceto that law as it had effect on 5th July 1964.
(12) Any reference in this Constitution to a law that amends or replacesany other law shall be construed as including a reference to a law thatmodifies, re-enacts, with or without amendment or modification, or makesdifferent provision in lieu of that other law.
27. MALAYSIA
(i) Treaties
(a) AGREEMENT BETWEEN HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN OF THEUNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRE-LAND AND HIS MAJESTY THE YANG DI-PERTUAN AGONG OFTHE FEDERATION OF MALAYA FOR THE REFERENCE OFAPPEALS FROM THE SUPREME COURT OF THE FEDERATION OFMALAYA TO THE JUDICIAL COMMITTEE OF THE PRIVY COUN-CIL. SIGNED AT KUALA LUMPUR, ON 4 MARCH 1958'
1 United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 314, p. 254. Came into force in 1 July 1958.
PART I. DEFINITIONS
Article 1
In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires"the Federation" means the Federation of Malaya;"the Judicial Committee" means the Judicial Committee of the Privy
Council;"leave to appeal" includes special leave to appeal;"the Privy Council" means Her Britannic Majesty's Privy Council;"the Supreme Court" means the Supreme Court of the Federation.
PART II. JURISDICTION OF JUDICIAL COMMITTEE
AND REGULATION OF APPEALS
Article 2
The Judicial Committee shall have such jurisdiction as is necessary toallow it to entertain references made to it by His Majesty The Yangdi-Pertuan Agong under this Agreement and as is necessary otherwise to giveeffect to this Agreement.
Article 3
Appeals shall lie from the Supreme Court to His Majesty The Yangdi-Pertuan Agong and shall be referred by Him to the Judicial Committee inthe following cases
(a) In the case of any decision from which an appeal from the SupremeCourt would have been entertained by Her Britannic Majesty in Council (withor without special leave) immediately before 31st August, 1957;
(b) in the case of any decision as to the effect of any provision of theConstitution of the Federation, including any opinion pronounced on areference under Article 130 thereof.
Article 7
The following matters shall be provided for and regulated by the law ofthe Federation
(a) In cases where appeal lies by leave of the Supreme Court, the timeand manner of applying for such leave and the procedure relating to thegranting of such leave;
(b) The requirement that steps which.would or might otherwise be takenin the Federation shall be taken as provided in Article 6 of this Agreement;
(c) Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 6 of this Agreement,the procedure, as respects things to be done in the Federation, regardingapplications for special leave of His Majesty The Yang di-Pertuan Agong;
(d) The giving effect, otherwise than in the United Kingdom, torecommendations of the Judicial Committee in relation to appeals referred tothe Judicial Committee, including recommendations as to the costs in anymatter so referred.
Article 8
The following matters shall be provided for and regulated by the law ofthe United Kingdom
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Article 7 of thisAgreement, the procedure regarding applications for special leave to appeal toHis Majesty The Yang di-Pertuan Agong, and the making of recommendationsby the Judicial Committee to His Majesty The Yang di-Pertuan Agongrespecting such application;
(b) Proceedings before the Judicial Committee in appeals and applica-tions for. special leave to appeal referred to it under this Agreement,including:
(i) the making of recommendations respecting the disposal of any suchappeal;
(ii) the making of recommendations to His Majesty The Yang di-PertuanAgong as to thin,s otherwise to be done within the Federation; and
(iii) the giving of directions as to things to be done within the UnitedKingdom.
Article 9
The provisions of this Agreement shall apply to appeals and applicationsfor leave to appeal as well from decisions given before 31st August, 1957, asfrom decisions given thereafter.
Article 10
Appeals and applications for leave to appeal pending on 31st August1957, shall be treated as appeals, or (as the case may be) applications forleave to appeal, to His Majesty The Yang di-Pertuan Agong and shall be dealtwith accordingly under this Agreement.
Article 11
Reports and recommendations of the Judicial Committee shall be made inwhatever form may from time to time appear convenient to the JudicialCommittee and shall be sent by the Registrar of the Privy Council to one ofHer Britannic Majesty's Principal Secretaries of State for transmission to HisMajesty The Yang di-Pertuan Agong.
Article 12
On receipt of areport or recommendation of the Judicial Committee, HisMajesty The Yang di-Pertuan Agong shall make such order as may benecessary to give effect to it.
Article 13
Copies of all orders made by His Majesty The Yang di-Pertuan Agongunder this Agreement shall be sent to one of Her Britannic Majesty's PrincipalSecretaries of State for transmission to the Registrar of the Privy Council.
(b) AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITEDKINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERN IRELAND ANDTHE GOVERNMENT OF MALAYSIA CONCERNING CERTAINOVERSEAS OFFICERS SERVING IN SABAH AND SARAWAK.SIGNED AT KUALA LUMPUR, ON 7 MAY 19651
1. (1) In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires:"appointed day" means the date on which Malaysia was established;
"compensation" means any sum of money, not being a pension or thecommutation thereof or a gratuity, which is payable by the Government ofMalaysia, on or after the appointed day, either in one payment or byinstalments, including any sum payable by way of commutation of additionsto a pension, to a designated officer by virtue of arrangements for thepayment of compensation approved by a Secretary of State for the purposeof this Agreement;
"contract officer" means a designated officer seconded from the serviceof the Government of Sabah or the Government of Sarawak to the service ofthe Government of Malaysia or recruited by the Government of Malaysia forservice in Sabah or Sarawak who is on or after the appointed day a party to acontract of service in writing with one or other of the aforementionedGovernments and whose service under that contract does not qualify him fora pension;
"designated officer" means an officer designated as such by a Secretary ofState who is
(i) an expatriate officer who, on or after the appointed day, is secondedby the Government of Sabah or the Government of Sarawak forservice under the Government of Malaysia or is recruited by theGovernment of Malaysia for service in Sabah or Sarawak or istransferred to the service of the Government of Malaysia in the officeof Judge of the High Court of Borneo having immediately beforesuch transfer been the substantive holder of a pensionable office inthe service of the Government of Sabah or the Government ofSarawak; and
(ii) who(a) is a member of Her Majesty's Overseas Civil Service; or(b) was selected for appointment by or with the approval of aSecretary of State, or was recruited by the Crown Agents for OverseaGovernments and Administrations; or(c) was otherwise recruited to a post for which a normal channel ofrecruitment is either the Ministry of Overseas Development or theCrown Agents for Oversea Governments and Administrations andwhose appointment for the purpose of this Agreement is approvedby a Secretary of State;
"gratuity" means the- sum payable to a contract officer, in addition tosalary and allowance, under his contract of service, and described therein as
1 United Nations, Treaty Series, vol. 552, p. 260; deemed to have come into force on1 January 1964.
such or in the laws and regulations applicable thereto, in return for servicerendered, whether such sum is paid at the conclusion of that service orotherwise;
"passage" means transportation of a designated officer, his wife, childrenand effects by such means, by such routes, in such classes of accommodationand in accordance with such conditions as the Government of Malaysia maywith the concurrence of the Government of the United Kingdom prescribe;
"6pension" means the pension payable to a designated officer underpensions Laws and Regulations applicable to him, including any sum paid tohim by way of commutation of such pension, but excluding any compen-sation;
"Secretary of State" means one of Her Majesty's Principal Secretaries ofState in the United Kingdom.
(2) Reference in this Agreement to Sabah shall in relation to any periodprior to the appointed day be construed as a reference to North Borneo.
2. In the event of the Government of Malaysia on or after the appointedday paying the allowances, and providing for the passages referred to inclause 3 of this Agreement, the Government of the United Kingdom will, inaccordance with such procedure as may mutually be agreed between the saidtwo Governments, reimburse the Government of Malaysia the followingsums:
(a) the aggregate amount of the allowance, referred to in paragraphs (a)and (b) of clause 3 of this Agreement, and paid to designated officers lesssuch sum as may be agreed by the said two Governments as being equivalentfor the purpose of this Agreement to the proceeds of taxation payable bydesignated officers on the inducement allowance referred to in paragraph (a)of clause 3 of this Agreement;
(b) one half of the aggregate amount paid by the Government ofMalaysia in providing for designated officers the passages referred to inparagraph (c) of clause 3 of this Agreement;
(c) that part of any gratuity paid by the Government of Malaysia to adesignated officer which accrues to that officer by virtue of the addition tohis emoluments, after the appointed day, of the inducement allowancereferred to in paragraph (a) of clause 3 of this Agreement;
(d) that part of any pension paid by the Government of Malaysia to adesignated officer which accrues to that officer by virtue of the addition tohis pensionable emoluments, after the appointed day, of the inducementallowance referred to in paragraph (a) of clause 3 of this Agreement whichshall bear the same proportion to the total pension payable to that officer bythe Government of Malaysia as the total amount of inducement as aforesaidpaid to him by the Government of Malaysia bears to the aggregatepensionable emoluments earned by him, before or after the appointed daywhile in the public service of the Government of Malaysia.
3. The allowances and passages mentioned in clause 2 of this Agreementare as follows:
(a) an inducement allowance paid to a designated officer at such annualrate as may be specified from time to time by the Government of the UnitedKingdom after consultation with the Government of Malaysia;
(b) any education allowance to which a designated officer may beentitled at rates and under conditions specified from time to time by the
Government of the United Kingdom after consultation with the Governmentof Malaysia;
(c) passages on such occasions as the Government of Malaysia may withthe concurrence of the Government of the United Kingdom prescribe.
4. In the event of the Government of Malaysia on or after the appointedday paying a pension, gratuity or compensation to a person who was adesignated officer for the purposes of the Overseas Service (Sarawak)Agreement, 1961, or the Overseas Service (North Borneo) Agreement, 1961,the Government of the United Kingdom will, in accordance with suchprocedure as may mutually be agreed between the said two Governments,reimburse the Government of Malaysia the following sums:
(a) that part of any gratuity paid by the Government of Malaysia to sucha person which accrues to that person by virtue of the addition to hisemoluments of the inducement allowance referred to in whichever of thoseAgreements apply in relation to him;
(b) that part of any pension paid by the Government of Malaysia to anysuch person which accrues to such person by virtue of the addition to hispensionable emoluments of the inducement allowance referred to inparagraph (a) of this clause which shall bear the same proportion to the totalpension payable to that person in respect of his service in Sarawak or Sabah,as the case may be, as the total amount of inducement allowance as aforesaidpaid to him by the Government of Malaysia bears to the aggregatepensionable emoluments earned by him while in the public service of theGovernment of Sabah or Sarawak;
(c) one half of the aggregate amount paid by the Government of Malaysiaas compensation to such a person.
5. The Government of the United Kingdom will take such steps as maybe necessary to exempt the allowance referred to in paragraph (b) of clause 3of this Agreement from the operation of any income tax law for the timebeing in force in the United Kingdom, and the Government of Malaysia willtake such steps as may be necessary either to exempt the said allowance fromthe operation of any income tax law for the time being in force in Malaysia,or to ensure that the amount after the deduction of income tax received by adesignated officer by way of the said allowance is equal to the allowancespecified by the Government of the United Kingdom in pursuance ofparagraph (b) of clause 3.
(ii) Statements from governmental authorities
STATEMENT ON THE PUBLIC DEBT, 1956 TO 19581
From: The Treasury, Federation of Malat'a, 4th September, 1963
I am unfamiliar with the Colonial Stock Act, 1877, or the ColonialDevelopment and Welfare Act, but I have endeavoured in preparing a list ofall the public debts of the country from the year 1956 to 1958 which isattached, 2 for your information. In the list of the public debt which I am
I Text reproduced from: The International Law Association, Report of tileFifty.fourth Conference, The Hague, 1971, p. 124.
2 List not rcpioduced in this volume.
sending you, I have given the full title of the various loans and the legalauthority by which they were raised. The amount raised through the variousloans is also stated in the list. Prior to 1958, the Federation of Malaya did notraise any loans from World Banks, but the Federation Government obtainedgrants and not loans of about $1,228,740 for 1957 and $1,729,277 for 1956from the Colonial Development and Welfare Fund.
It will be noted from the list given to you that a few of the loans were notgiven to the Federation Government, but to various public authorities in thecountry. For example, Items 23, 24, 25 and 30 were loans granted to thepublic authorities with the guarantee of the Federation Government.Together with the list of public debt, I have also prepared some notesexplaining certain aspects of some of the loans for your information.
28. MALI, FEDERATION OF'
Trait6s2
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA FEDERATIONDU MALI PORTANT TRANSFERT DES COMPETENCES DE LACOMMUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 4 AVRIL 19603
Les comp~tences institutes par Particle 78 de la Constitution du4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui les concerne, transf6r6es h la R6publique duS6n6gal et i la R6publique soudanaise, group6es au sein de la F6d6ration duMali, d s 'accomplissement par les parties contractantes de la proc6durepr6vue h l'article 87 de ladite Constitution.
(b) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA FEDERATION DU MALICONCERNANT LES DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES APPLICABLESJUSQU'A L'ENTREE EN VIGUEUR DES ACCORDS DE COOPE-RATION ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA FEDE-RATION DU MALI. FAIT A PARIS, LE 4 AVRIL 19604
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques celles de l'Accord du 15 juillet 1960 entre la France et le Gabon(supra, p. 181).]
(c) ACCORD CONCERNANT LES DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES ENMATIERE DE JUSTICE, ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA FEDERATION DU MALI. FAIT A PARIS, LE 4 AVRIL 19605[iVote. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-
tiques a celles de l'Accord du 12 juillet 1960 entre la France et le Congo(supra, pp. 163-164.]
1 Former name of the union of Mali and Senegal, later dissolved.2 Voir aussi la Convention (a) sous Niger, infra, p. 370.3 Journal Officiel de la R6publique fran~aise, 2 juillet 1960, p. 5969. Entr6 en
vigueur le 19 juin 1960 (voir Ic pr6ambule de I'Accord n' 5 plus loin).4 Ibid. Entr6 en vigueur le 19 juin 1960.5 Ibid. Entr6 en vigueur le 19 juin 1960.
(d) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA FEDERATIONDU MALI SUR LA PARTICIPATION DE LA FEDERATION DU MALIA LA COMMUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 22 JUIN 19601
Consid6rant que, par l'effet de l'accord de transfert en date du 4 avril1960 entr6 en vigueur le 19 juin 1960, la F6d6ration du Mali a acc6d6 hl'ind6pendance et que la R6publique frangaise 'a reconnue en tant qu'Etatind6pendant et souverain.
Consid6rant que la Fd6ration du Mali manifeste la volont6 de coop6reravec la R6publique frangaise au sein de la Communaut6,
Article jer
La F1d6ration du Mali adhere a la Communaut6 dans les conditionsd6finies au pr6sent accord et aux accords de coop6ration franco-maliens endate de ce jour.
Article 2
La F6d6ration du Mali reconnaft que le Pr6sident de la R6publiquefranqaise est de droit Pr6sident de la Communaut6.
Article 3
La R6publique franiaise et la Fd6ration du Mali participent i uneConf6rence p6riodique des chefs d'Etat et de gouvernement, r6unie sous lapr6sidence du Pr6sident de la Communaut6, pour se concerter sur lesprobl~mes essentiels int6ressant celle-ci.
Elles participent aussi i des Comit6s de ministres ou d'experts auxquelssont repr6sent6s 6ventue1ement les autres Etats.
Article 4
La Fd6ration du Mali a la facult6 d'envoyer une d616gation un S6natinterparlementaire consultatif compos6 de d6l6gu6s des assembl6es 16gislativesdes Etats de la Communaut6.
(e) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE DE DEFENSE ENTRELA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA FEDERATION DU MALIAVEC ANNEXE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 22 JUIN 19602
Consid6rant que, par 'effet de l'accord de transfert en date du 4 avril1960 entr6 en vigueur le 19 juin 1960, la F6d6ration du Mali a acc6db h
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franpaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6629. Entr6 envigueur le 19 juillet 1960. (Renseignement tir6 de Rollet, op. cit., p. 182.)
2 Ibid., p. 6630. Entr6 en vigueur le 19 juillet 1960. (Renseignement tiri de Rollet,op. cit., p. 183.)
1'ind6pendance et que la R6publique frangaise l'a reconnue en tant qu'Etatind6pendant et souverain,
Conscients des responsabilit6s qui leur incombent, en ce qui concerne lemaintien de la paix, conform6ment aux principes de la Charte des NationsUnies.
Consid6rant que, si la d6fense tant int6rieure qu'ext6rieure du Malid6pend de la seule Fd6ration du Mali, celle-ci peut, avec l'accord de laR~publique frangaise, faire appel aux forces arm6es frangaises pour sa d6fenseint6rieure ou ext6rieure,
Consid6rant que la Fd6ration du Mali manifeste la volont6 de coop6reravec la R6publique frangaise au sein de la Communaut6 a laquelle elleparticipe d6sormais dans les conditions pr6vues aux accords franco-maliens endate de ce jour,
D6sireux de d6terminer les modalit6s de leur coop6ration en mati re ded6fense,
Article 4
La R6publique frangaise s'engage transf6rer la Fd6ration du Mali lapropri6t6 et lajouissance :
1 Des casernements et bftiments n6cessaires h l'arm6e malienne;20 De tous les casernements et b~timents non compris dans les bases
c6d6es h la France.
Article 6
Des conventions annexes d6finissent les modalit6s d'application dupr6sent accord, notamment en ce qui concerne :
- la mise sur pied de 'arm6e malienne et l'assistance militaire technique;- le statut des membres des forces arm6es frangaises au Mali;- les bases et l'infrastructure.
ANNEXE III
SUR LES BASES ET L'INFRASTRUCTURE
Article Ier. - Les bases c~d6es par la F~d6ration du Mali i la R6publique franqaisesont la base stratigique du Cap-Vert (Dakar-Thiis), les bases de Saint-Louis et de Kati etles bases a6riennes de Bamako, Gao et Tessalit.
Les forces arm6es frangaises ont la ibre utilisation, i des fins militaires, des 616mentsconstitutifs des bases c~d~es.
Les e11ments constitutifs de chaque base, ainsi que leurs 616ments complmentaires,sont d~finis dans les appendices nos 1 i 6 du present accord.
Article 2. - La R6publique frangaise transf6rera i la F6d6ration dti Mali lescasernements, terrains et bitiments militaires, y compris ceux de la gendarmerie, noninclus dans les 616ments constitutifs et compl6mentaires des bases enumer6es ar'article 1er.
Les dates et"les modalit6s des transferts seront arr6t6es d'un commun accord entenant compte du rythme de mise sur pied des forces armies maliennes.
Article 3. - Les forces armies fraiiqaises ont la facult6 de circuler entre leursgarnisons et d'organiser les exercices et les manoeuvres necessaires a leur entrainement.Les autorit~s de la F6d6ration du Mali sont inform6es, pour avis, pr6alablement i toutmouvement important effectu6 par voie terrestre.
Les forces arm6es franqaises ont la facult6 d'utiliser l'infrastructure portuaire,maritime et fluviale, routiire, ferroviaire et a6rienne. Elles ont la libert6 de circulationdans 'espace a~rien et dans les eaux territoriales de la F6dration du Mali.
Elles ont la facult6 d'installer et de faire usage des balisages n~cessaires sur leterritoire et dans les eaux territoriales de la Fd6ration du Mali.
Article 4. - Les forces armies franqaises peuvent utiliser les postes et t~lcom-munications de la F~d~ration du Mali.
Pour leurs besoins strictement militaires, elles ont la facult6 d'6tablir et d'exploiterau Mali des moyens de liaison propres.
Les conditions d'exploitation des liaisons radio- lectriques 5 l'int~rieur du Mali fontl'objet de conventions techniques.
Article 5. - La Fdration du Mali reconnaft i la R~publique franqaise le droit defaire transiter librement le personnel de ses forces arm6es par le territoire de laFdration. Elle lui reconnait le droit, de transit en franchise douani~re et fiscale desdenr6es et materiels militaires.
Article 6. - A la demande des autorit6s de la R6publique franqaise, le Gouvernementde la F6 dration du Mali peut exercer son droit de r6quisition au profit des forces arm6esfranqaises.
Article 7. - A l'int6rieur des 616ments constitutifs de chaque base ddfinis dans lesappendices nos 1 i 6 au pr6sent accord, Ic Commandement des forces armies franqaisesest seul responsable de l'ordre et de la s~curit6.
Article 8. - Les forces arm6es fran~aises ont, au Mali, la libert6 d'emploi, derecrutement et de licenciement de la main-d'oeuvre civile qui leur est n~cessaire,conform~ment i la legislation du travail en vigueur au Mali.
Article 9. - La Fdration du Mali s'engage respecter les servitudes existantes pourl'utilisation des bases et i en permettre la modification en cas de n6cessit6 technique.
Article 10. - Si les forces armies franqaises sont appel6es i modifier leur implan-tation, les deux gouvernements se mettront d'accord sur la cession de nouveauxemplacements adapt6s aux besoins de ces forces.
Les dispositions des accords de cooperation militaires seront applicables auxnouveaux emplacements.
Appendices
En application des articles ier et 10 du present accord, les 616ments constitutifs, les616ments compl6mentaires de chaque base et le cas ch6ant les 6l6ments transf6r6s enpremier lieu sont d6finis dans les appendices suivants :
(f) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE, ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA FEDERATION DU MALI. FAIT A PARIS, LE 22 JUIN 19601
Consid6rant que, par 1'effet de l'accord de transfert en date du 4 avril1960 entr6 en vigueur le 19 juin 1960, la F6dration du Mali a acc6d6l'ind6pendance et que la R6publique frangaise 'a reconnue en tant qu'Etatind6pendant et souverain;
1 Journal Officiel de la R4publique franpaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6634. Entr6 envigueur le 19 juillet 1960. (Renseignement tir6 de Rollet, op. cit., p. 183.)
Consid6rant que la Fdration du Mali manifeste la volont6 de coop6reravec la R6publique. frangaise au sein de la Communaut6, A laquelle elleparticipe d6sormais dans les conditions pr6vues aux accords franco-maliens endate de ce jour,
TITRE PRELIMINAIRE
Article Ier
La F6dration du Mali d6clare vouloir poursuivre son d6veloppement en6troite association avec les Etats africains de l'Ouest et en collaboration avecles pays de la Zone Franc, tout en b6n6ficiant des possibilit6s d'6change quis'offrent h elle dans les autres parties du monde.
Article 2
La R6publique frangaise assure qu'elle continuera h apporter h laF6d6ration du Mali l'aide mat6rielle et culturelle qui lui est n6cessaire pourr6aliser les objectifs de progr~s 6conomique et social qu'elle s'est fix6s.
Article 3
La Fd6ration du Mali est prete A coop6rer avec les autres Etats membresde la Zone Franc. L'association contractuelle de chaque Etat ind6pendant Acette zone proc~de de deux principeg fondamentaux :
- chaque Etat ind6pendant d6tient l'int6gralit6 des pouvoirs 6conomiqueset financiers reconnus aux Etats souverains;
- les Etats membres acceptent de coordonner leurs politiques commer-ciales financi~res externes au sein d'organismes communs, de fagon As'entr'aider et h promouvoir le d6veloppement 6conomique le plus rapidepossible de chacun d'eux.
Article 4
La pr6sente convention, sur laquelle l'accord s'est r6alis6, a W librementdiscut6e et conclue avec le souci d'6tablir entre les deux parties une intimeassociation leur permettant, en tenant compte de leurs structures diff6renteset de leurs ressources propres, de stabiliser leurs rapports et de les rendremutuellement plus f6conds.
TITRE I, - DE L'AIDE DE LA FRANCE AU MALI
Article 9
La R6publique frangaise et la F6d6ration du Mali conviennent que laFrance secondera les efforts de la F6d6ration du Mali pour son d6velop-pement.
Article 10
L'aide de la R6publique frangaise h la F6d6ration du Mali se manifestera,notamment, par la r6alisation d'6tudes, la fourniture d'6quipements, l'envoid'experts et de techniciens, l'octroi de concours financiers.
Article 11
Les modalit6s et les montants des aides consenties feront l'objet deconventions n6goci6es entre les deux parties.
TITRE IV. - DE LA COORDINATION DES POLITIQUES MONETAIRES
Article 22
La R6publique frangaise reconnaft que la qualit6 d'Etat souverain acquisepar la Fd6ration du Mali conf~re h celle-ci le droit de cr6er une monnaienationale et un institut d'6mission qui lui soit propre.
Article 23
La F6d~ration du Mali d~clare maintenir son appartenance h l'unionmon6taire ouest-africaine. La F6d6ration du Mali reconnaft comme monnaie16gale ayant pouvoir lib6ratoire sur toute 1'6tendue de son territoire le francC. F. A. 6mis par la banque centrale de cette union mon6taire.
Article 24
La F6d6ration du Mali et la R6publique frangaise se reconnaissentmutuellement le droit -de mettre fin, pour ce qui les concerne, au r6gimemon6taire vis6 h rarticle pr6c6dent si ce r6gime paraissait h l'une ou l'autredevenir contraire la sauvegarde de ses int~r~ts 16gitimes.
En ce cas, les deux parties conviennent qu'elles entameraient desn~gociations au sein de la Commission. franco-malienne afin de d6terminer,d'tine part, le d6Lai pr6paratoire a la r6forme, d'autre part, les modalit6s decelle-ci, pour autant qu'elles int6ressent les deux parties, et notamment lesrelations de la nouvelle monnaie avec le franc frangais et les autres unit6smon6taires de la Zone Franc, ainsi que les rapports du nouvel institutd'6mission avec les autres organismes mon6taires de la zone.
La R6publique franqaise s'engage k apporter, en cette hypoth~se, h laFd6ration du Mali, dans toute la mesure du possible, l'assistance techniqueque celle-ci lui demanderait.
Article 25
Toute modification apport6e i la parit6 entre 'unit6 mon6taire utilis6e auMali et le franc frangais ne s'effectuerait qu'apr~s accord entre les parties.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise consultera le Gouvernementde la F~d~ration du Mali dans le cadre des 6tudes pouvant etre effectu6espr6alablement h toutes modifications 6ventuelles de rapport entre le franc et
les monnaies 6trang~res et n6gociera avec lui les mesures propres a sauvegarderles int~r~ts 16gitimes de la Fdfration du Mali.
Article 26
La Banque centrale des Etats de l'Afrique de l'Ouest recherchera, enliaison avec la Fdration du Mali, les moyens d'6tablir une 6valuationstatistique des mouvements de billets entre la Fd6ration du Mali et les autrespays de la zone d'6mission. Elle communiquera r6guli6rement au Gouver-nement de la F6d6ration du Mali les r6sultats de cette 6valuation.
Article 27
Les directeurs des agences de la Banque centrale des Etats de l'Afrique del'Ouest, au Mali, sont nommds apr~s agr6ment des autorit6s de la Fdrationdu Mali.
Article 28
La Fd~ration du Mali pourra cr6er, dans les meilleurs d~lais, un Conseilmalien du credit.
Ind6pendamment de toutes autres attributions 6ventuelles, le Conseilmalien du cr6dit est charg6 de d6finir, dans des conditions compatibles avec lemaintien de l'union mon~taire ouest-africaine, l'orientation i donner i lapolitique du cr6dit au Mali, notamment en vue de 1'affectation des ressourcesfinanci~res par secteurs d'activit6 au mieux des besoins de l'6conomie de laF6d6ration du Mali. La Banque centrale des Etats de l'Afrique de l'Ouestcommuniquera r6gulirement au Conseil des donn6es statistiques permettantd'appr6cier l'6volution, dans la Fdration du Mali
- des d6p.bts bancaires;- des emplois bancaires;- des concours de r6escompte accord6s aux banques;- des risques bancaires recens6s, class6s par cat6gorie d'activit6 6cono-
mique;- des mouvements de transfert avec l'ext6rieur r~alis6s par son inter-
m6diaire.
Article 31
A compter de la signature du pr6sent accord, toute modification auxstatuts de la Banque centrale des Etats de l'Afrique de l'Ouest r6sultera d'unaccord entre la Fd6ration du Mali et les autres autorit6s comp6tentes.
Article 32
Est confirm6e la convention du 11 juillet 1959 relative aux relations entrele Tr6sor frangais et le Tr~sor du Mali, ainsi qu'aux concours r6ciproques et hla coop6ration de la Fd~ration du Mali et de la R~publique franqaise pourl'organisation et le fonctionnement des services du Tr6sor.
TITRE V. - DISPOSITIONS DIVERSES
Article 35
Un accord particulier d6terminera 6ventuellement les conditions danslesquelles la Fd6ration du Mali serait associ6e au Conseil sup6rieur du cr6ditpour 'harmonisation des principes g6n6raux de la r6glementation du cr6dit etde l'organisation bancaire. Le Conseil malien du cr6dit pourrait, en ce cas,suivant des modalit6s convenues en Commission franco-malienne, assumer,sur le territoire de la F6d6ration du Mali, ind6pendamment des attributionsvis6es I'article 28 du pr6sent accord, les comp6tences susceptibles d'Stred616gu6es par le Conseil sup6rieur du cr6dit.
Le meme accord pourra 6ventuellement pr6voit l'association de laF6d6ration du Mali i la Commission de contr6le des banques et les modalit6sde cette association.
Article 36
Une Commission paritaire franco-malienne sera sp6cialement constitu6eafin d'61aborer une convention en mati~re domaniale.
La propri6t6 de toutes les d6pendances domaniales immatricul6es au nomde la R6publique frangaise sera transf6r6e A la F6d6ration du Mali. LaCommission paritaire pr6voira I'affectation en jouissance i la R6publiquefrangaise de celles de ces d6pendances, ou de biens 6quivalents, qui resterontn6cessaires aux services de la R6publique frangaise sur le territoire de laF6d6ration du Mali.
La Commission d6terminera la liste des fonds de terre acquis sur cr6ditsdu budget de l'Etat frangais, dont la propri6t6 sera reconnue i la R6publiquefranqaise, ainsi que la liste des constructions de toute nature constitu6es aumoyen de tels cr6dits, sur lesquels un droit de superficie lui sera reconnu. Elled6terminera, dans ce dernier cas, les compensations 6ventuellement dues aupropri6taire du sol.
La Commission devra d6poser ses conclusions avant le Ier octobre 1960.
Article 37
La Commission vis6e i l'article pr6c6dent 6tablira la liste des organismesde droit public frangais jouissant de l'autonomie administrative ou financi6redont les biens sont propri6t6 priv6e.
Article 38
La F6d6ration du Mali d6clare confirmer les concessions accord6esant6rieurement & 'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord.
Jusqu't '6tablissement de la convention vis6e A 'article 36, le droit deconcession, en ce qui concerne les terrains du domaine priv6 immatricul6s aunom de la Rpublique franqaise, sera exerc6 au sein de la Commissionfranco-malienne pr~vue au titre Ier.
Article 39
Dans les six semaines suivant la date de mise en vigueur du pr6sent accord,sera r6unie une premi6re session de la Commission franco-malienne quipr6cisera en tant que besoin les modalit6s de mise en oeuvre effective de cetaccord.
(g) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA FEDERATIONDU MALI RELATIVES A L'INTERPRETATION DE L'ARTICLE 36,ALINEA 3, DE L'ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECO-NOMIQUE, MONETAIRE ET FINANCIERE, ENTRE LA RE-PUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA FEDERATION DU MALI. PARIS, 22JUIN 19601
Le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique frangaise d Monsieur le Prisidentdu Gouvernement de la Fiddration du Mali
J'ai 'honneur de vous confirmer que les expressions "fonds de terre" et"constructions de toute nature" vis6es i I'article 36, alin6a 3, de l'accord decoop6ration en mati~re 6conomique, mon6taire et financi6re sont interpr6t6espar le Gouvernement frangais comine ne s'6tendant ni aux biens acquis ouconstitu6s sur des cr6dits des diverses sections du F. I. D. E. S. ni aux biensou partie des biens dont la R6publique frangaise est devenue propri6taire sanscontrepartie par le seul effet de 1; proc6dure d'immatriculation.
Je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir me faire savoir si les dispositions quipr6c~dent recueillent votre agr6ment.
Le Prisident du Gouvernement de la F6dration du Malid M. le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique franaise
Par lettre en date de ce jour, vous avez bien voulu me faire savoir ce quisuit :
[Voir texte ci-dessus.]J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer mon accord A ce sujet.
(h) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE D'ENSEIGNEMENTSUPERIEUR ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA FEDE-RATION DU MALI. FAIT A PARIS, LE 22 JUIN 19602
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique frangaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6637.2 ibid., p. 6638.
Article jer
Sur le territoire de la F6d6ration du Mali, l'enseignement sup6rieur estdispens6 par l'Universit6 de Dakar et les tablissements qui la composent ouen d6pendent, existant ou A cr6er.
L'Universit6 de Dakar et les tablissements qui la composent ou end6pendent sont des 6tablissements publics de la Fd6ration du Mali.
Article 3
La F6d6ration du Mali confie A la R6publique frangaise,'qui accepte cettemission, la gestion et l'administration de l'Universit6 de Dakar.
Nonobstant la 16gislation malienne sur les 6tablissements publics, l'Uni-versit6 de Dakar et les 6tablissements qui la composent ou en d6pendentcontinuent d'dtre r6gis par les dispositions applicables i la date d'entr6e envigueur du pr6sent accord.
Les modifications 6ventuelement apport6es A ces dispositions leur serontapplicables, sauf opposition du Gouvernement de la F6d6ration du Mali.
Article 4
L'Universit6 de Dakar est g6r6e dans des conditions propres A maintenir etA d6velopper un enseignement sup6rieur de qualit6 6gale A celui des universit6sfrangaises.
L'Universit6 de Dakar est ouverte A tous les 6tudiants justifiant des titresrequis pour l'acc~s aux 6tablissements qui la composent ou en d6pendent.
Article 5
Dans le cadre ce ce plan, l'UniversitO de Dakar d6veloppera les rechercheset les enseignements r6pondant A sa vocation particulire au service du Mali,de la Communaut6 et de l'Afrique.
Ele s'emploiera notamment A assurer la formation et le perfectionnementdes cadres sup6rieurs scientifiques, techniques et administratifs, n6cessaires Ala F6d6ration du Mali, aux autres Etats de la Communaut6 et de 'Afrique, quien feraient la demande.
Article 6
Le Recteur de l'Universit6 de Dakar est d6sign6 d'un commun accord parles parties contractantes et nomm6 dans les m6mes conditions que les recteursdes universit6s frangaises.
Sont applicables aux personnels en service A l'Universit6 de Dakar lesdispositions r6gissant les personnels des m6mes cat6gories des universitsfrangaises ainsi que les dispositions concernant le personnel frangais en servicesur le territoire de la F6d6ration du Mali.
Article 10 ,
Les grades et diplOmes conf6r~s par l'Universit6 de Dakar ont au Malicomme en France la valeur de grades et dipl6mes d'Etat. Ils font l'objet, al'Universit6 de Dakar, d'un double enregistrement pour le compte duministre de l'Education nationale de la R6publique frangaise et du minist~rede l'Education de la Fdration du Mali.
Les grades et dipl6mes conf6r6s par les universit6s franqaises sont valablesen plein droit sur le territoire de la F6d6ration du Mali.
Article 11
Le r6gime financier de l'Universit6 de Dakar et des 6tablissements qui lacomposent ou qui en d6pendent demeure tel qu'il est fix6 A la date d'entr6een vigueur du pr6sent accord.
Article 12
Les parties contractantes font dotation A l'Universit6 de Dakar des biensmeubles et immeubles leur appartenant et dont cette Universit6 a lajouissance A la date de l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord.
Article 13
Les modalit6s d'utilisation par l'Universit6 de Dakar de l'H6pital AristideLe Dantec et des installations hospitali~res de Farn sont fix6es dans unaccord sp6cial.
Article 14
Compte tenu de la volont6 commune exprim6e A l'article 4 ci-dessus demaintenir la qualit6 de l'enseignement dispens6 par l'Universit6 de Dakar, laR6publique frangaise s'engage i faciliter par tous les moyens en son pouvoiraux candidats de nationalit6 malienne l'acc~s aux fonctions d'enseignementsup6rieur.
Le Recteur de l'Universit6 de Dakar soumettra A ce sujet des propositionsaux autorit6s comp6tentes des deux pays.
Article 15
Le rapport annuel de gestion du Recteur de l'Universit6 de Dakar estcommuniqu6 aux deux Gouvernements.
(i) CONVENTION D'ETABLISSEMENT ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRAN-CAISE ET LA FEDERATION DU MALI. FAITE A PARIS, LE 22 JUIN19601
[Note. - Les dispositions de cette convention sont, mutatis mutandis,identiques A celles de la Convention du 15 aolt 1960 entre la France et leCongo (voir supra, p. 167).]
1 Journal Officiel de la R4publique franfaise, 20 juillet 1960, p. 6640. Entr6e envigueur le 19 juillet 1960. (Renseignement tire de Rollet, op. cit., p. 183.)
(j) ACCORD MULTILATERAL ENTRE LA FRANCE, LA FEDERATIONDU MALI ET MADAGASCAR SUR LES DROITS FONDAMENTAUXDES NATIONAUX DES ETATS DE LA COMMUNAUTE. FAIT LE 22JUIN 19601
Consid6rant qu'il est conforme i 1'esprit de la Communaut6 que toutnational d'un des Etats qui la composent puisse jouir sur le territoire de tousles autres Etats de droits fondamentaux, sans pr6judice de ceux quipourraient lui 6tre attribu6s en vertu de conventions d'6tablissement,
D6sireux de d6finir ces droits,
Article ier
Tout national d'un Etat de la Communaut6 jouit des libert6s publiquessur le territoire de chaque Etat de la Communaut6 dans les m6mes conditionsque les nationaux de cet Etat.
Sont notamment garantis, conform6ment A la D6claration universelle desdroits de l'homme, le libre exercice des activit6s culturelles, religieuses,6conomiques, professionnelles, sociales, les libert6s individuelles et publiques,telles que la libert6 de pens6e, de conscience, de religion et de culte,d'opinion, d'expression, de r6union, d'association et la libert6 syndicale.
Ces droits et libert6s s'exercent conform6ment A la l6gislation en vigueursur le territoire de chacune des parties contractantes.
Article 2
Tout national d'un Etat de la Communaut6 peut entrer librement sur leterritoire de tout autre Etat de la Communaut6, y voyager, y 6tablir sar6sidence dans le lieux de son choix et en sortir.
Cette disposition ne porte pas atteinte au droit de chaque Etat de prendreles mesures n6cessaires au maintien de l'ordre public, A la protection de lasant6, de la moralit6 et de la s6curit6 publiques.
Article 3
Sans pr6judice des conventions entre les parties contractantes, tout Etatde la Communaut6 d6termine, par sa 16gislation, les conditions d'exercice surson territoire des droits civiques et politiques par les nationaux des autresEtats de la Communaut6.
Article 4
Tout national d'un Etat de la Communaut6 jouit, sur le territoire dechaque Etat de la Communaut6, de la pleine protection l6gale et judiciairepour sa personne, ses biens et ses autres int6rdts.
II a accs aux juridictions de tout Etat de la Communaut6 dans les m6mesconditions que les nationaux de cet Etat.
1 Ibid., 20 juillet 1960, p. 6643.
I1 jouit sur le territoire de chaque Etat de la Communaut6 du mdmetraitement que les natioaux de cet Etat en ce qui concerne notamment ledroit d'investir des capitaux, d'acqu6rir, de poss6der, de g6rer-ou de louertous biens meubles et immeubles, droits et int6r~ts, d'en jouir et d'endisposer.
Article 5
Tout national d'un Etat de la Communaut6 b6nofie, sur Je territoire dechaque Etat de la Communaut6, dans les mdmes conditions que les nationauxde cet Etat, de toutes dispositions mettant A la charge de l'Etat ou d'unecollectivitO publique la r6paration des dommages subis par les personnes et lesbiens.
Article 6
Aucun national d'un Etat de la Communaut6 ne peut dtre..frapp6 d'unemesure arbitraire ou discriminatoire de nature A compromettre ses biens ouses int6rdts, notamment lorsque ceux-ci consistent en une participationdirecte ou indirecte A l'actif d'une soci6t6 ou autre personne morale. Ses biensne peuvent dtre l'objet d'expropriation pour cause d'utilit6 publique ou denationalisation que sous la condition du paiement d'une juste indemnit6pr6alablement vers6e ou garantie.
Article 7
Le pr6sent accord est ouvert k la signature de tout Etat de laCommunaut6 k compter du ......... 1960.
I1 entre en vigueur, pour ce qui les concerne, A dater du jour oi deuxEtats signataires au moins ont fait savoir au Gouvernement d6positaire qu'ilsont accompli les formalit6s constitutionnelles requises A cette fin.
I1 prend effet A 1'6gard de chaque autre Etat signataire du jour oil celui-cia proc6d A cette communication.
Article 8
Du consentement unanime des parties contractantes et sous condition der6ciprocit6, les dispositions du pr6sent accord pourront 6tre 6tendues auxnationaux d'autres Etats, notamment des Etats africains.
Article 9
Le pr6sent accord sera d6pos6 dans les archives du Gouvernement de laR6publique malgache qui en d61ivrera une copie certifi6e conforme A chacundes Etats signataires et des Etats qui y deviendront parties en vertu del'article 8.
29. MALI
Trait6s'
(a) ACCORD GENERAL DE COOPERATION TECHNIQUE ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU MALI. FAIT APARIS, LE 2 FEVRIER 19622
Art. jer. - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise mettra i ladisposition du Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali, dans toute la mesurede ses moyens, les personnels que ce gouvemement estimera n6cessaire aufonctionnement de ses services et 6tablissements publics; cette prestation estind6pendante des concours pouvant faire l'objet de conventions particuli~res,soit pour le fonctionnement de certains services ou 6tablissements, soit pourl'ex6cution de missions temporaires i objectifs d6terminls.
TITRE er
Des modalit~s de la mise d disposition
Art. 2. - D~s l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord, le Gouvemement dela R6publique du Mali fait connaftre au Gouvernement de la R6publiquefranqaise la liste des emplois et des postes qu'il d6sire confier A des personnelsfrangais, titulaires ou contractuels.
Cette liste est renouvel6e et communiqu6e tous les ans.Art. 3. - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise soumet, dans les
deux mois qui suivent ces communications, a l'agr~ment du Gouvernement dela R6publique du Mali, les candidatures aux postes qu'il accepte de pourvoir.Les propositions de candidatures sont accompagn6es de dossiers d6taill6s.
Le Gouvemement de la R6publique du Mali fait connaltre dans le d61aid'un mois son acceptation ou son refus des candidats pour les emplois et lespostes consid6rs.
Pass6 ce d~lai ou en cas de refus du Gouvernement de la R6publique duMali, le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise reprend la libre dispositiondes personnels non agr66s. Il proc6de toutefois i de nouvelles propositions quipourront 6tre suivies d'agr6ment ou de refus dans les m6mes conditions queci-dessus.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali pourra demander la mise A sadisposition de personnels nomm6ment d6signs et dont il souhaite leconcours.
La mise en route des candidats agr66s est assur6e dans les meilleurs d61aispar le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise.
Dans le cas oii l'arriv6e d'un candidat agr66 serait de plus de deux moispost6rieure A la date initialement pr6vue, son affectation pourra etre modifi6ei la demande du Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali.
Art. 4. - La p6riode de mise A la disposition couvre le temps de s6jour etle cong6 faisant suite A ce s6jbur. Toutefois, en ce qui concerne les personnels
1 Voir aussi la Convention (a) sous Niger, infra, p. 370.2 Journal Officiel de la Rubliaue francaise. 10 iuillet 1964. v. 6123.
soumis au r6gime du cong6 annuel, elle couvre le temps de deux sjourscons6cutifs et la dur6e des cong6s y aff6rents.
Les personnels sont nomm6s par le Gouvernement de la R6publique duMali, pour une dur6e de deux ans A compter de leur arriv6e sur le territoire deladite r6publique.
Les mutations en cours de s6jour sont prononc6es par le Gouvernementde la R6publique du Mali. Les mutations ayant pour effet de modifier leniveau et la nature de l'emploi sont prononc6es sous r6serve du consentementdes int6ress~s.
Art. 5. - A l'expiration de la p6riode fix6e i l'article 4 ci-dessus, lespersonnels se trouvent de plein droit remis i la disposition du Gouvernementde la R6publique frangaise.
Le temps de s6jour au Mali peut 6tre prolong6 d'une dur6e maximum desix mois, sur la demande du Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali,pr6sent6e au moins un mois avant l'expiration du s6jour normal, apr~sconsultation des autorit6s m6dicales et sous r6serve de l'accord des int6ress6s.
L'6vacuation sanitaire, les cong6s de convalescence et de longue dur6e,ainsi que les congds de maladie accord6s aux personnels consid6r6s hors duterritoire de la R6publique du Mali, mettent fin i la mise A disposition.
It en est de m6me lorsque ces personnels sont mis A la retraite, enapplication du statut qui les r6git.
Art. 6. - Dans tous les cas, la mise A disposition peut 6tre renouvel6e dansles formes o i elle a 6t6 prononc6e.
Art. 7. - Le Gouvernement de la R~publique du Mali peut, en cas den6cessit6, remettre tout agent i la disposition du Gouvernement de laR6publique frangaise A charge de notification motiv6e A ce gouvernement,ainsi qu'A l'int6ress6 et moyennant pr6avis d'un mois A compter du jour de lanotification. La cessation de service pou'rra n6anmoins tre imm6diate.
Dans ce cas, 'agent sujet de cette mesure devra avoir quitt6, avantexpiration du d6lai de pr6avis, le territoire de la R6publique du Mali.
Les frais de retour sont alors A la charge du gouvernement de laditer6publique.
De mdme, en cas de n6cessit6, le Gouvernement de la R6publiquefrangaise peut reprendre la disposition d'un agent, A charge de notificationmo.iv~e au Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali. Dans ce cas, la cessationde servine intervient dans le d&lai d'un mois A compter de la date de cettenotificattion. Dans le m~me d~lai, le Gouvemement de la R6publique frangaisepr6sente des propositions en vue de pourvoir au remplacement de l'int6ress6.
TITRE III
Dispositions financieres
Art. 13. - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique franqaise prend A sacharge :
La r6mun6ration des personnels qu'il met A la disposition du Gouverne-ment de la R6publique du Mali;
Les frais de transport de ces personnels, de leurs familles, ainsi que deleurs bagages, du lieu de leur r6sidence A Bamako et, lors du rapatriement, de
Bamako au lieu de r6sidence, sous r6serve des dispositions des articles 7 et I Ici-dessus;
Les indemnit6s aff6rentes aux d6placements vis6s ci-dessus;La contribution de l'Etat i la construction des droits i pension de ces
personnels, selon les taux en vigueur dans la r6glementation frangaise.Art. 14. - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali prend i sa charge:A titre de contribution & la r6mun6ration de ces personnels, et pour toute
la dur6e de la mise i disposition telle qu'elle est d6finie A l'article 4 ci-dessus,une allocation dont le montant et les modalit6s de versement sont d6termin6sd'un commun accord et constat6s dans un protocole particulier;
Dans les conditions fix6es par sa propre r6glementation les 6molumentsou indemnit6s repr6sentatifs de frais ou la r6mun6ration des travauxsuppl6mentaires effectifs, les 6moluments ayant le caract~re de remises ouristournes sur les perceptions fiscales ou douani~res et les frais et indemnit6sde d6placements ou de missions & l'int6rieur ou A l'ext6rieur de la R6publiquedu Mali effectu6es sur d6cision du gouvemement de ladite r6publique;
Les avantages en nature attach6s A l'emploi d6fini & l'acte de nominationle logement et l'ameublement assur6s dans tous les cas, les soins, lesprestations de midicaments, 'hospitalisation pour ces personnels et leursfamilles, le tout conform6ment A la 16gislation en vigueur au Mali, sauf accordparticulier.
Art. 15. - Les conditions d'imposition des personnels mis A la dispositiondu Gouvemement de la R6publique du Mali sont d6termin6es par unprotocole particulier.
TITRE IV
Dispositions diverses
Art. 18. - Les dispositions du pr6sent accord s'appliquent de plein droitaux personnels mis A la disposition du Gouvernement de la R6publique duMali conform6ment A la convention du 26 octobre 1959.
(b) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE DU MALI. FAIT A BAMAKO, LE 9 MARS 19621
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise et le Gouvernement de laR6publique du Mali, d6sireux de d6velopper les relations amicales existantentre les deux pays dans le respect mutuel de leur souverainet6 et dans leur
.int6ret r6ciproque, sont convenus de d6finir leurs relations 6conomiques,mon6taires et financi~res selon les dispositions du pr6sent accord.
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique frangaise, 10 juillet 1964, p. 6131.
TITRE II
Des relations monitaires
Art. 8. - La R6publique du Mali se r6serve le droit de cr6er une monnaienationale et un institut d'6mission qui lui soit propre et de demander,6ventuellement, A la R6publique franqaise d'apporter son concours i laditemonnaie, notamment par le jeu d'un compte d'avances.
Art. 9. - La R6publique frangaise prend acte de la d6claration malienneet se d6clare dispos6e, dans l'6ventualit6 envisag6e & 'article pr6c6dent, &engager avec la R6publique du Mali des Aidgociations en vue de d6terminer lesconditions et les modalit6s de ce concours.
La R6publique frangaise d6clare toutefois consid6rer comme souhaitableque les relations mon6taires entre les deux parties se poursuivent au sein del'Union mon6taire ouest-africaine en voie de r6organisation.
Art. 10. - La R6publique du Mali d6clare vouloir poursuivre son d6velop-pement en association avec les Etats africains de l'Ouest, de pr6f6rence au seinde l'Union mon6taire ouest-africaine en voie de r6organisation.
TITRE III
Des r~glements commerciaux et financiers
Art. 11. - D~s l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord, un compte de droitsde tirage en devises sera ouvert par la Banque de France au nom de laR6publique du Mali. Ce compte sera libell6 en dollars des Etat's-Unis, monnaiede compte.
Art. 12. - Le compte vis6 A l'article pr6c6dent est destin6 i enregistrertous les r6glements avec les pays ext6rieurs A la zone franc int6ressant le Maliop6r6s sur le march6 des changes de Paris, d'ordre et pour le compte desbanques agr66es 6tablies au Mali, soit par cession ou achat de devises sur lemarch6 des changes, soit par le d6bit ou le cr6dit des comptes 6trangers enfrancs ouverts dans les 6critures des banques agrA6es 6tablies en France.
Les modalit6s d'ouverture et de fonctionnement de ce compte sont fix6esd'un commun accord.
.Art. 13. - Les deux Gouvernements pourront n6gocier chaque ann6e lemontant d'un droit de tirage suppl6mentaire qui serait inscrit au comptepr6vu A l'article 11 ci-dessus.
Art. 14. - La R6publique du Mali est souveraine en matire de l6gislationconcernant les r glements commerciaux et financiers avec tous pays.
Les deux Gouvemements prendront toutes mesures utiles pour 6viter quedes discordances qui auraient pour effet d'en restreindre l'applicationn'apparaissent entre leurs l6gislations dans ce domaine. A cet effet, ils6changeront les informations n6cessaires.
Les deux Gouvernements veilleront, chacun en ce qui le concerne, A ceque les dispositions ci-dessus ne fassent pas obstacle A celles du titre I dupresent accord, ainsi qu'aux op6rations financi~res courantes.
TITRE IV
De la participation franfaise au diveloppement du Mali
Art. 15. - Compte tenu des dispositions qui prfctdent, la R6publiquefrangaise pourra, & la demande de la R6publique du Mali, apporter une aidesoit directement, soit par l'interm6diare d'organismes sp6cialis6s, i lar6alisation de certaines tiches ayant pour objet le d6veloppement 6conomiqueet social de la R6publique du Mali.
Cette aide pourra consister, notamment, dans l'envoi d'experts ou depersonnels d'assistance technique, dans la fourniture de mat6riels oumat6riaux, la r6alisation de travaux, dans la participation - sous quelqueforme que ce soit - au financement d'op6rations ou groupes d'op6rationsinscrites au plan de d6veloppement 6conomique et social de la R6publique duMali.
Les modalit6s de cette aide feront l'objet de conventions appropri6es.Art. 16. - Lorsqu'il s'agira de projets donnant lieu i un concours
financier franais, et dans la limite de ce concours, les mat6riels, mat6riaux oufournitures introduits ou acquis au Mali par la R6publique du Mali ou touteautre personne physique ou morale r6alisant ou prenant part A la r6alisationde tout projet entrepris en ex6cution du prisent accord devront etre, saufd6rogations convenues d'un commun accord, originaires et en provenance dela zone franc.
La partie de ces concours financiers affect6e A des 6tudes ou A l'ex6cutionde travaux donnera lieu & march6s r6serv~s aux entreprises maliennes oufranqaises dans les conditions d6termin6es par les conventions pr6vues &l'article 15 (alin6a 3).
Art. 17. - En ce qui concerne les perceptions effectuies par les servicesdouaniers et fiscaux, le Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali ferab6n6ficier les biens vis6s aux articles 15 et 16 ci-dessus, import6s pourl'ex6cution des op6rations pr6vues au pr6sent accord, du r6gime de la nationla plus favoris6e, sans pr6judice des dispositions de 'article ier ci-dessus.
Les mat6riels import6s pour la r6alisation de ces op6rations b6n6ficieront,s'ils sont destin6s & etre r6export6s, du r6gime de l'admission temporaire,conformiment a la r6glementation en vigueur au Mali.
Art. 18. - Les ressortissants franqais charg6s d'6tudier et d'ex6cuter lesop6rations financdes sur fonds franqais b~n6ficieront des garanties accord~esaux personnels frangais de l'assistance technique mis A la disposition de laR6publique du Mali en vertu de 'accord g6n6ral de cooperation techniquefranco-malien, sans prejudice des conventions pr6vues i l'article 15 (alin6a 3).
Art. 19. - Les investissements frangais r6aliss dans le cadie du planmalien de d6veloppement bin6ficieront des avantages et garanties accord~spar la legislation malienne aux entreprises conventionn6es.
Dans le cas oh cette legislation viendrait i etre modifi6e, les droits acquisseraient en tout 6tat de cause respectis.
Art. 20. - Les ressortissants, fondations, associations et soci6t6s dechacune des parties contractantes bdn6ficieront sur le territoire de l'autrepartie, pour les investissements ainsi que les biens, droits et int6rets leurappartenant, du traitement accord6 aux ressortissants, fondations, asso-ciations et-societes de la nation la plus favoris~e.
TITRE V
Relations entre le Trisor malien et le Trisor fran~ais
Art. 21. - Les relations entre le'Tr6sor frangais et le Tr6sor maliendemeurent r6gies par un accord sp6cial.
Le r~glement des cr6ances entre le Tr6sor frangais et le Tr6sor malien feral'objet d'un protocole qui sera annex6 au pr6sent accord.
(c) ACCORD ENTRE LE GOUVERNEMENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRAN-CAISE ET LE GOUVERNEMENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE DU MALICONCERNANT LES RELATIONS MONETAIRES ENTRE LES DEUXETATS. FAIT A PARIS, LE 15 FEVRIER 19671
D6sireux d'6tendre leur coop6ration au domaine mon6taire;Convaincus que seule l'adh6sion de la R6publique du Mali A l'Union
mon6taire ouest-africaine, peut permettre le maintien durable d'une tellecoop6ration;
Conscients de la n6cessit6 de pr6parer progressivement cette adh6sion,
TITRE Ier
De l'adhdsion du Mali d l'Union montaire ouest-africaine
Art. 1 er. - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali s'engage i adh6rerA l'Union mon6taire ouest-africaine, institu6e par le trait6 du 12 mai 1962, auterme d'un d6lai qui est d6termin6 par accord mutuel. Ce d61ai comprend unep6riode pr6paratoire et une p6riode de coop6ration bilat6rale.
Art. 2. - Le Gouvernement de la R publique frangaise s'engage A pour-suivre sa coop6ration, telle qu'elle a tA d6finie par les accords du 12 mai1962 et du 27 f6vrier 1963, avec les rpubliques membres de l'Unionmondtaire ouest-africaine, lorsque la Rpublique du Mali aura 6 admise Aparticiper A cette union.
TITRE II
De la piriode priparatoire
Art. 3. - A une date convenue entre les deux parties, s'ouvre une p6riodepr6paratoire au cours de laquelle le Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali,dans le cadre d'un programme d'ensemble, procdera aux adaptationsn6cessaires de ses structures 6conomiques, mon6taires et financi~res afin depouvoir se conformer, A l'issue de la p6riode pr6paratoire, A 1'ensemble desr~gles en vigueur au sein de l'Union mon~taire ouest-africaine.
Art. 4. - Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise accordera sonconcours au Gouvernement de la R6publique du Mali pour l'aider A proc6derA ces adaptations au fur et A mesure de la mise en oeuvre du programme.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique fran~aise, 27 juin 1967, p. 6348. Entr6 envigueur le Ier juin' 1967. (Renseignement tir6 de Rollet, op. cit., p. 149.)
Art. 5. - La p6riode pr6paratoire prendra fin lorsque les effets de ceprogramme auront 6t6 jug6s satisfaisants par les deux Gouvemements.
TITRE III
De la piriode de coopiration bilatdrale
Art. 6. - Dbs l'ouverture de la p6riode de coop6ration bilat6rale et jusqu'kl'adh6sion effective du Mali A 'Union mon6taire ouest-africaine, les dis-positions suivantes entreront en vigueur.
Art. 7. - L'institut d'6mission malien sera g6r6 par un conseil d'adminis-tration dont les membres seront d6sign6s en nombre 6gal par chacun desdeux Gouvernements.
. Art. 8. - Les r~gles relatives aux op6rations g6n6ratrices de l'6missionappliqu6es par cet institut seront analogues A celles de la Banque centrale desEtats d'Afrique de l'Ouest.
Art. 9. - La R6publique frangaise assurera la libre convertibilit6 de lamonnaie malienne. Un compte d'op6rations sera ouvert A cet effet au nom del'institut d'6mission malien dans les 6critures du Tr6sor frangais. Lesmodalit6s d'ouverture et de fonctionnement de ce compte feront l'objetd'une convention appropri6e.
30. MALTA
Laws and decrees
(a) MALTA INDEPENDENCE ACT 19641
[Note: The provisions of sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 (1) (2) (3) of this Act arebasically similar to those of sections 1, 2, 3 and 4 (1) (2) of the FijiIndependence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 178-179 and 180). The same similarityexists between section 4 (4) (5) (6) (7) of the Act and section 4 (4) (5) (6) ofthe Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, p. 190).
The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar tothose of the corresponding schedules to the- Gambia Independence Act 1964(supra, pp. 191-193).]
(b) THE MALTA INDEPENDENCE ORDER 19642, 5
1. Citation and Interpretation
1 Public General Acts and Measures, Eliz. II, 1964, Chap. 86, p. 1305.2 Statutory Instruments, 1964, Part III, Sect. 1, No. 1398, p. 3207.3 The provisions of sections 7 (1) (3) and 11 (3) of this Order are basically similar to
those of sections 4 (2) and 5 (3) (4) (6) of the Barbados IndependenceOrder 1966 (supra, pp. 119-122). Section 6 (1) is similar to section 5 (1) of the MalawiIndependence Order in Council 1964 (supra, pp. 304-305). Section 7 (4) is similar tosection 8 (8) of the Botswana Independence Order 1966 (supra p. 135).
(2) In sections I to 15 (inclusive) of this Order"the appointed day" means the day appointed by section 2 of this Order;"the Constitution" means the constitution set out in the Schedule to this
Order.
2. The appointed dayThe appointed day for the purposes of section 1(1) of the Malta
Independence Act 1964 shall be 21st September 1964.3. RevocationThe Malta (Constitution) Order in Council 1961 (b) as amended (c)
(which Order, as amended, is hereinafter referred to as "the 1961 Order") isrevoked as from the appointed day; and the provisions of section 38 (2) ofthe Interpretation Act 1889 (d) shall apply in relation to such revocation asthey apply in relation to the repeal of an Act of the Parliament of the UnitedKingdom.
4. Establishment of the Constitution of MaltaThe Constitution shall be, and may be cited as, the Constitution of Malta
and it shall come into effect on the appointed day.
5. Exercise of powers of Governor-General before appointed dayWhere the Governor-General has power under the Constitution to make
any appointment or to make any order or to do any other thing for thepurposes of the Constitution, that power may be exercised by the Governorof the State of Malta at any time before the appointed day to such extent asmay, in his opinion, be necessary or expedient to enable the Constitution tofunction as from the appointed day.
8. Law as to elections(1) The provisions of the Electoral (Franchise, Method of Election and
Registration of Voters) Ordinance and the Electoral (Polling) Ordinance andany regulations made thereunder shall (subject to their amendment orreplacement by the Parliament of Malta or other competent authority) applyto the registration of voters for the election of members of the House ofRepresentatives and to the election of such members.
(2) The electoral register as revised by virtue of the Electoral (Franchise,Method of Election and Registration of Voters) Ordinance shall continueafter the appointed day to be in force as a valid electoral register subject tofurther revision or to replacement under the said Ordinance or any other lawamending or replacing the same.
9. Transitional provisions relating to appointment and discipline ofpublic officers
(1) Any power of the Prime Minister which, by virtue of any instrumenthaving effect immediately before the appointed day under, or as if it hadbeen made under, section 86 of the 1961 Order is at that time delegated to apublic officer or other authority, shall as from the appointed day be deemedto have been delegated to that officer or authority in accordance with theprovisions of the Constitution.
(2) Any matter which immediately before the appointed day is pendingbefore the Public Service Commission established by the 1961 Order or, as
the case may be, before any officer or authority to whom the power to dealwith such matters has been delegated in the manner mentioned insubsection (1) of this section shall as from the appointed day be continuedbefore the Public Service Commission established by the Constitution or, asthe case may be, that officer or authority.
11. Continuance and adaptation of laws(1) Subject to the provisions of this Order, all laws (including laws made
under the 1961 Order) in force in, or otherwise having effect as part of thelaw of, Malta immediately before the appointed day (hereinafter referred toas "the existing laws") shall (subject to amendment or repeal by theParliament of Malta or other competent authority) continue so to have effecton and after that day; but all such laws shill be construed with suchmodifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptions as may be necessaryto bring them into conformity with this Order or in consequence of theenactment of the Malta Independence Act 1964.
(2) The Governor-General may (without prejudice to the powers of theParliament of Malta or other competent authority) by order made at any timewithin twelve months after the appointed day make such amendments to anyexisting law (other than the Malta Independence Act 1964 and this Order) asmay appear to him to be necessary or expedient for bringing that law intoconformity with the provisions of this Order or otherwise for giving effect orenabling effect to be given to those provisions, or in consequence of theenactment of the Malta Independence Act 1964; and any such order shallhave effect from such date, not earlier than the appointed day, as may bespecified therein.
(4) On and after the appointed day no provision of any law subsistingimmediately before 3rd March 1962 shall be regarded as having ceased tohave effect as part of the law of Malta by reason of any inconsistency withthe 1961 Order if that provision is one which, were it a provision havingeffect immediately before the appointed day, would continue to have effectas aforesaid by virtue of section 48 (7) of the Constitution.
12. Validity of Letters Patent, Orders in Council, Ordinances and ActsIt is hereby declared that(a) the Letters Patent and Order in Council set out in the First Schedule
to the Malta Constitution Act 1932 (a) were validly passed and made andwere within the powers reserved to His Majesty;
(b) the Acts of the Legislature of Malta so set out were validly enactedand were within the powers of the Legislature;
(c) the Ordinances of the Governor of Malta so set out were validlypromulgated and were within the powers of the Governor;
(d) all Ordinances of the Governor of Malta enacted and promulgatedduring the period between the commencement of the Malta Constitution Act1932 and the commencement of the Malta (Letters Patent) Act 1936 werevalidly enacted and promulgated and were within the powers of theGovernor.
SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER
CONSTITUTION OF MALTA 1
Chapter XI. Miscellaneous
(12) Any reference in this Constitution to a law made before thecommencement of this Constitution shall, unless the context otherwiserequires, be construed as a reference to that law as in force immediatelybefore the appointed day.
(13) Any reference in this Constitution to a law that amends or replacesany other law shall be construed as including a reference to a law thatmodifies, re-enacts, with or without amendment or modification, or makesdifferent provisions in lieu of that other law.
(14) The Interpretation Act 1889 as in force on the appointed day shallapply, with the necessary adaptations, for the purpose of interpreting thisConstitution and otherwise in relation thereto as it applies for the purpose ofinterpreting, and in relation to, Acts of Parliament of the United Kingdom.
31. MAURITANIA(i) Trait6s2
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA MAURITANIEPORTANT TRANSFERT DES COMPETENCES DE LA COM-MUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 19 OCTOBRE 19603
Vu l'article 86 (alin6a 3) de la Constitution du 4 octobre 1958 compl6tepar la loi constitutionnelle du 4 juin 1960,
Sont convenus de ce qui suit:Art. 1 er. La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie accede en plein accord
et amiti6 avec la R6publique frangaise A la souverainet6 intemationale et il'ind6pendance par le transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Art. 2. - Toutes les comp6tences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Consti-tution du 4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r6es A laR6publique islamique de Mauritanie d~s l'accomplissement par les partiescontractantes de la proc6dure pr6vue A l'article 87 de ladite Constitution.
1 The provisions of sections 105, 109 and 116 of this Constitution are basicallysimilar to those of sections 103, 107 and 11 of the Constitution of Barbados (supra,pp. 126-127).
2 Voir aussi la Convention (a) sous Niger, infra, p. 370.3 Journal Officiel de la Rgpublique francaise, 24 novembre 1960, p. 10459.
(b) ACCORD DE DEFENSE 'ENTRE LES GOUVERNEMENTS DE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET bE"LA REPUBLIQUE ISLAMIQUE DEMAURITANIE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 19 JUIN 19611
Conscients des responsabilit6s qui leur incombent en ce qui concerne lemaintien de la paix, conform6ment aux principes de la Charte des NationsUnies;
Soucieux de mat6rialiser les liens d'amiti6 et de confiante coop6ration quiles unissent;
Consid6rant que les parties contractantes manifestent A cette fin lavolont6 de coop6rer dans le domaine de la d6fense, notamment de la d6fenseext6rieure;
D6sireux de d6terminer les modalit6s de cette coop6ration dont lesengagements ont un caract~re essentiellement d6fensif;
Article ler
La R6publique frangaise et la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie sepratent aide et assistance pour pr6parer et assurer leur d6fense.
Article 2
La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie a la responsabilit6 de sa d6fenseint6rieure et ext6rieure.. Elle peut demander A La R6publique francaise uneaide dans des conditions d6finies par des accords sp6ciaux.
Article 3
Les parties contractantes se concertent sur les problmes g6n6raux ded6fense et, A cet effet, assurent entre elles une collaboration efficace etr6guli~re aux niveaux n6cessaires.
A 1'chelon de la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie, les probl~mescommuns de d6fense sont 6tudi6s par un comit6 de d6fense permanent etparitaire.
Article 4
La R6publique frangaise s'engage A apporter A La R6publique islamique deMauritanie 'aide n6cessaire A la constitution de ses forces arm6es.
Article 5
Chacune des parties contractantes s'engage A donner A 'autre toutesfacilit6s et toutes aides n~cessaires A la d6fense et, en particulier, A Laconstitution, au stationnement, aux mouvements, i la mise en condition et Al'emploi des forces de d6fense.
1 Ibid., 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1325. Entr6 en vigueur le 14 novembre 1961. Cess6 d'etreen vigueur le 31 d6cembre 1972 par 6change de lettres en date du 15 fevrier 1973.
Les forces de d6fense sont compos6es essentiellement des forces arm6esde la R6publique frangaise et de celles de la R6publique islamique deMauritanie.
Article 6
Les facilit6s reconnues i la R6publique frangaise en application del'article 5 ci-dessus comportent :
La libre circulation sur le territoire mauritanien, dans l'espace a6rien etdans les eaux territoriales;
L'utilisation des infrastructures portuaire, ferroviaire, routi~re et a6rienneet des r6seaux postaux et de t6l6communications;
L'6tablissement et l'utilisation sur le territoire et dans les eaux terri-toriales des balisages a6riens et maritimes et des moyens de transmissionn6cessaires A la s6curit6 et A l'accomplissement des missions des forces arm6es;
La libre disposition des casernements, batiments et terrains ainsi que lesdroits de stockage, de gardiennage militaire et d'escale n6cessaires aux besoinsde la d6fense;
En outre, aux abords de Port-Etienne, la libre disposition des terrainsreconnus d'un commun accord n6cessaires aux besoins de la d6fense.
Article 7
L'importance num6rique des troupes frangaises appel6es A occuper lescasernements et installations mis i la disposition des forces arm6es franaisespour les besoins de la d6fense sera d6termin6e d'un commun accord apr~sconsultation du comit6 de d6fense franco-mauritanien.
Des plans de d6fense arr6t6s en comit6 de d6fense d6termineront lesconditions dans lesquelles il pourra tre procd6, en cas de crise ou de menacede crise, aux renforcements et mouvements n6cessaires.
Article 8
Le pr6sent accord entrera en vigueur en meme temps que le trait6 decoop6ration sign6 le 19 juin 1961 entre la R6publique frangaise et laR6publique islamique de Mauritanie.
(c) ACCORD D'ASSISTANCE MILITAIRE TECHNIQUE ENTRE LA RE-PUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE ISLAMIQUE DEMAURITANIE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 19 JUIN 19611
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord ainsi que celles de son annexesont, mutatis mutandis, identiques celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 et deson annexe II, entre la France et la C6te-d'Ivoire (voir supra, p. 228).]
1 Journal Officiel de la Rgpublique frangaise, 6 f~vrier 1962, p. 1326. Entr6 envigueur le 14 novembre 1961. Cess6 d'6tre en vigueur le 31 d~cembre 1972 par 6changede lettres du 15 f6vrier 1973.
(d) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE ISLAMIQUE DE MAURITANIE. FAIT A PARIS, LE19 JUIN 19611
R6solus A poursuivre leurs relations dans un esprit de compr6hensionmutuelle, de confiance r6ciproque et de coop6ration, notamment dans lesdomaines 6conomique, mon6taire et financier,
TITRE PRELIMINAIRE
Article er
La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie d6clare vouloir poursuivre sond6veloppement, en 6troite association avec la R6publique frangaise et lesautres pays de la zone franc, tout en b6n6ficiant des possibilit6s d'6changes etde coopration qui s'offrent h elle dans les autres pays du monde.
Article 2
L'association contractuelle de la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie etde la R6publique franqaise proc~de de deux principes fondamentaux :
Chaque Etat d6tient l'int6gralit6 des pouvoirs 6conomiques, mon6taires etfinanciers reconnus aux Etats souverains.
Les parties acceptent de coordonner leurL politiques commerciale,mon6taire et financi~re externes entre elles et avec les autres Etats de la zonefranc, de fagon i s'entraider r6ciproquement et h promouvoir le d6veloppe-ment 6conomique le plus rapide pdssible de chacun d'eux.
TITRE IV. - DE LA MONNAIE
Article 19
La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie d6clare maintenir son ap-partenance h l'Union mon6taire ouest-africaine.
La monnaie 16gale ayant pouvoir lib6ratoire sur toute l'6tendue duterritoire de la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie est le franc C. F. A. 6mispar l'institut d'6mission commun aux Etats de l'Union mon6taire.
Article 20
La convertibilit6 entre le franc C. F. A. et le franc francais est illimit6e etgarantie par le fonctionnement d'un compte d'op6rations ouvert au nom derinstitut d'6mission dans les 6critures du Trisor franqais. Ce compte feral'objet d'une convention appropri6e.
Les transferts de fonds sont libres entre les deux Etats.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franpaise, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1328. Entr6 envigueur le 14 novembre 1961. Cess6 d'8tre en vigueur le 31 d6cembre 1972 par 6changede lettres du 15 f6vrier 1973.
Article 21
La d6finition et la parit6 de l'unit6 mon6taire sont maintenues. Elles nepourront 8tre modifi6es que par accord entre tous les Etats membres del'Union mon6taire et la R6publique frangaise.
Article 22
Les signes mon6taires 6mis dans chaque Etat sont identifi6s par unemarque particuli~re.
Article 23
L'institut d'6mission tiendra pour chaque Etat membre de l'Unionmon6taire ouest-africaine une comptabilit6 distincte de l'6mission mon6taireet de ses contreparties.
Article 24
L'institut d'6mission sera un 6tablissement multinational dont le conseild'administration groupera des repr6sentants des Etats membres de l'Unionmon6taire ouest-africaine et de la R6publique frangaise de fagon que les Etatsmembres disposent d'environ trois cinqui~mes des sieges r6partis 6galemententre eux.
Le conseil d'administration sera seul competent pour tous les probl6mesmettant en cause la valeur de la monnaie, ainsi que pour la d6termination desrfgles g6nfrales applicables i la distribution du cr6dit, les d6cisions 6tantprises h la majorit6 des deux tiers.
I1 sera cr66 dans chaque Etat membre de l'Union montaire ouest-africaine un comit6 mon6taire.
Article 25
Les parties contractantes conviennent de poursuivre les n6gociationsentreprises avec les Etats membres de l'Union mon6taire ouest-africaine envue de confirmer cette union par un acte international et de proc6der h uner6forme respectant les principes ci-dessus 6nonc6s.
Jusqu'A l'entr6e en vigueur de cet acte, il n'est pas apport6 demodifications aux relations mon6taires existant entre la R6publique frangaiseet la Rpiblique islamique de Mauritanie.
Article 26
La R~publique islanique de Mauritanie pourra, si elle le juge utile,adh6rer k tout organisme mon6taire international en tant qu'Etat souverain etind6pendant.
TITRE V. - DISPOSITIONS DIVERSES
Article 27
La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie ou les personnes morales de droitpublic qui en d6pendent auront acc~s au march6 financier frangais. Elles
pourront en cons6quence, dans le cadre de la 16gislation et de la r6gle-mentation en vigueur, contracter des emprunts sur le march6 financier ouaupr~s des 6tablissements de cr6dit frangais. Eles pourront 6galement, sousr6serve des dispositions pr6vues en matire de change, contracter desemprunts dans des pays tiers et aupr6s des organismes internationaux definancement.
Article 28
En ce qui concerne les op6rations incluses dans les programmes ded6veloppement 6conomique et social arrdt6s par la R6publique islamique deMauritanie, le r~escompte A moyen terme pourra 6tre compl~t6 par desfinancements d'origine non mon6taire provenant d'institutions sp6cialis6esfrangaises A d6faut d'6tablissements nationaux.
Article 29
La R6publique frangaise se d6clare dispos6e A apporter son aide h laBanque mauritanienne de d6veloppement, dans le cadre des dispositions dupr6sent accord.
Article 30
A l'6chelon le plus 6lev6, la R6publique frangaise et la R6publiqueislamique de Mauritanie se concerteront sur les probl~mes de la politique6conomique, mon~taire et financi~re, ainsi que sur ceux du d6veloppement.Cette consultation pourra s'6tendre i d'autres Etats de la zone franc.
Article 31
La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie est repr~sent6e au comit6mon6taire de la zone franc. Elle participe, sur sa demande, h tous autresorganismes communs aux Etats de la zone franc et, en tant que de besoin, itoute formation multilat6rale de caract~re 6conomique et financier.
Article 32
Les relations entre le Tr6sor frangais et le Tr6sor mauritanien restentr6gies par un accord sp6cial.
Article 33
La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie exerce sans r6serve sur le domainepublic et priv6 en Mauritanie tous les droits de toute nature exerc6sant6rieurement par la R~publique frangaise, qui y renonce express6ment.
Article 34
La R6publique frangaise et la R6publique islamique de Mauritanieconviennent de confier le r~glement des probl~mes domaniaux qui peuvent se
poser entre eUes h une commission paritaire franco-mauritanienne qui 6tabliraune convention particulire sur les principes suivants :
10 La R~publique frangaise recevra, h titre d6finitif, en propri6t6 lesdpendances du domaine priv6 n6cessaires au fonctionnement de ses servicescivils qui seront 6tablis en Mauritanie ;
20 La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie accordera h la R~publiquefranqaise la jouissance des installations n6cessaires h 'ex6cution de la missionde d6fense qui est confi6e aux forces militaires frangaises dans le cadre desaccords de d6fense
30 Celles de ces installations militaires destin6es exclusivement h usaged'habitation seront r6troc~d~es en propri6t6 i la R6publique frangaise.
Article 35
La commission paritaire domaniale recommandera, le cas 6ch6ant,'6change de d~pendances entre les parties contractantes.
Article 36
La commission paritaire domaniale 6tablira la liste des organismes de droitpublic franqais jouissant de r'autonomie administrative ou financi~re dont lesbiens sont propri~t6 priv~e.
Article 37
La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie d6clare confirmer les concessionsaccord~es ant6rieurement i l'entr~e en vigueur du pr6sent accord.
Le droit de concession sera exerc6 par les autorit6s de la R6publiqueislamique de Mauritanie d~s l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord.
Article 38
Le present accord entre en 'vigueur en m6me temps que le trait6 decoop6ration sign6 en date de ce jour.
(e) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA MAURITANIERELATIVES AU TRANSFERT DES DOSSIERS EN INSTANCE DE-VANT LE CONSEIL D'ETAT ET LA COUR DE CASSATION. PARIS,19 JUIN 19611
Le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique islamique de Mauritaniea Monsieur le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique fran~aise
L'accord particulier sign6 A Paris, le 19 juin 1961, a eu pour effet detransf6rer A la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie la comp6tence de laCommunaut6 concernant le contrble de la justice.
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franaise, 6 f'vrier 1962, p. 1335.
En consequence, le Conseil d'Etat et la cour de cassation de la R~publiquefrangaise ont, A dater du jour de l'entr~e en vigueur dudit accord, cess6 d'dtrecomp6tents pour connaftre des recours et pourvois int6ressant la R~publiqueislamique de Mauritanie dont ces hautes juridictions 6taient alors saisies.
Fai l'honneur de vous demander de bien vouloir me faire savoir si leGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise admet cette interpr6tation del'accord portant transfert des comptences de la Communaut6.
Dans l'affirmative, je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir donner lesinstructions n6cessaires pour que les dossiers de ces procedures soient remisau ministre de la justice de la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie parl'interm6diaire du ministre de la justice de la R~publique fran aise.
Le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique fran~aise i Monsieur le Premier Ministrede la Ripublique islamique de Mauritanie
Vous avez bien voulu, A la date du 19 juin 1961, m'adresser la lettre dontla teneur suit :
[ Voir texte ci-dessus..]J'ai l'honneur de vous gonfirmer que le Gouvernement de la R6publique
frangaise partage'votre interpr6tation de l'accord particulier sign6 Paris le ...Je donne, en, cons6quence, les instructions n6cessaires pour que les
dossiers des proc6dures vis6es dans votre lettre soient remis au ministre de lajustice de la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie.
(f) ACCORD GENERAL DE COOPERATION TECHNIQUE EN MATIEREDE PERSONNEL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE ISLAMIQUE DE MAURITANIE AVEC ANNEXE. FAITA PARIS, LE 19 JUIN 19611
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis,identiques i celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et laC6te-d'Ivoire (supra, p. 236).]
ANNEXE RELATIVE AUX MAGISTRATS MIS A LA DISPOSITIONDE LA REPUBLIQUE ISLAMIQUE DE MAURITANIE
Article ler
La pr6sente annexe a pour objet de diterminer dans le cadre de I'accord g6niral decoopration technique en matiire de personnel, les conditions...particuliires decoop6ration entre la R6publique franqaise et la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie en cequi concerne les magistrats.
Les prescriptions de l'accord g6n6ral sont applicables aux magistrats, dans la mesureoi il n'est pas d6rog6 par les dispositions de la pr6sente annexe.
1 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique franfaise, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1339. Entr6 envigucur le 14 novembre 1961. Cesse d'etre en vigueur le 31 d6cembre 1972 par 6changede lettres du 15 f6vrier 1973.
Article 2
La R6publique frangaise et la R~publique islamique de Mauritanie d6velopperont leurcoop6ration en mati6re judiciaire, notamment en organisant des stages destin6s auxmagistrats des deux pays et en instituant des 6changes r6guliers d'informations enmati~re de technique juridictionnelle.
Article 3
En vue de permettre au Gouvernement de la R~publique islamique de Mauritanied'assurer le fonctionnement de ses juridictions et l'administration de la justice, leGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise s'engage, dans toute la mesure de sespossibilit~s, i mettre i la disposition du Gouvernement de la R~publique islamique deMauritanie les magistrats qui lui sont n6cessaires.
Article 4
Les deux Gouvernements arretent la liste des emplois de magistrats i pourvoir autitre de l'assistance technique.
Le nom du magistrat propos6 pour chaque cat6gorie d'emplois par le Gouvernementde la R6publique franqaise est soumis, accompagn6 d'une notice dtaill6e de renseigne-ments, i 1'agr6ment du Gouvernement de la R~publique islamique de Mauritanie.
Le President de la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie proc~de aux nominations desmagistrats mis i sa disposition, qui regoivent l'affectation correspondant leur grade.
Article 5
Les magistrats sont mis la disposition de la R6publique islamique de Mauritanie envue d'exercer des fonctions dans un emploi d6termini pendant une duroe de deux ansrenouvelable.
Les magistrats mis i la disposition de la R~publique islamique de Mauritanie peuventsans leur accord recevoir une nouvelle affectation, en vue d'assurer l'indispensablecontinuit6 du service ; dans ce cas, ils sont d6l6gu~s dans une fonction au moins6quivalente i celle qu'ils occupent, et sur l'avis de la commission prevue a 'article 11ci-dessous.
En aucun cas, si ce n'est i titre de d6l6gation, un magistrat servant au titre deI'assistance technique ne peut se voir confier de fonctions lui dormant autorit6 sur lesmagistrats appartenant un grade sup6rieur au sien, dans sa carriire d'origine.
(g) PROTOCOLE D'ACCORD DOMANIAL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUEFRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE ISLAMIQUE DE MAURITANIE.FAIT A NOUAKCHOTT, LE 10 MAI 19631
Ayant r6solu de proc6der au r~glement domanial pr6vu h l'article 34 deI'accord de coop6ration en mati~re 6conomique, mon6taire et financi~re du19juin 1961 ;
Vu 6galement les articles 33, 35, 36 et 37 dudit accord,
Art. 1er. - Conform~ment I l'article 33 de l'accord susvis6, la R~publiquefrangaise confirme le transfert h titre d6finitif h la R~publique islamique de
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franpaise, 31 octobre 1963, p. 9708. Entr6 envigueur le 10 mai 1963.
Mauritanie de ses droits sur tous les immeubles ayant constitu6 le domainepublic ou le domaine priv6 de l'Etat frangais.
Art. 2. - La R~publique islamique de Mauritanie accorde h la R6publiquefranqaise, qui pourra en disposer librement et les faire immatriculer A sonnom, la propri6t6 des immeubles n6cessaires h la satisfaction des besoins desservices civils et du logement des fonctionnaires de l'Etat frangais. Cesimmeubles sont mentionn6s A l'annexe I au present protocole.
Art. 3. - La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie r6troc~de A la R6-publique frangaise la propri6t6 des immeubles militaires h usage d'habitationqui sont 6num6r6s A rannexe II au pr6sent protocole.
Art. 4. - La R6publique islamique de Mauritanie reconnaft h la R-publique frangaise la libre disposition, sans contrepartie financi6re, desinstallations n6cessaires A l'ex6cution de la mission de d6fense confi6e auxforces militaires frangaises dans le cadre de l'accord de d6fense, qui sont6num6r6es h l'annexe III au pr6sent protocole.
Art. 5. - Les immeubles et installations militaires qui ont d6jh fait l'objetd'un transfert de fait k l'arm6e mauritanienne sont 6num6r6s A l'annexe IV aupr6sent protocole.
Art. 6. - Les deux Etats conviennent que les attributions ou r~trocessiond'immeubles, en propri6t6 ou en jouissance, pr6vues par le pr6sent protocoleinterviendront dans 1'6tat oii se trouveront lesdits immeubles au moment oils'effectueront les op6rations consid6r6es et ne donneront lieu i aucuneindemnit6 de part et d'autre.
Ils s'interdisent, en cons6quence, toute r6clamation i ce sujet.Art. 7. - Le pr6sent protocole ne modifie pas les conditions d'utilisation
par l'Agence pour la s6curit6 de la navigation a6rienne (ASECNA) deslogements et installations acquis ou construits sur les cr6dits de l'a6ronautiquecivile frangaise et devenus la propri6t6 de la R6publique islamique deMauritanie conform6ment i l'article I er ci-dessus.
Art. 8. - Le conservateur de la propri6t6 fonci~re de la R6publiqueislamique de Mauritanie proc6dera aux mutations et immatriculationsn6cessaires et, le cas 6ch~ant, au morcellement ou A la mention confirmativesur le titre foncier.
Les formalit6s d'inscription fonci~re seront donn6es gratuitement.Art. 9. - Le pr6sent protocole entre en vigueur h la date de sa signature.
(ii) Lois et d6crets
LOI PORTANT REORGANISATION DOMANIALE, No 60-1391
L'Assembl6e nationale a d6lib&r6 et adopt6,Le Premier Ministre promulgue la loi dont la teneur suitArticle premier. - Les terres vacantes et sans maftre appartiennent A
l'Etat. I1 en est de meme des terres non immatricul6es ou non conc6d~es envertu d'un acte de concession r6gulier qui sont inexploit6es ou inoccup6esdepuis plus de dix ans.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique islamique de Mauritanie, 17 aofit 1960, p. 415 (leJournal Officiel ne contient aucune indication concernant la date de la loi ou son entreeen vigueur).
La vacance sera suffisamment 6tablie par l'absence de constructions,cultures, plantations ou puits.
Art. 2. - Toute personne voulant pr6tendre i la proprit6 d'un terraindomanial, h moins que ses pr6tentions ne portent sur un terrain n6cessaire A lar6alisation de travaux d'int6ret g6n6ral, pourra obtenir un acte de concessionA titre provisoire, qui deviendra d6finitif apr~s r6alisation des conditionsimpos6es par le cahier des charges.
Des d6crets pris en Conseil des Ministres pr6ciseront les modalit6sd'attribution des terrains domaniaux.
Art. 3. - Sont confirm6s les droits fonciers coutumiers comportant uneemprise 6vidente et permanente sur le sol. Nul ne peut cependant en faire unusage prohib6 par les lois et r~glements.
Art. 4.- Les droits coutumiers individuels comportant une emprise6vidente et permanente, telle qu'ele est d6finie ci-dessous, peuvent 6tre,immatricul~s. A l'appui de la demande d'immatriculation devra etre joint uncertificat du Chef de la circonscription administrative 6tablissant, apr~senquate publique, les conditions dans lesquelles l'immeuble est d6tenu.
Ce certificat administratif sera 6tabli sous la forme d'un proc~s-verbalaussi d6taill6 que possible oh seront expos6es, sans en tirer aucune conclusion,les conditions dans lesquelles les requ6rants d~tiennent l'immeuble envisage.
Art. 5. - Le Chef de subdivision ou le Maire pour les localit6s 6rig6es encommunes devra adresser au Ministre comp6tent (Domaines) dans un d~lai dedeux mois A compter de la reception de la demande, outre le certificat, unproc~s-verbal de mise en valeur 6tabli par une Commission compos6e commesuit :
- le Chef de la circonscription administrative (Pr~siden t);- les repr~sentants des services techniques comp6tents (Travaux publics,
Agriculture, etc.);- le Chef de la collectivit6;- le Cadi;- le requ6rant.Le proc~s-verbal devra etre revetu de la signature de toutes les parties ou
d'une empreinte digitale dont l'authenticit6 sera certifi~e par le President dela commission.
Art. 6. - L'emprise 6vidente et permanente devra consister en construc-tions compitement termin~es, plantations, cultures ou puits.
Dans les agglom6rations non soumises h des dispositions particuli~res,seront consid6r6es comme suffisantes les constructions en tous mat6riauxagr66s par le Ministre des Travaux publics y compris le banco.
Art. 7. - En fonction des crit6res de mise en valeur sus-dnoncds, lesterrains pourront dtre immatricul6s pour des superficies maxima d6termin~esainsi:
10 Constructions : 1 000 metres carr~s;20 Puits : cercle d'un rayon 6gal h deux fois la profondeur;30 Culture n6cessitant une jach re : 4 fois la superficie;40 Cultures p~rennes (arbres fruitiers y compris les palmiers dattiers)
superficie mise en valeur A raison de 100 unites &I 'hectare;50 Culture de cases: superficie mise en valeur.
Art. 8. - Lorsque le terrain A vocation agricole sera entour6 d'une clotureinfranchissable aux animaux domestiques, la mise en valeur sera consid6r~e
comme r~alise en totalit6, quelle que soit l'importance des constructions etcultures. La cloture devra soit dtre en mat~riaux, soit consister en une haievive et dense.
Art. 9. - Le regime de l'expropriation pour cause d'utilitO publique estapplicable aux droits coutumiers. Nul individu ou nulle collectivit6 ne peutetre contraint de c6der ses droits si ce n'est pour cause d'utilit6 publique etmoyennant une juste compensation.
Art. 10. - Sauf dans les cas d'application des textes r6glementant'expropriation pour cause d'utilit6 publique ou le regime de l'immatricula-
tion, toutes les contestations sont de la comp6tence de la juridictionadministrative.
Art. 11. - Sont abrog~es toutes les dispositions contraires i la pr6sente loiqui sera ex~cut6e comme loi de l'Etat.
32. MAURITIUS
(i) Treaties
PUBLIC OFFICERS AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE GOVERNMENT OFTHE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND NORTHERNIRELAND AND THE GOVERNMENT OF MAURITIUS. SIGNED ATPORT LOUIS, 12 MARCH 19681
Interpretation
1. (1) In this Agreement(a) "the appointed day" means 12th March, 1968;(b) "conditions of service" means the laws, rules, regulations, orders and
other instruments that regulate the terms of service of an officer relating tohis tenure of office, disciplinary control, salary (including salary scales),pensionable allowances and passages;
(c) "officer" means an officer who was before the appointed day thesubstantive holder of a pensionable office in the Public Service of Mauritiusbeing a person who is not a citizen of Mauritius and -
(i) who was selected for or offered appointment to the Public Service ofMauritius by a Secretary of State; or
(ii) whose appointment to the Public Service of Mauritius was approvedby a Secretary of State; or
(iii) who had entered into an agreement with the Crown Agents forOversea Governments and Administrations to serve in the PublicService of Mauritius; or
(iv) who (although not an officer falling within heads (i), (ii) or (iii) ofthis sub-paragraph) is or has been a member of Her Majesty'sOverseas Civil Service or Her Majesty's Overseas Judiciary, or hasbeen a member of a former Colonial Unified Service, or is or was adesignated officer for the purposes of the Overseas Service(Mauritius) Agreement 1961;
1 British Treaty Series, No. 49 (1968) (Commander 3668).
(d) "pension" means any pension, gratuity, compensation and interestthereon, retiring allowance or other like benefit payable by the Governmentof Mauritius to or in respect of any officer or to the widow or child of anyofficer or their legal personal representatives, including any increase ofpension, and any contributions repayable and interest payable to any officerunder any law providing for payment of pensions to widows and children ofofficers.
(2) "Substantive holder" in relation to any office includes a personserving in that office on probation but does not include a person (other thana person serving under a probationary agreement) serving in the office for aspecified term under a contract.
Conditions of Service
2. The conditions of service applicable to an officer who continues to bethe substantive holder of a pensionable office in the Public Service ofMauritius on or after the appointed day shall not be less favourable thanthose which were applicable to him immediately before the appointed day.
Retirement and Pensions
3. The entitlement to retire and the eligibility to receive a pension ofany officer who continues to be the substantive holder of a pensionable officein the Public Service of Mauritius on or after the appointed day or of hiswidow, children, dependants or personal representatives shall be as providedfor in the laws, regulations and administrative directions in force immediatelybefore the appointed day or in such other laws, regulations and administrativedirections made thereafter as are not less favourable; and pensions shall begranted and paid to such officers, and other persons in accordance with suchlaws, regulations and administrative directions.
Preservation of Pensions
4. The pension of any officer who has ceased to be the substantiveholder of a pensionable office in the Public Service of Mauritius before theappointed day, or of the widow, children, dependants or personal representa-tives of any such officer shall be granted and paid, or if granted before thatdate shall continue to be paid, in accordance with the laws, regulations andadministrative directions governing those pensions immediately before theappointed day or in accordance with such other laws, regulations andadministrative directions made thereafter that are not less favourable.
Options
7. For the purposes of this Agreement, in so far as the law, regulationsor administrative directions applicable to the grant of a pension or to otherconditions of service depends on the option of the person to or in respect ofwhom the pension is granted or is to be granted, or if the officer to whom theconditions of service apply, the law, regulations or administrative directionsfor which such person or officer opts shall be taken to be more favourable tohim than any other law, regulation or administrative directions for which hemight have opted.
Officers in H.M.O.C.S. and H.M.O.J.
8. (1) Officers who are members of Her Majesty's Overseas Civil Serviceor of Her Majesty's Overseas Judiciary shall continue to be eligible forconsideration by Her Majesty's Government in the United Kingdom fortransfer or promotion to employment in the Public Service of some otherterritory.
(2) The Government of Mauritius shall comply with any reasonablerequest that may at any time be made by Her Majesty's Government in theUnited Kingdom for the release of an Overseas officer for transfer orpromotion in pursuance of paragraph (1) of this Article and shall take anyaction that may be necessary to preserve his pension rights when he is sotransferred or promoted.
(3) Before he is released an officer shall be required to make arrange-ments satisfactory to the Government of Mauritius for the repayment to thatGovernment of any compensation or instalments of compensation he may berequired to make under the Mauritius (Compensation and Retiring Benefits)Order in Council 1967, but not of any interest paid on outstandinginstalments.
Appeals Board
9. Section 16 of the Mauritius (Independence) Order in Council 1968,which relates to benefits to which section 94 of the Constitution of Mauritiusapplies, that may be granted or that may have been granted to or in respect ofany officer, shall not be revoked or amended to the prejudice of the interestsof any officer.
Citation and Commencement
10. This Agreement may be cited as the Public Officers (Mauritius)Agreement 1968 and shall come into operation on the date of signature.
(ii) Laws and decrees
THE MAURITIUS INDEPENDENCE ORDER 19681, 2
2. Interpretation(1) In this Order"the Constitution" means the Constitution of Mauritius set out in the
Schedule to this Order;"the appointed day" means 12th March 1968;"the existing Assembly" means the Legislative Assembly established by
the existing Orders;
1 Statutory Instruments, 1968, Part 1, Sect. 2, p. 1871.2 The provisions of sections 5 (2) (3) (6), 8 (1) (2) and 9 of this Order are basically
similar to those of sections 4 (2) (3) (5) and 5 of the Barbados Independence Order 1966(supra, pp. 119-121). Section 6 is similar to section 5 of the Malawi Independence Orderin Council 1964 (supra, pp. 304 and 305); sections 14 and 15 are similar to sections 14and 15 (1) (2) of the Kenya Independence Order in Council 1963 (supra, pp. 251 and252).
"the existing laws" means any Acts of the Parliament of the UnitedKingdom, Orders of Her Majesty in Council, Ordinances, rules, regulations,orders or other instruments having effect as part of the law of Mauritiusimmediately before the appointed day but does not include any Orderrevoked by this Order;
"the existing Orders" means the Orders revoked by section 3(1) of thisOrder.
(2) The provisions of sections 111, 112, 120 and 121 of the Constitutionshall apply for the purposes of interpreting -sections 1 to 17 of this Order andotherwise in relation thereto as they apply for the purpose of interpreting andin relation to the Constitution.
3. Revocations(1) With effect from the appointed day, the Mauritius Constitution Order
1966, the Mauritius Constitution (Amendment) Order 1967 and theMauritius Constitution (Amendment No. 2) Order 1967 and the MauritiusConstitution (Amendment No. 3) Order 1967 are revoked.
(2) The Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939, and any Order inCouncil amending that Order, shall cease to have effect as part of the law ofMauritius on the appointed day:
Provided that if Part II of the Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939 isin operation in Mauritius immediately before the appointed day a Proclama-tion such as is referred to in paragraph (b) of section 19(7) of theConstitution shall be deemed to have been made on that day and to havebeen approved by the Assembly within seven days of that day underparagraph (a) of section 19(8) of the Constitution.
4. Establishment of Constitution(1) Subject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution shall come
into effect in Mauritius on the appointed day.(2) The Governor (as defined for the purposes of the existing Orders)
acting after consultation with the Prime Minister (as so defined) may at anytime after the commencement of this subsection exercise any of the powersconferred upon the Governor-General by section 5 of this Order or by theConstitution to such extent as may in his opinion be necessary or expedientto enable the Constitution to function as from the appointed day.
5. Existing laws(1) The revocation of the existing Orders shall be without prejudice to
the continued operation of any existing laws made, or having effect as if theyhad been made, under any of those Orders; and any such laws shall haveeffect on and after the appointed day as if they had been made in pursuanceof the Constitution and shall be construed with such modifications,adaptations, qualifications and exceptions as may be necessary to bring theminto conformity with the Mauritius Independence Act 1968 and this Order.
(4) An order made under this section may be amended or revoked byParliament or, in relation to any existing law affected thereby, by any otherauthority having power to amend, repeal or revoke that existing law.
(5) It is hereby declared, for the avoidance of doubt, that, save asotherwise provided either expressly or by necessary implication, nothing in
this Order shall be construed as affecting the continued operation of anyexisting law.
8.- The Legislative Assembly
(3) The persons who imtnediately before the appointed day wereunreturned candidates at the general election of members of the existingAssembly shall, until the dissolution of the Assembly next following theappointed day, be regarded as unreturned candidates for the purposes ofparagraph 5(7) of Schedule I to the Constitution; and for those purposesanything done in accordance with the provisions of Schedule 1 to theConstitution established by the existing Orders shall be deemed to have beendone in accordance with the corresponding provisions of Schedule 1 to theConstitution.
(4) For the purpose of section 57(2) of this Constitution the Assemblyshall be deemed to have had its first sitting after a general election on 22ndAugust 1967 (being the date on which the existing Assembly first sat after ageneral election).
10. The SpeakerIf by virtue of section 10(1) of the Mauritius (Constitution) Order 1966
the person referred to in section 9(1) of the Mauritius (Constitution) Order1964 is immediately before the appointed day holding the office of Speakerof the existing Assembly, then, with effect from the appointed day
(a) that person shall be deemed to be a member of the Assembly and tohave been elected Speaker of the Assembly under section 32 of theConstitution; and
(b) the provisions of the Constitution (other than paragraphs (a), (b)and(e) of section 32(3)) shall apply to him accordingly,
until such time as he vacates the office of Speaker under paragraph (c) or (d)of section 32(3) of the Constitution or under section 32(5) of theConstitution or becomes a candidate for election as a member of theAssembly.
11. Pending proceedingsAll proceedings commenced or pending before the Supreme Court, the
Court of Civil Appeal or the Court of Criminal Appeal of Mauritiusimmediately before the appointed day may be carried on before the SupremeCourt, the Court of Civil Appeal or the Court of Criminal Appeal, as the casemay be, established by the Constitution.
12. Jurisdiction of Court of'Appeal in relation to Seychelles(1) Unless it is otherwise prescribed by Parliament, the Court of Appeal
may exercise on and after the appointed day such jurisdiction and powers inrelation to appeals from the Supreme Court of Seychelles as may beconferred upon it by or in pursuance of the Seychelles Civil Appeals Order1967(b) or of any other law in that behalf for the time being in force inSeychelles.
(2) The provisions of section 81 of the Constitution shall not apply inrelation to decisions of the Court of Appeal given in the exercise of anyjurisdiction and powers conferred upon it in relation to appeals from the
Supreme Court of Seychelles, and appeals shall lie to Her Majesty in Councilfrom such decisions in accordance with the Seychelles (Appeals to PrivyCouncil) Order 1967(c) or any other law in that behalf for the time being inforce in Seychelles.
(3) The Seychelles Civil Appeals Order 1967 and the Seychelles (Appealsto Privy Council) ,Order 1967 shall cease to form part of the law of Mauritiuswith effect from the appointed day.
13. Remuneration of certain officers(1) Until such time as a salary and allowances are prescribed by
Parliament, there shall be paid to the holder of any office to which section108 of the Constitution applies a salary and allowances calculated at the samerate as the salary and allowances paid immediately before the appointed dayto the holder of the office corresponding thereto.
(2) If the person holding the office of Governor immediately before theappointed day becomes Governor-General his terms and conditions of service,other than salary and allowances, as Governor-General shall, until such timeas other provisions are made in that behalf, be the same as those attaching tothe office of Governor immediately before the appointed day.
SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER
THE CONSTITUTION OF MA URITIUS'
Chapter IlL Citizenship
21. Persons entitled to be registered, etc., as citizens(1) Any woman who, on 12th March 1968, is or has been married to a
person(a) who becomes a citizen of Mauritius by virtue of the preceding
section; or(b) who, having died before 12th March 1968 would, but for his death,
have become a citizen of Mauritius by virtue of that section,
shall be entitled, upon making application and, if she is a British protectedperson or an alien, upon taking the oath of allegiance, to be registered as acitizen of Mauritius:
Provided that, in the case of any woman who on 12th March 1968 is nota citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies, the right to be registered as acitizen of Mauritius under this section shall be subject to such exceptions orqualifications as may be prescribed in the interests of national security orpublic policy.
1 The provisions of sections 20 (1) (2) (3), 23, 25 and 27 of this Constitution arebasically similar to those of sections 2 (1) (2) (3), 5, 8 and 10 of the Constitution ofBarbados (supra, pp. 124 and 125). The same similarity exists between sections 26 (a)(b) (c), 94, 103 and 109 of the Constitution of Mauritius on the one hand and those ofsections 27 (1) (2) (3), 117 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5), 119 and 125 of the Constitution ofBotswana'on the other hand (supra, pp. 139 and 140).
24. Marriage to citizen of MauritiusAny woman who after 11 th March 1968 marries a person who is or
becomes a citizen of Mauritius shall be entitled, upon making application insuch manner as may be prescribed and, if she is a British protected person oran alien, upon taking the oath of allegiance, to be registered as a citizen ofMauritius:
Provided that the right to be registered as a citizen of Mauritius under thissection shall be subject to such exceptions or qualifications as may beprescribed in the interests of national security or public policy.
26. Powers of ParliamentParliament may make provision
(d) for the maintenance'of a register of citizens of Mauritius who are alsocitizens of other countries; or
(e) for depriving of his citizenship of Mauritius any citizen of Mauritiuswho has attained the age of 21 years after 11 th March 1968, and who, being acitizen of some other country, has not, within such period after hisattainment of that age as may be prescribed, renounced his citizenship of thatother country or, if the law of that other country does not permit him torenounce his citizenship of that other country, made such declaration as maybe prescribed.
33. MOROCCO
Trait~s
(a) DECLARATION COMMUNE, PROTOCOLE ET ECHANGE DELETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE MAROC. SIGNES LE 2 MARS1956, A PARIS. COMMUNIQUE DE M. CHRISTIAN PINEAU, MI-NISTRE DES AFFAIRES ETRANGERES (2 MARS 1956)1
DECLARATION COMMUNE
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise et Sa Majest6 Mohammed V,Sultan du Maroc, affirment leur volont6 de donner son plein effet A laD6claration de La Celle-Saint-Cloud du 6 novembre 1955.
Ils constatent qu'h la suite de l'6volution r6alis6e par le Maroc sur la voiedu progr~s le Trait6 de F~s du 30 mars 1912 ne correspond plus d6sormaisaux n6cessit6s de la vie moderne et ne peut plus r6gir les rapportsfranco-marocains.
En cons6quence, le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise confirmesolennellement la reconnaissance de l'ind6pendance du Maroc, laquelleimplique en particulier une diplomatie et une arm6e, ainsi que sa volont6 derespecter et de faire respecter l'int6grit6 du territoire marocain garantie par lestrait6s internationaux.
1 La documentation franfaise, articles et documents, no 0328, 6 mars 1956, p. 1 i 4.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise et Sa Majest6 Mohammed V,Sultan du Maroc, d6clarent que les n6gociations qui viennent de s'ouvrir-AParis entre le Maroc et la France, Etats s6uverains et 6gaux, ont pour objet deconclure de nouveaux accords qui d6finiront l'interd6pendance des deux paysdans les domaines o4 leurs int6r6ts sont communs, qui organiseront ainsi leurcooperation sur la base de la libert6 et de l'6galit6, notamment en mati~re ded6fense, de relations ext6rieures, d'6conomie et de culture, et qui garantirontles droits et libert6s des Frangais 6tablis au Maroc et des Marocains 6tablis enFrance, dans le respect de la souverainet6 des deux Etats.
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise et Sa Majest6 Mohammed V,Sultan du Maroc, conviennent qu'en attendant l'entr6e en vigueur de cesaccords les rapports nouveaux entre la France et le Maroc seront fond6s surles dispositions du Protocole annex6 i la pr6sente D6claration.
PROTOCOLE
I. Le pouvoir 16gislatif est exerc6 souverainement par Sa Majest6 leSultan. Le repr6sentant de la France a connaissance des projets de dahirs et ded6crets : il soumet des observations lorsque ces textes concernent les int6retsde la France, des Frangais ou des 6trangers, durant la p6riode transitoire.
II. Sa Majest6 Mohammed V, Sultan du Maroc, dispose d'une arm6enationale. La France prete son assistance au Maroc pour la constitution decette arm6e. Le statut actuel de l'arm6e frangaise au Maroc demeure inchang6,durant la p6riode transitoire.
I1. Les pouvoirs de gestion jusqu'ici r6serv6s feront l'objet d'un transfertdont les modalit6s seront arretees d'un commun accord.
Le Gouvernement marocain est represent6, avec voix d6lib6rative, auComite de la Zone Franc, organe directeur central de la politique mon6tairepour rensemble de la Zone Franc.
D'autre part, sont maintenues les garanties dont jouissent les fonction-naires et agents frangais servant au Maroc.
IV. Le repr6sentant de la R6publique frangaise au Maroc porte le titre deHaut Commissaire de France.
PREMIER ECHANGE DE LETTRES
entre Son Excellence Embarek Bekkai prisident du Gouvernement marocain,president de la D6lgation marocaine, et M. Christian Pineau, ministre desAffaires d trang~res, pr~siden t de la Diligation franfaise
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
Comme suite A la D6claration commune et au Protocole en date de cejour, j'ai l'honneur de vous faire savoir que le Gouvernement marocaindemande au Gouvernement frangais de continuer i assurer la conduite desrelations ext6rieures du Maroc et la repr6sentation et la protection desnationaux et des interets marocains h l'6tranger, en attendant que les deux
Gouvernements soient convenus de nouvelles dispositions pour la p6riodetransitoire A la demande du Gouvernement marocain.
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
Par lettre en date de ce jour, vous avez bien voulu me faire connaftre cequi suit :
J'ai 'honneur de vous confirmer 'accord du Gouvernement frangais icette demande.
DEUXIEME ECHANGE DE LETTRES
entre M. Christian Pineau, ministre des Affaires 6trang~res, prdsident de laDiligation franfaise, et Son Excellence Embarek Bekkai, president duGouvernement marocain, prisiden t de la Diligation marocaine
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
J'ai l'honneur de vous proposer qu'une Commission comportant desrepr6sentants du Gouvernement marocain et du Gouvernement franqais ser6unisse le 12 mars 1956, soit h Rabat soit h Paris, afin d'assurer 1'ex6cutionde l'article II du Protocole du 2 mars 1956.
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
Par lettre en date de ce jour, vous avez bien voulu me faire connaftre cequi suit :
J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer que le Gouvernement marocain acceptecette proposition.
TROISIEME ECHANGE DE LETTRES
entre Son Excellence Embarek Bekkai: president du Gouvernement marocain,prisident de la Deligation marocaine, et M. Christian Pineau, ministre desAffaires itrangires, prisiden t de la Diligation franpaise
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
Je tiens k vous confirmer .'accord du Gouvernement marocain pourn'apporter, dans les domaines mon6taire et financier, aucun changement aur6gime actuel en attendant que les modalit6s nouvelles de la coop6ration denos deux pays dans ces domaines aient t6 d6finies conform6ment A laD6claration commune et au Protocole en date de ce jour.
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
Par lettre en date de ce jour, vous avez bien voulu me faire connaitre cequi suit:
* J'ai rhonneur de vous confirmer l'accord du Gouvernement frangais surles dispositions qui pr6c~dent.
QUA TRIEME ECHANGE DE LETTRES
entre Son Excellence Embarek Bekkai, president du Gouvernement marocain,president de la Delegation marocaine, et M. Christian Pineau, ministre desAffaires gtrang~res, presiden t de la Delegation fran~aise
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
En application de l'article III du Protocole du 2 mars 1956, j'ai 'honneurde vous proposer qu'une Commission compos6e de repr6sentants frangais etmarocains se r6unisse le 10 mars 1956, i Rabat, pour examiner la question dutransfert des pouvoirs de gestion jusqu'ici r6serv6s, i 1'exception desproblmes mon6taires, financiers, militaires et diplomatiques qui seronttrait6s soit i Rabat soit h Paris.
Paris, le 2 mars 1956
Par lettre en date de ce jour, vous avez bien voulu me communiquer cequi suit :
J'ai 'honneur de vous faire connaitre l'accord du Gouvernement franqaissur les dispositions qui pr6c~dent.
COMMUNIQUE
de M. Christian Pineau, ministre des Affaires gtrang~res
(2 mars 1956)Le Gouvernement frangais a l'intention, conform6ment aux r~gles
constitutionnelles frangaises, de soumettre, en temps utile, 4 la ratification duParlement l'ensemble des accords r6sultant de la pr6sente d6claration et desconventions qui r~sulteront des conversations actuelles portant sur lesrapports d'interd6pendance entre le Maroc et la France et la garantie desdroits et int6r~ts des Frangais r6sidant au Maroc.
(b) DECLARATION COMMUNE HISPANO-MAROCAINE.FAITE A MADRID, LE 7 AVRIL 19561
Le Gouvernement espagnol et Sa Majest6 Mohammed V, Sultan du Maroc,ayant le d6sir de se traiter mutuellement d'une fagon particulifrementamicale, sur la base de la r6ciprocit6, de renforcer leurs liens s6culairesd'amiti6 et de consolider la paix dans la r6gion oh leurs deux pays respictifsse trouvent situ6s, ont d6cid6 de rendre publique la d6claration suivante :
1. Le Gouvernement espagnol et S.M. Mohammed V, Sultan du Maroc,consid6rant que le r6gime instaur6 au Maroc en 1912 ne correspond pas i lar6alit6 pr6sente, d6clarent que la convention sign6e A Madrid le 27 novembre1912 ne peut plus r6gir 4 l'avenir les relations hispano-marocaines.
2. Par cons6quent, le Gouvernement espagnol reconnait l'ind6pendancedu Maroc proclam6e par S.M. le Sultan Mohammed V, et sa pleinesouverainet6, avec tous les attributs de cette derni~re, y compris le droit duMaroc A une diplomatie et i une arm6e propres. Il r6affirme sa volont6 derespecter 'unit6 territoriale de l'Empire, que garantissent les trait6s inter-nationaux. I1 s'engage h prendre toutes les mesures n6cessaires pour la rendreeffective.
Le Gouvernement espagnol s'engage 6galement h donner k S.M. le Sultanl'aide et l'assistance qui seraient reconnues n6cessaires d'un commun accord,sp6cialement en ce qui concerne les relations ext6rieures et la d6fense.
3. Les n6gociations ouvertes i Madrid entre le Gouvernement espagnol etS.M. Mohammed V ont pour objet la conclusion de nouveaux accords entreles deux parties.
Celles-ci 6tant souveraines et 6gales, accords ayant pour but la d6finitionde la libre coop6ration des deux nations sur le terrain de leurs int6r6tscommuns. Ces accords garantiront 6galement, dans 'esprit particuli~rementamical mentionn6 ci-dessus, les libert6s et les droits des Espagnols 6tablis auMaroc ainsi que des Marocains 6tablis en Espagne, et cela sur les plans priv6,6conomique, culturel et social, sur la base de la r6ciprocit6 et du respect deleurs souverainet6s respectives.
4. Le Gouvernement espagnol et S.M. le Sultan sont d'accord pour que,jusqu'& 'entr6e en vigueur des accords ci-dessus mentionn6s, les relationsentre 'Espagne et le Maroc soient r6gies par le protocole annexe joint h lapr6sente d6claration.
(c) PROTOCOLE ADDITIONNEL ANNEXE A LA DECLARATION COM-MUNE HISPANO-MAROCAINE. FAIT A MADRID, LE 7 AVRIL 19562
1. Le pouvoir l6gislatif sera exerc6 souverainement par S.M. le Sultan. Lerepr6sentant de l'Espagne aura connaissance h Rabat des projets de dahirs etd6crets se rapportant aux int6rets espagnols el pourra formuler les observa-tions n6cessaires.
2. Les pouvoirs exerc6s jusqu'h pr6sent par les autorit6s espagnoles auMaroc seront transf6r6s au Gouvernement marocain en harmonie avec les
1 La documentation frangaise, articles et documents, no 0343, 10 avril 1956, p. 1.2 La documentation franfaise, articles et documents, no 0343, 10 avril 1956, p. 1
proc6dures qui seront d6cid6es d'un commun accord. On maintiendra lesgaranties des fonctionnaires espagnols au Maroc.
3. Le Gouvernement espagnol donnera son aide au Gouvernementmarocain pour l'organisation de son arm6e. Le statut actuel de l'arm6eespagnole au Maroc demeurera en vigueur pendant la p~riode de transition.
4. La situation actuelle de la peseta ne subira aucune modificationjusqu'h la conclusion d'un nouvel accord i ce sujet.
5. A compter de la publication de la pr~sente d6claration, les visas ettoutes les formalit6s administratives requises jusqu'A pr6sent pour la circula-tion des personnes d'une zone A l'autre sont supprim6s.
6. Le Gouvemement espagnol continuera d'assumer la protection desint6rets des Marocains originaires de la zone pr~c~demment d6finie par laconvention du 27 novembre 1912 et qui resident k l'tranger, jusqu'i ce quele Gouvernement de S.M. le Sultan se charge lui-m~me de cette protection.
(d) DECLARATION FINALE DE LA CONFERENCE INTERNATIONALEDE TANGER ET PROTOCOLE ANNEXE. SIGNES A TANGER LE 29OCTOBRE 1956 PAR LES ETATS-UNIS D'AMERIQUE, LA BEL-GIQUE, LA FRANCE, L'ITALIE, LE MAROC, LES PAYS-BAS, LEPORTUGAL, L'ESPAGNE ET LE ROYAUME-UNI DE GRANDE-BRETAGNE ET D'IRLANDE DU NORD1
Sur l'invitation de Sa Majest6 le Sultan du Maroc, une conferenceinternationale s'est r6unie 4 F~dala et Tanger du 8 octobre au 29 octobre1956 sous la pr6sidence de S. E. le Ministre des Affaires 6trang~res,repr6sentant Sa Majest6 le Sultan, en vue du r glement des questionssoulev~es par l'abrogation du r6gime sp6cial de la zone de Tanger.
Les gouvernements de :Belgique, Espagne, Etats-Unis d'Am6rique, France, Italie, Maroc, Pays-
Bas, Portugal, Royaume-Uni de Grande-Bretagne et de l'Irlande du Nord,repr6sent6s par leurs pl6nipotentiaires soussign6s;
D6sireux de consacrer les principes de l'ind6pendance du Maroc, de l'unit6et de l'int~grit6 de son territoire,
Sont d'accord pour reconnaitre l'abolition du regime international de lazone de Tanger et d6clarent abrog6s, pour autant qu'ils y aient particip6, tousles actes, accords et conventions concernant ledit r6gime;
Reconnaissent en cons6quence que Sa Majest6 Ch~rifienne a recouvr6l'int6gralitO de ses pouvoirs et comp6tences dans cette partie de l'EmpireCh6rifien qui ne rel~ve plus d6sormais que de Sa Souverainet6 enti~re etexclusive et qu'il en r6sulte pour Elle le libre droit h la d6termination dur6gime futur de Tanger.
1 Upited Nations, Treaty Series, Vol. 263, No. 3772, p. 166. Entr6 en vigueur le 29octobre 1956.
II
Consid6rant la Haute Sollicitude affirm6e par Sa Majest6 Ch6rifienne A'6gard des int6rets priv6s n6s sous I'ancien r6gime de Tanger et Son HautSouci d'assurer leur s6curit6 dans le pr6sent et de favoriser leur d6veloppe-ment dans 'avenir,
Anim6s du d6sir de r6gler les questions soulev6es par la disparition dur6gime international de Tanger selon les principes de justice et d'6quit6 etdans 'esprit de compr6hension et d'amiti6 qui a toujours pr6sid6 aux rapportsdu Maroc avec les autres puissances signataires de la pr6sente D6claration,
Ont arrt6 d'un commun accord les dispositions contenues dans leProtocole ci-annex6.
PROTOCOLE1 ANNEXE
En vue du r~glement des questions soulev6es par l'abrogation du Statut special de laZone de Tanger, les signataires de la D6claration du 29 octobre 19561 ont adopt6l'unanimit6 les dispositions qui font l'objet du present protocole.
CHAPITRE PREMIER. - LEGISLATION ET PATRIMOINE
Article premier
L'abrogation du r6gime special de Tanger met fin i la d6,6gation g6n6rale etpermanente conf6r~e i I'Administration internationale par le Dahir du 16 f6vrier 1924.En consequence, l'Administration internationale cesse d'exercer les pouvoirs de gestionqui lui avaient 6t6 confi~s.
Article 2
L'Etat marocain, qui reprend possession des domaines public et priv6 confi6s i'Administration internationale en vertu du Dahir du 16 f~vrier 1924, recueille les biens
propres, de celle-ci constitu~s conform6ment aux stipulations de l'article 43 du Dahirsusmentionn6. Sous r6serve des dispositions relatives aux concessions, locations etautorisations pr~vues au chapitre IV, l'Etat marocain prend A sa charge les dettes et lesobligations r~gulirement contractes par I'Administration internationale dans les limitesde la d6l6gation accord6e i celle-ci par Sa Majest6 le Sultan.
Article 3
Les dispositions l6gislatives et r~glementaires en vigueur dans la Zone de Tanger ladate de la signature du pr6sent protocole demeurent applicables tant qu'elles n'aurontpas 6t6 modifi~es ou abrog6es.
Article 4La situation des personnes exerqant une profession lib6rale i Tanger i la date de la
signature du pr6sent protocole sera respect~e. Toutefois le Gouvemement marocain sereserve le droit de verifier la r6gularit6 des conditions auxquelles elles ont 6t6 admises aexercer leurs professions et de les soumettre" ? la l~gislation marocaine concernantl'exercice de leurs activit~s professionnelles.
1 Entr6 en vigueur le 29 octobre 1956, d6claration finale.
Article 5
Dans le cas oa l'extension i Tanger de la l6gislation en vigueur au Maroc mettrait encause le fonctionnement des soci6t6s et des 6tablissements bancaires ou financiers, leGouvemement marocain prendrait en consid6ration la situation des int6ress6s et leuraccorderait un d61ai raisonnable pour leur permettre de se conformer aux dispositions decette 16gislation.
CHAPITRE II. - FONCTION PUBLIQUE
Article 6
Dans un d6lai maximum de six mois i compter de l'entr~e en vigueur du presentprotocole, le Gouvernement marocain notifiera a chacun des fonctionnaires derAdministration internationale son intention de le conserver ou non i son service et feraconnaltre, i ceux qu'il d6sire conserver, les conditions d'emploi qui leur sont offertes.
Article 7
Pour les fonctionnaires que le Gouvernement marocain ne d6sire pas conserver i sonservice, la notification pr6cit6e ouvrira un pr6avis de trente jours au terme duquel lesditsfonctionnaires seront d6finitivement ray6s des cadres et cesseront de percevoir untraitement.
Article 8
Les fonctionnaires que le Gouvernement marocain d6sire conserver a son servicedevront faire connattre dans le mois qui suivra la communication des propositions i euxfaite s'ils les acceptent. En cas de refus, ils seront licencis et d6finitivement ray6s descadres.
Article 9
Les fonctionnaires ray6s des cadres en application des dispositions des articles 7 et 8auront droit :
a) au p6cule pr6vu par la loi du 20 mars 1950 organisant la Caisse de Pr6voyance de1'Administration internationale;
b) i l'indemnit6 forfaitaire pour frais de d6m6nagement et d'instaliation telle qu'eleest fix6e par rarticle 34 de la loi du 17 aofit 1950 pour les fonctionnaires recrut6s horsde 'ancienne zone, i la condition qu'ils transportent leur domicile hors de cette zonedans un d6lai maximum de dix-huit mois i compter de la cessation de leurs fonctions;
c) au traitement correspondant aux journ6es de cong6 auxquelles ils pouvaient avoirdroit au moment de leur radiation des cadres, conformiment i l'article 36 de la loi du 17aoft 1950;
d) i une indemnit6 de licenciement calcul6e de la fagon suivante:1) les fonctionnaires appartenant i une administration du pays dont ils sont les
ressortissants percevront une indemnit6 6gale i six mois de traitement en principal etaccessoires.
2) les fonctionnaires qui n'appartiennent pas i une administration du pays dont ilssont les ressortissants percevront :
soit une indemnit6 6gale i six mois de traitement en principal et accessoires lorsqu'ilsseront ray6s des cadres i la stiite de leur refus d'accepter les conditions d'emploi qui leurseront offertes;'
soit une indemniti 6gale i un an de traitement en principal et accessoires lorsqu'ilsseront ray6s des cadres sans avoir 6ti l'objet de propositions de r~emploi de la part del'Administration marocaine.
Les dispositions ci-dessus sont applicables au personnel statutaire et judiciaire commeau personnel administratif.
Article 10
Si i 'expiration du d6lai de six mois, pr6vu i l'article 6, le Gouvernement marocainajourne au-deli de trois mois la manifestation de ses intentions i l'6gard d'unfonctionnaire, celui-ci pourra i tout moment 6tre ray6 des cadres sur sa demande et ilpercevra alors, suivant la cat6gorie i laquelle il appartient, les indemnit6s privues il'article 9.
Article 11
Les fonctionnaires que le Gouvernement marocain conserverait i son servicepourront, sur leur demande, obtenir le versement du p6cule qui leur est do par la Caissede Pr6voyance.
Article 12
Jusqu'i l'expiration du pr~avis fix6 i l'article 7 pour les fonctionnaires qui ne serontpas repris par l'Administration marocaine, ou jusqu'i la conclusion du contrat d'emploipour les fonctionnaires maintenus en service, les rapports entre les fonctionnairesint6ress~s et 'Administration marocaine resteront r6gis, en ce qui concerne leurs droits etobligations respectifs, notamment en matiire d'6moluments, discipline, attributions, parles textes qui fixaient le statut des fonctionnaires sous 'empire de la l6gislation de lazone et sous reserve des modifications qui interviendraient en raison de la disparition desanciens organismes et autorit6s disciplinaires.
CHAPITRE III. - ETABLISSEMENTS CULTURELS,SCIENTIFIQUES ET HOSPITALIERS
Article 13
Les 6tablissements culturels, scientifiques et hospitaliers existant i Tanger i la datede la signature du pr6sent protocole sont maintenus. Toutefois, le Gouvernementmarocain se r6serve le droit de les soumettre aux dispositions 16gislatives qui r6giraient lefonctionnement de ces 6tablissements, compte tenu des stipulations des conventionsculturelles bilatrales i conclure. Un d~lai raisonnable sera accord6 aux int6ress6s pourl'application desdites dispositions l6gislatives.
CHAPITRE IV. - CONCESSIONS, LOCATIONS ET AUTORISATIONS
Article 14
En matiire de concessions, locations et autorisations, 'abrogation du r6gime specialde Tanger et l'int~gration dans rEmpire Ch6rifien qui en r~sulte entrafnent sur cettepartie du territoire 'application de la l6gislation marocaine dans les conditions pr6vuesaux articles du pr6sent chapitre.
Article 15
Seront respect6es les concessions r~guli~rement acquises et dfiment agr~6es par Dahirde Sa Majest6 le Sultan,nt~rieurement i la promulgation du Statut ou post~rieurementi cette promulgation, dans la mesure oit elles sont conformes i l'Article 45 du Statut et ila condition qu'elles soient assujetties i la l6gislation en vigueur au Maroc.
Article 16
Seront prises en consideration par Sa Majest6 le Sultan, pour un raglement aussirapide que possible, selon le principe de justice et d'6quit6, les concessions octroy6es parl'Administration internationale pour une dur6e exc6dant celle du Statut.
Article 17
Seront pris en consid6ration par Sa Majest6 le Sultan, pour un raglement aussi rapideque possible, selon le principe de justice et d'6quit6, les avenants qui ont 6t6 obtenus debonne foi de l'Administration internationale, lorsque lesdits avenants n'auront pas t6accord~s dans les limites de la comp6tence de l'Administration ou n'auront pas...te'express6ment agr66s par Sa Majest6 le Sultan.
Article 18
Seront respect6es les locations et autorisations intervenues dans les limites de lad6l~gation statutaire conf6r6e i l'Administration internationale.
Article 19
Seront prises en consid6ration par Sa Majest6 le Sultan, pour un r6glement aussirapide que possible, selon le principe de justice et d'6quit6, les locations et autorisationsconc6d6es par I'Administration internationale dans des conditions non conformes i lad616gation statutaire et aux dispositions des lois en vigueur.
CHAPITRE V. - POSTES, TELEGRAPHES, TELEPHONES, RADIODIFFUSIONET RADIOTELECOMMUNICATIONS
Article 20
L'abrogation du r6gime special de la Zone de Tanger entraine l'extension, sur cettepartie du territoire, du monopole des Postes, T616graphes et T6l6phones, de laRadiodiffusion et des Radiot6l6communications appartenant i rEtat marocain. Dans lerespect de ce principe, de l'ordre public marocain et des dispositions de la 16gislationactuellement en vigueur, les 6tablissements des Postes, T6l6graphes, T61phones, de laRadiodiffusion et des Radiot~l~communications pourront continuer a fonctionnerpendant un d~lai raisonnable pour permettre aux gouvernements et aux soci~t6sint6ress6s :
a) soit de parvenir avec le Gouvernement marocain des arrangements particuliersconcemant leurs 6tablissements pour lesquels il sera tenu compte des dispositions duchaptire IV du pr6sent protocole,
b) soit, le cas 6ch6ant, de demander des d6lais suffisants pour leur permettre deprendre des mesures appropri~es .a leur situation.
(e) CONVENTION JUDICIAIRE ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE MAROC.SIGNEE A PARIS LE 5 OCTOBRE 19571
Soucieux de manifester l'esprit de coop6ration qui les anime, dans lecadre des rapports particuliers d~finis d'un commun accord entre la France etle Maroc;
D6sireux de d6terminer les conditions dans lesquelles la France est prete happorter au Maroc son assistance dans le domaine judiciaire ainsi que lesgaranties que le Maroc s'engage i accorder aux magistrats du corps judiciairefrangais qui seront mis A sa disposition, en vue de preserver l'ind6pendance deleurs fonctions;
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franfaise, 14 janvier 1960, p. 421 et 422. Entreeen vigueur le 5 octobre 1957.
Ont r6solu de conclure la pr6sente Convention judiciaire et son annexerelative au contrat type.
Article er
En vue d'assurer la coop6ration de la France et du Maroc dans le domainejudiciaire, le Gouvernement franqais s'engage i mettre A la disposition duGouvernement marocain, sur la demande de celui-ci, les magistrats frangaisn6cessaires au fonctionnement des juridictions du Maroc.
Le Gouvernement marocain s'engage, de son c~t6, A faire appel, parpriorit6, aux magistrats du corps judiciaire franqais pour assurer le fonctionne-ment des juridictions institu6es par le dahir du 12 aoilt 1913.
I1 s'engage, d'autre part, A faire appel, dans la mesure de ses possibilit6s etde ses besoins, A des magistrats franqais pour l'ensemble des tribunaux duMaroc, y compris la Cour supreme.
Les conditions de recrutement, de licenciement et la situation desmagistrats frangais servant, en application du pr6sent article, dans lesjuridictions du Maroc sont fix6es par le contrat type annex6 A la pr6senteConvention.
Le Gouvernement frangais mettra les agents des secr6tariats greffesn6cessaires A la disposition du Gouvernement marocain dans les conditionspr6vues par la Convention sur la Coop6ration administrative et techniquesign6e A Rabat le 6 f6vrier 1957.
La France et le Maroc d6velopperont leur coop6ration en mati6rejudiciaire, notamment en organisant des stages destin6s aux magistrats desdeux pays et en instituant des 6changes r~guliers d'information en mati6re detechnique juridictionnelle.
Article 2
Sous r6serve des dispositions du contrat type annex6 k la pr6senteConvention, les magistrats franqais mis i la disposition du Gouvernementmarocain continuent A 6tre r6gis par les dispositions statutaires qui leur sontpropres.
Dans r'exercice de leurs fonctions, ces magistrats b6n6ficient desimmunit6s, privileges, honneurs et pr6rogatives auxquels ces memes fonctionsleur donneraient droit en France. Le Gouvernement marocain garantitl'ind6pendance aux magistrats du si~ge. Les magistrats sont assur6s de'inamovibilit6; ils ne peuvent faire l'objet d'une mutation que par la voie
d'avenants aux contrats qu'ils ont sign6s.Les magistrats ne peuvent 6tre inqui6t6s d'aucune maniere pour les
d6cisions auxquelles ils ont particip6 ni pour les propos qu'ils tiennent Al'audience ni pour les actes relatifs i leurs fonctions. Ils prennent l'engage-ment de garder secretes les d6lib6rations et de se conduire en tout comme dedignes et loyaux magistrats.
Le Gouvernement marocain protege les magistrats contre les menaces,outrages, injures, diffamations et attaques de quelque nature que ce soit dontils seraient l'objet dans 1'exercice de leurs fonctions et r6pare, le cas 6ch6ant,le pr6judice qui en serait r6sult6.
1 365
En dehors des fonctions pr6vues dans leur contrat, les magistrats nepeuvent etre requis pour un autre service public.
Sous r6serve des dispositions du present article, les magistrats franqaisservant dans les juridictions marocaines ont, dans 1'exercice de leursfonctions, les m~mes droits et les mimes devoirs que les magistrats marocains.
Article 3
La langue judiciaire officielle des tribunaux du Maroc est l'arabe.La langue frangaise sera toutefois employ6e devant les juridictions
institu6es par le dahir du 12 aofit 1913, vis6es A r'article ler de la pr6senteConvention comme langue de travail, aussi longtemps que des magistratsfranqais participeront A leur fonctionnement. Dans le m6me temps, lesjugements et arr~ts rendus par ces juridictions seront r6dig6s dans les deuxlangues.
Article 4
Les avocats frangais inscrits aux barreaux du Maroc exercent librementleur profession devant les juridictions de ce pays conform6ment A la16gislation marocaine et dans le respect des traditions de la profession.
Les citoyens frangais ont acc~s, au Maroc, aux professions lib6ralesjudiciaires dans les m~mes conditions que les nationaux marocains, sansqu'aucune mesure discriminatoire puisse Wtre prise A leur 6gard.
Les nationaux marocains ont acc~s, en France, aux professions lib6ralesjudiciaires dans les m6mes conditions que les citoyens franqais, sansqu'aucune mesure discriminatoire puisse 6tre prise A leur 6gard.
Les avocats inscrits aux barreaux marocains pourront assister ou repr6-senter les parties devant toutes les juridictions franqaises, tant au cours desmesures d'instruction qu'A 'audience, dans les memes conditions que lesavocats inscrits aux barreaux frangais.A titre de r~ciprocit6, les avocats inscrits aux barreaux frangais pourrontassister ou repr6senter les parties devant toutes les juridictions marocaines,tant au cours des mesures d'instruction qu'A 'audience, dans les mdmesconditions que les avocats inscrits aux barreaux marocains.
. Toutefois, l'avocat qui use de la facult6 d'assister ou repr6senter lesparties devant une juridiction de 'autre pays devra, pour la r6ception detoutes notifications pr6vues par la loi, faire 6lection de domicile chez unavocat dudit pays.
A titre de r6ciprocit6, les citoyens de chacun des deux pays pourrontdemander leur inscription A un barreau de 'autre pays sous r6serve desatisfaire aux conditions 16gales requises pour ladite inscription dans le paysoit l'inscription est demand~e. Ils auront acc~s A toutes les fonctions duconseil de r'ordre.
Les ressortissants marocains licenci6s en droit seront admis au stage dansles barreaux frangais sans avoir A justifier de l'obtention du certificatd'aptitude A la profession d'avocat. Mais, dans ce cas, leur stage en France nesera valable que pour l'inscription dans les barreaux marocains.
Article 5
Le Gouvernement frangais et le Gouvernement marocain s'engagent hprendre les mesures internes de caract~re l6gislatif ou reglementaire n6ces-saires 4 'application de la pr6sente Convention.
(fl ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE MAROC MODIFIANT LESDISPOSITIONS DE LA CONVENTION JUDICIAIRE ENTRE LAFRANCE ET LE MAROC. SIGNE A RABAT, LE 20 MAI 19651
Soucieux de manifester l'esprit de coop6ration qui les anime dans le cadredes rapports particuliers d6finis d'un commun accord entre la France et leMaroc;
D6sireux de d6terminer les nouvelles conditions dans lesquelles la Franceest pr~te A apporter au Maroc son assistance dans le domaine judiciaire, ainsique les garanties que le Maroc s'engage h accorder aux magistrats du corpsjudiciaire qui seront mis h sa disposition, compte tenu des dispositions de laloi du 26 janvier 1965 sur l'unification des juridictions marocaines, ont r6solude modifier les dispositions de la convention judiciaire sign6e le 5 octobre1957 par le Maroc et la France en vue de les harmoniser avec la loi marocainesusvis6e, en ce sens qu'A compter du 31 d6cembre 1965 les fonctionsjuridictionneles ne seront plus exerc6es par les magistrats frangais, le role deces magistrats devant devenir, h partir de cette date, d'ordre strictementtechnique.
Art. jer. - En vue d'assurer la coop6ration du Maroc et de la France dansle domaine judiciaire, le Gouvernement francais s'engage, dans la mesure deses possibilit6s, A mettre a la disposition du Gouvernement marocain, sur lademande de celui-ci, les magistrats frangais dont l'assistance technique paraitn6cessaire.
Les conditions de recrutement, de licenciement et la situation desmagistrats franmais mis A la disposition du Gouvernement marocain enapplication du pr6sent accord sont fix6es par le contrat type annex6 h laconvention judiciaire du 5 octobre 1957, tel qu'il est modifi6 par lesdispositions des annexes I et II au pr6sent accord.
Le Gouvernement frangais mettra les agents de secr6tariats-greffesn6cessaires 5 la disposition du Gouvernement marocain dans les conditionspr6vues par la convention sur la coop6ration administrative et technique,sign6e A Rabat le 6 f6vrier 1957.
Le Maroc et la France d6velopperont leur coop6ration en matirejudiciaire, notamment en organisant des stages destin6s aux magistrats desdeux pays et en instituant des 6changes r6guliers d'informations en mati~re detechnique juridictionnelle.
Art. 2. - Sous r6serve des dispositions du contrat type, les magistratsfrangais mis i la disposition du Gouvernement marocain continuent i 6trer6gis par les dispositions statutaires qui leur sont propres.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franpaise, le janvier 1966, p. 23. Entr6 envigueur le 1er janvier 1966.
Ces magistrats sont tenus i la discretion la plus absolue A l'6gard de tousfaits, informations et documents dont ils ont eu connaissance en raison del'exercice de leurs fonctions ou A l'occasion de celles-ci.
Ils ne peuvent se livrer A aucune activit6 politique sur le territoiremarocain.
Les magistrats fran~ais mis la disposition du Gouvernement marocain nepeuvent tre inqui~t~s d'aucune mani~re pour les actes relatifs A leursfonctions.
Le Gouvernement marocain les protege contre les menaces, injures,outrages, diffamations et attaques de quelque nature que ce soit dont ilsseraient l'objet dans l'exercice ou a l'occasion de leurs fonctions et r6pare, lecas 6ch6ant, le prejudice qui en serait r6sult6.
Ces magistrats ne peuvent faire l'objet d'un changement de fonctions oude lieu d'affectation que par la voie d'avenants aux contrats qu'ils ont sign6s.
En dehors des fonctions pr~vues dans leur contrat, ils ne peuvent 6trerequis pour un autre service public.
Art. 3. - Les magistrats frangais qui, en application de la conventionjudiciaire du 5 octobre 1957, auront exerc6 des fonctions juridictionnellesdans les juridictions marocaines demeureront tenus de garder secretes lesd~ibrations.
Ils ne pourront 6tre inqui~t~s d'aucune manifre pour les decisionsauxquelles ils auront particip6, ni pour les propos qu'ils auront tenus Al'audience, ni pour les actes qu'ils auront accomplis dans r'exercice de leursfonctions.
Le Gouvernement marocain les prot6gera contre les menaces, injures,outrages, diffamations et attaques dont ils seraient l'objet en raison desfonctions qu'ils auront exerc6es dans ces juridictions et riparera, le cas6ch~ant, le prejudice qui en serait r~sult6.
(g) ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE MAROC RELATIF AUTRANSFERT DE L'AVIATION CIVILE DU MAROC. SIGNE LE 10MARS 1961. ECHANGES DE LETTRES COMPLEMENTAIRES DES 10MARS ET 5 AOUT 19611
Article ler. - Transfert des responsabilitsA compter de ce jour, la responsabilit6 des services de l'aviation civile est
transf6r6e kl'Etat marocain.Les responsabilitfs ainsi transferees sont celles qui incombent actuelle-
menta) A la direction de l'a6ronautique civile, notamment l'information de
vol, le contrle de la circulation a6rienne, les t6lcommunications, les aides Ala navigation a6rienne appartenant l'aviation civile, exploitation del'afrodrome de Casablanca-Cazes et la zone civile de l'a6rodrome deNouaceur, l'information a6ronautique, le contrble des mat6riels de bord, lecontr~le des licences du personnel navigant;
b) A la direction de la m6t6orologie;c) Au service des bases a6riennes pour le domaine de l'aviation civile.
1 Journal Officiel de la Rgpublique fran~aise, 20 dfcembre 1961, p. 11670 i 11673.Lettres non reproduites dans le pr6sent document.
Les responsabilit6s concernant le service de recherches et sauvetage(S. A. R.) sont tranf6r6es A l'Etat marocain, i compter de ce jour. LeGouvernement frangais s'engage & mettre A la disposition du Gouvernementmarocain, sur sa demande, en attendant que celui-ci ait 6quip6 son serviceS. A. R., les moyens occasionnels de recherches et sauvetage qu'il pourrait6ventuellement conserver au Maroc.
Les transferts de responsabilit6s faisant l'objet du pr6sent article serontnotifi6s. par les Gouvernements frangais et marocain, i l'Organisation del'aviation civile internationale (0. A. C. I.) et A l'Organisation m6t~orologiquemondiale (0. M. M.), chacune pour ce qui la concerne.
Les deux Gouvernements se concerteront sur les modalit6s de cettenotification qui devra intervenir d~s que possible.
Article 2. - Frais de fonctionnement des services
A compter de la date du transfert des responsabilit6s, les frais defonctionnement des services sont pris en charge par le Gouvernementmarocain.
Article 3. - Echelons liquidateurs
Le Gouvernement frangais pourra maintenir aupr~s de chacun de ses deuxordonnateurs comptents pour les d6penses de l'aviation civile, et jusqu'AI'apurement de leurs comptes, un 6chelon liquidateur disposant des moyens etdu personnel n~cessaires.
Article 4. - Materiels et biens mobiliers
Les mat6riels, pieces de rechange et mati6res consommables apparteivantactuellement aux services de l'aviation civile 6numfr6s A l'article premier sontc6d6s en toute propri6t6 au Gouvernement marocain.
Un inventaire descriptif et estimatif de ces biens sera dress6 au moment deleur prise en charge par les services du Gouvernement marocain.
Article 5. - Biens immeubles
Les biens immeubles des services de 'aviation civile sont mis ladisposition du Gouvernement marocain. Les conditions de cette mise idisposition feront l'objet d'un 6change de lettres annex6es au pr6sent Accord.
II sera proc6d6 A la d6volution d6finitive de 'ensemble de ces biens parl'interm6diaire des deux services des domaines et dans le cadre du r~glementg6n6ral du prob1~me domanial.
Article 6. - Assistance technique
La coop6ration administrative et technique concernant l'aviation civile estr6gie par les dispositions de la convention de coop6ration administrative ettechnique du 6 f6vrier 1957.
L'aide que le Gouvernement frangais est dispos6 A fournir au Gouverne-ment marocain dans le cadre de cette convention pour faciliter la constitutionet le d6veloppement des services de l'aviation civile concerne
La formation des personnels techniques;
Conform6ment i l'article 12 de la convention pr~cit6e, la mise A ladisposition du Gouvernement marocain de techniciens, pour servir souscontrat le Gouvernement marocain;
Le concours technique des services centraux sp6cialis~s du secretariatg6n6ral l'aviation civile.
En particulier, le Gouvernement franqais est dispos6 i fournir le concoursde sa section d'6tudes et de coordination S. A. R. pour l'organisation desservices S. A. R. marocains et l'61aboration de la r6glementation qui leur seran6cessaire.
Article 7. - Mesures transitoires concernant le personnel
Afin de permettre au Gouvernement marocain de mettre au point lesdispositions des contrats A passer avec le personnel franqais dont il d6sires'assurer le concours, le Gouvernement franqais accepte de conserver i sacharge la r6mun6ration du personnel, jusqu'au Ier septembre 1961, 6tantentendu que, tout en maintenant les effectifs indispensables, des d6partsd6fmitifs ou en cong6s pourront avoir lieu pendant 1't6 et que certainscontrats pourront prendre effet avant le I er septembre 1961.
Pendant cette pkriode, les services de la direction de l'a6ronautique civileet de la m6t6orologie seront A la disposition du Gouvernement marocain pouremploi et plac6s sous son autorit6. Les chefs de ces services feront appliquerles directives qu'ils recevront des autorit~s marocaines de l'aviation civile. Lepersonnel franqais conservera son r6gime statutaire actuel.
34. NIGER
(i) Observations du Gouvernement du Niger,
I1 n'existe au Niger aucun texte lgislatif ou r~glementaire au sujet de lasuccession d'Etats aux biens publics, ni aucune decision des tribunauxnig6riens en la mati~re. Le Niger n'a saisi aucune juridiction internationalepour le r~glement de conflits d cette nature.
Le transfert des biens publics de l'ancien territoire du Niger A laR6publique du Niger n'a pas donn6 lieu A la conclusion d'accords sp6ciauxentre le Niger et la France. On ne trouve aucune sp6cification A ce propos, niparmi les actes (internationaux ou nationaux) qui ont accompagn6 I'accessiondu territoire du Niger au statut d'Etat membre de la Communaut6 le 18dcembre 1958 (cf. Journal Officiel de la Republique du Niger, num6rosp6cial du 31 dcembre 1958), ni dans l'Accord particulier du I 1 juillet 1960entre le Gouvernement de la Rpublique du Niger et le Gouvernement de laRpublique franqaise portant transfert des comptences de la Communaut6 A'Etat indipendant du Niger (cf. Journal Officiel de la R~publique du Niger,
num6ro special du 30 juillet 1960).Quant A la succession d'Etats aux dettes publiques, la dvolution de l'actif
et du passif de l'ex-Afrique Occidentale Franqaise (A. 0. F ) a fait l'objet
1 Reques du Ministre des affaires ktrangires et de la cooperation du Niger.
d'une Convention sign6e h Paris le 22 mars 1960 entre la R6publique de Cbted'Ivoire, la R6publique du Dahomey, la R6publique de Haute-Volta, laR6publique Islamique de Mauritanie, la R6publique du Niger, la R6publiquedu S6n6gal et la R6publique du Soudan, Convention ratifi6e par le Niger A lasuite de la loi 60-050 du 22 octobre 1960... I
(ii) Trait6s
(a) CONVENTION 2 SUR LA DEVOLUTION DE L'ACTIF ET DU PASSIFDE L'ANCIEN GROUPE DE TERRITOIRES DE L'AFRIQUE OCCI-DENTALE FRANCAISE, ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LES ETATSSUIVANTS: COTE D'IVOIRE, DAHOMEY, HAUTE-VOLTA, MAURI-TANIE, NIGER, SENEGAL ET SOUDAN. SIGNEE A PARIS, LE 22MARS 1960
TITRE I
Article premier. - La d~volution de l'actif et du passif de l'ancien groupede territoires de r'A.O.F. sera effectu6e suivant les crit~res et conform6mentaux dispositions arret~es par les conferences des Pr6sidents et des PremiersMinistres des R6publiques de 1'ex-A.O.F., tenues A Paris les 5 et 6 juin 1959 et22 mars 1960.
Art. 2. - En ex6cution de ces dispositions:10 l'actif mobilier et immobilier est attribu6 aux diff6rents Etats A partir
des localisations g6ographiques.Le S6n6gal, qui regoit ainsi une part d'actif sup6rieure k celle qui lui est
due, abandonne aux autres Etats sa part sur l'actif de la caisse de reserve.2' l'un ou 'autre des Etats pourra transf6rer la R~publique franqaise les
immeubles n~cessaires A la satisfaction de ses besoins propres.30 les soldes cr~diteurs ou d~biteurs en faveur ou A charge de la Guin6e
sont r~serv6s pour atre affect~s par la R6publique franqaise.Les pourcentages de r6partition sont, en consequence, fix6s ainsi que
suit:
TITRE V
Garan tie et con testations
Art. 12. - L'ex6cution de la pr~sente convention sera assur~e par lesservices financiers relevant de la R~publique franqaise.
Toutes contestations pouvant survenir dans 'ex~cution de la pr6senteconvention et ne pouvant 6tre r6gl6es A l'amiable seront soumises a la courarbitrale de la Communaut6.
Art. 13. - Toutes les op6rations qui d6couleront de la pr6sente conven-tion quant au fond et quant A la forme sont exon6r6es de tout imp6t, droit ettaxe.
1 Volt le texte ci-apris.2 Texte requ du Ministre des affaires 6trangires et de la coop6ration du Niger.
371
TITRE VI
Art. 14. - Dans un'd6lai de trois mois, la pr6sente convention devra 6treratifi6e par les assemb16es 16gislatives des diff6rents Etats signataires.
(b) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE NIGER POR-TANT TRANSFERT DES COMPETENCES DE LA COMMUNAUTE.FAIT A PARIS, LE II JUILLET 19601
Article jer
La R6publique du Niger accede, en plein accord et amiti6 avec laRbpublique frangaise, A la souverainet6 internationale et h l'ind6pendance parle transfert des comptences de la Communaut6.
Article 2
Toutes les comp6tences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Constitution du 4octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf~r6es A la R6publique duNiger, d~s 'accomplissement par les parties contractantes de la proc6durepr6vue A 1'article 87 de ladite Constitution.
(c) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE DU NIGER. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19612
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques A celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et la C6te d'Ivoire(volt supra, p. 225).]
(d) ACCORD D'ASSISTANCE MILITAIRE TECHNIQUE ENTRE LA RE-PUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DU NIGER AVECANNEXE. FAIT A PARIS LE 24 AVRIL 19613
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord ainsi que celles de son annexe IIsont, mutatis mutandis, identiques A celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 et deson annexe II, entre la France et la C6te d'Ivoire (voir supra, p. 228).]
(e) ACCORD GENERAL DE COOPERATION TECHNIQUE EN MATIEREDE PERSONNEL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE DU NIGER. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19614
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord ainsi que celles de son annexesont, mutatis mutandis, identiques h celles de 'Accord du 24 avril 1961 et deson annexe entre la France et la C6te d'Ivoire (voir supra, p. 236).]
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7050. Entr6 envigueur le 2 aofit 1960. (Renseignement tir6 de Rollet, op. cit., p. 162.)
2Ibid., 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1292.3 Ibid., p. 1294.4 Ibid., p. 1302.
(f) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE NIGERRELATIVES AU TRANSFERT DES DOSSIERS EN INSTANCE DE-VANT LE CONSEIL D'ETAT ET LA COUR DE CASSATION. PARIS,24 AVRIL 19611
Le Prisident de la Rdpublique du Nigerd Monsieur le Premier Ministre de la Ripublique fran~aise
L'accord particulier sign6 A Paris, le 11 juillet 1960, a eu pour effet detransf6rer A la R6publique du Niger la comp6tence de la Communaut6concernant le contr6le de la justice.
En cons6quence, le conseil d'Etat et la cour de cassation de la R6publiquefrangaise ont, A dater du jour de 1'entr6e en vigueur dudit accord, cess6 d'dtrecomp6tents pour connaitre des recours et pouvoirs int6ressant la R6publiquedu Niger dont ces hautes juridictions 6taient alors saisies.
J'ai l'honneur de vous demander de bien vouloir me faire savoir si leGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise admet cette interpr6tation del'accord portant transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
Dans 'affirmative, je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir donner lesinstructions n6cessaires pour que les dossiers de ces proc6dures soient remisau ministre de la justice de la R6publique du Niger par l'interm6diaire duministre de la justice de la R6publique frangaise.
Le Premier Ministre de la Rdpublique fran~aised Monsieur le Prisiden t de la Rdpublique du Niger
Vous avez bien voulu, i la date du 24 avril 1961, m'adresser la lettre dontla teneur suit :
[Voir texte ci-dessus.]J'ai 'honneur de vous confirmer que le Gouvernement de la R6publique
franqaise partage votre interpr6tation de l'accord particulier sign6 A Paris le 11juillet 1960.
Je donne en cons6quence les instructions n6cessaires pour que les dossiersdes proc6dures vis6es dans votre lettre soient remis au ministre de la justice dela R6publique du Niger.
(g) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE D'ENSEIGNEMENTSUPERIEUR ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPU-BLIQUE DU NIGER. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19612
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques i celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et la C6te d'Ivoire(voir supra, p. 231).]
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franpaise, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1306.2 ibid., p. 1296
35. PAKISTAN
Laws and decrees
[Note: See Indian Independence Act 1947, under India, supra, p. 2041
36. PHILIPPINES
(i) Treaties
PROVISIONAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE REPUBLIC OF THEPHILIPPINES AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA CON-CERNING FRIENDLY RELATIONS AND DIPLOMATIC AND CON-SULAR REPRESENTATION. SIGNED AT MANILA ON 4 JULY 19461
The Government of the United States of America and the Government ofthe Republic of the Philippines, considering that in accordance with theexpressed Will of the Congress and people'of the United States of Americaand of the Congress and people of the Philippines, the political ties whichhave united these two peoples are to be dissolved on July 4, 1946,
Considering also the mutual desire that the friendship and affection whichhave long existed between the two peoples shall be reaffirmed and continuedwithout interruption for all time, and
Desiring to establish a basis for relations between the Governments of thetwo countries pending the conclusion, by established constitutional processes,of definitive treaties,
Do now make of record this provisional agreement concerning friendlyrelations and diplomatic and consular representation.
Article I
The Government of the United States of America recognizes the Republicof the Philippines as a separate, independent and self-governing nation andacknowledges the authority and control of the Government of the Republicof the Philippines over the territory of the Philippine Islands.
Article I
The Government of the United States of America will notify theGovernments with which it has diplomatic relations of the independence ofthe Republic of the Philippines and will invite those Governments torecognize the Republic of the Philippines as a member of the family ofnations.
Article III
The diplomatic representatives of each contracting party shall enjoy inthe territories of the other the privileges and immunities derived fromgenerally recognized international law. The consular representatives of eachcontracting party, duly provided with exequaturs, shall be permitted to reside
1 United Nations, Treaty Series, Vol. 6, No. 86, p. 336-338. Came into force on4 July 1946.
in the territories of the other; they shall enjoy the privileges and immunitiesaccorded to such officers by general international usage; and they shall not betreated in a manner less favorable than similar officers of any third country.
Article IV
The two contracting parties mutually agree that they will forthwith enterinto negotiations for the conclusion of treaties and agreements regulatingrelations between the two countries, including a treaty of friendship,commerce and navigation, an executive agreement relating to trade, a generalrelations treaty, a consular convention, and other treaties and agreements asmay be necessary, and will endeavor to conclude these instruments as soonas may be possible.
(ii) Laws and decrees
PROCLAMATION BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OFAMERICA ON 4TH JULY 1946 (INDEPENDENCE OF THE PHILIP-PINES)1
Whereas the United States of America by the Treaty of Peace with Spainof December 10, 1898, commonly known as the Treaty of Paris, and by theTreaty with Spain of November 7, 1900, did acquire sovereignty over thePhilippines, and by the Convention of January 2, 1930, with Great Britaindid delimit the boundary between the Philippine Archipelago and the State ofNorth Borneo; and
Whereas the United States of America has consistently and faithfullyduring the past forty-eight years exercised jurisdiction and control over thePhilippines and its people; and
Whereas it has been the repeated declaration of the legislative andexecutive branches of the Government of the United States of America thatfull independence would be granted the Philippines as soon as the people ofthe Philippines were prepared to assume this obligation; and
Whereas the people of the Philippines have clearly demonstrated theircapacity for self-government; and
Whereas the Act of Congress approved March 24, 1934, known as thePhilippine Independence Act, directed that, on the 4th Day of Julyimmediately following a ten-year transitional period leading to the indepen-dence of the Philippines, the President of the United States of Americashould by proclamation withdraw and surrender all rights of possession,supervision, jurisdiction, control, or sovereignty of the United States ofAmerica in and over the territory and people of the Philippines, exceptcertain reservations therein or thereafter authorized to be made, and, onbehalf of the United States of America, should recognize the independence ofthe Philippines:
Now, therefore, I, Harry S. Truman, President of the United States ofAmerica, acting under and by virtue of the authority vested in me by the
1 The Department of State Bulletin, Vol. XV, numbers 366-391, July 7-December29, 1946, p. 66.
aforesaid act of Congress, do proclaim that, in accord with and subject to thereservations provided for in the applicable statutes of the United States,
The United States of America hereby withdraws and surrenders all rightsof possession, supervision, jurisdiction, control, or sovereignty now existingand exercised by the United States of America in and over the territory andpeople of the Philippines; and,
On behalf of the United States of America, I do hereby recognize theindependence of the Philippines as a separate and self-governing nation andacknowledge the authority and control over the same of the governmentinstituted by the people thereof, under the constitution now in force.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and caused the seal ofthe United States of America to be affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this Fourth day of July in the year of ourLord, nineteen hundred and forty-six, and of the Independence ofthe United States of America the one hundred and seventy-first.
HARRY S. TRUMANBy the President:DEAN ACHESONActing Secretary of State.
(iii) Decisions of national courts
EFFECTS OF SUCCESSION UPON ADMINISTRATIVE CONTRACTS(SUMMARIES AND EXTRACTS FROM DECISIONS)'
(aJ SUPREME COURT OF THE PHILIPPINES
Ricardo Aguado, plaintiff and appellee, vs. The City of Manila, as administra-tor of the water supply and Carriedo funds, defendant and appellant.1. "Ayuntamiento de Manila;" City of Manila. The old Ayuntamiento de
Manila in making contracts did not act as trustee or agent, but in its corporatecapacity, subject to the limitations imposed by law.
2. Id.; Id. Although the present city government exercises certain of thepowers which were formerly exercised by the Ayuntamiento, it is not, in law,the successor of the Ayuntamiento de Manila and can not be charged with theobligations of the latter.
Appeal from a judgment of the Court of First Instance of Manila. 2
Johnson, J.:This was an action commenced by the plaintiff, as assignor of certain
claims held by Tomas Luna Mufioz against the defendant, on the 28th day ofApril, 1903, in the Court of First Instance of the city of Manila, for thepurpose of recovering of the city of Manila the sum of P5,621.40, with interestand costs.
1 Transmitted by the Acting Representative of the Philippines.2 No. 3282. January 9, 1908. Cases Nos. 3449, Vasquez, plaintiff; 3558, Rosario et
al., plaintiffs; and 3703, Otero et al., plaintitts, all seeking to charge the presentgovernment of Manila with liabilities of the old Ayuntamiento de Manila, were decidedupon the same principle, citing Aguado vs. City of Manila.
The complaint contains three separate causes of action against thedefendant, two of them being for coal sold and delivered to the predecessorof the present city of Manila, the Ayuntamiento de Manila, as administratorde las aguas de Carriedo, for which the plaintiff claims there was due himupon the first cause of action the sum of P3,116.40 and upon the third causeof action the sum of P585. The second cause of action alleges that theplaintiff deposited with the said Ayuntamiento de Manila the sum of 101,920as a guaranty for the fulfillment of the contract sued upon. The plaintiffprayed for judgment for the sum of P5,621.40, with interest and costs.
The appellant assigns many errors alleged to have been committed by thelower court. The questions presented by all the said assignments of error are(1) whether or not the present city of Manila is liable under the contractsreferred to in the agreed statement of facts, for the obligations createdtherein by the old city of Manila (Ayuntamiento de Manila) as its successor,and (2) if it is, whether the plaintiff is entitled to a writ of execution againstany of the property of the present city for the purpose of satisfying thatliability when the same has been reduced to a judgment.
The lower court held that the present city of Manila was liable upon suchcontracts, upon the theory that it was the successor of the old city of Manila(Ayuntamiento de Manila) as it existed under the Spanish Government. Thelower court held that the old city of Manila (Ayuntaniento de Manila) wasthe trustee and administrator of the Carriedo waterworks, and as such trusteewas responsible for all the debts created or contracted in the administrationof such works. This fact is neither admitted nor denied in the agreedstatement of facts; neither is there anything in the record which justifies thatconclusion. The contracts upon which the plaintiff relies for recovery in noway indicate that the Ayuntamiento de Manila made said contracts as trustee,nor in a representative capacity, but, upon the contrary, the contractsthemselves show that they were made by the Ayuntamiento de Manila withthe assignor of the present plaintiff simply as the Ayuntamiento de Manilaand not as trustee or agent. Our conclusion is, then, upon this question, thatthe contract which the assignor of the present plaintiff made with theAyuntamiento de Manila was made with the old city in its corporate capacitysimply and not in a representative capacity as trustee or agent. If there hasbeen a violation of the terms of the contract such violation was made by theAyuntarniento de Manila and not by the present city of Manila. Thisconclusion makes it unnecessary for us to discuss the relation of trust so ablypresented in the briefs of the different attorneys.
A municipal corporation is a governmental agent of the state, givenauthority to govern the people in a limited portion of the state. This power,however, is limited to certain particular governmental functions, which arealways expressed in writing in the form of a charter or grant of powers. Toascertain what this power is in each particular case, reference must be madeto such grant of powers. Powers not expressly given therein or necessarilyimplied from such express powers can not be exercised by such governmentalagent.
Experience has taught nations that when men congregate in large numbersin a small portion of the state, it is convenient to permit such persons, in a
limited way, to govern themselves, the state retaining the authority tomodify, enlarge, restrain, or to absolutely revoke such grant of power at anytime this convenience ceases. In all cases a municipal corporation is a mereinstrumentality of the state for the convenient administration of a localgovernment over limited territory, and as such is vested with subordinatepower for local purposes only. The very moment it subverts these powers orarrogates to itself others not granted, or for any other reasons deemed to besufficient, the state may revoke its authority, dissolve such corporation, andbring all the inhabitants and such property again under the direct control ofthe state or central government in all their relations among themselves andwith the state. There is no contract between the state and the public that thecharter of a city shall not be at all times subject to legislative control. There isno such thing as a vested right held by any individual in the granting oflegislative power to municipal corporations. (Meriwether vs. Garrett, 102U. S., 472, 511; U. S. vs. Ry. Co., 17 Wallace, 322; Commissioners vs. Lucas,Treasurer, 93 U. S., 108; Philadelphia vs. Fox, 64 Penn. State, 169; CooleyConstitutional Limitations, 192, 193.)" Many instances might be cited to show where the central government has
exercised this prerogative.It being a doctrine well established then that a municipal corporation is a
mere agent of the state, what then is the status of said corporation when thestate itself is destroyed? Certainly the general consequences of the death ofthe principal must follow in its effect upon the authority of the agent. Thedeath of the principal always revokes the agency when there are no vestedrights involved. A municipal corporation has no vested right to exist as such.The state may at any time revoke its charter. Of course the state might, bysuch revocation, incur certain moral obligations, but the performance of theseobligations would always rest upon the conscience of the law-making ofcharter-granting authority of the state. The courts have no equitable or legalauthority to compel the state to comply with obligations of this kind in theabsence of proper legislation.
The principal of the old city of Manila (Ayuntamiento de Manila) was theSpanish Government in the Philippine Islands, and when that Government, onthe 1 1th day of April, 1899, at least, ceased to exercise any power or controlover this territory (the Philippine Islands), all its agents, including theAyuntamiento de Manila, also ceased to exist, and therefore this agent waswithout authority either to make or to perform contracts. There was nofunctionary of either Government left with any authority whatever. TheSpanish Government, with all its governmental agencies, upon the 1 lth dayof April, 1899, at least, ceased to have or to exercise any functions within thePhilippine Islands. Upon that day the people who formerly constituted theAyuntamiento de Manila became subject to the general laws (not political)applicable to the whole territory and to such rules and regulations as the newauthority might see fit to promulgate. After that date all persons who hadrights or obligations preexisting against such defunct governments were left totheir remedy against such defunct governments, unless such rights were vestedrights, or unless by treaty obligations or otherwise the new government had insome way obligated itself to respond to such individuals. It becomesimportant, therefore, to ascertain whether the new authority has in any wayobligated itself to respond to the plaintiff herein. Our attention is called to
article 8 of the treaty of Paris. But this is a compact between the UnitedStates Government and the Crown of Spain, and of course the city of Manilacould not, if it would, be obligated by any terms of that compact without anexpress authorization on the part of the proper power or authority.
The city of Manila is in no way the successor of the Ayuntamiento deManila in law. The mere fact that the present authority in these Islands hasgiven to the present city powers like those exercised by the Ayuntamiento deManila in no way makes the former the successor of the latter. It is anentirely new organization, a new agent of a new principal, and only has suchauthority, such powers, and such obligations and responsibilities as the newprincipal has seen fit to grant and impose. The grant of powers (the Charterof Manila) has been examined in vain to find anything which would make thepresent city of Manila liable in any way to comply, even though it desired todo so, with the obligations contracted by the Ayuntamiento de Manila, andtherefore we must hold, as we do hereby, that the present city of Manila is inno wise responsible to the plaintiff upon the contracts made between itsassignor and the old city of Manila.
These foregoing conclusions do not amount to a denial of the obligationsor a refusal to comply with the same. They are simply that the obligationsupon which the plaintiff seeks to recover never were incurred by the presentcity of Manila; neither can the foregoing conclusions be construed to be anattempt to violate the terms of the contracts. They are simply to the effectthat no contract obligation, with reference to the claim of the plaintiff, everexisted.
These conclusions make it unnecessary for us to, discuss the secondquestion above suggested, for the reason that the city not being liable uponthe contract, no question as to the right to take out a writ of executionagainst the property of said city can arise in the present case.
For the foregoing reasons the judgment of the lower court is herebyrevoked, and, without any finding as to costs, it is so ordered.
Arellano, C. J., Torres, Carson, and Williard, JJ., concur.Mapa, J., did not sit in this case.Tracey, J., concurs in the result.Judgment reversed.
(b) SUPREME COURT OF THE UNITED STAT1ESPHILIPPINE APPEALS
Verisimo Vasquez Vilas, plaintiff in error and appellant,vs. City of Manila. (No. 53)
Esperanza Otero Trigas et al., plaintiffs in error andappellants, vs. City of Manila. (No. 54)
Ricardo Aguado, appellant vs. City of Manila. (No.207.)'
I Nos. 53, 54 and 207, 3 April 1911. 220 U.S., 345; 552 ed. 491; Philippine appeals,42, p. 953.
Result of Cession; Municipal Property. Public property belonging to thecity of Manila as a municipal corporation cannot be regarded as having passedto the United States under the cession by Spain of the Philippine Islands for acash consideration, under the treaty of Paris of December 10, 1898, of all"buildings, wharves, barracks, forts, structures, public highways, and otherimmovable property which, in conformity with law, belong to the publicdomain, and as such belong to the Crown of Spain,"-especially in view of thefurther stipulation protecting and safeguarding the property and propertyrights of municipal corporations precisely as were those of individuals.
Id.; Obligations of Reincorporated Municipality. The present city ofManila, reincorporated by the Philippine Commission with substantially thesame municipal powers, area, and inhabitants as the Spanish municipality ofthe same name, is liable upon municipal obligations incurred prior to thecession of the Philippine Islands by the treaty of Paris of December 10, 1898,to the United States.
In Error to and Appeal from the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islandsto review decrees which affirmed decrees of the Court of First Instance of thecity of Manila, sustaining demurrers to and dismissing complaints which seekto establish the liability of the city of Manila for obligations incurred prior tothe cession of the Philippine Islands. Reversed with directions to overrule thedemurrers. Also an
Appeal from the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands to review ajudgment which affirmed a judgment of the Court of First Instance in thecity of Manila in favour of defendant in an action to enforce the liability ofthe city of Manila for a debt incurred for coal supplied for its waterworkssystem prior to the cession of the Philippine Islands to the United States.Reversed and remanded with directions to render judgment for plaintiff.
Mr. Justice Lurton delivered the opinion of the court:The plaintiffs in error, who were plaintiffs below, are creditors of the city
of Manila as it existed before the cession of the Philippine Islands to theUnited States by the treaty of Paris, December 10, 1898 (30 Stat. at L.,1754). Upon the theory that the city, under its present charter from theGovernment of the Philippine Islands, is the same juristic person and liableupon the obligations of the old city, these actions were brought against it.The Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands denied relief, holding that thepresent municipality is a totally different corporate entity, and in no wayliable for the debts of the Spanish municipality.
The fundamental question is whether, notwithstanding the cession of thePhilippine Islands to the United States, followed by a reincorporation of thecity, the present municipality is liable for the obligations of the city incurredprior to the cession to the United States.
We shall confine ourselves to the question whether the plaintiffs in errorare entitled to judgments against the city upon their several claims. Whetherthere is a remedy adequate to the collection when reduced to judgment is notpresented by the record. But whether there is or is not a remedy affords noreason why the plaintiffs in error may not reduce their claims to judgment.(Mt. Pleasant vs. Beckwith, 100 U. S., 514, 530; 25 L. ed., 699, 703). The
city confessedly may be sued under its existing charter, and that implies atleast a right to judgment if they establish their demands.
The city as now incorporated has succeeded to all of the property rightsof the old city and to the right to enforce all of its causes of action. There isidentity of purpose between the Spanish and American charters andsubstantial identity of municipal powers. The area and inhabitants incorpo-rated are substantially the same. But for the change of sovereignty which hasoccurred under the treaty of Paris, the "question of the liability of the cityunder its new charter for the debts of the old city would seem to be of easysolution. The principal question would therefore seem to be the legalconsequence of the cession referred to upon the property rights and civilobligations of the city incurred before the cession. And so the question wasmade to turn in the court below upon the consequence of a change insovereignty and a reincorporation of the city by the substituted sovereignty.
This disposes of the question of the jurisdiction of this court, groundedupon the absence from the petition of the plaintiffs of any distinct claimunder the treaty of Paris, since, under section 10 of the Philippine OrganicAct of July 1, 1902 (32 Stat. at L., 695, chap. 1369; U. S. Com. Stat. Supp.,1909, p. 226), this court is given jurisdiction to review any final decree or
judgment of the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands where any treaty ofthe United States "is involved." That treaty was necessarily "involved," sinceneither the court below nor this court can determine the continuity of themunicipality nor the liability of the city as it now exists for the obligation ofthe old city, without considering the effect of the change of sovereigntyresulting from that treaty. (See Reavis vs. Fianza, 215 U. S., 16, 22; 54 L. ed.,72, 75; 30 Sup. Ct. Rep., 1.)
The historical continuity of a municipality embracing the inhabitants ofthe territory now occupied by the city of Manila is impressive. Before theconquest of the Philippine Islands by Spain, Manila existed. The Spaniardsfound on the spot now occupied a populous and fortified community ofMoros. In 1571 they occupied what was then and is now known as Manila,and established it as a municipal corporation. In 1574 there was conferrredupon it the title of "Illustrious and ever loyal city of Manila." From time totime there occurred amendments, and, on January 19, 1894, there was areorganization of the city government under a royal decree of that date.Under that charter there was power to incur debts for municipal purposes andpower to sue and be sued. The obligations here in suit were incurred underthe charter referred to, and are obviously obligations strictly within theprovision of the municipal power. To pay judgments upon such debts it wasthe duty of the Ayuntamiento of Manila, which was the corporate name ofthe old city, to make provision in its budget.
The contention that the liability of the city upon such obligations wasdestroyed by a mere change of sovereignty is obviously one which is withouta shadow of moral force, and, if true, must result from settled principles ofrigid law. While the contracts from which the claims in suit resulted were inprogress, war between the United States and Spain ensued. On August 13,1898, the city was occupied by the forces of this government, and its affairsconducted by military authority. On July 31, 1901, the present incorporatingact was passed, and the city since that time has been an autonomousmunicipality. The charter in force is Act No. 183 of the Philippine
Commission, and now may be found as chapters 68 to 75 of the compiledacts of the Philippine Commission. The first section of the charter of 1901reads as follows:
"The inhabitants of the city of Manila, residing within the territorydescribed in section 2 of this Act, are hereby constituted a municipality,which shall be known as the city of Manila and by that name shall haveperpetual succession, and shall possess all the rights of property hereingranted or heretofore enjoyed and possessed by the city of Manila asorganized under Spanish sovereignty."The boundaries described in section 2 include substantially the area and
inhabitants which had theretofore constituted the old city.By section 4 of the same Act, the government of the city was invested in
a municipal board.Section 16 grants certain legislative powers to the board, and provides that
it shall "take possession of all lands, buildings, offices, books, papers, records,moneys, credits, securities, assets, accounts, or other property or rightsbelonging to the former city of Manila, or pertaining to the business orinterests thereof, and, subject to the provisions herein set forth, shall havecontrol of all its property except the building known as the ayuntamiento,provision for the occupation and control of which is made in section 15 ofthis Act; shall collect taxes and other revenues, and apply the same inaccordance with appropriations, as hereinbefore provided, to the payment ofthe municipal expenses; shall supervise and control the discharge of officialduties by subordinates; shall institute judicial proceedings to recover propertyand funds of the city wherever found, or otherwise to protect the interests ofthe city and shall defend all suits against the city," etc.
Section 69 of the charter expressly preserved "all city ordinances andorders in force at the time of the passage of this Act, and not inconsistentherewith," until modified or repealed by ordinances passed under this Act.
Section 72 is the repealing clause, and provides for the repeal of "all acts,orders, and regulations" which are inconsistent with the provisions of theAct.
The charter contains no reference to the obligations or contracts of theold city.
If we understand the argument against the liability here asserted, itproceeds mainly upon the theory that inasmuch as the predecessor of thepresent city, the ayuntamiento of Manila, was a corporate entity created bythe Spanish government, when the sovereignty of Spain in the Islands wasterminated by the treaty of cession, if not by the capitulation of August 13,1898, the municipality ipso facto disappeared for all purposes. Thisconclusion is reached upon the supposed analogy to the doctrine of principaland agent, the death of the principal ending the agency. So complete is thesupposed death and annihilation of a municipal entity by extinction ofsovereignty of the creating state that it was said in one of the opinions belowthat all of the public property of Manila passed to the United States, "for aconsideration, which was paid," and that the United States was .thereforejustified in creating an absolutely new municipality, and endowing it with allof the assets of the defunct city, free from any obligation to the creditors ofthat city. And so the matter was dismissed in the Trigas Case by the Court ofFirst Instance, by the suggestion that "the plaintiff may have a claim against
the Crown of Spain, which has received from the United States payment forthat done by the plaintiff."
We are unable to agree with the argument. It loses sight of the dualcharacter of municipal corporations. They exercise powers which aregovernmental and powers which are of a private or business character. In theone character a municipal corporation is a governmental subdivision, and forthat purpose exercises by delegation a part of the sovereignty of the state. Inthe other character it is a mere legal entity or juristic person. In the lattercharacter it stands for the community in the administration of local affairswholly beyond the sphere of the public purposes for which its governmentalpowers are conferred.
The distinction is observed in South Carolina vs. United States (199 U. S.,437, 461; 50 L. ed., 261, 269; 26 Sup. Ct. Rep., I10; 4 A. & E. Ann. Cas.,737), where Lloyd vs. New York (5 N. Y., 369, 374; 55 Am. Dec., 347), andWestern Say. Fund Soc. vs. Philadelphia (31 Pa., 175; 72 Am. Dec., 730), arecited and approved. In Lloyd vs. New York, supra, it is said:
"The corporation of the city of New York possesses two kinds ofpowers: one governmental and public, and to the extent they are held andexercised, is clothed with sovereignty; the other private, and to the extentthey are held and exercised, is a legal individual. The former are given andused for public purposes, the latter for private purposes. While in theexercise of the former, the corporation is a municipal government; andwhile in the exercise of the latter, is a corporate legal individual." (Seealso Dill. Mun. Corp., 4th ed., 66; Petersburg vs. Applegarth, 28 Gratt.,321, 343; 26 Am. Rep., 357, and Oliver vs. Worcester, 102 Mass., 489;3 Am. Rep., 485.)In view of the dual character of municipal corporations there is no public
reason for presuming their total dissolution as a mere consequence of militaryoccupation or territorial cession. The suspension of such governmentalfunctions as are obviously incompatible with the new political relations thusbrought about may be presumed. But no such implication may be reasonablyindulged beyond that result.
Such a conclusion is in harmony with the settled principles of public lawas declared by this and other courts and expounded by the text-books uponthe laws of war and international law. (Taylor, International Pub. Law,section 578.)
That there is a total abrogation of the former political relations of theinhabitants of the ceded region is obvious. That all laws therefore in forcewhich are in conflict with the political character, constitution, or institutionsof the substituted sovereign, lose their force, is also plain. (Alvarez y Sanchezvs. United States, 216 U. S., 167; 54 L. ed., 432; 30 Sup. Ct. Rep., 367.) Butit is equally settled in the same public law that that great body of municipallaw which regulates private and domestic rights continues in force untilabrogated or changed by the new ruler. In Chicago, R. I. & P. R. Co. vs.McGlinn (114 U. S., 542, 546; 29 L. ed., 270, 271; 5 Sup. Ct. Rep., 1005), itwas said:
"It is a general rule of public law, recognized and acted upon by theUnited States, that whenever political jurisdiction and legislative powerover any territory are transferred from one nation or sovereign toanother, the municipal laws of the country, that is, laws which are
intended for the protection of private rights, continue in force untilabrogated or changed by the new government or sovereign. By thecession, public property passes from one government to the other butprivate property remains as before, and with it those municipal lawswhich are designed to secure its peaceful use and enjoyment. As a matterof course, all laws, ordinances, and regulations in conflict with thepolitical character, institutions, and constitution of the new governmentare at once displaced. Thus, upon a cession of political jurisdiction andlegislative power-and the latter is involved in the former-to the UnitedStates, the laws of the country in support of an established religion, orabridging the freedom of the press, or authorizing cruel and unusualpunishments, and the like, would at once cease to be of obligatory forcewithout any declaration to that effect; and the laws of the country onother subjects would necessarily be superseded by existing laws of thenew government upon the same matters. But with respect to other lawsaffecting the possession, use, and transfer of property, and designed tosecure good order and peace in the community, and promote its healthand prosperity, which are strictly of a municipal character, the rule isgeneral, that a change of government leaves them in force until, by directaction of the new government, they are altered or repealed."The above language was quoted with approval in Downes vs. Bidwell (182
U. S., 244,,298; 45 L. ed., 1088, 1110; 21 Sup. Ct. Rep., 770).
The qualifying words touching property rights relinquished by Spain limitthe relinquishment to "property which, in conformity with law, belonging tothe public domain, and as such belong to the Crown of Spain. " It did notaffect property which did not, in "conformity with law, belong to the Crownof Spain." That it was not intended to apply to property which, "inconformity with law," belonged to the city of Manila as a municipalcorporation, is clear. This is demonstrated by the second paragraph of thesame article, which reads: "And it is hereby declared that the relinquishmentor cession, as the case may be, to which the preceding paragraph refers,cannot in any respect impair the property or rights which by law belong tothe peaceful possession of property of all kinds, of provinces, municipalities,public or private establishments * * * having legal capacity to acquire andpossess property in the aforesaid territories renounced or ceded, or of privateindividuals." Thus, the property and property rights of municipal corpo-rations were protected and safeguarded precisely as were the property andproperty rights of individuals.
That the cession did not operate as an extinction or dissolution ofcorporations is herein recognized, for the stipulation against impairment oftheir property rights has this plain significance.
The conclusion we reach, that the legal entity survived both the militaryoccupation and the cession which followed, finds support in the cases whichhold that the Pueblos of San Francisco and Los Angeles, which existed asmunicipal organizations prior to the cession of California by Mexico,continued to exist with their community and property rights intact. (Cohasvs. Raisin, 3 Cal., 443; Hart vs. Burnett, 15 Cal., 530, Townsend vs. Greeley,5 Wall., 326; 18 L. ed., 547; Merryman vs. Bourne, 9 Wall., 592, 602; 19 L.
ed., 683, 686; Moore vs. Steinbach, 127 U. S., 70; 32 L. ed., 51; 8 Sup. Ct.Rep., 1067; Los Angeles Farming & Mill. Co. vs. Los Angeles, 217 U. S., 217;54 L. ed., 736; 30 Sup. Ct. Rep., 452.)
Were corporate ident-ity and corporate liability extinguished as anecessary legal result of the new charter granted in 1901 by the PhilippineCommission? The inhabitants of the old city are the incorporators of thenew. There is substantially identity of area. There are some changes in theform of government and some changes in corporate powers and methods ofadministration. The new corporation is endowed with all of the property andproperty rights of the old. It has' the same power to sue and be sued whichthe former corporation had. There is not the slightest suggestion that the newcorporation shall not succeed to the contracts and obligations of the oldcorporation. Laying out of view any question of the constitutional guarantyagainst impairment of the obligation of contracts, there is, in the absence ofexpress legislative declaration of a contrary purpose, no reason for supposingthat the reincorporation of an old municipality is intended to permit anescape from the obligations of the old, to whose property and rights it hassucceeded. The juristic identity of the corporation has been in no wiseaffected, and, in law, the present city is, in every legal sense, the successor ofthe old. As such it is entitled to the property and property rights of thepredecessor corporation, and is, in law, subject to all of its liabilities.(Broughton vs. Pensacola, 93 U. S., 266; 23 L. ed., 896; Mt. Pleasant -,.VBeckwith, 100 U. S., 520; 25 L. ed., 699; Mobile vs. Watson, 116 U. S., 289;29 L. ed., 620; 6 Sup. Ct. Rep., 398; Shapleigh vs. San Angelo, 167 U. S.,646, 655; 42 L. ed., 310, 313; 17 Sup. Ct. Rep., 957; O'Connor vs, Memphis,6 Lea, 730); Colchester vs. Seaber (3 Burr., 1866, 1870).
37. SENEGAL
(i) Trait6sl
CONVENTION RELATIVE AU REGLEMENT DOMANIAL ENTRE LEGOUVERNEMENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LE GOU-VERNEMENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE DU SENEGAL. FAITE ADAKAR, LE 18 SEPTEMBRE 19622
Ayant r6solu de proc6der au r~glement domanial pr6vu i l'article 36 del'accord de coopdration en matifre 6conomique mon6taire et financi~re du 22juin 1960;
Vu 6galement l'article 37 dudit accord,
1 Voir aussi'la Convention (a) sous Niger, supra, p. 370, ainsi que les trait6sreproduits sous Mali (Federation of).
2Journal Officiel de la R~publique ranvaise, 21 mars 1963, p. 2720. Entr6e envigueur le 18 septembre 1962.
Art. jer. - A dater de l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent r~glement esttransf6r6e h la R6publique du S6n6gal la propri6t6 des d6pendancesdomaniales immatricul6es sur son territoire au nom de la R6publiquefrangaise.
Art. 2. - Sont n6anmoins propri6t6 de la R6publique frangaise etinmatricul6es A son noma les d6pendances domaniales reconnues n6cessaires aufonctionnement de ses services et de ses forces arm6es sur le territoire de laR6publique du S6n6gal et qui sont 6num6r6es h I'annexe I au pr6sentr~glement.
Art. 3. - La remise A la R6publique de S6n6gal par la R6publiquefrangaise des d6pendances domaniales aura lieu aux dates et selon lesmodalit~s fix6es A F'annexe II du pr6sent r~glement.
Art. 4. - La liste des organismes de droit public frangais vis6s h l'article37 de 'accord de cooperation en mati~re 6conomique, mon~taire etfinancibre du 22 juin 1960 figure A l'annexe III, avec indication des biens quisont leur propri6t6 priv~e.
Art. 5. - Le present r~glement entre en vigueur A la date de sa signature.Les operations qui y donnent lieu sont effectu~es gratuitement.
Sur simple r6quisition de 'Etat ou de l'organisme reconnu ou devenupropri6taire en vertu du pr6sent r glement, les conservateurs de la propri6t6fonci~re de la R~publique du S~n6gal proc~deront aux mutations etimmatriculations n~cessaires et, le cas 6ch6ant, au morcellement ou A lamention confirmative sur le titre foncier.
Les formalit6s d'inscription fonci~re seront donn~es gratuitement.
(ii) Lois et d~crets
LOI SENEGALAISE NO 60-017 CONSTATANT LA DEVOLUTION A LAREPUBLIQUE DU SENEGAL DES BIENS MOBILIERS ET IMMO-BILIERS SITUES SUR SON TERRITOIRE ET DEPENDANT DUDOMAINE PRIVE DE L'ANCIEN GROUPE DE L'A.O.F. DAKAR, LE17 FEVRIER 19601
L 'Assemblde legislative,
Apr~s en avoir d~libfr6, a adopt6 dans sa s6ance du 1er f6vrier 1960 la loidont la teneur suit
Article premier. - Est constat6e la d6volution A la R~publique du S6n6gal,conform6ment aux d6cisions prises par la conference des 5 et 6 juin 1959 etaux conditions fix6es par cette conference, des biens mobiliers et immobilierssitu~s sur le territoire de la R~publique du S6n~gal et d~pendant du domainepriv6 de l'ancien groupe de territoires de I'A.O.F.
Partie de ces immeubles ainsi d~volus au S~n6gal pourra 6tre ult~rieure-ment transfbr~e par la loi soit i la F~d6ration du Mali, soit A tout autre Etatde la Communaut6.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique du Sdndgal, 22 f6vrier 1960, p. 228.
Art. 2. - La mutation des biens mobiliers s'effectuera dans les formespropres A chacune des cat6gories de ces biens. Celle des biens immobiliers fera1'objet de mentions au livre foncier au fur et A mesure de l'inscription desdroits r6els constitu6s sur les titres fonciers appartenant A l'ancien Gouver-nement g6nral ou A l'ex-groupe de territoires de I'A.O.F., ou de la d6livranced'6tats de droits r6els sur les m6mes titres.
38. SIERRA LEONE
(i) Laws and decrees
(a) SIERRA LEONE INDEPENDENCE ACT 1961'
[Note: The provisions of sections 1 (2) (b), 2 (2) (3) to (8) and (10) and3 (1) (2) of this Act are basically similar to those of sections 1 (2), 2 (2) (3),3 (1) to (6) and 4 (1) (2) of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 179and 180). The same similarity exists between the provisions of sections 1 (1)(2) (a) (3), 2 (1) and 3 (3) of this Act on the one hand and those of sections 1(1) (3), 2 (1) (2) and 4 (4) (5) of the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra,pp. 189 and 190). Section 2 (9) is similar to section 2 (9) of the JamaicaIndependence Act 1962 (supra, p. 239). The second and third schedules tothe Act are basically similar to the first and second schedules to the GambiaIndependence Act 1964 (supra, pp. 191-193).1
(b) THE SIERRA LEONE (CONSTITUTION)ORDER IN COUNCIL, 19612, 3
1. Citation, commencement and interpretation
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before thetwenty-seventh day of April, 1961:
(3) The Interpretation Act, 1889, as in force at the commencement ofthis Order, shall apply, with the necessary adaptations, for the purpose ofinterpreting this Order and otherwise in relation thereto as it applies for thepurposes of interpreting, and in relation to, Acts of Parliament of the UnitedKingdom.
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 9 and 10 Eliz. 11, chap. 16.2 Statutorylnstruments, 1961, No. 741, p. 1475.3 The provisions of sections 1 (2) (proviso), 4 (2) (3), 5 (1) (proviso) and
6 (3) (4) (7) of this Order are basically similar to those of sections 1 (2) (proviso),4 (3) (5). 5 (3) (4) (6) and 9 (1) (proviso) of the Barbados Independence Order 1966(supra, pp. 119-123). The same similarity exists between sections 5 (1) (2) (3), 6 (1) and13 of the Order on the one hand and sections 6 (1), 17 (1) and 20 (1) of the Jamaica(Constitution) Order in Council 1962 (supra, pp. 243, 244, 245); section 6 (8) (b) issimilar to section 8(8) of the Botswana Independence Order 1966 (supra, p. 135);section 12 (2) is basically similar to section 19 (2) of the Jamaica (Constitution) Order inCouncil 1962 (supra, p. 24 5).
2. Revocations(1) The Orders in Council specified in Column 1 of Part I of the First
Schedule to this Order (hereinafter referred to as "the existing Orders") arerevoked to the extent specified in Column 2 of that Part.
(2) The Letters Patent specified in Part II of the First Schedule to thisOrder (hereinafter referred to as "the existing Letters Patent") are revoked.
(3) The Schedule to the Sierra Leone (Constitution) Order in Council,1958 (as set out in the Schedule to the Sierra Leone (Constitution)(Amendment) (No. 3) Order in Council, 1960 is amended as specified inPart III of the First Schedule to this Order.
(4) The Sierra Leone and the Gambia Court of Appeal Order in Council,1959, as amended by the Sierra Leone and the Gambia Court of Appeal(Amendment) Order in Council, 1960, is revoked in so far as it applies toSierra Leone:
Provided that in so far as they relate to the powers, authority, jurisdictionor procedure of the former Sierra Leone and the Gambia Court of Appeal theprovisions of that Order or any law made in pursuance of that Order by theLegislature of the former Colony and Protectorate of Sierra Leone or anyrules of court made under that Order in force in the former Colony andProtectorate of Sierra Leone immediately before the commencement of thisOrder shall, until it is otherwise provided by or under any Act of theParliament of Sierra Leone, apply with the necessary adaptations andmodifications in relation to the Court of Appeal established by theConstitution as they applied in relation to the former Sierra Leone and theGambia Court of Appeal.
3. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution of Sierra Leone
set out in the Second Schedule to this Order (in this Order referred to as "theConstitution") shall come into effect in Sierra Leone at the commencementof this Order.
4. -Existing laws(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, the existing laws shall,
notwithstanding the revocation of the existing Orders, have effect after thecommencement of this Order as if they had been made in pursuance of thisOrder and shall be read and construed with such modifications, adaptations,qualifications and exceptions as may be necessary to bring them intoconformity with this Order.
(4) Where any matter falls to be prescribed under this Order byParliament or any other person or authority that matter shall be regarded asbeing so prescribed if it is prescribed by any existing law, including anyamendment to any such law made under this section.
(5) For the purposes of this section the expression "the existing laws"means all Ordinances, laws, rules, regulations, orders and other instrumentshaving the effect of law made or having effect as if they had been made inpursuance of the existing Orders and having effect as part of the law of theColony and Protectorate of Sierra Leone or any part thereof immediatelybefore the commencement of this Order.
6. House of Representatives
(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Order, during the interimperiod the provisions of the Constitution mentioned in Part IV of the FirstSchedule to this Order shall not have effect and in lieu thereof the provisionsof the Sierra Leone (Constitution) Order in Council, 1958, as in forceimmediately before the commencement of this Order, mentioned in Part V ofthat Schedule shall continue to have effect but shall be construed subject tothe adaptations and modifications specified in that Part.
(5) During the interim period laws enacted or deemed to have beenenacted in pursuance of section 53 of the Sierra Leone (Constitution) Orderin Council, 1958, and in force immediately before the commencement of thisOrder shall, except as may be otherwise provided by Parliament, continue toapply in relation to the matters mentioned in that section but shall be readand construed with such modifications, adaptations, qualifications andexceptions as may be necessary to bring them into conformity with thisOrder, and the power conferred on the Governor-General by subsection (2) ofsection 4 of this Order shall include power to amend such laws.
(6) Any law in force in the former Colony and Protectorate of SierraLeone immediately before the commencement of this Order which makesprovision for determining or regulating the privileges, immunities or powersof the existing House of Representatives or its members shall, except as maybe otherwise provided by Parliament, continue to apply during the interimperiod in relation to those matters but shall be read and construed with suchmodifications, adaptations, qualifications and exceptions as may be necessaryto bring it into conformity with this Order, and the power conferred on theGovernor-General by subsection (2) of section 4 of this Order shall includepower to amend any such law.
(8) (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in section 54 of the Consti-tution, the Governor-General shall summon Parliament to meet within threemonths after the commencement of this Order.
9. Pending legal proceedingsAny proceedings pending immediately before the commencement of this
Order before the former Supreme Court of Sierra Leone, or any proceedingson appeal from that Court so pending before the Sierra Leone and theGambia Court of Appeal, may be continued after the commencement of thisOrder before the Supreme Court, or the Court of Appeal, established by theConstitution, as the case may be.
10. Disposal of Sierra Leone and the Gambia Court of Appeal FundThe moneys in the Sierra Leone and the Gambia Court of Appeal Fund
(being the fund established by section 23 of the Sierra Leone and the GambiaCourt of Appeal Order in Council, 1959) immediately before the commence-ment of this Order shall be applied in discharge of any outstanding liabilitiesattaching to the Fund; and any moneys remaining after those liabilities have
been discharged shall be divided between the Government of Sierra Leoneand the Government of the Gambia so that each Government receives suchshare of those moneys as bears the same proportion to the total amount ofthose moneys as the aggregate amount of the contributions made by thatGovernment under paragraph (b) of subsection (2) of section 23 of thatOrder bears to the aggregate amount of the contributions made by bothGovernments under that paragraph.
11. Pending matters under Scheme of Retirement BenefitsAll things done before the commencement of this Order in pursuance of
the provisions of the Scheme of Retirement Benefits set out in the Scheduleto the Sierra Leone (Constitution) Order in Council, 1958(b) (as set out inthe Schedule to the Sierra Leone (Constitution) (Amendment) (No. 3) Orderin Council, 1960) in respect of any matter pending at the date of suchcommencement shall have effect as if they had been done under theprovisions of that Schedule as amended by this Order.
12. Transitional provisions relating to existing Commissions(1) Any power of a Commission established by the existing Orders (in
this section referred to as "an existing Commission") which has been validlydelegated to any person or authority under those Orders shall, as from thecommencement of this Order, be deemed to have been delegated to thatperson or authority in accordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
14. Emergency Powers Orders in Council, 1939 to 1961(1) The Emergency Powers Orders in Council, 1939 to 1961, shall cease
to have effect as part of the law of Sierra Leone on the twenty-sixth day ofApril, 1963, or such earlier date as may be prescribed by Parliament.
THE SECOND SCHEDULE
THE CONSTITUTION OF SIERRA LEONE'
ChapterI. Citizenship
2. Persons entitled to be registered as citizens
(2) Any woman who on the twenty-sixth day of April, 1961, was acitizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies or a British protected person andwho is or has been married to a person
(a) who becomes a citizen of Sierra Leone by virtue of section 1 of thisConstitution; or
1 The provisions of sections 1, 2 (3), 3 (1), 5, 7, 10 and 100 of this Constitution arebasically similar to those of sections 2 (1) (2) (3). 3, 5, 8, 10 and 103 of the Constitutionof Barbados (supra, pp. 124-126). The same similarity exists between section 2 of theConstitution of Sierra Leone and section 2 (1) of the Constitution of Kenya (supra,p. 254); section 8 is similar to section 10 of the Constitution of Jamaica (supra, p. 247);section 9 is similar to section 27 (1) (2) (3) of the Constitution of Botswana (supra,p. 139).
(b) who, having died before the twenty-seventh day of April, 1961,would, but for his death, have become a citizen of Sierra Leone by virtue ofthat section,
shall be entitled, upon making application in such manner as may beprescribed, to be registered as a citizen of Sierra Leone.
(4) Any women who on the twenty-sixth day of April, 1961, was acitizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies or a British protected person andwho has been married to a person who becomes, or would but for his deathhave become, entitled to be registered as a citizen of Sierra Leone undersubsection (1) of this section, but whose marriage has been terminated bydeath or dissolution of marriage, shall be entitled, upon making applicationbefore the twenty-seventh day of April, 1963, in such manner as may beprescribed, to be registered as a citizen of Sierra Leone.
(5) The provisions of subsections (2), (3) and (4) of this section shall bewithout prejudice to the provisions of section 1 of this Constitution.
(ii) Statements from governmental authorities
STATEMENT ON THE PUBLIC DEBT1
From: The Ministry of Finance, Sierra Leone, 1st May, 1964
The General Loan and Stock Ordinance which governs the Government'sborrowing power is out of date and is to be repealed to reflect ourIndependent status as already the powers of borrowing have more or less beentransferred to the Cabinet and the Minister of Finance. The Finance (Controland Management) Act, 1961, provides that the product of loans raised byGovernment shall form part of the receipts of the Development Fund.
All financial commitments which impose a charge upon any public fundof Sierra Leone should have the prior consent of the legislature. Section 52,paragraph (a) (ii), of the Constitution requires that the House shall notproceed upon any bill "for the imposition of any charge upon theConsolidated Revenue Fund", etc., except upon the recommendation of theGovernor-General signified by a Minister.
39. SOMALIA
(i) Treaties
AGREEMENTS AND EXCHANGE OF LETTERS BETWEEN THEGOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAINAND NORTHERN IRELAND AND THE GOVERNMENT OF SOMALI-LAND IN CONNEXION WITH THE ATTAINMENT OF INDE-PENDENCE BY SOMALILAND. HARGEISA, JUNE 26, 19602
1 Text reproduced from: The International Law Association, Report of theFifty-fourth Conference held at The Hague, 1971, p. 129.
2 British Treaty Series No. 44 (1960), Commander 1101. Came into force on 26June 1960.
(a) Interim Agreement between the Government of the United Kingdom ofGreat Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government of Somalilandfor a United Kingdom aid mission
Article I In this Agreement(a) "the appointed day" means the 26th of June, 1960;(b) "an officer who was the substantive holder of an office" means an
officer who is not domiciled in Somaliland and who, before the appointedday, was the substantive holder, whether on contract or on pensionableterms, of an office in the Public Service of Somaliland being a person
(i) who was selected for or offered appointment to the Public Service ofSomaliland by one of Her Britannic Majesty's Secretaries of State; or
(ii) whose appointment was approved by one of Her Britannic Majesty'sSecretaries of State; or
(iii) who had entered into an agreement with the Crown Agents forOversea Governments'and Administrations to serve in any suchoffice; or
(iv) who (although not an officer falling within sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), or(iii) of this paragraph) is or has been a member of Her BritannicMajesty's Overseas Civil Service or Her Britannic Majesty's OverseasJudiciary;
(c) "pension" means(i) any pension, gratuity or compensation payable by the Government of
Somaliland to or in respect of any officer including any increase ofpension; and
(ii) any pension including any increase of pension payable to the widowor child of an officer and any contributions repayable and interestpayable to an officer under any law providing for payment ofpensions to widows and children of officers;
(d) "compensation" means any compensation, gratuity or retiringallowance or benefit that may be granted under regulations made undersection 62 of the Somaliland (Constitution) Order in Council, 1960;
(e) "conditions of service" means the laws, rules, regulations, orders andother instruments that regulate the terms of service of an officer including,without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, provision relating to histenure of office, transfer, promotion, disciplinary control, salary (includingsalary scales), pension, compensation, allowances, quarters, leave and pas-sages.
Article 11. (1) The Government of the United Kingdom, at the requestof the Government of Somaliland, shall arrange for the appointment ofofficers to be available for civilian employment in the Public Service ofSomaliland for a period not exceeding six months from the coming into forceof this Agreement.
(2) The Government of Somaliland has requested the Government of theUnited Kingdom to arrange for the appointment of officers to be available forthe offices shown in the first and second columns of the Schedule attached tothis Agreement and the Government of the United Kingdom propose, subjectto the agreement of the officers concerned, to arrange for the appointment ofthe officers shown in the third column of the said Schedule.
(3) Officers so appointed shall remain members of the Public Service ofSomaliland.
Article 111. (1) The conditions of service applicable to an officer whowas the substantive holder of an office appointed in pursuance of Article II ofthis Agreement shall be not less favourable than those which were applicableto him immediately before that date.
Article IV. The entitlement of an officer appointed in pursuance ofArticle II of this Agreement to any compensation shall not be affected by hisappointment or otherwise by the provisions of this Agreement.
Article V. (1) The appointment of an officer in pursuance of Article IIof this Agreement may be terminated only by the Government of the UnitedKingdom;
(2) Subject to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, disciplinarycontrol (including the right to suspend from duty) over any such officer shallbe exercised by the Government of Somaliland;
(3) Any such officer who is subjected to disciplinary measures by theGovernment of Somaliland and who is aggrieved by a decision of thatGovernment shall have the right to make representations through the UnitedKingdom representative in Somaliland to Her Britannic Majesty's Secretary ofState for the Colonies and in the event of the latter supporting suchrepresentations and the resultant dispute not being amicably disposed of,such dispute shall be submitted to an Arbitral Tribunal. The Tribunal shallconsist of three persons, two of whom shall be nominated respectively by theGovernment of Somaliland and by the Government of the United Kingdomand the third who shall be the Chairman shall be nominated by the formertwo members of the Tribunal but such third member of the Tribunal shall notbe a citizen of Somaliland nor a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies.The Somaliland Government and the Government of the United Kingdomshall be bound by the Award of such Tribunal;
(4) The Government of Somaliland will ensure that any legislationnecessary to implement the provisions of this Article will be enacted.
Article VI. The Government of the United Kingdom shall, on behalf ofthe Government of Somaliland, undertake the payment of the emoluments ofofficers appointed in accordance with Article II of this Agreement, and of allpensions and compensation payable by the Government of Somaliland duringthe period of six months from the appointed day.
Article VII. The Government of the United Kingdom shall account tothe Government of Somaliland for all payments made under this Agreement.
Article VIII. This Agreement shall come into force on the date of itssignature.
(b) Public Officers Agreement between the Government of the UnitedKingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government ofSomaliland
Article L In this Agreement(a) "the appointed day" means the 26th of June, 1960;
(b) "officer" means an officer who is not domiciled in Somaliland andwho, before the appointed day, was the substantive holder of a pensionableoffice in the Public Service of Somaliland, being a person
(i) who was selected for or offered appointment to the Public Service ofSomaliland by one of Her Britannic Majesty's Secretaries of State; or
(ii) whose appointment was approved by one of Her Britannic Majesty'sSecretaries of State; or
(iii) who had entered into an agreement with the Crown Agents forOversea Governments and Administrations to serve in any suchoffice; or
(iv) who (although not an officer falling within sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), or(iii) of this paragraph) is or has been a member of Her BritannicMajesty's Overseas Civil Service or Her Britannic Majesty's OverseasJudiciary.
(c) "pension" means(i) any pension, gratuity, compensation, disturbance grant or other like
retirement benefit payable by the Government of Somaliland to or inrespect of any officer including any increase of pension; and
(ii) any pension including any increase of pension, payable to the widowor child of an officer and any contributions repayable and interestpayable to an officer under any law providing for payment ofpensions to widows and children of officers.
(d) "Substantive holder" in relation to any office includes a personserving in that office on probation but does not include a person (other thana person serving under a probationary agreement) serving in that office for aspecified term under a contract.
Article IL (1) An officer who does not cease to be in the Public Serviceof Somaliland before the appointed day shall be entitled to conditions ofservice not less favourable than those applicable to him immediately beforethe appointed day.
(2) In this Article the expression "conditions of service" means the laws,rules, regulations, orders and other instruments that regulate the terms ofservice of an officer including, without prejudice to the generality of theforegoing, provisions relating to his tenure of office, transfer, promotion,disciplinary control, salary (including salary scales), pension, allowances,quarters, leave and passages.
Article III. An officer who does not cease to be in the Public Service ofSomaliland before the appointed day shall be entitled to retire and hiseligibility and that of his widow, children, dependants and personalrepresentatives to receive a pension shall be governed by the laws, regulations,and administrative directions in force immediately before the appointed dayor by such other laws, regulations and administrative directions madethereafter that are not less favourable; and pensions shall be granted and paidto such officers and other persons accordingly.
Article IV. Pensions of officers who have ceased to be in the PublicService of Somaliland before the appointed day or to the widow, children,dependents or personal representatives of such persons shall be granted andpaid or, if granted before that date, shall continue to be paid, in accordancewith the laws, regulations, and administrative directions governing thosepensions immediately before that date or in accordance with such other laws,
regulations and administrative directions made thereafter that are not lessfavourable.
Article VII. This Agreement shall come into force on the date of itssignature.
(c) Agreement between the Government of the United Kingdom of GreatBritain and Northern Ireland and the Government of Somalilandregarding the interim arrangements in respect of the Somaliland Scouts
Considering that the Government of Somaliland have informed theGovernment of the United Kingdom that the Somaliland Scouts asmaintained and governed under existing legislation shall continue in being foran interim period of of six months following the attainment of independenceby Somaliland and that they are willing to provide funds within present limitsfor this purpose, and that the Government of Somaliland have requested theGovernment of the United Kingdom to provide certain United Kingdommilitary personnel to be seconded for service with the Somaliland Scoutsduring this interim period;
Considering that the Government of the United Kingdom have indicatedtheir willingness to make such personnel available, subject to the conditionshereinafter specified, as part of their general assistance to Somaliland in theinterim period of six months following independence;
Article L In this Agreement:(a) "United Kingdom military personnel" means commissioned officers,
warrant officers and non-commissioned officers of Her Britannic Majesty'sArmed Forces, seconded for service with the Somaliland Scouts under thisAgreement;
(b) "conditions of service" means the laws, rules, regulations, orders andother instruments that regulate the terms of service of United Kingdommilitary personnel including, without prejudice to the generality of theforegoing, provision relating to their tenure of office, transfer, promotion,disciplinary control, salary (including salary scales), pension, compensationallowances, quarters, leave and passages.
Article IL (1) The Government of the United Kingdom shall at therequest of the Government of Somaliland and subject to the agreement of thepersonnel concerned, second commissioned officers, warrant officers andnon-commissioned officers of Her Britannic Majesty's Armed Forces forservice with the Somaliland Scouts, within the present establishment, duringan interim period not exceeding six months from the coming into force ofthis Agreement.
(2) During the period of six months from the coming into force of thisAgreement the Commander of the Somaliland Scouts shall be the seniorBritish officer seconded for service with the Somaliland Scouts under thisAgreement.
Article 111. (1) The conditions of service of United Kingdom militarypersonnel shall be similar to and not less favourable than those which wereapplicable immediately before the coming into force of this Agreement.
(2) The emoluments of such personnel shall be paid by the Governmentof the United Kingdom, on behalf of the Government of Somaliland.
(3) The Government of the United Kingdom shall account to theGovernment of Somaliland for all payments made under this Agreement.
Article IV. (1) United Kingdom military personnel shall remain subjectto United Kingdom Service law at all times and shall be dealt with under thislaw wherever applicable.
(2) Notwithstanding that United Kingdom military personnel shall be anintegral part of the Somaliland Scouts they shall, so that they may be dealtwith under United Kingdom Service law, be formed into a unit called "UnitedKingdom Element, Somaliland Scouts" and the Commander of the Somali-land Scouts or, in his absence, the senior British seconded officer acting in hisplace shall be the commander of this unit.
(3) If necessary a court martial under United Kingdom Service law maybe held locally and British officers may be brought into the country asmembers of such a court. Essential witnesses may also if necessary be broughtinto the country for the purpose of giving evidence at such a court.
(4) United Kingdom military personnel shall be subject to the law ofSomaliland other than Service law.
Article V. No United Kingdom military personnel will be required totake part in military operations against a third country.
Article VI. (1) The Commander of the Somaliland Scouts, and throughhim the other United Kingdom military personnel, shall receive their ordersfrom the appropriate Minister of the Government of Somaliland and they willobey such orders, provided that such orders would, if given by anyone subjectto United Kingdom Service law, constitute lawful commands under that lawand do not conflict with the allegiance of such personnel to Her BritannicMajesty.
(2) United Kingdom military personnel shall have power of commandover .all officers and other ranks in the Somaliland Scouts junior to them inrank or seniority or-placed under their command. Similarly, other personnelin the Somaliland Scouts will have power of command over all personnelincluding United Kingdom military personnel junior to them in rank orseniority or placed under their command.
(3) United Kingdom military personnel shall have the powers ofdiscipline over United Kingdom military personnel junior to them in rank orseniority or placed under their command provided for under United KingdomService law. Power of discipline over all other members of the SomalilandScouts shall be exercised by the Commander of the Somaliland Scouts.
Article VII. The Government of the United Kingdom reserve the right towithdraw United Kingdom military personnel from service with the Somali-land Scouts should conditions arise where they consider such actionnecessary.
Article VIII. United Kingdom military personnel shall be indemnified bythe Government of Somaliland for all sums paid or payable in respect ofcosts, damages and any personal costs awarded against them in civil
proceedings arising out of accidents or incidents occurring during theperformance of their military duty.
Article IX. United Kingdom military personnel shall have the right toapproach the appropriate representative of the Government of the UnitedKingdom in the area on matters pertaining to their own Service or personalinterests. Normally such an approach shall be made to the Commander, LandForces, Arabian Peninsula, through the Commander of the Somaliland Scoutswho will keep the Government of Somaliland informed on those mattersconcerning their interests.
Article X. This Agreement shall come into force on the date of itssignature.
(d) Exchange of Letters between the Government of the United Kingdom ofGreat Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government of Somalilandproviding that, should the Government of Somaliland be a party to anyagreement transferring jurisdiction over the territory of Somaliland toany other Government, such agreement should provide that the obli-gations of the Government of Somaliland in respect of certain specifiedinstruments are transferred to that other Government
No. 1
Mr. T. E. Bromley to the Members of the Council of Ministers of Somaliland
British Consulate-GeneralHargeisa, June 26, 1960.
I have the honour to ask you to confirm on behalf of the Government ofSomaliland that, should they in any way be a party to any agreement for, orany instrument having the effect of, transferring, or confirming the transferof, jurisdiction over the territory of the Government of Somaliland, to anyother Government, such agreement or instrument shall provide that theobligations of the Government of Somaliland in respect of the followinginstruments are transferred to, and accepted by, that other Government,namely:
(a) The Interim Agreement between the Government of the UnitedKingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government ofSomaliland for a United Kingdom Aid Mission;
(b) The Public Officers Agreement between the Government of theUnited Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and the Governmentof Somaliland;
(c) The Agreement between the Government of the United Kingdom ofGreat Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government of Somalilandregarding interim arrangements in respect of the Somaliland Scouts;
(d) The lease entered into on the 12th of April, 1960, between theGovernment of the Somaliland Protectorate and the Minister of Works of theUnited Kingdom.
I have the honour to propose that this letter and Your Excellencies' replygiving the confirmation aforesaid should constitute an Agreement betweenthe two Governments.
No. 2
The Council of Ministers of Somaliland to Mr. T. E. Bromley
The Council of Ministers of Somaliland,Hargeisa, June 26, 1960.
We have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of to-day'sdate, which reads as follows:
[As in No. 1.]On behalf of the Government of Somaliland, we have pleasure in giving
the confirmation for which your letter asks and agree that Your Excellency'sletter and this reply shall constitute an agreement between the twoGovernments.
(e) Exchange of Letters between the Government of the United Kingdom ofGreat Britain and Northern Ireland and the Government of Somalilandconcerning the continued availability of currency of the East AfricanCurrency Board in Somaliland for a transitional period
No. 1
The Council of Ministers of Somaliland to Mr. T. E. Bromley
The Council of Ministers of Somaliland,Hargeisa, June 26, 1960.
We have the, honour to request that, following the attainment ofindependence by Somaliland, the currency of the East African CurrencyBoard (hereinafter described as "the Board") should continue to be madeavailable for circulation in Somaliland for a transitional period until provisioncan be made for its replacement. We propose that if Her Majesty'sGovernment in the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Irelandagree to this request, arrangements should be made on the following basis:
(a) The duration of the transitional period shall be a matter forconsideration by the Government of Somaliland and Her Majesty's Govern-ment, shall be only so long as is practicable and necessary, and shall not inany event exceed 12 months beginning from to-day's date.
(b) During the transitional period:(i) the Board shall use their best endeavours to ensure that an adequate
supply of currency notes and coins of the Board continues to beavailable to meet the demand in Somaliland;
(ii) The Government of Somaliland shall not do any act or enact anylegislation which might prejudice the interests of the Board and shallafford the Board such assistance as may be necessary.
If the above proposals are acceptable to Her Majesty's Government, wehave the honour to suggest that the present letter and your reply to thateffect should constitute an agreement between the two Governments in thismatter.
No. 2
Mr. T. E. Bromley to the Members of the Council of Ministers of Somaliland
British Consulate-General,Hargeisa, June 26, 1960.
I have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of to-day'sdate, which reads as follows:
[As in No. 1.]I have pleasure to confirm that the above proposals are acceptable to Her
Majesty's Government who agree that your letter and this reply shallconstitute an agreement between the two Governments in this matter.
(ii) Laws and decrees
THE SOMALILAND ORDER IN COUNCIL 19601
Whereas it is intended that the territories known as the SomalilandProtectorate (hereinafter referred to as "Somaliland") shall become anindependent country on the 26th day of June, 1960 (hereinafter referred toas "the appointed day"):
And Whereas Her Majesty has, by Proclamation, declared that, as fromthe beginning of the appointed day, Her protection over Somaliland shallcease and all functions, powers, rights, authority or jurisdiction exercisable byHer immediately before that day in or in relation to Somaliland shall lapse:
And Whereas it is accordingly expedient to make new provision for theGovernment of Somaliland:
Now, therefore, Her Majesty, by virtue and in exercise of the powers inthat behalf by the Foreign Jurisdiction Act, 1890, or otherwise in HerMajesty vested, is pleased, by and with the advice of Her Privy Council, toorder, and it is hereby ordered, as follows:
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before theappointed day.
2. Constitution to have force of lawThe Constitution set out in the Annex to this Order shall have the force
of law in Somaliland.3. Revocation(1) The Somaliland Orders in Council, 1929 to 1955, the Somaliland
(Constitution) Order in Council, 1960, and the Somaliland (Constitution)(Amendment) Order in Council, 1960, are revoked.
(2) (a) The Somaliland Protectorate Order in Council, 1909 (whichrelates to appeals from the High Court of Somaliland to the JudicialCommittee of Her Majesty's Privy Council) is revoked.
1 Statutory Instruments, 1960, Part III, p. 1279.
(b) The Eastern African Court of Appeal shall cease to be a Court ofAppeal for the Courts of Somaliland and accordingly the Eastern AfricanCourt of Appeal Order in Council, 1950, as amended (c), is hereby amendedby the deletion of any reference therein to Somaliland, and the Appeals tothe Court of Appeal Ordinance, 1950, and the Appeals to the Court ofAppeal (Amendment) Ordinance, 1957, of Somaliland are revoked.
(c) Any appeal(i) to the Judicial Committee of Her Majesty's Privy Council or to the
Eastern African Court of Appeal from a judgment of the High Courtof Somaliland, or
(ii) to the said Judicial Committee from a judgment of the EasternAfrican Court of Appeal given in any appeal from a judgment of theHigh Court of Somaliland,
that is pending or part heard on the coming into operation of this Order shallabate.
(d) In the preceding paragraph "judgment" includes decree, order,conviction, sentence and decision.
(3) Save as provided in paragraph (c) of the last foregoing subsection,nothing in the foregoing provisions of this section shall prejudice anythingdone under or by virtue of any of the instruments and laws revoked oramended thereby and in particular the continued operation of any law madethereunder.
ANNEX
CONSTITUTION OF SOMALILAND
Part L Introductory
2. Territory of Somaliland(1) The territory of Somaliland shall be all that territory which, on the
commencement of this Constitution, is comprised in Her Britannic Majesty's Protec-torate of Somaliland.
Part I. The Executive
5. First Council of MinistersOn the commencement of this Constitution those members of the Legislative
Assembly who immediately before that commencement were the Unofficial Members ofthe Executive Council of Somaliland shall become the first members of the Council ofMinisters, and, of those members, the person who was the leader of Government businessin the Legislative Council of Somaliland immediately before that commencement shallbecome the first Prime Minister.
Part II. The Legislature
18. First Legislative Assembly(1) On the commencement of this Constitution the person who immediately before
that commencement was the Speaker of the Legislative Council of Somaliland shall
become the first Speaker of the Legislative Assembly and the persons who immediatelybefore that commencement were elected members of the Legislative Council shallbecome members of the Legislative Assembly and shall be deemed to have been electedthereto under this constitution.
(3) On the commencement of this Constitution the member of the LegislativeAssembly who immediately before that commencement was the Deputy Speaker of theLegislative Council of Somaliland shall become the first Deputy Speaker of. theLegislative Assembly. If the office of Deputy Speaker falls vacant the LegislativeAssembly shall, as soon as practiable, elect a member of the Assembly who is not aMinister or an Assistant Minister to that office.
Part IV. The Judicature
42. Application of certain Indian enactments and the law of England(1) The criminal and civil jurisdiction of the Courts of Somaliland shall, so far as
circumstances permit, be exercised in conformity with the enactments set out in theSecond Schedule to this Constitution and subject thereto and so far as the same do notextend or apply shall be exercised in conformity with the substance of the common law,the doctrines of equity and the statutes of general application in force in England on the16th day of March, 1900, and with the powers vested in and according to the procedureand practice observed by and before the Courts of Justice and Justices of the Peace inEngland according to their respective jurisdiction and authorities at that date, save in sofar as the said enactments and the said common law, doctrines of equity and statutes ofgeneral application, and the said powers, procedure and practice have been, or hereaftermay be, modified, amended or replaced by any written law made for Somaliland:
Provided always that the said common law, doctrine of equity and statutes of generalapplication shall be in force in Somaliland so far only as the circumstances of Somalilandand its inhabitants permit and subject to such qualifications as local circumstancesrender necessary.
(2) For the purpose of facilitating the application of the enactments set out in theSecond Schedule to this Constitution
(a) a Court may construe any such enactment with such alterations not affecting thesubstance as may be necessary or proper in order to adapt the same to the matter beforethe Court;
(b) the Council of Ministers may by order direct by what authority any jurisdiction,powers or duties incident to the operation of any such enactment and for the exercise orperformance of which no convenient provision has been otherwise made shall beexercised or performed:
(cj any order of me Council 6f Ministers madeina pursuance of this subsection shallbe published in the Gazette anti -shall have effect as from a date to be specified in theorder.
43. Courts to be guided by Somali customary law in certain casesIn all cases, civil and criminal, to which only Somalis are parties, every Court shall(a) be guided by Somali customary law (including Somali customary law which is
based upon Islamic law) so far as it is applicable and is not repugnant to justice, equityand good conscience or is inconsistent with any written law in force in Somaliland orany regulation or rule made thereunder; and
(b) decide all such.cases according to substantial justice, without excessive regard totechnicalities of procedure and without undue delay.
Part V. The Public Service
48. Preservation of pensions, etc.(1) All pensions, gratuities or other like allowances which have been or which may
be granted to any persons who have been and have ceased to be, in the public service ofthe Protectorate of Somaliland at any time before the commencement of thisConstitution, or to the widows, children, dependents or personal representatives of suchpersons, shall be governed by the law under which they were granted or, if granted afterthe commencement of this Constitution, by the law in force at that commencement, or,in either case, by any law made thereafter which is not less favourable.
(2) All pensions, gratuities and other like allowances which may be granted topersons who are public officers on the commencement of this Constitution, or to thewidows, children, dependents or personal representatives of such persons, shall begoverned by the law in force at that commencement or by any law made thereafterwhich is not less favourable.
(3) Any pension, gratuity or other like allowance which may be granted to anyperson who may be appointed to be a public officer after the commencement of thisConstitution, or to the widow, children, dependents or personal representatives of anysuch person, shall be governed by the law in force on the date on which such person is soappointed or by any law made thereafter which is not less favourable.
Part VII. Transitional Provisions
54. Existing laws(1) Without prejudice to the repeal or revocation of any existing law with effect
from the commencement of this Constitution, the existing law shall continue to be thelaw of Somaliland as from the commencement of this Constitution except in so far as itis thereafter amended, modified, repealed or revoked by competent authority but shallbe construed with such adaptations and modifications as may be necessary to bring itinto conformity with the provisions of this Constitution.
(2) The Council of Ministers may by order published in the Gazette, at any timewithin twelve months after the commencement of this Constitution, make suchamendments and modifications of the existing law as appear to the Council of Ministersto be necessary or expedient for bringing the existing law into conformity with thisConstitution or otherwise for giving effect or enabling effect to be given to thisConstitution; and the existing law shall have effect accordingly from such time as may bespecified in the order, not being earlier than the commencement of this Constitution.
(3) An order made under this section may be revoked or amended by a further ordermade under this section or, in relation to any law or instrument affected thereby, by theauthority having power to repeal, revoke or amend that law or instrument.
(4) In this section "the existing law" means the written and unwritten law ofSomaliland as it exists immediately before the commencement of this Constitution.
55. Existing officers(1) Subject to the next following subsection, any person who, immediately before
the commencement of this Constitution, held or was acting in any office in the publicservice of the Protectorate of Somaliland (other than the office of Governor andCommander-in-Chief) shall, unless he resigns or retires or accepts appointment to someother office, continue as from that commencement to hold or to act in the like publicoffice as if he were appointed thereto under this Constitution.
(2) The offices of Chief Secretary and Financial Secretary are abolished.(3) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of this Constitution,
held an office in the public service of thc Protectorate of Somaliland and who does notcontinue as from that commencement to hold a public office shall be entitled to theleave for which, under the terms of service applicable to him immediately before thatcommencement, he is then eligible.
(4) In respect of any period during which a person is on leave under the provisionsof the preceding subsection he shall be regarded as holding office in the service of theGovernment of Somaliland on the same terms of service (including terms relating to anypension, gratuity or other like allowance) as were applicable to him immediately beforethe commencement of this Constitution.
56. Legal proceedings(1) Any proceedings pending or part-heard immediately before the commencement
of this Constitution before the High Court of the Protectorate of Somaliland or anysubordinate Court of the Protectorate may, as from that commencement, be carried onbefore the High Court or the like subordinate Court, as the case may be, established byor under this Constitution as if they had been commenced in that Court.
(2) In any such proceedings as aforesaid to which Her Britannic Majesty in right ofthe Government of the Protectorate of Somaliland or that Government or any person orauthority on behalf of that Government is a party, the Council of Ministers or suchperson or authority on behalf of the Council as the Council may direct shall besubstituted as a party.
(3) Subject to the preceding subsection, any such proceedings as aforesaid may, forthe purposes of being carried on after the commencement of this Constitution, beamended by order of any Judge or magistrate of the Court concerned in such manner asappears necessary or proper in consequence of the provisions of this Constitution.
57. Succession to propertyAny property (including any rights arising from contract, or otherwise) that
immediately before the commencement of this Constitution is vested in Her BritannicMajesty, or in some person or authority on behalf of Her Britannic Majesty, for thepurposes of the Government of the Protectorate of Somaliland or is vested in thatGovernment or in some person or authority on behalf of that Government shall, on thecommencement of this Constitution, vest in the Council of Ministers, or in such personor authority on behalf of the Council of Ministers as the Council may, by orderpublished in the Gazette, direct.
58. Succession to liabilitiesAny liability or obligation, whether arising from contract or otherwise, incurred by
Her Britannic Majesty, or some person or authority on behalf of Her Britannic Majesty,for the purposes of the Government of the Protectorate of Somaliland or by thatGovernment or by some person or authority on behalf of that Government andsubsisting immediately before the commencement of this Constitution shall, on thatcommencement, be a liability or obligation of the Council of Ministers or of such personor authority on behalf of the Council of Ministers as the Council may, by orderpublished in the Gazette, direct.
40. SRI LANKA1
Laws and decrees
(a), CEYLON INDEPENDENCE ACT, 19472, 3
1. Provision for the fully responsible status of Ceylon(1) No act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom passed on or after
the appointed day shall extend, or be deemed to extend, to Ceylon as part of
1 Formerly Ceylon.2 Public General Acts and Measures, 1947, 11, Geo. Chap. 7, p. 1953.3 The provisions of section 3 of this Act are basically similar to those of section 7 of
the Kenya Independence Act 1963 (supra, p. 249).
the law of Ceylon, unless it is expressly declared in that Act that Ceylon hasrequested, and consented to, the enactment thereof.
(2) As from the appointed day His Majesty's Government in the UnitedKingdom shall have no responsibility for the government of Ceylon.
(3) As from the appointed day the provisions of the First Schedule tothis Act shall have effect with respect to the legislative powers of Ceylon.
4. Consequential amendments not affecting the law of Ceylon(1) As from the appointed day, the Acts and Regulations referred to in
the Second Schedule to this Act shall have effect subject to the amendmentsmade by that Schedule, and His Majesty may by Order in Council make suchfurther adaptations in any Act of the Parliament of the United Kingdom ofan earlier session than this Act, or in any instrument having effect under anysuch Act, as appear to him necessary in consequence of section one of thisAct:
Provided that this subsection shall not extend to Ceylon as part of the lawthereof.
(2) Notwithstanding anything in the Interpretation Act, 1889, theexpression "colony" shall not include Ceylon in any Act of the Parliament ofthe United Kingdom passed on or after the appointed day or in any such Actpassed before that day, but in the same session as this Act, to provide for theindependence of Burma as a country not within His Majesty's dominions.
(3) Any Order in Council made under this section may be varied orrevoked by a subsequent Order in Council and, though made after theappointed day, may be made so as to have effect from that day.
(4) Every Order in Council made under this section shall be laid beforeParliament forthwith after it is made, and if either House of Parliamentwithin the period of forty days beginning with the day on which any suchOrder is laid before it resolves that an Address be presented to His Majestypraying that the Order be annulled, no further proceedings shall be takenthereunder and His Majesty in Council may revoke the Order, so, however,that any such resolution or revocation shall be without prejudice to thevalidity of anything previously done under the Order or to the making of anew Order.
In reckoning any such period of forty days as aforesaid, no account shallbe taken of any time during which Parliament is dissolved .or prorogued, orduring which both Houses are adjourned for more than four days.
(5) Notwithstanding anything in subsection (4) of section one of theRules Publication Act, 1893, an Order in Council made under this sectionshall not be deemed to be or to contain a statutory rule to which that sectionapplies.
SCHEDULES1
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules to this Act are basically similar tothose of the corresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra,
-pp. 191-193).
(b) SRI LANKA REPUBLIC ACT 19721, 2
1. Operation of existing law
(3) Notwithstanding anything in subsections (1) and (2) of this section,the provisions set out in Appendix C to Schedule 1 to the Immigration Act1971 (whereby a person becoming a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies by registration may in certain circumstances be required to take anoath of allegiance) shall, when those provisions are brought into operationunder section 35(1) of that Act, have effect in relation to citizens of SriLanka as if subsection (1) of this section had not been enacted.
(4) Where in any enactment of the Parliament of the United Kingdompassed before this Act, or in any Order in Council or other instrument madeby virtue of any such enactment before the passing of this Act, reference ismade to Ceylon by that name, the name "Sri Lanka" shall be substituted forthat name for the purposes of the oepration of that enactment, Order inCouncil or instrument in relation to any time on or after 22nd May 1972.
(5) In accordance with section 3(3) of the West Indies Act 1967, it ishereby declared that this section, in so far as it amends the law relating tonationality or citizenship, extends to all associated states.
(6) This section shall be deemed to have had effect from 22nd May 1972.
41. SWAZILAND
Laws and decrees
(a) SWAZILAND INDEPENDENCE ACT 19683,4
1. Fully responsible status of SwazilandOn 6th September 1968 (in this Act referred to as "the appointed day")
Swaziland shall cease to be a protected state; and on and after that day HerMajesty shall have no jurisdiction over Swaziland.
3. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts(1) The British Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965 shall have effect on and
after the appointed day as if(a) in section 1(3) of the British Nationality Act 1948 (Commonwealth
countries having separate citizenship) there were added at the end the words"and Swaziland", and
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1972, Chap. 55, p. 1567.2 The provisions of section 1 (1) (2) of this Act are basically similar to those of
section 2 (1) (3) of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, p. 130).3 Public GeneralActs and Measures, 1968, Part II, Eliz. II, chap. 56.4 The provisions of sections 3 (2) (3) and 4 of this Act are basically similar to those
of sections 2 (1) (2) (3) and 3 of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (supra, p. 179). Thesame similarity. exists between sections 2 and 5 of the Act in question on the one handand sections 2 and 6 of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 on the other hand (supra,p. 130).
(b) in Article 9(1) of the British Protectorates, Protected States andProtected Persons Order 1965, as amended by the British Protectorates,Protected States and Protected Persons (Amendment) Order 1967, the words"and to Swaziland", and in Schedule 3 to the said Order of 1965, as soamended, the entry relating to Swaziland, were omitted.
(4) Nothing in subsection (1) of this section shall affect the meaning of"protected state" in any law or instrument passed or made before the passingof this Act, not being a law or instrument contained in or made under any ofthe British Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965.
(5) In accordance with section 3(3) of the West Indies Act 1967, it ishereby declared that this and the next following section extend to allassociated states.
6. Provisions as to Orders in Council and other instruments(1) An Order in Council or other instrument made under any Act of
Parliament passed before the appointed day, other than this Act, which variesor revokes a previous Order in Council or instrument in consequence of thechange in status of Swaziland taking effect on the appointed day, and anyOrder in Council under section 5 of this Act, may, if made after theappointed day, be made so as to take effect on the appointed day.
(2) An Order in Council under section 5 of this Act(a) may contain such transitional or other incidental or supplementary
provisions as appear to Her Majesty to be necessary or expedient;(b) may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council; and(c) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either
House of Parliament.7. Interpretation(1) In this Act, and in any amendment made by this Act in any other
enactment, "Swaziland" means the territory which immediately before theappointed day constitutes the Kingdom of Swaziland.
(2) References in this Act to any enactment are references to thatenactment as amended or extended by or under any other enactment.
SCHEDULE'
Amendments not Affecting the Law of Swaziland
(b) THE SWAZILAND INDEPENDENCE ORDER IN COUNCIL 19682, 3
1 The provisions of this schedule are basically similar to those of the second scheduleto the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, p. 191).
2 Statutory Instruments, 1968 (ii), part 2, p. 3838.3 The provisions of sections 5 (1) (2) (6), 6 (1) (3), 8 (2) and 11 of this Order are
basically similar to those of sections 4 (1) (2) (5) (6), 5 (4) (6) and 6 (1) (2) of theBarbados Independence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 120, 121 and 122). The same similarityexists between section 6 (2) of the Order and section 5 (1) of the Malawi IndependenceOrder in Council 1961 (supra, p. 304); section 13 is similar to section 13 (1) (2) of theBotswana Independence Order 1966 (supra, p. 135); sections 14 and 17 are similar tosections 15 (1) (2) and 14 of the Kenya Independence Order in Council 1963 (supra,p. 249).
1. Citation and commencement
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 6thSeptember 1968:
Provided that the King may at any time after 30th August 1968 exerciseany of the powers conferred upon him by section 5(3) of this Order orsection 58 of the Constitution, to such extent as may be necessary orexpedient to enable the Constitution to function from 6th September 1968.
2. Interpretation(1) In this Order"the Constitution" means the Constitution of the Kingdom of Swaziland
set out in the Schedule to this Order;"the existing House of Assembly" means the House of Assembly
established by the existing Orders;"the existing laws" means any Acts of the Parliament of the United
Kingdom, Orders of Her Majesty in Council, any Acts of the Parliament ofSwaziland, proclamations, rules, regulations, orders or other instrumentshaving effect as part of the law of Swaziland at the commencement of thisOrder but does not include any Order revoked by this Order;
"the existing Orders" means the Orders revoked by section 3(1) of thisOrder;
"the existing Senate" means the Senate established by the existingOrders.
(2) The provisions of sections 137 to 144 of the Constitution shall applyfor the purpose of interpreting sections 1 to 19 of this Order and otherwise inrelation thereto as they apply for the purpose of interpreting and in relationto the Constitution.
3. Revocations(1) The Swaziland Constitution Order 1967, the Swaziland Constitution
(Amendment) Order 1967 and the Swaziland Constitution (Amendment)Order 1968 are revoked with effect from the commencement of this Order.
(2) The Emergency Powers Order in Council 1939 and the UnitedKingdom Forces (Jurisdiction of Colonial Courts) Order 1965 and any Orderin Council amending those Orders shall cease to have effect as part of the lawof Swaziland at the commencement of this Order.
(3) The Swaziland (Appeals to Privy Council) Order 1967 is revoked witheffect frorm the commencement of this Order.
4. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution shall come into
effect in Swaziland at the commencement of this Order.
5. Existing laws
(3) The King may, by order published in the Gazette, at any time before6th March 1969 make such amendments to any existing law (other than theSwaziland Independence Act 1968 or this Order) as may appear to him to benecessary or expedient for bringing that law into conformity with theprovisions of this Order or otherwise for giving effect or enabling effect to begiven to those provisions.
(4) An order made under subsection (3) of this section may provide thatany grant, lease or other disposition of minerals and mineral oils subsisting on5th September 1968 shall be deemed, with effect from 6th September 1968,to include such provisions (being provisions which on 5th September 1968attach to that grant, lease or disposition by virtue of any law) as may bespecified in that order.
(5) An order made under this section may be amended or revoked by Actof Parliament or, in relation to any existing law affected thereby, by anyother authority having power to amend, repeal or revoke that existing law.
7. Senate(1) The persons who, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, are members of the existing Senate having been elected as such by theexisting House of Assembly shall be deemed, as from the commencement ofthis Order, to have been elected as Senators in pursuance of section 39 of theConstitution; and the persons who, immediately before the commencementof this Order, are members of the existing Senate having been appointed assuch by the King shall be deemed, as from the commencement of this Order,to have been appointed as Senators in pursuance of section 38 of theConstitution; and those persons shall, subject to the provisions of subsection(3) of this section, hold their seats in the Senate in accordance with theConstitution.
(2) The persons who, immediately before the commencement of thisOrder, are Speaker and Deputy Speaker of the existing Senate shall bedeemed, as from the commencement of this Order, to have been elected asPresident and Deputy President of the Senate, respectively, in pursuance ofsection 47 of the Constitution and shall hold their offices in accordance withthe Constitution.
(3) Any person deemed by subsection (1) of this section to be a memberof the Senate established by the Constitution who is not a citizen ofSwaziland on 6th September 1968 shall not be required until 6th March 1969to vacate his seat in the Senate on the grounds that he is not a citizen ofSwaziland, but he shall vacate his seat on that date if he is not then such acitizen.
8. House of Assembly(1) The persons who, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, are elected members of the existing House of Assembly shall bedeemed, as from the commencement of this Order, to have been elected asmembers of the House of Assembly in pursuance of section 41 of theConstitution; and the persons who, immediately before the commencementof this Order, are nominated members of the existing House of Assemblyshall be deemed, as from the commencement of this Order, to have beennominated as members of the House of Assembly in pursuance of section 42of the Constitution; and those persons shall, subject to the provisions ofsubsection (3) of this section, hold their seats in the House of Assembly inaccordance with the Constitution.
(3) Any person deemed by subsection (1) of this section to be a memberof the House of Assembly established by the Constitution who is not a citizen
of Swaziland on 6th September 1968 shall not be required until 6th March1969 to vacate his seat in the House of Assembly on the grounds that he isnot a citizen of Swaziland, but he shall vacate his seat on that date if he is notthen such a citizen.
9. ConstituenciesUntil such time as it is otherwise provided under section 55 of the
Constitution, the respective boundaries of the constituencies established bythat section shall be those prescribed in the Electoral Provisions Regulations1966 made under section 2 of the Swaziland (Electoral Provisions) Order1966.
10. Oaths of members of ParliamentAny person who, by virtue of the provisions of section 7 or 8 of this
Order, is from the commencement of this Order a member of the Senate or ofthe House of Assembly established by the Constitution shall be deemed tohave taken and subscribed any necessary oath under the Constitution.
15. Remuneration of certain officersUntil such time as a salary and allowances are prescribed by Act of
Parliament, there shall be paid to the holder of any office to which section131 of the Constitution applies a salary and allowances calculated at the samerate as the salary and allowances payable immediately before the commence-ment of this Order to the holder of the office corresponding thereto.
16. Rights, property, etc.For the avoidance of doubt it is hereby declared that the revocation of
the existing Orders shall not affect any right, liability, obligation, property orassets vested in the Government of the Kingdom of Swaziland or any personby virtue of section 89 of the Constitution set out in the Schedule to theSwaziland Constitution Order 1967 or by virtue of section 10a or 10b of thatOrder as inserted by section 2 of the Swaziland Constitution (Amendment)Order 1968.
42. SYRIAN ARAB REPUBLIC'
Trait6s
(a) CONVENTION DE REGLEMENT DES CREANCES ENTRE LA RE-PUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE SYRIENNE. FAITE ADAMAS, LE 7 FEVRIER 19492
Art. jer* - Dhs 'entr~e en vigueur de la pr~sente convention, le Gouver-nement frangais remettra au Conseil sup~rieur des int6rets communssyro-libanais ou h tout autre organisme qui aurait W d6signe i cet effetconjointement par le Gouvernement syrien et le Gouvernement libanais, lessommes et valeurs d6tenues par les autorit6s frangaises pour le compte desint6rdts communs syro4ibanais et d6finies A l'tat annexe A.
1 Formerly Syria.2 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franfaise, 10 mars 1950, p. 2698. Entr6e en
vigueur le 19 octobre 1949. (Renseignement tir6 de Rollet, op. cit., p. 199.)
Ces sommes et valeurs seront remises sous reserve que le Gouvernementsyrien et le Gouvernement libanais donnent quitus de la gestion des comptescorrespondants et substituent vis-h-vis des tiers leurs responsabilit~s k celle duGouvernement franqais.
Art. 2. - La montant des crances de la France sur la Syrie,d~finies h'annexe B, a 6t fix6 d'un commun accord entre les Hautes PartiesContractantes, h la somme globale de 23 200 000 livres syriennes.
Art. 3. - Le r~glement de cette somme aura lieu, d~s 'entr6e en vigueurde la pr~sente Convention, dans les conditions suivantes:
La contrevaleur en francs, calcul6e au cours officiel 4 la date de lasignature de la pr~sente Convention, de la somme indiqu~e A I'article 2ci-dessus, sera imput~e sur la premi~re fraction s'61evant h 3 188 858 850 F,des avoirs syriens en francs de la Banque de Syrie et du Liban qui n'a pas 6t6comprise dans la Convention de liquidation conclue en date de ce jour.
Art. 4. - Apr6s cette imputation, le solde de la premiere fraction desavoirs syriens en francs de la Banque de Syrie et du Liban non comprise dansla Convention de liquidation, sera conserv6 4 un "compte provisoire sp6cial",pour 6tre utilis6 en achats, au cours officiel de la Banque de France, decertaines devises europ6ennes autres que le franc francais.
La proportion et les d6lais dans lesquels la somme inscrite h ce "compteprovisoire special" sera utilisable en devises seront mis au point d'un communaccord entre les parties contractantes, sans que les d~lais puissent exc~derdeux ans A dater de la mise en vigueur de la pr~sente Convention.
Au cas ob, pour une raison quelconque, le Gouvernement syrien d~sireraitutiliser tout ou partie de cette somme dans le cadre de r'accord de payementconclu en date de ce jour, il pourrait effectuer les virements n6cessaires du"compte provisoire sp6cial" au cr6dit du "compte A" de 'accord depayement.
Art. 5. - I1 est formellement entendu que les r~glements pr6vus auxarticles ier et 3 ci-dessus comporteront pour chacune des Hautes PartiesContractantes renonciation h toutes cr6ances qu'elle pourrait avoir h pr6senterA 'autre au sujet de droits et de faits ant6rieurs h la signature de la pr6senteConvention et qui n'y auraient pas W mentionn6es.
Ces renonciations respectives ne prendront effet que par 1'entr6e envigueur de la pr6sente Convention et de la Convention de liquidation conclueen date de ce jour.
La pr6sente Convention et la Convention de liquidation conclue en datede ce jour seront sign6es simultan6ment par les Hautes Parties Contractantes.Elles sont 6tablies en deux exemplaires authentiques, un pour chacune desHautes Parties Contractantes. Elles devront Wtre soumises par ceUes-ci iI'approbation de leurs Parlements respectifs et ratifi6es. Elles entreront envigueur le lendemain de '6change des ratifications qui se fera i Paris.
(b) ACCORD DE PAIEMENT ENTRE LE GOUVERNEMENT DE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LE GOUVERNEMENT DE LA REPU-BLIQUE SYRIENNE. FAIT A DAMAS, LE 7 FEVRIER 19491
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franfaise, 10 mars 1950, p. 2699. Entr6 envigueur le 19 octobre 1949.
Les conditions dans lesquelles pourront etre d6sormais danou6es lestransactions entre la Syrie et les territoires, de la zone franc 6num6r6s dansl'annexe A sont d6finies par les dispositions suivantes :
Art. jer. - Les r~glements de toute nature eriumerts i l'annexe Bdonneront lieu A inscription journali~re de leur montant dans deux comptesen francs franqais que la Banque de Syrie et du Liban ouvrira dans ses6critures et qui seront intitul6s "Accord de payement du 7 f6vrier 1949compte A" et "Accord de payement du 7 f6vrier 1949 compte B". Cescofnptes fonctionneront dans les conditions suivantes:
10 Au cr6dit du compte A seront parties les sommes pr6lev6es sur lecompte de liquidation, en application de 'article 2 de la Convention deliquidation conclue en date de ce jour ainsi que les sommes qui seraientpr6lev~es sur le compte provisoire spbcial en application des dispositions dudernier alin6a de l'article 4 de la Convention de r~glement des cr6ancesconclue en date de ce jour.
20 Au cr6dit du compte B seront port6s les r~glements des territoiresci-dessus vis6s de la zone franc A destination de la Syrie;
30 Les rglements effectu6s de Syrie h destination desdits territoires de lazone'franc seront normalement inscrits au d~bit du compte B.
Toutefois, si le compte B se trouvait d6biteur, ils pourraient, dans lalimite des disponibilit6s du compte A, tre inscrits au d6bit de ce derniercompte, aussi longtemps que le compte B resterait d6biteur.
Le compte A ne pouvant etre d6biteur, la facult6 ci-dessus cesserait dejouer s'il arrivait que les sommes figurant au cr6dit du compte A setrouvassent 6puis6es; les r~glements en question seraient alors effectu6s, entous cas, par le d6bit du compte B.
Art. 2. - Les arrdt6s et la liquidation de ces comptes s'effectueront dansles conditions sp6cifi6es A l'annexe C.
Art. 3. - Les rglements d'engagements conclus en livres syriennes s'effec-tueront sur la base du taux de change cntre le franc et la livre syrienne, telqu'il sera d6termin6 par le rapport des parit6s de ces deux monnaies d6clar6esau Fonds mon~taire international.
Art. 4. - Les op6rations commerciales libell6es en livres syriennes ou enfrancs, d~j& conclues entre les deux pays et non encore liquid6es h la date dela signature du pr6sent accord seront r6gl~es selon la proc6dure fix6e par leditaccord.
Art. 5. - Le pr6sent accord est conclu pour une p6riode de six ans h daterde sa signature. Il sera renouvel6 par tacite reconduction, pour de nouvellesp~riodes de trois ans, 4 moins que l'une des parties ne le d6nonce six mois aumoins avant l'expiration de chaque p6riode.
Art. 6. - Le present accord sera sign6 par les Hautes Parties Contractantesen m~me temps que la Convention de liquidation et la Convention der~glement des cr6ances conclues en date de ce jour.
Art. 7. - Les Hautes Parties Contractantes s'engagent h appliquer lesprincipes posds tant dans le present accord que dans les conventions vis6es Al'article pr~cddent, de la mani~re la plus conforme A 1'esprit g~nral des textesen question.
En particulier, en ce qui concerne la rglementation des 6changescommerciaux entre les deux pays, les plus grandes facilit~s seront accord6es
par la France, en vue de favoriser les exporations, notamment celles qui sontdestinies A 1'6quipement de la Syrie.
Art. 8. - En vue de 'application du pr6sent accord, tous les contactsn6cessaires seront maintenus entre les autorit6s mon~taires des deux paysauxquelles les contrbles des changes et la Banque de Syrie et du Libanfourniront tous les renseignements utiles.
(c) CONVENTION DE LIQUIDATION DES AVOIRS SYRIENS ENFRANCS DE LA BANQUE DE SYRIE ET DU LIBAN ENTRE LAREPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE SYRIENNE. FAITEA DAMAS, LE 7 FEVRIER 19491
Titre jer
Le Gouvemement de la R6publique frangaise, d'une part, et le Gouver-nement de la R6publique syrienne, d'autre part, ont consid6r6 qu'i l'occasiondu r~glement des cr6ances encore en suspens entre les deux Etats il y avaitlieu, en ce qui concernait les avoirs en francs chez la Banque de Syrie et duLiban, d'am6nager 1'accord conclu entre eux le 25 janvier 1944 et d6nonc6par le Gouvernement frangais.
En cons6quence, le Gouvernement frangais, d'une part, et le Gouverne-ment syrien, d'autre part, d6cident de substituer la pr6sente convention auditaccord et en particulier aux dispositions relatives aux avoirs syriens en francsde la Banque de Syrie et du Liban contenues dans le paragraphe IV de lalettre adress&e le 25 janvier 1944 par M. le g6n6ral Catroux h M. le pr6sidentdu conseil des ministres de la R6publique syrienne.
Titre II
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise et le Gouvernement de laR6publique syrienne, constatant que les avoirs d6finis ci-dessus s'61evaient au24 janvier 1968, date accept6e par les deux parties comme date d'applicationde la pr6sente convention, 4 F : 10 203 millions 864 576, d6cident de diviserces avoirs en deux parts :
La premiere s'61evant h F : 3 188 858 850 est liquid6e suivant lesmodalit6s indiqu6es dans la convention de r~glement des cr6ances (art. 3et 4).
La seconde s'61evant A F : 7 015 005 726 fait l'objet des dispositionssuivantes:
Titre III
Art. 1er. - Cette somme de F : 7 015 005 726 est port6e dans les livresde la Banque de Syrie et du Liban k un compte sp6cial dont il est trait6 h1'annexe n* 1.
Pendant un6 p6riode de dix annes h compter du 24 janvier 1948, leGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise et le Gouvernement de la
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique franpaise, 10 mars 1950, p. 2697. Entr6e envigueur le 19 octobre 1949.
R6publique syrienne s'engagent l'un et l'autre, en cas de modification de laparit6 officielle de la livre sterling et du franc, A en compenser imm~diatementles effets sur la contrevaleur en livres sterling du solde que pr6sentera cecompte A la date de la modification consid6r6e.
Les modalit6s de cette compensation sont indiqu6es aux paragraphes10 b) et 20 a) de l'article 2 de 'annexe 1.
La parit6 officielle prise pour base de 'application des dispositions de'alin6a pr6c6dent sera celle r6sultant du rapport des parit6s d6clar6es au fondsmon6taire international.
Art. 2. 7- L'objet de cette convention 6tant, d'autre part, de donner auGouvernement syrien la possibilit6 de proc6der i la liquidation progressive deces avoirs tels qu'ils r6sulteront de l'application de l'article pr6c6dent, il estexpress6ment entendu que le Gouvernement syrien aura le droit de faire, hcompter du 24 janvier 1948, des pr6l vements sur ces avoirs dans lesconditions et jusqu'[ concurrence des sommes indiqu6es h l'annexe II.
Les sommes ainsi pr6lev6es seront utiliskes dans le cadre de l'accord depayement sign6 entre les deux parties en date de ce jour.
Art. 3. - La Banque de Syrie et du Liban assurera mat6riellement1'ex6cution de la convention tant en sa qualit6 d'institut d'6mission de laR6publique syrienne qu'en celle de gestionnaire de l'office des changes syrien.
Tous les contacts n6cessaires seront maintenus entre les autorit6smon6taires des deux pays auxquelles les contr~les des changes et la Banque deSyrie et du Liban fourniront tous les renseignements utiles A l'application dela pr6sente convention.
La pr6sente convention et la convention de r~glement des cr6ancesconclue en date de ce jour seront sign6es simultan6ment par les hautes partiescontractantes. Elles sont 6tablies en deux exemplaires authentiques, un pourchacune des hautes parties contractantes. Elles devront 6tre soumises parcelles-ci A rapprobation de leurs Parlements respectifs et ratifi6es. Ellesentreront en vigueur le lendemain de '6change des ratifications qui se fera AParis.
43. TANGANYIKA'
(i) Laws and decrees
(a) TANGANYIKA INDEPENDENCE ACT 19612, 3
4. Property vested in, and grants to Tanganyika Agricultural Corpo-ration, and loans under Colonial Development and Welfare Act, 1959
1 Currently, a part of the United Republic of Tanzania. See also, Part I, Section III,B, 4.
2 Public General Acts and Measures, 1961, 10 Eliz. 2, chap. 1, p. 1008.3 The provisions of sections 1, 2 (1) (2) (6) and 3 (4) of this Act are basically similar
to those of sections 1, 2 (1) (2) (3) (4) and 4 (4) (6) of the Gambia Independence Act1964 (supra pp. 189 and 190). The same similarity exists between the provisions fsections 2 (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (9) (10) and.3 (1) (2) (3) of the Act in question on the w~ehand and those of sections 3 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) and 4 (1) (2) of the Fiji IndependenceAct 1970 on the other hand (supra, p.179).
(1) The Overseas Resources Development Act, 1954 (which, so far at stillin force, provides for the reservation or disposal of property vested by thatAct in the Tanganyika Agricultural Corporation and for the payment to theSecretary of State of the net proceeds of any such disposal of any suchdisposal) shall cease to have effect.
(2) The Tanganyika Agricultural Corporation Act, 1957 (which au-thorises the Secretary of State to make grants to the Governor of Tanganyikafor the carrying on by the Tanganyika Agricultural Corporation of theundertaking transferred to it by section one of the said Act of 1954) shallhave effect, as from the appointed day, as if for the references to theGovernor there were substituted references to the government of Tanganyika.
(3) If, under any agreement made on or after the appointed day betweenthe governments of Tanganyika and one or more territories which arecolonies within the meaning of the Colonial Development and Welfare Act,1959, an organisation is established for the purpose of providing oradministering services which are common to, or relate to matters of commoninterest to, Tanganyika and that territory or those territories, section two ofthat Act (which authorises the making of loans by the Secretary of State)shall apply in relation to that organisation and the revenues and assets ofTanganyika as it applies in relation to the government of a colony and therevenues and assets of a colony.
SCHEDULES'
(b) TANGANYIKA REPUBLIC ACT 19622, 3
1. Operation of existing law
(2) Her Majesty may by Order in Council make such adaptations in anyAct of the Parliament of the United Kingdom passed before the appointedday, or in any instrument having effect under any such Act, as appear to Hernecessary or expedient in consequence of Tanganyika becoming a Republic;and any such Order may, though made after the appointed day, be made so asto have effect from that day.
(3) Any Order in Council under subsection (2) of this section shall besubject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House ofParliament and may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council.
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar to those of thecorresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, p. 191).
2 Public GeneralActs and Measures, 1962, 11 Eliz. 2, chap. 1, p. 1310.3 The provisions of sections 1 (1) (4) and 2 of this Act are basically similar to those
of sections 2 (1) (3) and 6 of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, p. 130).
(ii) Statements from governmental authorities'
STATEMENT ON THE PUBLIC DEBT
From: The Treasury, Tanganyika, 9th August, 1963
At Independence-9th December, 1961-our public debt stood as shownin the Table at Appendix "A" attached. This is an Appendix to the AnnualFinancial Statements of Tanganyika for the year 1960/61. Public Stock Issuesmay be divided into the Inscribed Stock series raised on the London Marketunder the Colonial Stock Act and the registered stock issues raised locally inEast Africa.
The Annual Financial Statement for the year 1961/62 has not yet beenprinted but this particular Appendix is unchanged except for the normalaccretions to sinking funds and reductions in amounts outstanding whereloans are repaid on an annuity basis and the following alterations:
On the 9th December, 1961, the Investment in Tanganyikan GovernmentSecurities Ordinance 1961, came into operation. This Act replaced theTrustee Investment in Tanganyika Government Securities Ordinance, 1948,and is a measure designed to continue, after independence, the obligations ofthe Government under the conditions on which securities registered underColonial Stock Acts, 1877-1948 were issued before the 9th December, 1961,and to enable future issues to be made on similar condition. Your attention isdrawn to section 6 of the Ordinance which safeguards the holders of existingsecurities against future changes in legislation.
The Loans and Guarantees Act, 1962, gave, inter alia, the Minister forFinance power to raise loans up to £20 million in any one year and to chargethe Principal and Interest to the Consolidated Fund.
Under Section 60 of the Republican Constitution Act (9th December,1962), the Public Debt is secured on the Consolidated Fund and, for thepurposes of this section, public debt includes interest, sinking fund paymentsand management expenses.
As you will appreciate none of the legislation passed since Independenceaffects the legal situation of debts existing at the date of independence otherthan to provide additional safeguards to the lenders.
44. TOGO
Trait6s
(a) CONVENTION D'ETABLISSEMENT ENTRE LA FRANCEET LE TOGO. FAITE A PARIS, LE 10 JUILLET 19632
1 Text reproduced from: The International Law Association, Report of thefifty.fourth Conference, The Hague, 1971, p. 142.
2 Journal Officiel de la R~publique franfaise, 10 juin 1964, p. 4995. Entr6e envigueur le 10 juillet 1963. (Renseignement tir6 de Rollet, op. cit., p. 204.)
D6sireux d'assurer dans un esprit de r6ciprocit6 aux ressortissants dechacun des deux Etats sur le territoire de l'autre Etat le b6n6fice d'un statutparticulier r6pondant l'amiti6 qui unit les deux pays,
Article jer
Les ressortissants de chacune des hautes parties contractantes peuvententrer librement sur le territoire de l'autre partie, y voyager, y 6tablir leurr6sidence et en sortir h tout moment sous r6serve de 'application des lois depolice, de s6curit6 et de sant6 publique.
Article 2
A l'exclusion des droits politiques, les ressortissants de chacune des hautesparties contractantes jouissent, sur le territoire de l'autre partie, des libert6spubliques dans les memes conditions que les ressortissants de cette partie.
Article 3
En ce qui concerne l'ouverture d'un fonds de commerce, ]a cr6ation d'uneexploitation, d'un 6tablissement A caractre industriel, commercial, agricoleou artisanal, l'exercice des activit6s correspondantes et l'exercice des activit6sprofessionnelles salari6es, les ressortissants de chacune des hautes partiescontractantes sont assimil6s aux ressortissants de 'autre partie.
Article 4
Tout ressortissant de l'une des hautes parties contractantes b6n6ficie, surle territoire de l'autre partie, du traitement des ressortissants de cette partiepour tout ce qui concerne l'acc~s aux professions lib6rales et leur exercice.
Toutefois, h titre exceptionnel et temporaire, l'acc~s sur le territoire del'une des deux parties certaines professions lib6rales pourra dtre r6serv6 enpriorit6 aux nationaux de cette partie en vue de permettre leur promotionsociale.
Article 5
Les ressortissants de chacune des hautes parties contract~ntes seront, surle territoire de l'autre partie, repr6sent6s dans les m~mes conditions que lesressortissants de celle-ci aux assembl6es consulaires et aux groupements dedefense des int6r~ts 6conomiques et professionnels.
Article 6
Les ressortissants de chacune des hautes parties contractantes b6n6ficient,sur le territoire de l'autre partie, du meme traitement que les nationaux en cequi concerne la jouissance et l'exercice des droits civils, soit de naturepatrimoniale conform~ment k la legislation en vigueur dans chaque pays, soitde nature personnelle, notamment le droit d'investir des capitaux, d'acqu6rir,de poss6der, de g6rer ou de louer tous biens meubles ou immeubles, droits etint6rts, d'en jouir et d'en disposer.
N6anmoins, le status personnel des Frangais sur le territoire de laR6publique togolaise est r6gi par la loi frangaise, le statut personnel desTogolais sur le territoire de la R6publique frangaise est r6gi par la loitogolaise.
Article 7
Aucune des hautes parties contractantes ne peut prendre vis-i-vis desbiens, droits et int6rets poss6d6s sur son territoire par les personnes physiquesmorales de l'autre partie des mesures arbitraires ou discriminatoires de naturek compromettre ces biens, droits et int6rets, notamment lorsque ceux-cir6sultent d'investissements ou consistent en une participation directe ouindirecte A l'actif d'une soci6t6 ou autre personne morale..
Les biens appartenant aux personnes physiques et morales d'une deshautes parties contractantes sur le territoire de 'autre partie ne peuvent etrel'objet d'une expropriation pour cause d'utilit6 publique ou de nationalisationque sous la condition du paiement d'une juste indemnit6 fix6e au plus tard aumoment de l'expropriation.
Article 8
Les ressortissants de chacune des hautes parties contractantes ont sur leterritoire.de l'autre partie libre et facile acc~s devant les tribunaux i tous lesdegr6s de juridiction tant pour r6clamer que pour d6fendre leurs droits etint6rets. Ils jouissent i cet 6gard des mdmes droits et avantages que lesressortissants de cette derni~re partie.
Article 9
Les ressortissants de chacune des hautes parties contractantes ont lafacult6 d'obtenir, sur le territoire de l'autre partie, des concessions,autorisations et permissions administratives ainsi que de conclure des march6spublics dans les mimes cohditions que les ressortissants de cette derni~repartie.
Article 10
Les ressortissants de chacune des hautes parties contractantes b6n6ficientsur tout le territoire de 'autre partie, de la 16gislation du travail, des loissociales et de s6curit6 sociale dans les memes conditions que les ressortissantsde cette dernire partie.
Un Accord technique pr6cisera les conditions d'application de ladisposition qui pr~c~de en ce qui concerne les prestations de s~curit6 sociale.
Les hautes parties contractantes s'engagent k ne faire aucune discrimi-nation entre leurs ressortissants respectifs en ce qui concerne le b~n~fice desservices et tablissements sociaux et sanitaires.
Article 11
Les ressortissants de l'une des hautes parties contractantes ne seront pasassujettis, sur le territoire de l'autre partie, A des droits, taxes, imp6ts oucontributions, sous quelque d6nomination que ce soit, autres ou plus 6lev6s
que ceux qui seront pergus sur les ressortissants de cette dernire partie; ilsb~n6ficieront notamment, dans les mdmes conditions que les nationaux, desreductions ou exemptions d'imp6ts ou taxes et des d6gr~vements A la base, ycompris les deductions accord6es pour charge de famille.
Les hautes parties contractantes conviendront, en tant que de besoin, desmesures permettant de r6primer l'6vasion fiscale et d'6viter les doublesimpositions.
Article 12
Les ressortissants de chacune des hautes parties contractantes r6sidantsur le territoire de l'autre ne peuvent 6tre expuls~s que s'ils menacent las6curit6 de l'Etat ou ont gravement contrevenu A l'ordre public ou aux bonnesmoeurs.
Dans les cas vis6s au paragraphe ler, la haute partie contractante qui sepropose de prendre une mesure d'expulsion contre un ressortissant de l'autrepartie en avise cette derni~re d~s que la decision est prise par le chef duGouvernement.
En cas d'urgence motiv6e, une mesure d'expulsion assortie d'effetimm~diat peut etre prise. Dans les autres cas, un d6lai suffisant est accord6 Al'int6ress6 pour lui permettre de pourvoir aux mesures n6cessit~es par sond6part.
La haute partie contractante qui proc~de l'expulsion prendra lesmesures appropries par la conservation des biens appartenant la personneexpuls6e.
Article 13
Les soci6t6s civiles et commerciales constitutes conform~ment i la16gislation de L'une des hautes parties contractantes et ayant leur sifge socialsur son territoire sont assimil6es, pour 'application des dispositions de lapr6sente convention, aux personnes physiques de cette partie quant A lajouissance sur le territoire de 'autre partie de tous les droits 6nonc6s a lapr6sente Convention dont une personne morale peut ktre titulaire.
Le droit d'6tablissement des socit6s de transports maritimes et a~riensfera l'objet d'accords sp~ciaux.
Article 14
Sans pr6judice des dispositions de l'article 7 (§ 2), chacune des hautesparties contractantes respectera les droits acquis sur son territoire par lespersonnes physiques et morales ressortissantes de l'autre partie.
Les Frangais 6tablis au Togo et les Togolais 6tablis en France A la dated'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6sente Convention peuvent continuer A exercerlibrement leur profession dans les mdmes conditions que les ressortissants de'Etat de residence.
Article 15
Le b6n6fice des dispositions particulieres de cette Convention, stipuleesen raison des relations etroites existant entre les hautes parties contractantesdans diff6rents domaines, ne peut etre automatiquement 6tendu aux
ressortissants d'un Etat tiers en vertu des clauses g6n6rales des conventionsconclues par l'une des hautes parties contractantes avec cet Etat tiers.
Article 16
Si, A l'avenir, en dehors des arrangements r6gionaux auxquels elle peutadh6rer, l'une des hautes parties contractantes venait i accorder i desressortissants d'un Etat tiers le traitement de la nation la plus favoris6e dans'un des domaines relatifs A l'6tablissement, les ressortissants de l'autre partie
obtiendraient le meme traitement.
Article 17
Chaucune des hautes parties contractantes accordera une consid6rationbienveillante A toute requete que l'autre partie pourra pr6senter concernanttoute question int6ressant l'application de la pr6sente Convention et seprtera A des 6changes de vues h ce sujet.
Les diff6rends 6ventuels entre les hautes parties contractantes relatifsl'interpr6tation ou a l'application de la pr6sente Convention seront r6gl6s parla voie diplomatique. A d6faut, ils seront port6s devant un tribunal arbitral.
Article 18
La pr6sente Convention est applicable aux territoires respectifs de laR6publique franqaise et de la R6publique togolaise.
Article 19
La pr6sente Convention entrera en vigueur i la date de l'6change desinstruments de ratification qui aura lieu A Lom6.
La pr6sente Convention aura une dur6e de dix ans. Elle restera en vigueurapr~s ce terme tant que l'une des hautes parties contractantes n'aura pasnotifi6 par un pr6avis d'un an son intention d'en faire cesser les effets.
(b) PROTOCOLE ANNEXE ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE TOGO RELATIFAUX MAGISTRATS MIS A LA DISPOSITION DE LA REPUBLIQUETOGOLAISE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 10 JUILLET 19631
Article jer
La pr6sente annexe a pour objet de d6terminer, dans le cadre de l'Accordg6n6ral de coop6ration technique en mati~re de personnel, les conditionsparticuli~res de la coop6ration entre la R6publique frangaise et la R6publiquetogolaise en ce qui concerne les magistrats. Les prescriptions de l'accordg6n6ral sont applicables aux magistrats dans la mesure ob il n'y est pas d6rog6par les dispositions de la pr6sente annexe.
1 Journal Officiel de la R~publique fran~aise, 10 juin 1964, p. 5000.
Article 2
La R6publique franqaise s'engage i assurer la formation professionnelledes candidats aux fonctions judiciaires originaires de la Rpublique togolaise.En vue de permettre A celle-ci d'assurer le fonctionnement de ses institutionsjudiciaires, le Gouvernement de la R~publique franqaise s'engage A mettre i sadisposition, dans toute la mesure de ses possibilit~s, les magistrats qui luiseront n~cessaires.
Article 3
Sous reserve des stipulations de la pr~sente annexe, les magistrats mis i ladisposition de la R6publique togolaise continuent e tre r6gis par lesdispositions statutaires qui leur sont propres.
Article 5
Les magistrats mis i la disposition du Gouvernement togolais ne peuvent,sans leur accord, recevoir une nouvelle affectation que pour assurerl'indispensable continuit6 du service, dans le cas d'une d~l~gation i unefonction au moins 6quivalente A celles qu'ils occupent et sur avis conforme dela commission pr~vue A l'article 8.
Articie 6
Lorsqu'I la suite d'une promotion de grade ou d'une nomination i unposte d'un nouveau groupe dans son cadre d'origine le magistrat demandequ'il soit mis fin A sa mise & la disposition, il est fait droit d'office h lademande, si le Gouvernement de la R6publique togolaise ne peut lui confierun poste correspondant A ce nouveau grade, ou i ce nouveau groupe. Dans cecas, le Gouvernement de la R~publique franqaise prend toutes dispositionspour assurer le remplacement de ce magistrat avant son dpart.
Article 7
Sauf s'il s'agit d'un magistrat relevant du statut de la magistraturetogolaise ou qui s'y trouve en position de d~tachement, un magistrat ne peutse voir confier des fonctions judiciaires lui donnant autorit6 sur les magistratsappartenant i un grade sup~rieur au sien dans son cadre d'origine.
Article 8
En mati~re correctionnelle et criminelle, aucune poursuite ne peut treengag6e i rencontre d'un magistrat que sur avis conforme d'une commissioncompos6e de deux magistrats du sifge d6sign~s par le ministre de la justicetogolaise et des deux magistrats franqais mis i la disposition de la R(publiquetogolaise pour occuper les fonctions du siige les plus 61ev~es.
La commission 61it elle-mdme son pr6sident. En cas de partage desvoix, la commission est consid~r6e comme ayant donn6 un avis d~favorableaux poursuites. La commission se r6unit sur convocation du ministre de lajustice togolaise; I'avis de la commission est transmis, le cas 6ch~ant, auparquet competent.
Au cas oii des poursuites sont engag6es, le Gouvernement de laR6publique frangaise est tenu inform6 et le magistrat poursuivi b6n6ficie duprivilege de juridiction pr6vu par la 1dgislation applicable au Togo au momentde l'entr6e en vigueur du pr6sent accord.
(c) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE TOGOLAISE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 10 JUILLET19631
TITRE PRELIMINAIRE
Article jer
La R6publique togolaise d6clare vouloir poursuivre son d6veloppement enassociation avec la R6publique frangaise, tout en b6n6ficiant des possibilit6sd'6changes qui s'offrent A elle dans les autres pays du monde.
Article 2
L'association contractuelle de la R6publique togolaise et de la R6publiquefrangaise proc~de de deux principes fondamentaux :
Chaque Etat d6tient l'int6gralit6 des pouvoirs 6conomiques, mon6taires etfinanciers reconnus aux Etats souverains;
Les parties se consulteront en vue de coordonner leurs politiques6conomique, mon6taire et financi6re externes entre elles et avec les autresEtats de la zone franc de fagon A s'entraider r6ciproquement et A promouvoirle d6veloppement 6conomique le plus rapide possible de chacun d'eux.
Article 3
La R6publique frangaise continuera A apporter une aide mat6rielle ettechnique en vue d'atteindre les objectifs de progr~s 6conomique et social quela R6publique togolaise s'est fix6s.
TITRE II. - DE LA MONNAIE
Article 10
Il appartient A la R6publique togolaise, en tant qu'Etat souverain, dechoisir son r6gime mon6taire.
Article 11
La R6publique togolaise et la R6publique frangaise d6clarent maintenir lalibert6 des transferts de fonds entre les deux pays.
1 Journal Officiel de la Ripublique fran~aise, 10 juin 1964, p. 5000. Entr6 envigueur le 8 f~vrier 1964.
Article 12
La R6publique togolaise et la R6publique frangaise conviennent d'ap-pliquer les dispositions du pr6sent titre dans le cadre d'une coop6rationmon6taire au sein de la zone franc. Les modalit6s de cette coop6ration sontd~termin6es bilat6ralement ou multilat6ralement, en tant que de besoin, entreles parties int6resskes, compte tenu du r6gime mon6taire choisi par laR6publique togolaise.
TITRE Ill. - DE LA PARTICIPATION FRANCAISE
AU DEVELOPPEMENT DU TOGO
Article 13
Compte tenu des dispositions qui pr6c~dent, la R6publique frangaisepourra, & la demande de la R6publique togolaise, apporter une aide, .soitdirectement, soit par l'interm6diaire d'organismes sp6cialis6s, i la r6alisa-tion de certaines tAches ayant pour objet le d6veloppement 6conomique etsocial de la R6publique togolaise.
Cette aide pourra consister, notamment, dans l'envoi d'experts ou depersonnels d'assistance technique, dans la fourniture de mat6riels oumat6riaux, la r6alisation de travaux, dans la participation - sous quelqueforme que ce soit - au financement d'op6rations ou groupes d'op6rationsinscrites au plan de d6veloppement 6conomique et social de la R6publiquetogolaise.
Les modalit6s de cette aide feront l'objet de conventions appropri6es.
Article 14
Lorsqu'il s'agira de projets dormant lieu A un concours financier frangais,et dans la limite de ce concours, les materiels, mat~riaux ou fournituresintroduits ou acquis au Togo par la R6publique togolaise ou toute autrepersonne physique ou morale r6alisant ou prenant part h la r6alisation de toutprojet entrepris en execution du pr6sent accord devront atre, sauf d6rogationsconvenues d'un commun accord, originaires et en provenance de la zonefranc.
La partie de ces concours financiers affect6e k des 6tudes ou & 'ex~cutionde travaux donnera lieu & des march6s r~serv~s aux entreprises togolaises oufrangaises dans les conditions d~termin~es par les conventions pr6vues i'article 13, alin~a 3.
Article 15
En ce qui concerne les perceptions effectu6es par les services douaniers etfiscaux, le Gouvernement de la R6publique togolaise fera b6n6ficier les biensvis6s aux articles 13 et 14 ci-dessus, import6s pour l'ex~cution des op6rationspr6vues au present accord, du r6gime de la nation la plus favoris~e, sansprejudice des dispositions de l'article 1er ci-dessus.
Les mat6riels import6s pour la r~alisation de ces operations b~n~ficieront,s'ils sont destines A 6tre r~export~s, du regime de Ladmission temporaire,conform~ment k la r~glementation en vigueur au Togo.
Article 16
Les ressortissants frangais charg6s d'6tudier et d'ex6cuter les op6rationsfinanckes sur fonds franqais b6n6ficieront des garanties accord6es auxpersonnels frangais de l'assistance technique mis h la disposition de laR6publique togolaise en vertu de l'Accord g6n6ral de coop6ration techniquefranco-togolais, sans pr6judice des conventions pr6vues l'article 13, alin6a 3.
Article 17
Les investissements frangais r6alis6s dans le cadre du plan togolais ded6veloppement b6n6ficieront des avantages et garanties accord6s par lal6gislation togolaise aux entreprises conventionn6es.
Dans le cas oii cette l6gislation viendrait A tre modifi6e, les droits acquisseraient en tout 6tat de cause respect6s.
TITRE IV. - DISPOSITIONS DIVERSES
Article 18
Sans pr6judice des dispositions de la Convention d'6tablissement, lesressortissants, fondations, associations et soci6t6s de chacune des partiescontractantes b6n6ficieront sur le territoire de l'autre partie, pour lesinvestissements ainsi que les biens, droits et int6r6ts leur appartenant, dutraitement accord6 aux ressortissants, fondations, associations et soci6t~s dela nation la plus favoris6e.
Les droits qu'ils auront acquis en application de la l6gislation de l'autrepartie seront en tout tat de cause sauvegard6s.
Article 19
La R6publique frangaise et la R6publique togolaise assurent le libretransfert du capital, des dividendes, redevances et revenus des investissements,ainsi que du produit de la liquidation, en cas de liquidation totale ou partielle.
Article 20
Les relations entre le Tr6sor franqais et le Tr6sor togolais sont r6gies parune convention en date de ce jour.
Article 21
La R6publique togolaise participe, en tant que de besoin, A tousorganismes communs aux Etats de la zone franc, ainsi qu'a toute formationmultilat6rale de caract~re 6conomique et financier groupant ces Etats.
Article 22
En vue de faciliter l'application du pr6sent Accord et d'en suivrer'ex6cution, les deux parties conviennent d'organiser, conform6ment auxusages internationaux, des rencontres p6riodiques entre d6l6gu6s frangais ettogolais au sein d'une commission paritaire cr66e A cet effet.
Cette commission se r6unit au moins deux fois par an, en principealternativement A Paris et i Loe6, et, en tant que de besoin, & la demande del'une ou l'autre des parties.
(d) PROTOCOLE DE REGLEMENT IMMOBILIER ENTRE LE GOUVER-NEMENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LE GOUVERNE-MENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE TOGOLAISE, AVEC ANNEXE ETECHANGE DE LETTRES. FAIT A LOME, LE 30 AVRIL 19681
soucieux de mettre en oeuvre les moyens n~cessaires h la bonne applicationdes conventions et accords du 10 juillet 1963,
ont r6solu de proc~der h un rglement immobilier entre les deux Etats.
Art. l e r. - La R6publique frangaise transf~re h la R6publique togolaise lapleine propri6t6 des immeubles suivants:
Art. 2. - La R6publique frangaise renonce au droit de superificie qui luiavait 6t6 c~d6 par la convention des 25 mars-17 avril 1952 sur les terrainsconstituant 'emprise de l'a6rodrome de Lom6 ainsi que sur les bitimentsexistants dans l'enceinte de cet a6rodrome, tels qu'ils sont 6numh6s i la listeannex6e A la pr6sente convention.
A compter de la mise en vigueur du pr6sent accord, la R6publiquetogolaise assurera la responsabilit6 'pleine et enti~re du fonctionnement(personnel et mat6riel) et de l'6quipement de l'a6rodrome de Lom6.
Toutefois, les dispositions qui prkc~dent ne modifient pas les conditionsd'utilisation par l'Agence pour la s6curit6 a6rienne des logements etinstallations mentionn6s i ralin6a 1 du pr6sent article.
Art. 3. - La R6publique togolaise donne A bail emphyt6otique pour unedur6e de trente-trois ans renouvelable k la R6publique frangaise, moyennantun loyer A d6terminer d'un commun accord, les immeublas situ~s i Lomd,dont la d6signation suit :
Art. 4. - La R6publique togolaise reconnaft A l'Etat frangais le droit desuperficie comprenant, outre la possession des constructions, ouvrages etplantations existants, le droit d'en 6tablir de nouveaux sur les terrainsd6sign6s ci-aprts :
Art. 5. - La liste des organismes de droit public franqais dont les bienssont propri6t6 priv6e est 6tablie comme suit :
Art. 6. - Les deux Etats conviennent que les attributions d'immeubles, enpropri6t6 ou en jouissance, pr6vues par le pr6sent accord interviendront dansl'6tat oii se trouvent lesdits immeubles au moment ott s'effectueront lesoprations consid6r6es.
1 Journal Officil de la Ripublique frangaise, 20 juin 1969, p. 6228.
Art. 7. - Ces op6rations ne donneront ouverture A aucun droit ou taxe.Art. 8. - Chacune des deux Parties contractantes notifiera i l'autre
l'accomplissement des proc6dures constitutionnelles requises pour la mise envigueur du pr6sent protocole, qui prendra effet i la date de la derni~renotification.
45. TONGA
Laws and decrees
TONGA ACT 19701, 2
1. Operation of existing law(1) The following provisions of this section shill have effect on and after
4th June 1970 (the date on which Tonga ceases to be a protected state andbecomes an independent State within the Commonwealth); and that day is inthe following provisions of this Act referred to as the appointed day.
2. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts(1) The British Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965 shall have effect on and
after the appointed day as if(a) in section 1(3) of the British Nationality Act 1948 (Commonwealth
countries having separate citizenship) there were added at the end the words"and Tonga"; and
(b) in Schedule 2 to the British Protectorates, Protected States andProtected Persons Order 1969 the entry relating to Tonga were omitted
(2) Nothing in subsection (1) of this section shall affect the meaning of"protected state" in any law or instrument passed or made before the passingof this Act, not being a law or instrument contained in or made under any ofthe British Nationality Acts 1948 to 1965.
(3) In accordance with section 3(3) of the West Indies Act 1967, it ishereby declared that this section extends to all associated states.
SCHEDULE
AMENDMENTS NOT AFFECTING THE LA W OF TONGA
Part I. Extension of certain enactments aplilicable to Common-wealth countries having fully responsible status3
1 Public GeneralActs and Measures, 1970, Eliz. II, Part I, chap. 22, p. 884.2 The provisions of section 1 (2) (3) (4) of this Act are basically similar to those of
section 2 of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, p. 130). The same similarityexists between section 3 of the Act and section 5 (1) of the Zanzibar Act 1963 (infra,p. 475).
3 The provisions of Part I of this schedule are basically similar to those of thesecond schedule to the Gambia Independence Act 1964, (supra, p. 191).
Part II. Exceptions from section 1(2)
9. Section 1(2) of this Act shall not apply(a) to the Army Act 1955, the Air Force Act 1955 or the Naval
Discipline Act 1957, or(b) to the Fugitive Offenders Act 1967.10. Notwithstanding'anything in section 1(2) of this Act, the Colonial
Development and Welfare Act 1959 shall not apply in relation to Tonga as ifit were a colony within the meaning of that Act.
46. TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
(i) Laws and decrees
(a) TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO INDEPENDENCE ACT 19621,2
2. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts
(2) Subject to the following provisions of this section, any person whoimmediately before the appointed day is a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies shall on that day cease to be such a citizen if
(a) under the law of Trinidad and Tobago he becomes on that day acitizen of Trinidad and Tobago, and
(b) he, his father or his father's father was born in Trinidad and Tobago.
(6) Subsection (2) of section six of the British Nationality Act, 1948(which provides for the registration as a citizen of the United Kingdom andColonies of a woman who has been married to such a citizen) shall not applyto a woman by virtue of her marriage to a person who ceases to be such acitizen under subsection (2) of this section, or who would have done so ifliving on the appointed day.
(9) The protectorates of Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland shall beexcepted from the operation of any reference in subsection (4) or subsec-tion (8) of this section to a protectorate.
3. Consequential modification of other enactments
(3) For the purposes of the making, on or after the appointed day, ofOrders in Council under the West Indies Act, 1962, and for the purposes of
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 1962, 10 and 11 Eliz. 2, Chap. 54, p. 1169.2 The provisions of sections 1, 2 (1) (3) (4) (5) (7) (8) (10), 3 (1) (2) of this Act are
basically similar to those of sections 1, 2 (1), 3 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) and 4 (1) (2) of theFiji Independence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 178, 179, 180 and 181). The same similarityexists between sections 3 (4) (5) of the Act and section 4 (4) (5) (6) of the GambiaIndependence Act 1964 (supra, p. 190).
the making on or after that day of grants under section eight of that Act,Trinidad and Tobago shall be treated as not being a colony within themeaning of that Act.
4. Interpretation(1) In this Act, and in any amendment made by this Act in any other
enactment, "Trinidad and Tobago" means the Island of Trinidad, the Islandof Tobago and any territories which at the passing of this Act aredependencies of the Colony of Trinidad and Tobago.
(2) References in this Act to any enactment are references to thatenactment as amended or extended by or under any other enactment.
SCHEI. DU LES'
(b) THE TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO CONSTITUTIONORDER IN COUNCIL 19622, 3
1. Citation, commencement and interpretation
(2) Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of section 3 of this Order,this Order shall come into operation immediately before the 31st August1962 (in this Order referred to as "the commencement of this Order"):
Provided that where by or under this Order the Governor-General haspower to make any appointment, to make any order or to do any other thingfor the purposes of this Order that power may be exercised by the Governorof the Colony of Trinidad and Tobago at any time after the 25th August1962 to such extent as may, in his opinion, be necessary or expedient toenable the Constitution established by this Order to function as from the 31stAugust 1962.
2. Revocations and amendments(1) The Trinidad and Tobago (Constitution) Order in Council, 1961
(hereinafter referred to as "the existing Order") is revoked.(2) Article 2 (1) of the British Caribbean Court of Appeal Order in
Council 1962 is amended by the deletion of sub-paragraph (n) of thedefinition of "the Territories".
1 The provisions of the first and second schedules are basically similar to those of thecorresponding schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, pp. 191-193).
2 Statutory Instruments, 1962, Part 11, No. 1875, p. 2239.3 The provisions of sections 4, 5, 6 (2) (5) (6) (8) (9) (10) and 7 of this Order are
basically similar to those of sections 4, 9 (1), 5 (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (7) and 6 of theBarbados Independence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 120, 121, 122 and 123). The samesimilarity exists between the provisions of section 6 (1) of the Order and those ofsection 6 (1) of the Jamaica (Constitution) Order in Council 1962 (supra, p. 243).
(3) (a) Article 2 (1) of the West Indies (Dissolution and InterimCommissioner) Order in Council 1962 is amended by the deletion ofsub-paragraph (k) of the definition of "the Territories".
(b) The provisions of section 4 of this Order shall apply in relation toarticle 15 (1) (4) and (5) of the West Indies (Dissolution and InterimCommissioner) Order in Council 1962 but shall not apply in relation to anyother, provision of that Order; but nothing in this Order shall prejudice theoperation of that section in relation to any law that by virtue of theprovisions of article 16 of the West Indies (Dissolution and InterimCommissioner) Order in Council 1962 was in force as part of the law of theColony of Trinidad and Tobago immediately before the commencement ofthis Order.
3. Establishment of Constitution(1") Subject to the provisions of subsection (2) of this section and the
other provisions of this Order, the Constitution shall come into force inTrinidad and Tobago at the commencement of this Order.
(2) This subsection and the following provisions of the Constitution(a) section 66,(b) section 73 to such extent only as to enable the Judges of the Court of
Appeal to be appointed before the 31st August 1962,(c) sections 78 and 79, and(d) section 83,
shall come into force in Trinidad and Tobago on the 26th August 1962:Provided that in relation, to any period prior to the 31st August 1962
references in these provisions of the Constitution(a) to the Governor-General and the Prime Minister shall be construed as
references to the Governor and Premier respectively of the Colony ofTrinidad and Tobago;
(b) to Parliament and to the House of Representatives shall be construedas references to the Legislature and the House of Representatives constitutedunder the existing Order;
(c) to a Judge of the High Court shall be construed as references to aJudge of the Supreme Court holding office under the existing Order; and
(d) to the Chairman of the Public Service Commission shall be construedas references to the Chairman of the Public Service Commission establishedunder the existing Order.
6. Senate and House of Representatives
(3) Nothing in this section shall affect the rights of the Prime Minister orthe Leader of the Opposition to advise the Governor-General to fill anyvacancies in the Senate which exist as from the commencement of this Order.
(4) A Senator to whom the provisions of subsection (2) of this sectionapply shall not vacate his seat by reason only. of his not being a citizen ofTrinidad and Tobago if he is entitled, under the provisions of subsection (1)of section 10 or subsection (I) of section 11 of the Constitution, to beregistered as such a citizen and is in fact so registered within six months ofthe commencement of this Order.
(7) A member of the House of Representatives to whom the provisionsof subsection (6) of this section apply shall not vacate his seat by reason onlyof his not being a citizen of Trinidad and Tobago if he is entitled under theprovisions of subsection (1) of section 10 or subsection (1) of section 11 ofthe Constitution to be registered as such a citizen and is in fact so registeredwithin six months of the commencement of this Order.
8. Supreme Court and Judges(1) The Supreme Court in existence immediately before the commence-
ment of this Order shall, as from the commencement of this Order, be theHigh Court for the purposes of the Constitution and the Judges of theSupreme Court, other than the Chief Justice, holding office immediatelybefore that time shall, as from that time, continue to hold offices as if theyhad been appointed thereto under the provisions of Chapter VI of theConstitution.
(2) Until other provision is made under section 89 of the Constitution,the salaries and allowances of the Judges of the High Court shall be thesalaries and allowances to which, immediately before the commencement ofthis Order, the Judges of the Supreme Court were entitled.
9. Pending appeals(1) Any proceedings pending immediately before the commencement of
this Order on appeal from the Supreme Court to the British Caribbean Courtof Appeal may be continued after the commencement of this Order beforethe Court of Appeal established by the Constitution.
(2) Any judgment of the Supreme Court of the Federation of The WestIndies or of the British Caribbean Court of Appeal in an appeal from a courtof the Colony of Trinidad and Tobago given, but not satisfied, before thecommencement of this Order, may be enforced after the commencement ofthis Order as if it were a judgment of the Court of Appeal established by theConstitution.
13. Special powers relating to functions of CommissionsThe Governor-General may by order at any time within twelve months
after the commencement of this Order make provision for the definition andtrial of offences connected with the functions of any Commission establishedby the Constitution and the imposition of penalties for such offences.
14. Transitional provisions for certain officers(1) Any person who, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, holds any office established by or under the existing Order and whodoes not, as from the date of such commencement, hold any public officeshall be entitled to the leave beginning with the commencement of this Order,for which under the terms of service applicable to him immediately beforethe commencement of this Order, he was then eligible:
Provided that if any such person holds, or is acting in, as from thecommencement of this Order, any office established by or under theConstitution, the leave to which he is entitled under tfiis section shall beginwhen he relinquishes that office.
(2) When any person is on leave under the provisions of subsection (1) ofthis section, he shall be regarded as still in the office which he heldimmediately before the commencement of this Order.
SI CONI) SCIIIDULE
TIlE CONSTITUTION OF TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO'
Chapter II. Citizenship
10. Persons entitled to be registered as citizens(1) Every person who on the 1st January 1962 was a citizen of the
United Kingdom and Colonies or a British protected person and was on thatday ordinarily resident in Trinidad and Tobago, and is not a person who hasceased to be a citizen of Trinidad and Tobago under the provisions of section14 of this Constitution shall be entitled, upon making application before the1st January 1967 in such manner as may be prescribed, to be registered as acitizen of Trinidad and Tobago:
(4) Any woman who before the 31st August 1962 had been married to aperson who becomes, or would but for his death have become, entitled to beregistered as a citizen of Trinidad and Tobago under subsection (1) of thissection, but whose marriage had been terminated by death or dissolution ofmarriage, shall be entitled, upon making application before the 31st August1964 in such manner as may be prescribed and, if she is a British protectedperson or an alien, upon taking the oath of allegiance, to be registered as acitizen of Trinidad and Tobago.
(5) The provisions of this section shall be without prejudice to theprovisions of section 9 of this Constitution.
I The provisions of sections 9, 10 (2) (3), 11, 12 (2), 13 (1), 15, 17 and 18 of theConstitution of Trinidad and Tobago are basically similar to those of sections 2 (1) (2)(3), 3 (1) (3), 5, 6, 8, 9 and 10 of the Constitution of Barbados (supra, pp. 124, 125 and126). The same similarity exists between section 17 of the Constitution in question andsection 27 (1) (2) (3) of the Constitution of Botswana (supra, p. 139), and betwceen itssection 16 and section 10 of the Constitution of Jamaica (supra, p. 247).
(ii) Statements from governmental authorities
STATEMENT ON THE PUBLIC DEBT'
From: The Treasury, Trinidad and Tobago, 2nd September, 1963
The public debt of the Territory of Trinidad and Tobago at the date ofIndependence on 31st August, 1962, consisted of the following:
Inscribed stock (Colonial Stock Act 1877) ........ £12.6m.World Bank Loan ($23.5m. U.S.) .............. $1.5m. U.S. (disbursed)Colonial Development and Welfare Act .......... NilLocal Debs. and others ..................... $47m. W.I.
There was no legislation passed after independence which might affect thelegal situation of debts existing at the date of Independence.
47. TUNISIA
Trait6s
PROTOCOLE D'ACCORD ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA TUNISIE.SIGNE A PARIS, LE 20 MARS 19562
Le 3 juin 1955, i la suite de libres n6gociations qui 6taient intervenuesentre leurs d616gations, le Gouvernement frangais et le Gouvernement tunisienconvenaient de reconnaftre A la Tunisie le plein exercice de la souverainet6interne. Is manifestaient ainsi leur volont6 de permettre au peuple tunisiend'atteindre son plein 6panouissement et d'assumer par 6tapes le contr6le deson destin. '
Les deux Gouvemements reconnaissent que le d6veloppement harmo-nieux et pacifique des rapports franco-tunisiens r6pond aux imp6ratifs dumonde moderne. Ils constatent avec satisfaction que cette 6volution permetl'accession A la complete souverainet6 sans souffrances pour le peuple et sansheurts pour l'Etat. Ils affirment leur conviction qu'en fondant leurs rapportssur le respect mutuel et entier de leurs souverainet6s, dans l'ind6pendance etl'6galit6 des deux Etats, la France et la Tunisie renforcent la solidarit6 qui lesunit, pour le plus grand bien des deux pays.
A la suite de la d6claration d'investiture du Pr6sident du Conseil franqais,et de la r6ponse de Son Altesse le Bey, r6affirmant leur commune volont6 depromouvoir leurs relations dans le m6me esprit de paix et d'amiti6, les deuxGouvernements ont ouvert des n6gociations A Paris, le 27 f6vrier.
En cons6quence :La France reconnaft solennellement l'ind6pendance de la Tunisie.I1 en d6coule :a) que le Trait6 conclu entre la France et la Tunisie le 12 mai 1881 ne
peut plus r6gir les rapports franco-tunisiens;
1 Text reproduced from: the International Law Association, Report of theFifty-fourth Conference, The Hague, 1971, p. 131.
2 La documentation francaise, articles et documents, 22 mars 1956, n0 0335, p. 1.
b) que celles des dispositions des Conventions du 3 juin 1955 qui seraienten contradiction avec le nouveau statut de la Tunisie, Etat ind6pendant etsoqverain, seront modifi6es ou abrog6es.
WIen d6coule 6galementc) 1'exercice par la Tunisie de ses responsabilit6s en mati6re d'affaires
ext6rieures, de s6curit6 et de d6fense ainsi que la constitution d'une arm6enationale tunisienne.
Dans le respect de leurs souverainet6s, la France et la Tunisie conviennentde d6finir ou complter les modalit6s d'une interd6pendance librementr6alis6e entre les deux pays, en organisant leur coop6ration dans les domainesou leurs int6rets sont communs, notamment en mati~re de d6fense et derelations ext6rieures.
Les accords entre la France et la Tunisie 6tabliront les modalit6s duconcours que la France apportera A la Tunisie dans 1'6dification de l'arm~enationale tunisienne.
Les n6gociations reprendront le 16 avril 1956 en vue de conclure, dansdes d6lais aussi brefs que possible et conform6ment aux principes pos6s dansle pr6sent Protocole, les actes n6cessaires A leur mise en oeuvre.
48. UGANDA
(i) Laws and Decrees
(a) UGANDA INDEPENDENCE ACT 19621, 2
1. Provision for fully responsible status of Uganda(1) On the ninth day of October, nineteen hundred and sixty-two (in this
Act referred to as "the appointed day"), the territories which at the passingof this Act are comprised in the Uganda Protectorate (that is to say, all thoseterritories which, whether designated as kingdoms, districts or otherwise, arespecified in section one of the Constitution set out in the Second Schedule tothe existing Constitution Order, and whose boundaries are as mentioned insection two of that Constitution) shall together form part of Her Majesty'sdominions under the name of Uganda; and as from the appointed day HerMajesty's Government in the United Kingdom shall have no responsibility forthe government of Uganda or any part thereof.
(3) The agreements which, in the Second Schedule to this Act, arespecified by their titles as mentioned in that Schedule, and any agreement(whether made before or after the passing of this Act) whereby any of thoseagreements is varied or superseded, shall cease to have effect as from theappointed day.
1 Public General Acts and Measures, 10 and 11 Eliz. 2, Chap. 57, p. 1182.2 The provisions of sections 1 (2), 2 (2) to (8) (10) and 3 (1) (2) of this Act are
basically similar to those of sections 1 (2), 2 (2) (3), 3 (1) to (6) and 4 (1) (2) of the FijiIndependence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 179 and 180). The same basic similarity existsbetween sections 1 (4) and 3 (4) (5) of the Act and sections 1 (3) and 4 (4) (5) (6) of theGambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, p. 189); section 2 (1) is similar to section 2 ofthe Ghana Independence Act 1957 (supra, p. 194).
2. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts
(9) The protectorates of Northern Rhodesia and Nyasaland shall beexcepted from the operation of any reference in subsection (4) or subsec-tion (8) of this section to a protectorate.
4. East African Common Services Organization(1) For the purposes of the making of loans to the East African Common
Services Organisation, and in relation to loans made at any time to thatorganisation, section two of the Colonial Development and Welfare Act, 1959(which authorises the making of loans by the Secretary of State) shall haveeffect on and after the appointed day as if Uganda had not ceased to be acolony within the meaning of that Act.
(2) In this section "the East African Common Services Organisation"means the organisation established under that name by an agreement made onthe ninth day of December, nineteen hundred and sixty-one, between theGovernments of Tanganyika, Kenya and Uganda.
SCHEDULFSt
(b) THE UGANDA (INDEPENDENCE) ORDER IN COUNCIL 19622, 3
1. Citation and commencement
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 9th October1962:
Provided that where the Governor-General has power by or under thisOrder to make any appointment, or make any order or to do any other thingfor the purposes of this Order, that power may be exercised by the Governorand Commander-in-Chief of Uganda at any time after 2nd October 1962 tosuch extent as may, in his opinion, be necessary or expedient to enable theConstitution of Uganda established by this Order to function as from 9thOctober 1962.
1 The provisions of the first and third schedules are basically similar to those of thefirst and second schedules to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, pp. 191-193).
2 Statutory Instruments, 1962, part I11, No. 2175, p. 2745.3 The provisions of section 4 (1) to (4) of this Order are basically similar to those of
section 4 (1) (2) (3) (5) of the Barbados Independence Order 1966 (supra, pp. 120 and121). The same similarity exists between sections 4 (5) and 5 (1) (c) of the Order on onehand and sections 4 (6) and 8 (8) of the Botswana Independence Order 1966 on theother hand (supra, pp. 133 and 135). Sections 5 (1) (a) and 6 (1) of the Order are similarto sections 5 (1) (a) and 10 of the Malawi Independence Order in Council 1964 (supra,p. 305); section 5 (2) of the Order is similar to section 17 (3) (b) of the Jamaica(Constitution) Order in Council, 1962 (supra, p. 245); section 27 is similar to section 14of the Kenya Independence Order in Council 1963 (supra, pp. 251-252).
2. RevocationsSections 2, 3 (1), 3 (2), 7, 13, 14, 15 (2), 16 and 23A of the Uganda
Order in Council 1902(b) and the whole of the Uganda (Constitution) Orderin Council 1962(c) and of the Uganda (Constitution) (Amendment) Order inCouncil 1962(d) are revoked.
3. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order, the Constitution of Uganda set
out in the Schedule to this Order shall come into effect in Uganda at thecommencement of this Order:
Provided that section 24 (8) of the Constitution of Uganda shall comeinto effect on 9th October 1964 and section 107 of the Constitution ofUganda shall come into effect on 1st July 1963.
6. Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to 1961
(2) References in the Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to 1961to the Governor shall, in so far as those Orders form part of the law ofUganda, be construed as from the commencement of this Order as referencesto the Governor-General of Uganda.
(3) Until the Emergency Powers Orders in Council 1939 to 1961 cease tohave effect as part of the law of Uganda regulations made under those Ordersshall, for the purposes of section 30 (5) of the Constitution of Uganda, bedeemed to be made under an Act of Parliament.
18. Appeals(1) Until Parliament otherwise provides. Her Majesty's Court of Appeal
for Eastern Africa shall be the court of appeal for Uganda and, for thepurposes of the Constitution of Uganda, shall be deemed to have beenestablished under section 96 (2) (a) of that Constitution.
(2) Until it is otherwise provided by Parliament the court of appeal shallpossess the same jurisdiction and powers in connection with appeals fromcourts in Uganda, and shall observe the same rules of procedure in connectionwith those appeals, as were respectively possessed and observed by HerMajesty's Court of Appeal for Eastern Africa immediately before thecommencement of this Order.
(3) Until Parliament otherwise provides appeals shall lie from the courtof appeal to Her Majesty in Council (in addition to appeals which lie underthe proviso to section 96 (1) of the Constitution of Uganda) in such cases as,immediately before the commencement of this Order, appeals lay from HerMajesty's Court of Appeal for Eastern Africa to Her Majesty in Council inproceedings or matters originating in the courts of Uganda, and upon thesame conditions and in accordance with the same procedure as was thenapplicable to those appeals.
(4) References in section 95 and 96 (1) of the Constitution of Uganda toany question as to the interpretation of the Constitution of Uganda shall beconstrued as including references to any question as to the interpretation ofthis Order.
19. Financial provision for Buganda(1) The Government of Uganda shall, in respect of the period between
1st October 1962 and 30th June 1963, pay to the Kabaka's Government acontribution towards the cost of services administered by the Kabaka'sGovernment in pursuance of arrangements entered into under section 79 ofthe Constitution of Uganda or referred to in section 14 (1) of this Order ofsuch amount as the Government of Uganda, after consultation with theKabaka's Government, may determine, which amount shall not be less than£75,000 in respect of each month:
Provided that any payment so made may include sums equal to
(3) The amounts required for the making of payments under this sectionshall be a charge on the Consolidated Fund.
21. Forests(1) The forests transferred to the Buganda Land Board in pursuance of
article 20 of the Buganda Agreement 1961 shall be administered andcontrolled on behalf of the Board by the Government of Uganda from thecommencement of this Order until such date as may be agreed between theGovernment of Uganda and the Kabaka's Government and, while thoseforests are being so administered and controlled, the cost of the administra-tion of those forests, and the profits derived therefrom, shall be dividedbetween those governments in such manner as they may agree.
(2) The forests transferred to the Land Board of a Federal State (otherthan the Kingdom of Buganda) or of a District under the Public LandsOrdinance 1962(a) shall, until such time as it appears to the Government ofUganda that the Federal State or the District has adequate staff and resourcesto administer them, be administered and controlled by the Government ofUganda and, while those forests are being so administered and controlled, thecost of administering those forests, and the profits derived therefrom, shall bedivided between those governments in such manner as they may agree.
22. Protection of certain urban authority leasesThe rights and interests vested by or under section 15 of the Public Lands
Ordinance 1962, as in force at the commencement of this Order, in any urbanauthority as defined by that Ordinance shall not be compulsorily acquired orcompulsorily taken possession of.
23. Mailo land tenureThe continuance of the system of mailo land tenure in force in the
Kingdom of Buganda immediately before the commencement of this Ordershall not be affected by reason only that the Buganda Agreement 1961 ceasedto have effect as from 9th October 1962.
24. Protection of certain land rights in Buganda(1) Where, immediately before the commencement of this Order, any
person is occupying any land vested in the Land Board of the Kingdom ofBuganda by virtue of a licence that was granted before 1st March 1962 undersection 24 of the Crown Lands Ordinance(b) and that continued in force byvirtue of section 17 (4) of the Public Lands Ordinance 1962 that person shall,so long as he complies with the terms of the licence, be entitled to a renewalfrom time to time on similar terms.
(2) This section shall cease to have effect when any Buganda law for thegeneral regulation of, or for the alteration of, the system of mailo land tenurein force in the Kingdom of Buganda comes into operation.
THE SCHEDULE TO THE ORDER
THE CONSTITUTION OF UGANDA'
Chapter IX. The Judicature
Part 2. Appeals
96. Appeals to H.M. in Council and the court of appeal(1) An appeal shall lie as of right direct to Her Majesty in Council from
final decisions of the High Court of Uganda on any question as to theinterpretation of this Constitution:
Provided that if a court of appeal is established under subsection (2) ofthis section an appeal shall lie as of right
(a) to the court of appeal from final decisions of the High Court ofUganda on the interpretation of the provisions of Chapter III of thisConstitution;
(b) to Her Majesty in Council from final decisions of the court of appealin any such appeal.
(2) Parliament may make provision(a) for the establishment of a court of appeal;(b) for appeals to lie from decisions of the High Court of Uganda or the
High Court of Buganda to the court of appeal in cases other than thosementioned in subsection (1) of this section; and
(c) for appeals in cases mentioned in paragraph (b) of this subsection tolie from the court of appeal to Her Majesty in Council.
(3) The provisions of this section shall be subject to the provisions ofsection 49 (3) of this Constitution.
Chapter X. Finance
109. Existing powers(1) Where by virtue of any provision of any law in force immediately
before 9th October 1962 a Federal State has power to collect and retain the
1 Section 7 (1) (2) of this Constitution is basically similar to section 2 (1) (2) of theConstitution of Barbados (supra, p. 124), with the difference that the former applies notonly to a citizen of the United Kingdom and Colonies but also to a British protectedperson. Section 7 (1) adds: "Provided that a person shall not become a citizen of Ugandaby virtue of this subsection if neither of his parents was born in Uganda". The provisionsof sections 8 (2) (3) (4) (5) and 15 of this Constitution are basically similar to thoseof sections 23 (2) (3) (4) and 27 (1) (2) (3) of the Constitution of Botswana (supra,pp. 137, 138 and 139). The same similarity exists between section 8 (1) (6) of theConstitution in question and section 3 (1) (6) of the Constitution of Malawi (supra,pp. 308 and 309); sections 10, 13, 16 and 116 of the Constitution of Uganda are similarto sections 5, 8, 10 (1) (3) (4) and 103 (1) (2) (3) (4) of the Constitution of Barbados(supra, pp. 125 and 126).
proceeds of any tax, that provision shall not be altered by or under any Actof Parliament to the disadvantage of that Federal State without theconcurrence of the Government of that Federal State:
Provided that, for the purp6ses of this section, a provision shall not beregarded as having been altered to the disadvantage of a Federal State if
(a) other provision is made in lieu of that provision that is not lessfavourable to the Federal State than was the former provision; or
(b) where the collection and retention of the proceeds of a tax by theFederal State is incidental to the administration of any service, or theperformance of any other function, by the Federal State for the purposes ofany law if provision is made under which the Federal State ceases to beentitled to collect and retain those proceeds upon its ceasing to administerthat service or to perform that function, as the case may be.
(2) The provisions of subsection (1) of this section shall not apply to anyprovision of law empowering a Federal State to collect or retain tax inKampala or in a town to which section 126 of this Constitution applies.
(3) In this section "tax" includes rate, rent, due, fee, fine, royalty orother revenue.
(c) THE UGANDA (COMPENSATION AND RETIRING BENEFITS)ORDER IN COUNCIL 19621, 2
(d) UGANDA ACT 19643, 4
2. Power to make consequential adaptations(1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council make such adaptations in any
Act of Parliament passed before 9th October 1963 as appear to Her necessaryor expedient in consequence of Uganda having ceased to form part of HerMajesty's dominions.
(2) Any Order in Council made under subsection (1) of this section, andany Order in Council or other instrument made under any other enactmentwhich varies or revokes a previous Order in Council or instrument inconsequence of Uganda having ceased to form part of Her Majesty'sdominions, may be made so as to have effect from 9th October 1963.
(3) Any Order in Council under subsection (1) of this section shall besubject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either House ofParliament, and may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council.
1 Statutory Instruments 1962 (II1) No. 2176, p. 2888.2 The provisions of this Order are basically similar to those of the Kenya
(Compensation and Retiring Benefits) Order in Council 1963 (supra, p. 264).3 Public GeneralActs and Measures, 1964, Part 1, Chap. 20, p. 140.4 The provisions of sections 1 (1) (2) and 3 of this Act are basically similar to those
of sections 2 (1) (3) and 6 (1) (2) (4) (5) of the Botswana Independence Act 1966(supra, pp. 130 and 131).
(ii) Statements from governmental authorities
STATEMENT ON THE PUBLIC DEBT'
From: The Treasury, Uganda, 10th October, 1963
The position of our public debt for the financial years immediatelypreceding and immediately following independence may be summarised asfollows:
Asat 30th June, 1962
Inscribed Stock issued under the Colonial Stock Act 1877 ........... 13,933,000Loans under the Commonwealth Development and Welfare Act 1959 .... 10,800,000Special U.K. Loan in respect of compensation, etc., for retiring ex-patriate
civil servants ........................................ 965,300I.B.R.D. $8.4m. Loan . ................................... 1,519,600Local Borrowing ........................................ 5,413,835
Total 32,631,735
As at 30th June, 1963
Inscribed Stock issued under the Colonial Stock Act, 1877 ........... 13,933,000Loans under the Commonwealth Development and Welfare Act, 1959 ... 11,250,000Special U.K. Loan in respect of compensation, etc., for retiring ex-patriate
civil servants . ...................................... 1,995,300I.B.R.D. $8.4m. Loan ............... .................. .2,289,600U.K.2-Uganda Credit Agreement 1963-L2.4m... .................. 55,000Local Borrowing ........................................ 4623,440
Total 34,146,340
49. UPPER VOLTA
Trait6s2
(a) ACCORD PARTICULIER ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA HAUTE-VOLTA PORTANT TRANSFERT DES COMPETENCES DE LA COM-MUNAUTE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 11 JUILLET 19603
Article jer
La R6publique de Haute-Volta accede, en plein accord et amiti6 avec laR6publique frangaise, A la souverainet6 intemationale et A l'ind6pendance parle transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
1 Text reproduced from: International Law Association, Report of the Fifty-fourthConference, The Hague, 1971, p. 131.
2 Voir aussi la Convention (a) sous Niger, supra, p. 370.3 Journal Officiel de la R~publique frangaise, 30 juillet 1960, p. 7050. Entri en
vigueur le 4 aofit 1960. (Renseignement tiri de R. H. Rollet, op. cit., p. 113.)
Article 2
Toutes les comp6tences institu6es par l'article 78 de la Constitution du4 octobre 1958 sont, pour ce qui la concerne, transf6r6es A la R6publique deHaute-Volta, d~s 'accomplissement par les parties contractantes de laproc6dure pr6vue A 'article 87 de ladite Constitution.
(b) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE ECONOMIQUE, MONE-TAIRE ET FINANCIERE ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ETLA REPUBLIQUE DE HAUTE-VOLTA. FAIT A PARIS, LE 4 AVRIL19611
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques A celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et la C6te-d'Ivoire.(voirsupra, p. 225).]
(c) ACCORD D'ASSISTANCE MILITAIRE TECHNIQUE ENTRE LA RE-PUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DE HAUTE-VOLTAAVEC ANNEXE. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19612
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques h celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et la C6te-d'Ivoire.(voir supra, p. 228).]
ANNEXE 11
SUR L'AIDE ET LES FACILITESArt. 1er . - Les installations militaires, notamment les casernements, terrains et
bitiments militaires, y compris ceux de la gendarmerie, se trouvant sur le territoire de laR6publique de Haute-Volta, sont la propri~t6 de la Haute-Volta.
Art. 2. - Afin de permettre i la R~publique franqaise d'ex~cuter ses engagements al'gard de la Cte-d'Ivoire, du Dahomey et du Niger, et dans I'esprit de solidarit6 quianime le Conseil de I'Entente, la R~publique de Haute-Volta reconnait i la R6publiquefrangajse le droit de survol de son territoire et d'escale sur ses a6rodromes.
Art. 3. - Pour l'ex~cution des m~mes engagements de la R~publique franqaise, laR6publique de Haute-Volta autorise le transit des forces armies franqaises sur sonterritoire, dont elle sera pr6alablement inform6e, avec admission en franchise desmateriels et denr~es en transit, et leur accordera les facilit~s n~cessaires.
(d) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ADDITIONNEL A L'ANNEXE II A L'AC-CORD D'ASSISTANCE MILITAIRE TECHNIQUE ENTRE LA REPU-BLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DE HAUTE-VOLTA.PARIS, 24 AVRIL 19613
1 Ibid., 6 f~vrier 1962, p. 1307. Entr6 en vigueur le 30 aodit 1961.2 Ibid., 6 f~vrier 1962, p. 1309. Entr6 en vigueur le 30 aofit 1961.3 Journal Officiel de la Republique franfaise, 6 f~vrier 1962, p. 1310.
A Monsieur Michel Debrd, premier ministre de la Rdpublique franpaise
L'article 2 de l'annexe II a l'accord d'assistance militaire technique entrela France et la Haute-Volta pr6voit que la R6publique de Haute-Voltareconnaft A la R6publique frangaise le droit de survol de son territoire etd'escale sur ses a6rodromes.
J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer que la R6publique de Haute-Voltas'engage A mettre A la disposition de la R6publique frangaise les installationsn6cessaires A l'exercice des facilit6s en cause, notamment celles qui sontactuellement affect6es A l'arm~e de l'air frangaise A Ouagadougou.
Je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir me faire part de l'accord duGouvernement de la R6publique franqaise sur les termes de la pr6sente lettre.
Monsieur Maurice Yamdogo, prdsident de la Rdpubliqueet du Gouvernement de la Haute-Volta
En date du 24 avril 1961 vous avez bien voulu m'adresser la lettre dont lateneur suit :
[Voir texte ci-dessus.]
J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer l'accord du Gouvernement de laR6publique frangaise sur les termes de cette lettre.
(e) ECHANGE DE LETTRES ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LA HAUTE-VOLTA RELATIVES AU TRANSFERT DES DOSSIERS ENINSTANCE DEVANT LE CONSEIL D'ETAT ET LA COUR DECASSATION. PARIS, 24 AVRIL 19611
Le Prdsident de la Rdpublique de Haute-Volta6 Monsieur le Premier Ministre de la Rdpublique frangaise
L'Accord particulier sign6 A Paris, le 11 juillet 1960, a eu pour effet detransf~rer A la R6publique de Haute-Volta la comptence de la Communaut6concernant le contr6le de la justice.
En cons6quence, le Conseil d'Etat et la Cour de cassation de laR6publique franqaise ont, A dater du jour de l'entr6e en vigueur dudit Accord,cess6 d'dtre comp6tents pour connaftre des recours et pourvois int6ressant laR6publique de Haute-Volta dont ces hautes juridictions 6taient alors saisies.
J'ai l'honneur des vous demander de bien vouloir me faire savoir si leGouvernement de la R6publique franqaise admet cette interpr6tation del'Accord portant transfert des comp6tences de la Communaut6.
1 Journal Officiel de la Rdpubliquefran aise, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1315.
Dans l'affirmative, je vous serais oblig6 de bien vouloir donner lesinstructions ndcessaires pour que les dossiers de ces proc6dures soient remisau Ministre de la Justice de la R6publique de Haute-Volta par l'interm6diairedu Ministre de la Justice de la R~publique frangaise.
Le Premier Ministre de la R~publique fran~aised Monsieur le Prisident de la Rdpublique de Haute-Volta
Vous avez bien voulu, A la date du 24 avril 1961, m'adresser la lettre dont
la teneur suit :
[Voir texte ci-dessus.]
J'ai l'honneur de vous confirmer que le Gouvernement de la R6publiquefranqaise partage votre interpretation de l'accord particulier sign& i Paris le 11juillet 1960.
Je donne en cons6quence les instructions n6cessaires pour que les dossiersdes proc6dures visbes dans votre lettre soient remis au ministre de la justice dela R6publique de Haute-Volta.
(f) ACCORD DE COOPERATION EN MATIERE D'ENSEIGNEMENTSUPERIEUR ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LA REPU-BLIQUE DE HAUTE-VOLTA. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL 19611
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord sont, mutatis mutandis, iden-tiques i celles de 'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entre la France et la C6te-d'Ivoire.(voir supra, p. 231).]
(g) ACCORD GENERAL DE COOPERATION TECHNIQUE EN MATIEREDE PERSONNEL ENTRE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANCAISE ET LAREPUBLIQUE DE HAUTE-VOLTA. FAIT A PARIS, LE 24 AVRIL19612
[Note. - Les dispositions de cet accord, ainsi que celles de son annexe,sont, mutatis mutandis, identiques A celles de l'Accord du 24 avril 1961 entrela France et la C6te-d'Ivoire (voir supra, p. 236).]
1 Journal Officiel de la Rdpublique francaise, 6 f6vrier 1962, p. 1315. Entr6 envigueur le 30 aoat 1961.
2 Ibid., p. 1319. Entr6 en vigueur le 30 aofit 1961.
50. VIET.NAMI
Trait6s
(a) TRAITE D'INDEPENDANCE DU VIET-NAM ENTRE LA FRANCEET LE VIET-NAM. FAIT A PARIS, LE 4 JUIN 19542
Article premier
La France reconnaft le Vietnam comme un Etat pleinement ind6pendantet souverain, investi de toutes les comp6tences reconnues par le droitinternational.
Article 2
Le Vietnam est substitu6 i la France dans tous les droits et obligationsr6sultant des trait6s internationaux ou des conventions contract6s par laFrance pour le compte ou au nom de 'Etat du Vietnam ou de tous autrestrait6s et conventions conclus par la France au nom de rIndochine frangaisedans la mesure oiu ces actes concernaient le Vietnam.
.Article 3
La France s'engage A transf6rer au Gouvernement vietnamien lescomp6tences et les services publics encore assur6s par elle sur le territoire duVietnam.
Article 4
Le pr6sent trait6, qui entrera en vigueur i la date de sa signature, abrogeles actes et dispositions ant6rieurs contraires. Les instruments de ratificationdu pr6sent trait6 seront 6chang6s ds son approbation par les instancesqualifi6es de Ia France et du Vietnam.
(b) TRAITE D'ASSOCIATION ENTRE LA FRANCE. ET LE VIET-NAM.FAIT A PARIS, LE 4 JUIN 19543
1 The inclusion of -the' materials hereunder does not imply on the part of theSecretariat any judgement as to the position of the Socialist Republic of Viet-Namthereon.
2 La documentation franraise, articles et documents, n0 067, 15 juin 1954, p. 1.Entr6 en vigueur le 4 juin 1954. Pour des d6clarations d'autorit6s gouvernementalesfranqaises sur certains probl~mes de succession d'Etats concemant le Viet-Nam etl'Indochine en general, qui ont 6t6 publiies dans le Journal Officiel de la Rdpubliquefranaise, voir Jean Charpentier, "Pratique fran ise du droit international", Annuairefran~ais de droit international, voL I1, 1957, p. 823 et 824.
3 La documentation franvaise, articles et documents, n0 067, 15 juin 1954, p. 2.Entr6 en vigueur le 4 juin 1954.
R6solus i maintenir dans l'amiti6 et la confiance les liens qui les unissentet affirmant leur volont6 commune de d6velopper leur coop6ration pour lebien de leurs peuples respectifs,
Article premier
Le Vietnam et la France affirment leur volont6 de s'associer librement ausein de l'Union Frangaise et d6cident d'un commun accord de proc6der il'6tablissement des conventions, qui seront annex6es au pr6sent trait6 et qui,seules, fixeront disormais toutes les conditions d'organisation et de fonction-nement de cette association.
Article 2
Le Pr6sident de la R6publique frangaise, qui est Pr6sident de l'Union,incarne A ce titre et en cette qualit6, l'id6e d'une association durable etamicale entre la France et le Vietnam, Etat souverain, 6gaux en droits et endevoirs.
Article 3
La France et le Vietnam conviennent de d6velopper leur libre coop6rationen Haut Conseil sous la pr6sidence du Pr6sident de l'Union.
Us y assureront conjointement et dans le respect du principe de l'6galit6souveraine des Etats la coordination de leurs efforts et l'harmonisation deleurs politiques respectives dans les affaires d'int6rdt commun.
Article 4
Les sessions du Haut Conseil sont tenues deux fois par an et, en outre,chaque fois que les Etats membres le jugeront n6cessaire.
L'ordre du jour de chaque session est arrdt6 d'un commun accord.Les r6solutions des Gouvernements r6unis en session du Haut Conseil sont
prises par voie d'accord mutuel.Leur mise en oeuvre est assur6e dans le cadre de chaque Etat par le
Gouvernement int~ressd, conform6ment A sa procedure nationale.
Article 5
Le Haut Conseil disposant d'un Secr6tariat g~n~ral permanent, ler~glement int6rieur de ce Secretariat sera arrtA d'un commun accord A lapremi6re session tenue apr~s la mise en application du pr6sent trait6. Cer6glement int6rieur tiendra compte du caract~re inter6tatique du Secr6tariatg6n6ral.
Article 6
Les diff6rents juridiques relatifs A l'interpr6tation ou h l'application dupr6sent trait6 et des conventions annexes seront port6s devant une Courd'arbitrage composde en nombre 6gal d'arbitres frangais et vietnamiens.
La Cour statue A la majorit6. En cas de partage des voix, la Cour estcompldt6e par des arbitres de nationalit6 6trang~re.
Les r~gles relatives A la composition, au fonctionnement de la Cour et A laproc6dure suivie par elle, sont fix6es d'un commun accord entre les deuxHautes Parties Contractantes, par une convention annex6e au pr6sent trait6.
Article 7
Le pr6sent trait6, qui entrera en vigueur A la date de sa signature, abrogeles actes et dispositions ant6rieurs contraires. Les instruments de ratificationdu pr6sent trait6 seront 6chang6s d~s son approbation par les instancesqualifi6es de la France et du Vietnam.
(c) CONVENTION DE TRANSFERT DES COMPETENCES ET SERVICESEN MATIERE JUDICIAIRE ET DE POLICE ET SURETE ENTRE LAFRANCE ET LE VIET-NAM. SIGNEE LE .15 SEPTEMBRE 1954.ECHANGES DE LETTRES ANNEXES DU 16 SEPTEMBRE 19541
Art. ler. - Le Viet-Nam recouvre sa pleine et enti&re souverainet6 dansles domaines 16gislatif, r6glementaire et judiciaire.
Les dispositions d'ordre l6gislatif et jiadiciaire de l'accord du 8 mars 1949,la convention judiciaire d'application du 30 d6cembre 1949, la convention surla police et sOret6 du 30 d6cembre 1949, 'accord du 17 juin 1950 ainsi quetoutes leurs annexes sont abrog6s.
Sont supprim6s les juridictions mixtes de droit commun et d'ordreadministratif ainsi que les services frangais de police et de s6curit6.
Art. 2. - Des 6changes de lettres et protocoles pr6ciseront les am6nage-ments n6cessaires h la mise en application de la pr6sente convention, laquelleentrera en vigueur d~s sa signature.
LETTRE ANNEXE NO 1
Saigon, le 16 septembre 1954
M. Bordaz, commissaire g~n~ral adjoint de France en Indochine, h M. Bai Van Thinh,secrdtaire d'Etat d la justice du Gouvernement du Viet-Nam
Me ref6rant a l'article 2 de la convention de transfert des comp6tences et services enmati~re judiciaire et de police et sfiret6 en date de cc jour et comme suite aux 6changesde vues qui ont eu lieu entre nos deux d6legations, j'ai I'honneur de vous confirmerI'accord r6alis6 sur les points ci-apr~s :
Art. Ier. - Les citoyens franqais au Viet-Nam, d'une part, et les citoyens vietnamiensresidant sur le territoire de la R16publique franqaise, d'autre part, sont admis i jouir desdroits civils attribus aux nationaux, sauf dispositions contraires contenues dans des loissp~ciales.
Art. 2. - Les Frangais et les ressortissants frangais au Viet-Nam et les citoyensvietnamiens r~sidant tant sur le territoire de la R6publique franqaise que sur lesterritoires associ6s ou sur le territoire des Etats prot6ges sont r6gis par leur statutpersonnel.
1 Journal Officiel de la R9publiquefranfaise, 3 mai 1959, p. 4 759. Entree en vigueurle 16 septembre 1954.
Art. 3. - La disposition de la loi nationale ne sera pas appliqu6e si elle heurte, dans lepays o elle est invoqu6e, 'ordre public ou les bonnes moeurs.
Art. 4. - A. titre de r~ciprocit6, les deux Hautes Parties contractantes conviennentque chacun des deux Etats jouira devant les tribunaux de l'autre pays de l'immunit6juridictionnelle traditionnellement reconnue aux Etats souverains.
Art. 5. - Jusqu'i la promulgation par le Viet-Nam de ses nouveaux codes, les lois defond et de procedure applicables aux citoyens franqais seront celles en vigueur devant lesjuridictions nationales du Sud-Viet-Nan au jour de la signature de la convention detransfert des comptences et services judiciaires.
Seront notamrrient applicables les dispositions l6gislatives et r6glementairessuivantes :
a) En mati&e pdnale. - Le code p6nal modifi6 par le d6cret du 31 d6cembre 1912 etles textes qui l'ont modifi6 ou compl6t6;
b) En matiere de proc&dure pinale. - Le d~cret du 16 f~vrier 1921 et les textes quil'ont modifi6 ou complet6;
c) En mati&e de lMgislation civile. - Les dispositions du code civil franqais et lestextes qui 'ont modifi6 ou compl6t6, A l'exclusion de la mati~re du statut personnel;
d) En matire de lMgislation commerciale. - Les dispositions du code de commercefranqais et les textes modificatifs ainsi que les lois ou d6crets sp6ciaux au commerce;
e) En matire de procedure civile. - L'arr~t6 du 16 mars 1910 et les textesmodificatifs; pour les mati~res non r~glement6es par cet arr t6, il sera fait application desdispositions du code de procedure civile franqais et des textes qui l'ont modifi6 oucompl6t6;
f) En mati&e de procddure commerciale. - La l6gislation fix6e par l'article 122 dud6cret du 16 f6vrier 1921, modifi6 par les textes subs~quents.
La l6gislation et la r6glementation franqaise vis~es dans les dispositions ci-dessus sontcelles qui ont 6t6 r6guli&rement promulgu~es au Viet-Nam et qui ne sont pasincompatibles avec l'organisation judiciaire du Viet-Nam et les textes r6glementaires prispar les autorit6s locales vietnamniennes.
Art. 6. - La convention de transfert des comptences et services judiciaires neportera aucune atteinte aux droits acquis au moment de sa mise en vigueur et r6sultantdes contrats authentiques 6tablis par les officiers minist~riels franqais ou de d6cisionsjudiciaires rendues par les juridictions mixtes ou les anciennes juridictions franqaisesdevenues d6finitives.
Les porteurs des grosses ou arr~ts et jugements des grosses des actes d6livr6es avant lasuppression d6finitive des juridictions mixtes, qui voudraient les faire ex6cuter, devrontpr6alablement les presenter soit aux greffiers en chef des cours et tribunaux, s'il s'agit degrosses d'arrets ou de jugements, soit A un notaire, s'il s'agit de grosses d'actes notari6s, etce, afin que la nouvelle formule ex6cutoire de I'Etat du Viet-Nam soit ajout~e i cellesdont elles 6taient pr6c6demment rev~tues.
Art. 7 - Les Frangais ou ressortissants frangais d~finitivement condamn6s par lesjuridictions franqaises pr6existantes ou par les juridictions mixtes, qui purgentactuellemert leur peine au Viet-Nam, seront transforms en territoire franqais par les soinsdu Gouvernement franqais.
Les recours en revision, de m~me que les mesures d'amnistie, de grice, de remise depeine, de liberation conditionnelle rel~vent dor6navant des autorit6s vietnamiennes;toutefois, les m~mes mesures et proc6dures i l'gard des citoyens franqais etressortissants franqais condamn6s tant par les.juridictions mixtes que par les juridictionsfranqaises pr6existantes relveront des instances franqaises qualifi6es.
Art. 8. - En mati~re civile et commerciale, les proc6dures pendantes seront remises,en l'6tat, aux juridictions vietnamiennes comptentes.
Le transfert des proc6dures s'op6rera sans qu'il y ait lieu de renouveler les actes,formalit6s etjugements avant dire droit r~guli~rement intervenus.
A titre transitoire et pendant un d6lai d'un mois i compter de la signature de laconvention, les affaires civiles et commerciales int6ressant des personnes physiques ou
morales frangaises et d6ji engag6es demepreront soumises aux anciennes juridictionsmixtes. Pass6 ledit dtlai, les procedures non r6gl6es seront transmises, en 'tat, auxjuridictions vietnamiennes.
La pr6c6dente disposition n'est applicable qu'au seul tribunal de Saigon et i la courd'appel de Saigon.
Art. 9. - En matire civile et commerciale frangaises l'appel ou le pourvoi encassation des d6cisions 6manant des juridictions mixtes ou des juridictions frangaisespr6existantes, formalis6s avant la signature de Ia convention, seront port6 s devant lesjuridictions vietnamiennes dont relivera le tribunal ou la cour qui a rendu le jugement oul'arr~t attaqu6.
[Is seront jug6s selon la loi en vigueur au moment oa a 6t6 rendue la dcisionentreprise.
Art. 10. - Les proc6dures pendantes devant la juridiction mixte de cassation et surlesquelles cette haute juridiction n'aura pas encore statu6 i la date d'entr6e en vigueur dela convention seront remises, en l'tat, au ministire de la justice du Gouvernement duViet-Nam par i'entremise du haut commissaire du Viet-Nam en France.
Art. 11. - En mati~re p6nale, les poursuites d6ji engag~es devant les juridictionsmixtes seront continu~es devant lesjuridictions vietnamiennes. La Ioi p~nale vietnamien-ne leur sera applicable, i moins que les dispositions de celie-ci ne soient plus s~v~res quela loi p~nale frangaise en vigueur lors de la perpetration de l'infraction, auquel cas la Ioifrangaise continuera i s'appliquer.
Les droits des parties l6s6es, reconnus, constituent des droits acquis.Art. 12. - En matire administrative les proc6dures int6ressant I'Etat et les services
publics du Viet-Nam sont imm~diatement transf6rees, en I'6tat, aux autorit6s victnamien-nes.
Les procedures int~ressant I'Etat franqais sont transf&r6cs, en I'6tat, aux autorit6sfranqaises..
Le transfert des proc6dures s'op6rera sans qu'il y ait lieu de renouveler les actes,formalit6s et jugements avant dire droit r6guli~rement intervenus.
Art. 13. - A la date du transfert, le Gouvernement vietnamien acquiert la jouissancedes bitiments, des ocaux et du mat6riel affect~s aux services transf6r6s.
Des inventaires et 6tats des lieux en seront contradictoirement dress6s.La propri6t6 de ces meubles et immeubles sera r~gl6e par la convention sur le
domaine.Art. 14. - Toutes les archives des juridictions mixtes et des services annexes, sauf
celles qui concernent les magistrats et fonctionnaires franqais, seront transf6rees, sousinventaire, aux juridictions vietnamiennes compdtentes i compter de la date d'entr~e enapplication de la convention de transfert des comptences et services judiciaires.
,Les reliquats des provisions consignees en toutes mati~res par les justiciables desjuridictions mixtes seront verses, avec un 6tat explicatif pour chaque affaire, entre lesmains des greffiers en chef vietnamiens comptents qui en d~livreront d~charge.
LETTRE ANNEXE NO 1
Saigon, le 16 septembre 1954
M. Bui Van Thinh, secr~taire d'Etat i la justice du. Gouvernement du Viet-Nam,h M. Bordaz, commissaire ginral adjoint de France en Indochine
i'ai l'honneur d'accuser r6ception de votre lettre en date de ce jour par laquelle jedonne mon accord et r~dig~e comme suit :
LETTRE ANNEXE NO 2
Saigon, le 16 septembre 1954
M. Bordaz, commissaire gendral adjoint de France en Indochine, h M. Bui Van Thinh,secrdtaire d'Etat a la justice du Gouvernement du Viet-Nam
Me r6f6rant i l'article 2 de la convention de transfert des comp6tences et services enmati~re judiciaire et de police et stret6 en date de ce jour et comme suite aux 6ehangesde vues qui ont eu lieu entre nos deux d~l6gations au sujet des jurisconsultes, j'ail'honneur de vous confirmer l'accord r6alis6 sur les points ci-apr~s :
Le Gouvernement de la R6publique frangaise s'engage a mettre A la disposition duGouvernement du Viet-Nam des jurisconsultes. Cet engagement s'inscrit dans le cadre deI'assistance technique que le Viet-Nam pourra demander i la France.
Le Gouvernement du Viet-Nam se r6serve le droit de choisir ces jurisconsultes surune liste que lui adressera le Gouvernement de la R~publique frangaise.
I1 leur confiera tels travaux juridiques qu'il jugera utiles.Le traitement des jurisconsultes sera i la charge du Gouvemement franqais. Us
b6n6ficieront en outre auprs du Gouvernement vietnamien de tous les avantages quiseront consentis aux experts de m8me rang dans les autres branches d'assistancetechnique et culturelle.
Lorsque le jurisconsulte sera un magistrat il b~n6ficiera des privileges et immunit~sjuridictionnelles accord6s aux magistrats vietnamiens de m~me grade.
Ces jurisconsultes pourront 8tre remis A la disposition de leur gouvernement apr~s unpr6avis de six mois.
LETTRE ANNEXE NO 2
Saigon, le 16 septembre 1954
M. Bui Van Thinh, secrdtaire d'Etat h la justice du Gouvernement du Viet-Nam,d M. Bordaz, commissaire general adjoint de France en Indochine
J'ai I'honneur d'accuser r6ception de votre lettre en date de ce jour A laquelle jedonne mon accord et r6dig6e comme suit.
(d) CONVENTION ENTRE LA FRANCE ET LE VIET-NAM SURLA NATIONALITE. FAITE A SAIGON, LE 16 AOUT 19551
Consid6rant que le changement du statut politique de 'Etat du Viet-Namr6sultant des accords du 8 mars 1949 et des conventions subs~quentes, d'unepart, le rattachement au Viet-Nam des territoires pr6c6demment soumis austatut colonial, d'autre part, ont suscit6 des problmes fort complexes serattachant i la question de nationalit6;
Consid6rant qu'il y a un int6r~t majeur aussi bien pour la R6publiquefrangaise que pour l'Etat du Viet-Nam i r6soudre ces problmes;
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique francaise, 3 mai 1959, p. 4767 et 68. Entree envigueur le 17 aofit 1965.
Art. ler. - Aux termes de la pr6sente convention :L'expression "originaire du Viet-Nam" d6signe les personnes issues de
pare et mere de g~n6ration vietnamienne ou faisant partie des minorit6sethniques dont l'habitat se trouve sur le territoire du Viet-Nam.
L'expression "Vietnamien" d6signe la personne "originaire du Viet-Nam"n'ayant pas la qualit6 de citoyen frangais ou y renongant.
Art. 2. - Conservent la nationalit6 frangaise, les Frangais non originairesdu Viet-Nam, domicili6s au Sud-Viet-Nam (Cochinchine) et dans les anciennesconcessions de Hanoi, Haiphong et Tourane, A la date du rattachement de cesterritoires au Viet-Nam, m6me s'ils n'ont pas 6tabli effectivement leurdomicile hors du Viet-Nam.
Art. 3. - Ont la nationalit6 vietnamienne, en quelques lieux qu'ils sefussent trouv6s au 8 mars 1949, les anciens sujets frangais originaires duSud-Viet-Nam (Cochinchine) et des anciennes concessions de Hanoi,Haiphong et Tourane.
Art. 4. - Les personnes originaires du Viet-Nam, fg6es de plus de dix-huitans A la date d'entr~e en vigueur de la pr6sente convention et qui ont acquispar mesure administrative individuelle ou collective ou par d6cision de justicela citoyennet6 franqaise ant6rieurement A la date du 8 mars 1949, conserventla nationalit6 frangaise avec facult6 d'option pour la nationalit6 vietnamienneen se conformant aux dispositions 6tablies par la pr6sente convention.
Les memes dispositions sont applicables aux personnes originaires duViet-Nam qui, antrieurement A la date d'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6senteconvention, ont acquis la nationalit6 frangaise en France, sous le r6gime dudroit commun des 6trangers.
Les personnes originaires du Viet-Nam, Ag6es de plus de dix-huit ans A ladate d'entr~e en vigueur de la pr~sente convention et qui ont acquis parmesure administrative individuelle ou collective ou par d6cision de justice lacitoyennet6 franqaise post~rieurement A la date du 8 mars 1949, ont lanationalit6 vietnamienne avec facult6 d'option pour la nationalit6 frangaiseen se conformant aux dispositions 6tablies par la pr6sente convention.
Art. 5. - Les personnes originaires du Viet-Nam mais citoyens franqais denaissance, fig6es de plus de dix-huit ans i la date d'entr6e en vigueur de lapr6sente convention, conservent la nationalit6 frangaise avec facult6 d'optionpour la nationalit6 vietnamienne, en se conformant aux dispositions 6tabliespar la pr~sente convention.
Art. 6. - Ont la nationalit6 frangaise avec facult6 d'option pour lanationalit6 vietnamienne, les personnes dg~es de plus de dix-huit ans A la dated'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6sente convention, de filiation l6gitime ounaturelle :
10 Nes d'un pare originaire du Viet-Nam et d'une mere frangaise;20 N6es d'un pre frangais et d'une mere originaire du Viet-Nam;30 N6es de parents tous deux issus soit d'un pare originaire du Viet-Nam
et d'une mere frangaise, soit d'un pare frangais et d'une m~re originaire duViet-Nam;
40 N6es au Viet-Nam de pare inconnu et de m~re originaire du Viet-Nam,pr6sum6es de g6n6ration frangaise ou pr6sum~es de nationalit6 frangaise etreconnues par les tribunaux comme 6tant de nationalit6 frangaise.
Art. Z - Dans les cas de d6claration d'option pour la nationalit6vietnamienne pr6vue aux articles 4 (alin6as 1 et 2, 5 et 6 ci-dessus, les enfants
mineurs Ag6s de moins de dix-huit ans A la date d'entr6e en vigueur "de lapr6sente convention suivent la condition de leur p~re, lorsque la filiation est6tablie A 1'6gard de celui-ci; ils suivent la condition de leur m~re lorsque lafiliation n'est 6tablie qu'A 1'6gard de celle-ci.
Si la d6claration d'option pour la nationalitO vietnamienne n'a pas tAfaite par celui de leurs auteurs dont ils suivent la condition, ils ont un droitpropre d'option A 1'Age de dix-huit ans.
Toutefois, les enfants mineurs n6s de personnes originaires du Viet-Namayant acc6d6 A la qualit6 de citoyen frangais apr~s le 8 mars 1919 et qui, oubien sont n6s post6rieurement i ladite accession ou bien ont fait eux-mdmesl'objet d'une mesure d'accession, ne peuvent pas opter pour la nationalit6frangaise A l'Age de dix-huit ans, si l'auteur dont ils suivent la condition n'apas fait de d6claration d'option pour cette nationalit6, sauf dans le cas oit cetauteur est dc6d avant 1'expiration du d6lai d'option pr6vu par la pr6senteconvention. Dans le cas ofi ledit auteur a opt6 pour la nationalit6 frangaise, ilssuivent la condition de celui-ci, mais ils ont la facult6 d'opter pour lanationalit6 vietnamienne i l'dge de dix-huit ans.
Art. 8. - Ont la nationalit6 franqaise avec droit d'option pour lanationalit6 vietnamienne A l'Age de dix-huit ans en se conformant auxdispositions 6tablies par la pr6sente convention, les enfants mineurs Ag6s demoins de dix-huit ans ant6rieurement A la date d'entr6e en vigueur de lapr6sente convention d'un p~re frangais et d'une m~re originaire du Viet-Nam.
Art. 9. - Ont la nationalit6 vietnamienne avec facult6 d'option pour lanationalit6 frangaise A 1'Age de dix-huit ans en se conformant aux dispositions6tablies par la pr6sente convention, les enfants mineurs ages de moins dedix-huit ans n6s antrieurement A la date d'entr6e en vigueur de la pr~senteconvention d'un p~re vietnamien et d'une m~re frangaise ou d'une m~reoriginaire du Viet-Nam et citoyenne franqaise.
Art. 10. -Pour les enfants n6s post6rieurement A la date d'entr~e envigueur de la pr~sente convention :
10 Sont Franqais, les enfants n6s d'un pre .de nationalit frangaise etd'une m~re de nationalit vietnamienne;
20 Sont Vietnamiens, les enfants n~s d'un pere de nationalit6 vietnamien-ne et d'une m~re de nationalit6 franqaise.
Dans les deux cas ci-dessus, ces enfants ont, A l'dge de dix-huit ans, lafacult6 d'option soit pour la nationalit6 vietnamienne, soit pour la nationalit6frangaise, en se conformant aux dispositions 6tablies par la pr~senteconvention.
Art. 11. - La femme frangaise marine A un Vietnamien et la femmeoriginaire du Viet-Nam marine A un Frangais avant la date d'entre en vigueurde la prsente convention ont la facult6 d'opter pour la nationalit6vietnamienne en se conformant aux dispositions tablies par la prsenteconvention.
L'autorisation maritale n'est pas n~cessaire pour L'exercice de cettefacultA.
Art. 12. -Post~rieurement A la date d'entr~e en vigueur de la prsenteconvention
a) Lorsque le mariage est c6lbrA sur le territoire de la Rpubliquefranqaise ou hors du Viet-Nam, la femme de nationalit franqaise qui 6pouseun Vietnamien conserve la nationalit frangaise, A moins que dans les formes
pr6vues par la loi frangaise elle ne d6clare express6ment avant la c616brationdu mariage vouloir acqu6rir la nationalit6 vietnamienne;
b) Lorsque le manage est c6lbr6 au Viet-Nam, la femme de nationalit6frangaise qui 6pouse un Vietnamien acquiert la nationalit6 vietnamienne, Amoins que dans les formes pr6vues par la loi vietnamienne elle ne. d6clareant6rieurement ou lors de la c616bration du mariage qu'elle d~cline lanationalit6 vietnamienne.
Art. 13. -Post6rieurement A la date d'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6senteconvention:
a) Lorsque le madage est c616br6. au Viet-Nam ou hors du territoire de laR6publique franqaise, la femme de nationalit6 vietnamienne qui 6pouse unFrangais conserve sa nationalit6, A moins que dans les formes pr6vues par laloi vietnamienne elle ne d6clare express6ment avant ou au moment de lac616bration du mariage vouloir acqu6rir la nationalit6 frangaise;
b) Lorsque le mariage est c61fbr6 sur le territoire de la R6publiquefrangaise, la femme acquiert la nationalit6 frangaise, A moins que dans lesformes pr6vues par la loi frangaise elle ne d6clare express6ment avant lac6l6bration du madage qu'elle d6sire conserver la nationalit6 vietnamienne.
Art. 14. - Les femmes mari6es qui ont acquis la nationalit6 de leur manen raison du mariage ont le droit, apr~s la dissolution du mariage, dedemander la r6int6gration dans leur nationalit6 d'origine.
Art. 15. - Le droit d'option pr6vu aux articles 4, 5, 6 et 1 1 ci-dessus doittre exerc6 dans un d6lai de six mois A compter de la date d'entr6e en vigueur
de la pr6sente convention.Dans les cas pr6vus aux articles 7, 8, 9 et 10, le d6lai commence A courir A
partir du jour oii l'enfant mineur atteint l'Age de dix-huit ans.En cas d'empdchement grave A l'exercice du droit d'option, ce d6lai ne
commence A courir qu'A partir du jour ott l'empechement grave prend fin.Art. 16. - Lad6eclaration d'option en triple exemplaire doit 6tre souscrite
personnellement par l'int6ress6 et remise A l'autorit6 administrative comp6-tente de l'Etat du Viet-Nam ou de la R6publique frangaise.
La d6claration d'option souscrite en faveur de la nitionalit6 vietnamienneest remise au chef de la circonscription administrative (chef de province,maire, pr6fet) dans le territoire de laquelle le d~clarant a son domicile ou sar6sidence.
La d6claration d'option souscrite pour la nationalit6 frangaise est remiseau reprsentant de la France ou son d~l~gu6 territorialement competent auViet-Nam.
Lorsque le d~clarant reside en France, la d~claration d'option souscrite enfaveur de la nationalit6 vietnamienne est remise au reprsentant duGouvernement du Viet-Nam en France ou son d~l~gu6 territorialementcomptent et la d~claration d'option souscrite en faveur de la nationalitOfrangaise est remise au juge de paix du canton dans lequel le d~clarant a sar~sidence.
L'autoit6 comp~tente du pays qui regoit la d~claration en d6livre unrnc~piss6 au d~clarant; elle fait parvenir imm6diatement l'un des exemplairesde ladite d~claration A l'autorit6 comp6tente de l'autre pays qui v6rifie lavalidit6 de l'option.
Art. 1 7. - Lorsque le d~clarant se trouve A l'6tranger, la d~claration estsouscrite dans les memes formes devant les repr~sentants diplomatiques ou
consulaires du pays dont la nationalit6 a fait l'objet de son choix. A d6faut derepresentation diplomatique ou consulaire, une d6claration 6crite doit 6treadress6e, pour le Viet-Nam, au minist~re de la justice et, pour la France, auministare de la sant6 publique et de la population.
Art. 18. - L'option prend effet A la date du d6p6t de la d6clarationaupr~s de l'autorit6 qualifi6e pour la recevoir. Elle comporte, pour l'avenir,changement de nationalit6 de l'optant et de ses enfants mineurs de moins dedix-huit ans, sous r6serve du droit propre d'option pr6vu en leur faveur. Ellene saurait porter atteinte A la validit6 des actes pass6s par l'int6ress6 ni auxdroits r6gulirement acquis par les tiers sur le fondement de l'anciennenationalit6.
Art. 19. - Tout Vietnamien peut acqu6rir la nationalit6 franqaise par voiede naturalisation apr~s consultation pr6alable du Gouvernement du Viet-Namqui formule ses observations, le cas 6ch6ant, dans un d6lai de six mois Acompter de la notification A lui faite par le Gouvernement frangais A lademande de naturalisation.
Inversement, et A titre de r6ciprocit6, tout Franqais peut acqu6rir lanationalitd vietnamienne par voie de naturalisation apr~s consultation duGouvernement de la R6publique frangaise qui formule ses observations, le cas6ch6ant, dans un d6lai de six mois A compter de la notification i lui faite parle Gouvernement du Viet-Nam de la demande de naturalisation.
Art. 20. - Les dispositions respectives du code de la nationalit6 franqaiseet du code de la nationalit6 vietnamienne relatives A l'acquisition de lanationalit6 A raison du lieu de naissance et de la r6sidence ne sont pasapplicables aux ressortissants des deux pays.
Art. 21. - Au cas oil des conflits de nationalit6 apparaftraient dansl'avenir, les Gouvernements frangais et vietnamien se concerteront en vue dela modification des clauses de la pr6sente convention.
Art. 22. - La pr6sente convention entre en vigueur d6s sa signature.
(e) ACCORD SUR LE REGLEMENT DE LA QUESTION DOMANIALEENTRE LE GOUVERNEMENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE FRANqAISE ETLE GOUVERNEMENT DE LA REPUBLIQUE DU VIET-NAM AVECQUATRE ANNEXES ET DEUX ECHANGES DE LETTRES. SIGNES ASAIGON LE 24 MARS 19601
Article ier
La propri6t6 de tous les immeubles faisant partie de l'ancien domaine del'Etat frangais au Viet-Nam est transf6r6e d6finitivement A l'Etat vietnamien,y compris ceux dont les services vietnamiens ont d6j& la jouissance A quelquetitre que ce soit avant la signature du pr6sent Accord.
1 Journal Officiel de la Republique franfaise, 22 mars 1970, p. 2749. Entr6 envigueur le 24 mars 1960. Annexe et lettres non reproduites dans le pr6sent volume.
Article II
Le Gouvernement vietnamien met A la disposition du Gouvernementfrangais, en toute proprit6, un terrain d6sign6 A l'Annexe I et d~limit6conform6ment au plan cadastral joint A ladite annexe pour la constructiond'un immeuble destin6 aux bureaux de l'Ambassade, des services annexes etdu Consulat g6n6ral de France A Saigon.
La remise au Gouvernement vietnamien des immeubles actuellementoccup6s par les bureaux de l'Ambassade, des services annexes et du Consulatg6n6ral de France A Saigon aura lieu A l'ach~vement de la construction dunouveau btiment dans le d6lai pr6vu d'un an.
Le Gouvernement vietnamien remet en outre au Gouvernement frangais,pour les besoins de sa repr6sentation au Viet-Nam, la pleine propri6t desimmeubles faisant l'objet de l'Annexe I du pr6sent Accord.
Article III
Les 6tablissements culturels frangais existants, 6num6r6s A l'annexe 1I-Adu pr6sent Accord, feront l'objet d'un bail pour un prix symbolique, pourune dur6e de cinquante ans renouvelable en ce qui concerne les centresscolaires Saint-Exup6ry et Colette sis A Saigon - et pour une dur6e de septans renouvelable en ce qui concerne les autres immeubles sis A Saigon et enprovince.
Un immeuble sis 29, rue Gia-Long, et figurant A l'Annexe I-A est mis A ladisposition du Gouvernement frangais aux m~mes conditions que les6tablissements scolaires pour la r6installation du Centre culturel frangais.
L'immeuble actuellement occup6 par le Centre culturel frangais sera remisau Gouvernement vietnamien d~s que les travaux d'am6nagement du nouveaulocal auront W terminus, et au plus tard lors des prochaines vacancesscolaires.
Article IV
L'ensemble des bdtiments et installations de l'h6pital Grail fera 6galementl'objet d'un bail pour un prix symbolique et pour une dur6e de sept ansrenouvelable.
Article V
Le Gouvernement vietnamien contribuera aux efforts faits par leGouvernement frangais dans le cadre de la coop6ration culturelle en mettant Asa disposition, sous forme de bail pour un prix symbolique et dans les memesconditions que pour les 6tablissements scolaires, les immeubles figurant A'Annexe I-B destin6s au logement du personnel des enseignements primaire,
secondaire, technique et sup6rieur, des experts frangais et du personnelm6dical de l'h6pital Gral, en service au Viet-Nam.
Article VI
Afin de permettre au Gouvernement frangais de disposer de logementssuppl6mentaires pour le logement de son personnel diplomatique et consulaire,le Gouvernement vietnamien mettra A sa disposition pour une dur6e de douze
ans renouvelable sous forme de bail, pour un prix symbolique, les immeubles.figurant A l'Annexe I1.
Annexe VII
La remise au Gouvernement vietnamien des immeubles domaniauxactuellement occupds par les services frangais au Viet-Nam et ne figurant pasdans les annexes 6num~r6es ci-dessus, aura lieu aux -dates indiqu6es dansl'Annexe IV.
Article VIII
Le Gouvernement vietnamien s'engage i mettre en oeuvre la proc6duren6cessaire pour r6gulariser la situation des immeubles priv6s qui ont fait l'objetd'un commencement d'acquisition ou d'expropriation par les services franqaislors des travaux d'extension des a~rodromes de Tdn-Son-Nhut et de Bien-Hoi.
Article IX
Les cimeti~res fran~ais de Tdn-Son-Nhut et du Cap Saint-Jacques serontmaintenus dans leurs lieux actuels. Leurs statuts feront l'objet d'un 6changede lettres entre les deux Gouvernements.
Article X
Lors de la remise des immeubles qui seront transf6r6s au Gouvernementvietnamien apr~s conclusion de l'Accord, les objets mobiliers se trouvant dansces immeubles qui ont 6t6 acquis avant 1954 et dont la date d'acquisitionaura pu etre 6tablie par factures seront 6galement transforms en vertud'accords particuliers.
Article XI
Le present Accord entrera en vigueur A la date de sa signature.
51. ZAIRE'
(i) Trait6s
(a) CONVENTION POUR LE REGLEMENT DES QUESTIONS RELA-TIVES A LA DETTE PUBLIQUE ET AU PORTEFEUILLE DE LACOLONIE DU CONGO BELGE (AVEC LISTES, ECHANGES DELETTRES ET PROTOCOLE D'APPLICATION PROVISOIRE). SIGNEEA BRUXELLES, LE 6 FEVRIER 19652
Sa Majestd le Roi des Belges, d'une part, etLe Pr6sident de la R6publique d6mocratique du Congo, d'autre part,
1 Formerly Democratic Republic of Congo.2 Nations Unies, Recueil des Traltes, vol. 540, p. 229 et seq. Entr&e en vigueur le 11
mai 1965.
D6sireux de maintenir et de renforcer les relations d'amiti6 et decoop6ration entre les deux pays en vue de promouvoir le d6veloppement6conomique et social du Congo dans le respect mutuel de la souverainet6 desdeux Etats;
Consid6rant le rapport du 27 d6cembre 1962 de la mission de la Banqueinternationale pour la reconstruction et le d6veloppement, rapport contenantles 616ments de fait sur la base desquels ont t6 men6es les n6gociations entreles deux Gouvernements et auxquels il a 6t6 fait appel pour l'61aboration de lapr6sente Convention,
Sont convenus de ce qui suit:
Article 1
Au sens de la pr6sente Convention, les termes "Belgique", "Congo" et"Congo belge" d6signent respectivement le Royaume de Belgique, laR6publique d6mocratique du Congo et la Colonie du Congo belge.
TITRE L - DE LA DETTE PUBLIQUE DU CONGO BELGE
Article 2
Les charges de la dette publique du Congo belge sont assum6esconform6ment aux dispositions ci-apras.
Les emprunts constitutifs de la dette pr6cit6e sont repris , la liste 1 quiest annex6e i la pr6sente Convention et qui en fait partie int6grante.
En vue de la r6partition desdites charges, la dette publique pr6cit6e a 6t6subdivis6e en :
0 dette exprim6e en francs congolais, ainsi que la dette exprim6e endevises d6tenue au 30 juin 1960 par des organismes publics du Congo, vis6es il'article 3 ci-apr~s;
20 dette exprim6e en devises et garantie par la Belgique, vis6e A l'article 4ci-apr~s;
30 dette exprim6e en devises et non garantie par la Belgique i l'exceptiondes titres de cette dette qui sont d6tenus par des organismes publics duCongo, vis6e A l'articte 6 ci-apr~s.
Article 3
§ 1. Le Congo assume, A tous 6gards, la responsabilit6 exclusive de lapartie de la dette publique reprise A la liste 2 qui est annex6e A la pr6senteConvention et qui en fait partie int6grante.
§ 2. En ce qui concerne les titres de la dette vis6e au § I ci-avant, quisont d6tenus par I'Office de s6curit6 sociale d'outre-mer et par la Caissed'Assurance du Congo belge et du Ruanda-Urundi, le Congo assume la chargedes obligations, 6chues ou A 6choir, telles qu'elles r6sultent desdits titres etdes contrats d'emprunt.
Le service financier est assur6 en francs congolais dont le transfert n'estsoumis qu'aux dispositions g6n6rales de la r6glementation congolaise deschanges.
§ 3. Les titres mentionn6s sous le § 2 de la liste 2 dont question au § 1du pr6sent article, seront pr6sent6s par le Congo au Fonds belgo-congolais vis6
r l'article 5 de la pr6sente Convention, pour leur estampillage avant l'6missionde 1'emprunt pr6vu A l'article 5, § 2, 20, ci-apr~s.
Article 4
§ 1. La Belgique assume, A tous 6gards, la responsabilit6 exclusive de lapartie de la dette publique reprise A la liste 3 qui est annex6e A la pr6senteConvention et qui en fait partie int6grante.
La prise en charge du pret "Loan no 252 BE 6% 1960" octroy6 en dollarsdes U. S. A. par la Banque internationale pour la reconstruction et led6veloppement est r~gl6e entre les deux Gouvernements par un 6change delettres qui font partie int6grante de la pr6sente Convention.
§ 2. Pour ce qui concerne les Conventions de pret intervenues entre leCongo belge et la Banque internationale pour la reconstruction et led6veloppement, la partie de la dette publique vis6e au § 1 du pr6sent articlene comprend que les pr6l vements effectu6s par le Congo belge, avant le 30juin 1960, en ex6cution de ces Conventions.
Article 5.
§ 1. La Belgique et le Congo cr6ent conjointement, par la pr6senteConvention, une institution autonome de droit public international d6-nommde "Fonds belgo-congolais d'amortissement et de gestion", ci-apr~sd6sign6e par le mot "Fonds". Les statuts du Fonds sont 6tablis par uneConvention particulire'.
§ 2. Le Fonds a pour objet:10 d'estampiller comme suit les titres qui lui seront pr6sent6s en
application de l'article 3, § 3, de la pr6sente Convention : "Titre non admis enlib6ration de l'emprunt trois et demi pour cent 'an 6mis par le Fondsbelgo-congolais d'amortissement et de gestion";
20 d'6mettre en son nom et pour son compte exclusif un emprunt en-francs belges, d6nomm6 "l'emprunt du Fonds" dans les dispositions quisuivent, au taux de trois et demi pour cent l'an, jouissance le I er juillet 1965,amortissable en quarante ans maximum A partir de sa date de jouissance, soitpar rachats, soit par tirages au sort;
30 d'assurer la gestion de l'emprunt du Fonds;40 d'assurer la gestion des dotations airnuelles vis6es A l'article 11 de la
pr6sente Convention;.50 d'affecter ses ressources au r~glement de ses frais d'administration, en
ce compris toutes les obligations 16gales, r6glementaires ou contractuelles, aur~glement de ses frais d'6tablissement et de fonctionnement, au r~glement desfrais d'6mission et de gestion de 'emprunt du Fonds; au service des int6r6tsde cet emprunt et A 'amortissement dudit emprunt;
60 d'acc6l6rer dans toute la mesure du possible l'amortissement duditemprunt;
70 d'assurer toute autre mission que les deux Gouvernements d6cide-raient, par 6change de lettres, de lui confier.
Article 6
Les titres de l'emprunt du Fonds seront offerts au pair de leur valeurnominale, en souscription publique libre et volontaire, aux porteurs des titresdes emprunts mentionn~s A la liste 4 qui est annex6e A la pr6sente Conventionet qui en fait partie int6grante.
Le Fonds fixera la date de cl6ture de la souscription.Cette cl6ture ne pourra avoir lieu moins de six mois apr~s la date
d'ouverture de la souscription.
Article 7
§ 1. Les porteurs des titres des emprunts mentionn~s A la liste 4 annex6eA la pr6sente Convention, pourront lib6rer sans frais leur souscription auxtitres de l'emprunt du Fonds au moyen des titres des emprunts mentionn6s Aladite liste 4 munis de tous leurs coupons non mis en paiement, dans lesconditions d6crites aux § 2 et § 3 du pr6sent article.
Lorsque les titres des emprunts mentionn6s A la liste 4 annex6e A lapr6sente Convention ne sont pas munis de tous leurs coupons non encore misen paiement, le Fonds statuera sur la suite A r6server A la souscriptionintroduite.
§ 2. Hormis dans les cas pr6vus au § 3 ci-apr~s, les titres des empruntsmentionn6s A la liste 4 sont accept6s soit pour leur valeur nominale en francsbeiges, soit pour la contre-valeur en francs beiges de leur valeur nominale endollars des Etats-Unis, calcul6e sur base des parit~s officielles de ces deuxmonnaies accept6es par le Fonds mon6taire international au lerjuillet 1965.
En outre, lorsque ces titres sont remis dans un d6lai maximal de six moisapr~s l'ouverture de la souscription A l'emprunt du Fonds, par des personnesphysiques qui 6tablissent leur identit6, ils sont accept6s pour leur valeurnominale telle que d6finie A l'alin6a pr6cddent, augment6e d'une bonificationforfaitaire en capital de dix-sept et demi pour cent.
Toutefois, la valeur nominale des coupons aff6rents aux titres dont il estquestion A l'alin6a pr6c6dent, mis en paiement depuis le 30 juin 1960, estd6duite des dix-sept et demi pour cent dont question ci-avant.
En aucun cas, la bonification forfaitaire en capital, vis6e aux deux alin6aspr6c6dents, ne peut exc~der quatre-vingt-sept mille cinq cents francs beigespour une mdme personne physique.
La bonification forfaitaire en capital est arrondie A la centaine de francssup6rieure ou inf6rieure selon qu'elle atteint un montant sup6rieur Acinquante francs ou un montant 6gal ou inf6rieur A cinquante francs.
§ 3. Les titres des emprunts mentionn6s A laliste 4 pr6cit6e, auxquels unlot a tA attribu6 par tirage, sont accept6s pour la valeur de ce lot. En aucuncas, cette valeur n'est augment6e de la bonification forfaitaire en capitalpr~vue aux quatre derniers alin6as du § 2 du pr6sent article.
Article 8
Le fait, pour les porteurs des titres des emprunts mentionn6s A la liste 4annex6e A la pr6sente Convention, de souscrire, dans les conditionsd6termin6es par l'article 7 qui pr6c~de, aux titres de l'emprunt du Fonds,comporte pour ces porteurs, nonobstant toute r6serve contraire de leur part,
renonciation par eux A tous les droits attaches aux titres remis par eux auFonds en lib6ration de leur souscription.
Article 9
Le montant de l'emprunt du Fonds sera 6gal au montant des souscriptionslib6r6es conform6ment aux dispositions de l'article 7 ci-avant.
Le Fonds determine les modalit6s techniques des op6rations de sous-cription et du service financier de 1'emprunt du Fonds.
Article 10§ 1. Les titres de l'emprunt du Fonds sont exempt6s en Belgique du
droit de timbre, de m~me que les bulletins de souscription, requs et r6cdpiss~sdress6s i l'occasion de l'6mission de cet emprunt.
La d6livrance, au souscripteur, des titres dudit emprunt est aussiexempt6e en Belgique de la taxe sur les op6rations de bourse.
En mati~re d'imp6ts sur les revenus, les int6r~ts de l'emprunt du Fondssont soumis en Belgique au mdme regime que les int6rdts des fonds publicsbelges 6mis ant6rieurement en exemption d'imp6ts reels ou de taxe mobili~reet qui b6n6ficient, en vertu. du Code des imp6ts sur les revenus, del'exemption du pr6compte mobilier et de l'imputation d'un pr6comptemobilier fictif.
§ 2. Au Congo, les int~r~ts b6n~ficient du r6gime fiscal le plus favorablepr6vu par la l6gislation congolaise i la date d'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6senteConvention en ce qui concerne les revenus des fonds publics 6mis par laR6publique ddmocratique du Congo.
Article 11
§ 1. A dater de 'entr6e en vigueur de la pr~sente Convention et pendantune p6riode maximale de quarante ans, il est servi au Fonds jusqu'iremboursement de 'emprunt du Fonds, une dotation annuelle de cinq centdix millions de francs belges. Cette dotation est fournie au Fonds, Aconcurrence de trois cents millions de francs belges par le Congo et de deuxcent dix millions de francs belges par la Belgique.
§ 2. L'obligation contract~e par chacune des Hautes Parties Contrac-tantes dans le cadre du § 1 du pr6sent article sera confirm6e par unengagement direct de chacune d'elles envers le Fonds dis la constitution decelui-ci.
Article 12
§ 1. En vue d'assurer l'ex6cution des dispositions de l'article 11, § 1,ci-avant, les Hautes Parties Contractantes s'engagent mutuellement A conf6rer,et conf~rent conjointement par la pr6sente, mandat A la Banque Nationale deBelgique de prilever d'office, mensuellement, les montants suivants et de lestransf6rer au profit d'un compte A ouvrir dans les livres de ladite Banque aunom du Fonds:
a) une somme mensuelle de vingt-cinq millions de francs belges i pr6leverpar le d6bit du compte courant ouvert dans les livres de la Banque nationalede Belgique au nom de la Banque nationale du Congo;
b) une somme mensuelle de dix-sept millions cinq cent mille francs beigesA pr6lever par le d6bit du compte courant ouvert dans les livres de la Banquenationale de Belgique au nom du Tr6sor beige.
§ 2. Chacun de ces pr61vements est op6r6 par moiti6 le quinze dechaque mois et le dernier jour ouvrable de chaque mois.
Au cas oii le quinze n'est pas un jour ouvrable, le prl~vement a lieu lejour ouvrable pr6c6dant le quinze.
Le premier prlvement sera op6r6 A la premiere 6ch6ance de quinzainequi suivra la date de l'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6sente Convention.
§ 3. Les Hautes Parties Contractantes conviennent respectivement queles comptes de la Banque nationale du Congo et du Tfesor beige serontmaintenus et aliment6s de mani~re telle que les pr6lvements vis6s aux § 1 et§ 2 ci-avant puissent dtre op6r6s normalement. Au cas oi, par suite d'uneinsuffisance de disponibilit6s, un pr6l vement ne pourrait avoir lieu, en toutou en partie, aux dates fix6es ci-avant, la Banque nationale de Belgiqueproc6dera d'office au pr6l vement de la somme en cause, d~s que lesdisponibilit6s le permettront, de telle mani~re que le compte du Fonds soitcr6dit6 en un an de respectivement trois cents et deux cent dix millions defrancs belges.
§ 4. Le mandat conjoint, conf6r6 conform6ment au § 1 du pr6sentarticle, ne peut dtre modifi6 ou r6voqu6 que du consentement conjoint desHautes Parties Contractantes, la Banque nationale de Belgique n'assumarit, deson c6t6, dans son propre chef, que la responsabilit6 exclusive du mandatairevis-i-vis de ses mandants.
Pour l'ex6cution de ce mandat, la Banque nationale de Belgiquecorrespond directement avec la Banque nationale du Congo.
Article 14
Le rglement de la dette publique du Congo beige, faisant l'objet desdispositions qui-pr6c~dent, constitue une solution oi chacune des HautesParties Contractantes r6serve sa position juridique en ce qui concerne lareconnaissance-de la dette publique du Congo beige.
TITREII. - DUPORTEFEUILLEDU CONGO BELGE
Article 15
La propri6t6 des titres constituant le portefeuille du Congo beigeappartient au Congo. Ces titres sont 6num6r6s A la liste 5 qui est annex6e A lapr6sente Convention et qui en fait partie int6grante.
Article 16
§ 1. La Belgique effectue, le jour mame de la" signature de la pr6senteConvention, de son Protocole d'application provisoire et de la Conventionrelative aux statuts du Fonds, les formalit6s n6cessaires pour assurer, A la datede l'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6sente Convention, l'inscription ou toute autreproc6dure qui serait requise pour constater la propri6t6 du Congo sur les titresconstitutifs du portefeuille du Congo beige.
§ 2. Par d6rogation aux dispositions du § 1 du pr6sent article, lesformalit6s vis~es audit paragraphe ne seront effectu6es pour ce qui concemeles titres et droits cit6s A la liste 6 qui est annex6e A la pr6sente Convention etqui en fait partie int6grante que lorsqu'un accord aura tA conclu entre lesparties int6ress6es.
Article 17
§ 1. Tous droits et obligations, li6s au portefeuille du Congo beige,quelles que soient la date de leur origine ou leur nature, appartiennent ouincombent au Congo.
Parmi ces obligations figurent10 les engagements pris en ex6cution des dispositions fdgaIes ou contrac-
tuelles reprises A la liste 7 qui est annex6e i la pr6sente Convention et qui enfait partie int6grante;
20 les Conventions conclues respectivement le 3, le 5 et le 6 f6vrier 1965avec la Compagnie du Katanga et la Compagnie des chemins de fer du Congosup6rieur aux grands lacs africains, et la Soci6t6 belgo-africaine du Kivu,Conventions dont 1'entr6e en vigueur .st r6gl6e par leurs dispositionsrespectives.
§ 2. Le Congo confirme que la remise des titres du portefeuille nemodifie pas les engagements qui incombaient au Congo beige envers lessoci6t6s et organismes.
Les modifications 6ventuelles ult6rieures auront lieu par voie de Conven-tions avec ces soci6t6s et organismes.
§ 3. Au cas oti la R6publique d6mocratique du Congo d6sirerait ali6nertout ou partie des titres figurant A la liste 5, les soci6tds int6ress6es auront lafacult6 de racheter leurs propres titres par pr6f6rence A tout acqu6reur autrequ'un ressortissant congolais. En ce cas, le Congo notifiera aux soci6t6sint6ress6es son intention de vendre et le prix offert par l'acqu6reur 6ventuel.Cette vente ne sera valable que si la soci6t6 n'a pas, dans le d6lai de deuxmois, notifi au Congo sa volont6 de les acheter. La vente sera parfaite par lanotification de la soci6t, faite dans le d6lai imparti.
§4. Sont exempts de toutes impositions, taxes ou redevances quel-conques en Belgique et au Congo, les actes et op6rations ou b6n6fices r6alis6spar application des Conventions conclues par le Congo respectivement le 3 etle 5 f6vrier 1965 ave la Compagnie du Katanga et la Compagnie des cheminsde fer du Congo sup6rieur aux grands lacs africains ainsi que de la ConventionA conclure avec la Soci6t belgo-africaine du Kivu.
TITRE III. - DISPOSITIONS GENERALES
Article 18
Les dispositi6ns qui pr6c~dent ayant pour but de r6gler d6finitivement lesproblmes qui en font 'objet, les Hautes Parties Contractantes s'interdisenttoute discussion future et renoncent A toute action ou recours quelconque ausujet tant de la dette publique que du portefeuille du Congo beige. Elles sedonnent mutuellement d6charge totale et irr6vocable de toute responsabilit6pour tout acte de gestion ou autre accompli par 'une ou 'autre d'entre elles
en ce qui concerne la dette publique et le portefeuile du Congo beige avant ladate d'entr6e en vigueur de la pr6sente Convention.
En ce qui concerne les pr6l vements op6r6s par le Congo depuis le 30 juin1960 dans le cadre des Conventions de pret intervenues entre le Congo beigeou l'Otraco et la B. I. R. D., les Hautes Parties Contractantes sont d'accord dene pas les consid6rer comme inclus dans la dette publique du Congo beige.Ces pr6lbvements constituent un engagement direct du Congo envers laB. I. R. D. auquel ne s'appliquent pas les dispositions de I'alin6a qui pr6c~de.
Article 19
La position juridique respective des Hautes Parties Contractantes con-cernant les objets non pr6vus par les dispositions de la pr6sente Convention nesaurait 6tre mise en cause par lesdites dispositions.
LISTE 7. - DISPOSITIONS LEGALES OU CONTRACTUELLESVISEES A L'ARTICLE 17, § 1, ALINEA 2
1. Articles 1 et 2 de la loi du 7 aofit 1931, l'article 20 de La loi du 22juillet 1931, l'article 21 de la loi du 19 juillet 1932 et I'article 6 de la loi du13 mai 1938 autorisant le Ministre des Colonies A accorder la garantie duCongo beige A l'int6rdt et A l'amortissement des actions privil6gi~es etd'emprunts A 6mettre par la Soci6t6 des chemins de fer vicinaux du Congo;
2. Article 14 de la loi du 10 mars 1959 autorisant le Ministre desColonies A accorder la garantie du Congo beige A la bonne fin des op6rationsde la SocitA de cr6dit au colonat etA l'industrie;
3. Article 7 de la loi du 16 juin 1953, l'article 15 de la loi du 11 juillet1955 et 1'article 10 de la loi du 10 juillet 1957, autorisant le Ministre desColonies A accorder la garantie du Congo beige A l'int6rdt et A l'amortissementd'emprunts A 6mettre par l'Office des cit6s africaines;4. Article 12 de La loi du 4 janvier 1951 autorisant le Ministre desColonies A accorder la garantie du Congo beige aux d6p6ts, et aux int6rets yaff6rents, confi6s A la Caisse d'6pargne du Congo beige et du Ruanda-Urundi,au principal et aux int6rets des pr~ts et avances consentis A la Caisse ainsi qu'Ala bonne fin des op6rations de cr6dit faites par la Caisse en vue du bien-etre etde l'6mancipation sociale et 6conomique des Congolais;
5. Article 11 de la loi du 27 juillet 1953 autorisant le Ministre desColonies A accorder la garantie du Congo beige au ji6ficit annuel de l'Officed'exploitation des transports coloniaux et au remboursement des emprunts A6mettre par l'Office;
6. Article 12 de la loi du 10 juillet 1957 autorisant le Ministre desColonies A accorder la garantie du Congo beige A l'int6rdt et A 'amortissementd'emprunts A 6mettre par la Soci6t6 des transports en commun deL6opoldville, au paiement d'un premier dividende au capital de la SocitAainsi qu'au d6ficit du compte d'exploitation de la Socit6;
7. Article 11 de la loi du 10 juillet 1957 autorisant le Ministre desColonies A accorder la garantie du Congo beige A l'int6ret et A l'amortisse-ment d'emprunts A 6mettre par la Soci6t6 des forces hydro- lectriques duBas-Congo;
8. Article 13 de la loi du 10 mars 1959 et l'article 9 de la loi du 22 juin1960 autorisant le Ministre des Colonies A accorder la garantie du Congo beigeA l'int6ret et A l'amortissement d'emprunts A 6mettre par la Soci6t6 des forceshydro-6lectriques de 'Est de la Colonie;
9. Article 12 de la loi du 10 mars 1959 autorisant le Ministre desColonies A accorder la garantie du Congo belge A l'int~r~t et A l'amortissementd'emprunts A 6mettre par la Soci6t6 des transports en commun d'Elisabeth-ville, au paiement d'un premier dividende au capital de la Soci6t, ainsi qu'aud6ficit du compte d'exploitation de la Soci6t6;
10. Article 4 de la Convention conclue le 22 juin 1936, approuv6e parl'Arret6 Royal du 31 juillet 1936, entre la Colonie du Congo Beige et laSocit6 "Unatra", par lequel le Congo beige s'est engag6 A verser chaqueann6e A l'Unatra la somme n~cessaire au paiement de l'int6rdt et del'amortissement en 40 ans du capital de la Soci6t6, ainsi que des redevances etprimes en contrepartie de la cession de l'activit6 de la SocitA A 'Otraco.
ECHANGE DE LETTRES
J'ai l'honneur de confirmer A Votre Excellence nos conversations relativesA l'emprunt B. I. R. D. vis6 au second alin6a du § 1 de l'article 4 de laconvention sign6e ce jour et relative A la dette publique et au portefeuille duCongo belge.
Le Gouvernement belge assumera la charge exclusive de cet emprunt etrenoncera A tout recours de ce chef contre la Rpublique d6mocratique duCongo et 1'OTRACO si, en contrepartie, ce dernier organisme transf~re Al'Etat beige, avant la date d'entr6e en vigueur de la susdite convention, lapropri6t6 des immeubles qu'il poss~de en Belgique.
Je note que dans ce but le Gouvernement congolais s'engage de son c6t6 Aexposer ces points de vue, qu'il juge raisonnables, aupr~s du Conseil deg6rance de F'OTRACO afin que ce dernier puisse prendre en temps voulu lesd6cisions et dispositions n6cessaires.
Si ce transfert de propri6t6 n'est pas effectu6 dans les d6lais convenus, lesengagements de I'OTRACO vis-A-vis de la B. I. R. D. du chef de l'empruntsusvis6 seront consid6r6s comme s'ajoutant A ceux qui sont cit6s A la liste 7annex6e A la susdite convention.
Je prie Votre Excellence de vouloir bien marquer Son accord sur lecontenu de la pr6sente.
A Son Excellence Monsieur Moi'se Tshomb6Premier Ministre de la R6publique D6mocratique du Congo
II
Votre Excellence m'a adress6 ce jour la lettre suivante[Voir lettre I.]
J'ai rhonneur de marquer A Votre Excellence mon accord sur le contenude cette lettre.
PROTOCOLE D'APPLICATION PROVISOIRE DE LA CONVENTION DU 6 FEVRIER1965 ENTRE LE ROYAUME DE BELGIQUE ET LA REPUBLIQUE DEMO-CRATIQUE DU CONGO POUR LE REGLEMENT DES QUESTIONS RELATIVESA LA DETTE PUBLIQUE ET AU PORTEFEUILLE DE LA COLONIE DU CONGOBELGE
En attendant la mise en vigueur de la Convention pour le r~glement desquestions relatives A la dette publique et au portefeuille de la Colonie duCongo belge, sign6e ce jour entre le Royaume de Belgique et la R6publiqued~mocratique du Congo, les Hautes Parties Contractantes sont convenues del'ensemble des dispositions suivantes :
Le Gouvernement beige et le Gouvernement congolais donnent d~s cejour et conjointement A la Banque nationale de Belgique le mandat d'op6rerles pr61vements pr6vus A l'article 12, § 1, § 2 et § 3, de la Convention pr6cit6eet ce aux conditions suivantes:
10 les pr~l~vements en question seront op6r6s A partir du 15 juillet 1965;20 les montants pr61ev~s seront vers6s au credit d'un compte bloqu6
provisoire A ouvrir dans les livres de la Banque nationale de Belgique sousl'intitul6: "Fonds provisoire d'alimentation du Fonds belgo-congolaisd'amortisqement et de gestion (compte bloqu6)";
30 les sommes port6es au cr~dit du compte bloqu6 provisoire mentionn6au 20 ci-avant, seront lib6r6es et mises dans leur totalit6, par la Banquenationale de Belgique, d'office et sans autre instruction de la part des deuxGouvemements, A la disposition effective du Fonds belgo-congolais d'amor-tissement et de gestion, d~s le jour de la mise en vigueur de la susditeConvention sign6e ce jour.
Les deux Gouvernements conviennent que le Gouvernement du Royaumede Belgique adressera sans d6lai A la Banque nationale de Belgique le texte dela Convention pr6cit6e et de son Protocole d'application provisoire, certifi6sconformes par le Ministre belge des Affaires 6trang6res, cette notification6tant consid6r6e par eux comme entrainant, A 1'6gard de la Banque nationalede Belgique, octroi du mandat conjoint d'op6rer les pr6lvements pr6vus Al'article 12, § 1 et § 2, de la Convention pr6cit6e, et ce aux conditions6num6r6es dans le pr6sent Protocole d'application provisoire de laditeConvention.
(b) CONVENTION ENTRE LE ROYAUME DE BELGIQUE ET LA REPU-BLIQUE DEMOCRATIQUE DU CONGO RELATIVE AUX STATUTSDU "FONDS BELGO-CONGOLAIS D'AMORTISSEMENT ET DE GES-TION". SIGNEE A BRUXELLES, LE 6 FEVRIER 19651
Sa Majest6 le Roi des Belges, d'une part, etLe Pr6sident de la R6publique d6mocratique du Congo, d'autre part,
I Nations Unies, Recueil des Traitds, vol. 540, p. 276 et seq. Entr6e en vigueur le I 1mai 1965.
Consid6rant les articles 5 A 13 de la Convention du 6 f6vrier 19652 entrele Royaume de Belgique et la R6publique d6mocratique du Congo pour ler~glement des questions relatives A la dette publique et au portefeuille de laColonie du Congo belge,
Sont convenus de ce qui suit
CHAPITRE L - CONSTITUTION - OBJET - SIEGE
Article 1
Le Fonds belgo-congolais d'amortissement et de gestion, ci-apr~s d6sign6par le mot "Fonds", est cr66 par l'article 5, § 1, de la Convention du 6 f6vrier1965 entre le Royaume de Belgique et la R6publique d6mocratique du Congopour le r~glement des questions relatives A la dette publique et au portefeuillede la Colonie du Congo beige.
Article 2
Le Fonds est r6gi tant par les dispositions des articles 5 A 13 de laConvention pr6cite'e\que par les' pr6sents statuts. II est r6gi en outre, A titresubsidiaire toutefois, par la loi de l'Etat de son sifge.
Article 3
Le Fonds jouit de la personnalit6 juridique.
Article 4
Le si~ge du Fonds est situ6 h Bruxelles, cette expression devant etreentendue comme comprenant toutes les communes de l'agglom6rationbruxelloise.
Article 5
L'objet du Fonds est d6fini A l'article 5, §'2, de-a Convention pr6cit~e.
Article 13
§ 1. Le conseil d'administration est investi des pouvoirs les plus 6tenduspour agir au nom du Fonds et faire ou autoriser tous les actes et operationsn6cessaires A la r6alisation de son objet.
§ 2. I1 a notamment les pouvoirs suivants qui ne peuvent pas 6tred6gu6s :
il d6finit la politique g6n6rale du Fonds;il arrete le rfglement int6rieur du Fonds;il conclut avec le directeur gon6ral le'contrat d'engagement .de ce dernier
compte tenu de l'article 10, § 2, qui r -6cde;
2 Voir supra, (a).
il arrate l'6tat de prevision des recettes et des d~penses du Fonds;"il arrete le rapport annuel, les 6tats de situation, les inventaires et les
comptes du Fonds;il autorise l'acquisition, l'6change, la vente des biens immobiliers;il donne son avis, chaque fois qu'il est consult6 par les Gouvernements
beige ou congolais, ou par le Comit6 mixte, sur toutes les questions relevantde l'activit6 du Fonds.
§ 3. il peut d~lguer par d6lgations g~n~rales ou sp~ciales, au directeurg#n~ral, tout ou partie de ses pouvoirs et notamment ceux relatifs aux objetssuivants qui sont 6num6r6s d'une mani~re indicative et non limitative
l'organisation et le fonctionnement des services du Fonds;l'engagement par contrat du personnel du Fonds;le placement des sommes disponibles;les contrats, soumissions et adjudications passes Ai forfait ou autrement,
intbressant l'activit6 du Fonds;les actions judiciaires tant en demandant qu'en defendant;les transactions, compromis, acquiescements, d~sistements et subroga-
tions, les mains-lev6es d'inscription, saisies, oppositions et tous actesconservatoires.
Article 14
§ 1. Doivent etre approuv6es par le Comit6 mixte les d6cisions du conseild'administration concernant :
la politique g~n~rale du Fonds;la fixation de la date de cloture de la souscription i l'emprunt 6mis par le
Fonds en vertu de l'article 5, § 2, 20, de la Convention pr6cit6e du 6 f6vrier1965 entre le Royaume de Belgique et la R(publique d~mocratique du Congopour le r~glement des questions relatives a la dette publique et au portefeuillede la Colonie du Congo beige;
l'6tat de pr6vision des recettes et des d~penses du Fonds;le rapport annuel du Fonds, les inventaires et les comptes;le rapport de la fiduciaire qui sera d~sign~e pour proc6der i 'examen des
comptes et bilans conform~ment aux dispositions de l'article 17, § 1 et § 2,ci-apr~s;
la dissolution du Fonds par l'accomplissement de son objet.Les susdites decisions du conseil d'administration sont adress~es, en vue
de leur approbation, par le pr6sident dudit conseil aux membres du Comit6mixte.
Les decisions pr~cit~es du conseil d'administration sont r~put&s ap-prouv~es si aucun membre du Comit6 mixte n'y amarqu6 son oppositiondans le dMlai d'un mois a compter de la date d'envoi, par recommand6 i laposte, de ces decisions.
Si l'un des membres du Comit6 mixte marque son opposition, il est faitapplication de la proc6dure pr6vue h l'article 7,§ 2, ci-avant.
§ 2. Le pr6sident du conseil d'administration peut, en outre, s'il le jugen6cessaire, soumettre au Comit6 mixte toute question ayant trait A la gestiondu Fonds.
CHAPITRE VII. - COMPTES - BILANET BUDGET
Article 17
§ 1. Le bilan du Fonds est arrdt6 au 30 juin de chaque ann6e et pour lapremiere fois A la fin du premier exercice complet.
§ 2. Le conseil d'administration arrte chaque ann6e et avant le 30novembre un compte g6n~ral des recettes et d6penses et le bilan de 1'exercicecltur6 au 30 juin pr6c6dent.
Avant son approbation par le conseil, ce compte et ce bilan doivent 6treexamin6s par une fiduciaire d~sign6e par le conseil d'administration.
Le directeur g6n6ral soumet au conseil d'administration, pour le 31octobre au plus tard, le projet de compte g6n6ral et de bilan auxquels est jointle rapport de la fiduciaire.
Apr~s leur approbation par le conseil d'administration et le Comit6 mixte,le compte et le bilan sont publi6s au Moniteur Congolais, 2e partie et auxannexes du Moniteur belge.
§ 3. Le conseil d'administration arrete chaique ann6e, avant le 30 avril, leprojet d'6tat de pr6visions des recettes et des d6penses de l'exercice suivant.
Article 24
Les titres qui seront remis au Fonds en liberation des souscriptions enapplication des dispositions de l'article 5, § 2, 20, de la Convention pr6cit6edu 6 f6vrier 1965 seront munis d'un signe recognitif.
Article 25
Les titres de l'emprunt vis6 i l'article 5, § 2, 20, de la Convention du6 f6vrier 1965, rachet6s pour l'amortissement ou amortis par tirages au sortseront annul6s par perforation et par l'apposition d'un timbre au moment deleur pr6sentation A l'organisme qui sera charg6 du service financier de cetemprunt.
Article 26
Les titres de 'emprunt cit6 h l'article pr6c6dent qui sont amortis soit parrachats, soit par tirages, doivent tre d6truits par-devant huissier, en pr6senced'un d616gu6 du conseil d'administration.
I1 est dress6 proc~s-verbal en triple exemplaire de cette destruction, dontun est conserv6 par le Ministre des Finances de Belgique, l'autre par leMinistre des Finances du Congo et le troisi~me par le Fonds.
CHAPITRE IX. - LIQUIDATION
Article 27
Le Fonds a une dur6e maximale de quarante ans.Le Fonds ne peut tre dissous que par l'accomplissement de son objet.
Cet accomplissement est constat6 par d6cision du conseil d'administration.
Article 28
§ 1. Lors de la dissolution du Fonds, le conseil d'administration prendles mesures n6cessaires pour constituer, sur les avoirs du Fonds, les provisionsdestin6es & assurer le paiement des charges 6chues qui n'ont pas 6t6 r6clam6esA la date de Is dissolution.
§ 2. Aprgs extinction du passif, le solde disponible des biens et avoirspropres du Fonds est r6parti entre les deux Etats A raison de 210/51 Oe pour leRoyaume de Belgique et de 300/5 10e pour la R6publique d6mocratique duCongo.
§ 3. Apr~s sa dissolution, le Fonds est r6put6 exister pour les besoins desg liquidation.
§ 4. Le solde des provisions constitu6es lors de la dissolution pourassurer le paiement des charges 6chues qui n'ont pas t6 r6clam6es A la date dela dissolution, est r6parti dans les memes proportions entre les deux Etats, Al'expiration des d61ais 16gaux de prescription en vigueur dans l'Etat du sifge.
(ii) Lois et d6crets
LOI FONDAMENTALE RELATIVE AUX STRUCTURES DU CONGODU 19 MAI 19601
Baudouin, Roi des Belges, & tous pr6sents et h venir, salut.
Les Chambres ont adopt6 et Nous sanctionnons ce qui suit:
TITRE I. DISPOSITIONS PRELIMINAIRES
Article 1
Dans la pr6sente loi, les termes "Etat", "Parlement", "Chambres","Chambre des Repr6sentants", "S6nat", "Gouvernement", "Constitution","loi" et "arrOt6" :d6signent, s'ils ne sont autrement pr6cis6s, les institutionscongolaises et les actes constitutionnels, l6gaux et r6glementaires accomplispar elles.
Article 2
Les lois, d6crets et ordonnances 16gislatives, leurs mesures d'ex6cutionainsi que toutes dispositions r6glementaires, existant au 30 juin 1960 restenten vigueur tant qu'ils n'auront pas 6t6 express6ment abrog6s.
Article 3
Les dispositions qui suivent'resteront en vigueur jusqu'A la mise en placedes institutions publiques qui auront te organis6es par la Constitution.
Les Chambres ne peuvent modifier la presente loi qu'A la majorit6 pr6vueh rarticle 99.
1 Moniteur Congolais, 27 mai 1960, p. 119.
Article 4
Le Chef de 'Etat et les deux Chambres composent le pouvoir constituant.
Article 5
Aucune des dispositions de la pr6sente loi ne peut 6tre interpr6t6e dans unsens oppos6.
TITRE VIII. - DISPOSITIONS GENERALES
I. - DES AGENTS DE L'ETAT
Article 250
Les fonctionnaires et agents beiges, les officiers et sous-officiers beiges dela Force publique, les magistrats de carri~re en service au Congo au 30 juin1960, sont mis A la disposition du Gouvernement.
Les rbgles du statut qui sera applicable A ces agents et dbnt le respect estgaranti, les modalit6s de leur mise h la disposition du Gouvernement ainsi queles garanties dont jouissent ces agents pendant rexercice des fonctions quileur seront confi6es, seront d6termin6es par voie de convention entre le
-Congo et la Belgiqup.
IV. - DES DISPOSITIONS TRANSITOIRES
Article 253'
Jusqu'h ce que la Cour constitutionnelle soit l6galement organis6econform6ment aux articles 229, 230, 232 et 236, le Conseil d'Etat deBelgique exerce, selon la proc6dure qu'il d6termine les comp6tences de laCour constitutionnelle telles qu'elles r6sultent des articles 229 i 235.
Article 254
Jusqu'A ce que la Cour des Comptes soit l6galement organis6e conform6-ment A 1'article 243 et en tout cas pour rexercice 1960, la Cour des Comptesde Belgique est charg6e des op6rations suivantes :
- elle examine si aucun article des d6penses du budget n'a 6t6 d6pass6 etsi les virements et les d6penses suppl6mentaires ont 6t6 approuv6s par la loi;
- elle arrete les comptes des diff6rentes administrations de 'Etat etrecueille A cet effet, aupr~s des Ministres comp6tents, tout renseignement ettoute piece comptable n6cessaires;
- elle formule ses observations au compte g6n6ral de 'Etat, qui estcommuniqu6 aux Chambres.
467 •
Article 255
Sauf disposition contraire, la loi 6lectorale du 23 mars 1960 r6gle toute6lection l6gislative ou provinciale ant6rieure h la mise en vigueur de laConstitution.
Article 256
§ 1. Dans l'6ventualit6 oii le Gouvernement central ne serait pasconstitu au 30 juin 1960 et jusqu'au jour de sa constitution, les affairescourantes de 'Etat sont trait6es par un college compos6 du pr6sident et desmembres du coll~ge ex6cutif g6n6ral, d'une part, et de six s6nateurs, d'autrepart.
Ces s6nateurs sont d6sign6s A raison d'un par province par les s6nateursrepr6sentant celle-ci.
, La d6signation de ces s6nateurs se fait selon la proc6dure pr~vue par'article 89.
§ 2. Dans l'6ventualit6 ot, le Gouvernement provincial ne serait pasconstitu6 au 30 juin 1960 et jusqu'au jour de sa constitution, les affairescourantes de la province sont trait~es par un college compos6 du pr6sident etdes membres du collfge ex~cutif provincial, d'une part, et de trois conseillersprovinciaux, d'autre part.
Ces conseillers provinciaux sont d6sign6s par l'assembl6e provinciale.La d6signation se fait en s6ance pl6ni~re i un tour de scrutin. Ces
conseilers sont 6lus dans l'ordre des voix obtenues.§ 3. Ces collfges sont pr6sid6s respectivement par le pr6sident du
collfge ex~cutif g6n6ral et par le pr6sident du collage ex6cutif provincial.
V. - DISPOSITIONS FINALES
Article 25 7
A 'exception des dispositions de la pr~sente rubrique, qui entrent envigueur le jour de la publication de Ia pr6sente loi, le Roi fixe la date d'entr6een vigueurdes autres dispositions de cette loi.
Article 258
Au fur et A mesure de la mise en. vigueur des dispositions de la pr6senteloi, les dispositions 16gales et r6glementaires existantes qui leur sontcontraires, identiques ou semblables, sont abrog~es.
Article 259
Sont abrog6es au 30juin 1960 :- la loi du 18 octobre 1908, telle que modifi6e i ce jour, sur le
Gouvernement du Congo beige en tant qu'elle s'applique au Congo beige;- la loi du 21 mars 1959 portant institution du Conseil de l6gislation du
Congo beige.
52. ZAMBIA
Laws and decrees
(a) ZAMBIA INDEPENDENCE ACT 19641,2
1. Establishment of Republic of ZambiaOn 24 October 1964 (in this Act referred to as "the appointed day") the
-territories which immediately before the appointed day are comprised inNorthern -Rhodesia shall cease to be a protectorate and shall together becomean independent republic under the name of Zambia; and on and after thatday Her Majesty shall have no jurisdiction over those territories.
3. Consequential modifications of British Nationality Acts(1) Subject to subsections (2) and (5) of this section, the British
Nationality Acts 1948 to 1964 shall have effect on and after the appointedday as if in section 1 (3) of the British Nationality Act 1948 (Comonwealthcountries having separate citizenship) there were added at the end the words"and Zambia", and as if
(a) in Schedule 1 to the British Protectorates, Protected States andProtected Persons Order in Council 1949 the words "Northern Rhodesia"were omitted, and
(b) the paragraph set out in Schedule 2 to this Act were substituted forparagraph (b) of section 74 (1) of the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland(Dissolution) Order in Council 1963.
(2) A person who, immediately before the appointed day, is for thepurposes of those Acts and of the said Order in Council of 1949 a Britishprotected person by virtue of his connection with Northern Rhodesia shallnot cease to be such a British protected person for any of those purposes byreason of anything contained in the preceding provisions of this Act, but shallso cease upon his becoming a citizen of Zambia.
(5) Nothing in subsection (1) of this section shall affect the meaning of"protectorate" in any law or instrument passed or made before the passing ofthis Act, not being a law or instrument contained in or made under any of theBritish Nationality Acts 1948 to 1964.
5. Judicial Committee of Privy Council(1) Her Majesty may by Order in Council confer on the Judicial
Committee of the Privy Council such jurisdiction and powers in respect of
1 Public GeneralActs and Measures, 1964, chap. 65, p. 1125.2 The provisions of sections 2 and 6 of this Act are basically similar to those of
sections 2 and 6 of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, pp. 130 and 131). Thesame similarity exists between the provisions of section 5 (3) (4) (5) of the Act inquestion on the one hand and those of section 5 (3) (4) (5) of the GambiaIndependence Act 1964 on the other hand (supra, pp. 189 and 190); sections 3 (3) (4)and 4 are similar to sections 2 (2) (3) and 3 of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (supra,pp. 179-180); section 7 is similar to section 7 of the Kenya Independence Act 1963(supra, p. 249).
appeals from any court having jurisdiction under the law of Zambia as may bespecified in, or determined in accordance with any provisions contained in,the Order in Council.
(2) Any Order in Council under this section may contain such incidentaland supplemental provisions as appear to Her Majesty to be expedient.
9. Power to make consequential provisionsHer Majesty may by Order in Council make such adaptations in any Act
of Parliament passed before this Act, or in any instrument made or havingeffect under any such Act, as appear to Her necessary or expedient inconsequence of the change in the status of Northern Rhodesia taking effecton the appointed day.
10. Provisions as to Orders in Council and other instruments(1) An Order in Council or other instrument made under any Act of
Parliament passed before the appointed day, other than this Act, which variesor revokes a previous Order in Council or instrument in consequence of thechange in the status of Northern Rhodesia taking effect on the appointedday, and any Order in Council under section 6 or section 9 of this Act, may,if made after the appointed day, be made so as to take effect on theappointed day.
(2) An Order in Council under section 6 or section 9 of this Act(a) may contain such transitional or other incidental or supplemental
provisions as appear to Her Majesty to be necessary or expedient;(b) may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council; and(c) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either
House of Parliament.11. Short title, interpretation and repeal
(2) References in this Act to any enactment are references to thatenactment as amended or extended by or under any other enactment.
(3) The Act mentioned in Schedule 3 to this Act shall on the appointedday be repealed to the extent specified in the third column of that Schedule.
SCHEDULES'
SCHEDULE I
Amendments not Affecting the Law ofZambia
PartI. Extension of Certain Enactments Applicable to CommonwealthCountries Having Fully Responsible Status
• 1 The provisions of Part I of the first schedule are basically similar to the provisionsof the second schedule to the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, pp. 191-193).
Part II. Exceptions from S,2 (1) of Act
11. Section 2 (1) of this Act shall not apply to the Army Act 1955, theAir Force Act 1955 or the Naval Discipline Act 1957.
12. Notwithstanding anything in section 2 (1) or section 3 (5) of thisAct,
(a) the Colonial Development and Welfare Act 1959 shall not apply inrelation to Zambia as if it were a colony within the meaning of that Act, and
(b) section 2 (7) (b) of the Civil Aviation (Licensing) Act 1960 shall notapply in relation to Zambia as if it were a protectorate within the meaning ofthat Act.
SCHEDULE 2
Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland (Dissolution) Order in Council 1963
Paragraph substituted for section 74 (1) (b)
"(b) any reference in those Acts to a period of residence in aprotectorate included any period of residence in Northern Rhodesia orNyasaland before the dissolution of the Federation, any period of residencein Northern Rhodesia after the dissolution of the Federation but before 24thOctober 1964 and any period of residence in Nyasaland after the dissolutionof the Federation but before 6th July 1964."
(b) THE ZAMBIA INDEPENDENCE ORDER 19641, 2
2. RevocationsThe Orders specified in Schedule 1 to this Order (hereinafter referred to
as "the existing Orders"), excepting sections 19 and 20 of the NorthernRhodesia (Procedure in Appeals to Privy Council) Order in Council 1963 (c),are revoked.
3. Establishment of ConstitutionSubject to the provisions of this Order the Constitution set out in
Schedule 2 to this Order (hereinafter referred to as "the Constitution") shallcome into effect in Zambia at the commencement of this Order:
Provided that section 20 (8) of the Constitution shall come into effect inZambia on 24th October 1966 or such later date as Parliament may prescribe.
1 Statutory Instruments 1964 (III), p. 3643. Came into operation immediatelybefore the 24th October 1964.
2 The provisions of sections 4 (1) (2) (3), 6, 17, 18, 19 (1) (2) (3) and 20 of thisOrder are basically similar to those of sections 4 (1) (2) (3), 9, 13 (1) (2), 15, 16 and 17of the Botswana Independence Order 1966 (supra, pp- 132,7135, 136 and 137). Thesame similarity exists between the provisions of section 4 (4) (5) of the Order inquestion and those of section 4 (2) (5) of the Barbados Indepehdence Order 1966(s&fra, pp. 120 and 121); section 5 (1) of the Order is similar to section 5 41) (a) of theMalawi Independence Order in Council 1964 (supra, p. 305); section 16 is similar tosection 14 of the Kenya Independence Order in Council 1963 (supra, pp. 251-252).
4. Existing laws
(6) For the purposes of this section, the expression "the existing laws"means all Ordinances, laws or statutory instruments having effect as part ofthe law of Northern Rhodesia or any part thereof immediately befqre thecommencement of this Order (including any Ordinance, law or statutoryinstrument made before the commencement of this Order and coming intooperation on or after the commencement of this Order) which were made orhad effect as if they were made in pursuance of the existing Orders or werecontinued in force by the Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland (Dissolu-tion) Order in Council 1963 (d).
5. Existing offices
(2) Where any office of Minister (other than the office of Prime Minister)or of Parliamentary Secretary is established under the existing Ordersimmediately before the commencement of this Order an equivalent officeshall be deemed to have been established, from the commencement of thisOrder, under the Constitution, and any person holding that office im-mediately before the commencement of this Order shall be deemed to havebeen appointed, immediately after the assumption of office by the firstPresident of the Republic of Zambia, to hold the equivalent office inaccordance with the provisions of the Constitution.
(3) The President may, at any time after the commencement of thisOrder, require any person who continues in office by virtue of the provisionsof this section to take an oath of allegiance and any oath for the dueexecution of his office that is prescribed by or under an Act of Parliament.
(4) The provisions of this section shall be without prejudice to theprovisions of section 9 or 10 of this Order.
(5) In this section "existing law" means such a law as is referred to insection 4 (6) of this Order.
19. Property and assets
(4) Nothing in subsection (1) or (3) of this section shall apply in relationto any property or assets which, immediately before the commencement ofthis Order, are vested in Her Majesty, the Secretary of State or the Governorof Northern Rhodesia by virtue of the Northern Rhodesia (Crown Lands andNative Reserves) Orders in Council 1928 to 1963 (a) or the NorthernRhodesia (Native Trust Land) Orders in Council 1947 to 1963 (b).
21. Remuneration of certain officers21. Until other provision is made in that behalf by Parliament in
pursuance of section 111 of the Constitution and subject to the otherprovisions of that section, there shall be paid to the holders of the offices towhich that section applies the salaries payable to the holders of thecorresponding offices immediately before the commencement of this Order.
SCHEDULE 1 TO THE ORDER
Orders revoked by this Order
The Northern Rhodesia (Barotseland) Order in Council 1953 (c)The Northern Rhodesia (Barotseland) (Amendment) Order in Council
1963 (d)The Northern Rhodesia (Constitution) Order in Council 1963 (e)The Northern Rhodesia (Procedure in Appeals to Privy Council) Order in
Council 1963 (f) (except ss. 19/20)The Northern Rhodesia (Constitution) (Amendment) Order 1964 (a)The Northern Rhodesia (Constitution) (Amendment No. 2) Order
1964 (b)The Zambia (Election of First President) Order 1964 (c)
SCHEDULE 2 TO THE ORDER
The Constitution of Zambia'
Chapter 1. Citizenship
8. Persons entitled to be registered as Zambia citizens by virtue ofconnection with Zambia
(1) Subject to the provisions of this section, any person who(a) has attained the age of twenty-one years or is a woman who is or has
been married;(b) is a Commonwealth citizen or a citizen of the Republic of Ireland or
a citizen of any country in Africa to which this subsection applies; and(c) has been ordinarily resident in Zambia for the prescribed period, shall
be entitled, upon making application in such manner as may be prescribed byor under an Act of Parliament, to be registered as a citizen of Zambia.
(4) The countries in Africa to which subsection (1) of this section applies(other than countries to which section 9 of this Constitution applies) are anycountries which are for the time being declared by the Minister, by noticepublished in the Gazette, to be countries which permit citizens of Zambia tobecome citizens of those countries by registration.
(5) Any period during which a person was resident in former Protector-ate of Northern Rhodesia may, if that period was continuous until thecommencement of this Order, be taken into account in determining whetherthat person has been resident in Zambia for the prescribed period.
1 The provisions of sections 4 and 120 of this Constitution are basically similar tothose of sections 23 (2) (3) (4) and 117 (1) to (6) of the Constitution of Botswana(supra, pp. 137, 138, 139 and 140). The same similarity exists between sections 6 and 9.(1) (2) of the Constitution in question on the one hand and sections 5 and 8 (1) (2) ofthe Constitution of Barbados on the other hand (supra, p. 125). Section 3 is similar tosection 2 (1) (2) of the Constitution of Barbados (supra, p. 124) with the only differencethat the former applies to "a British protected person" instead of "a citizen of theUnited Kingdom and Colonies", as does the latter.
(6) In this section "the prescribed period" in relation to any person,means the period of four years immediately preceding that person'sapplication for registration.
9. Commonwealth citizens
(3) Save as may be otherwise provided by Parliament, the countries towhich this section applies are the United Kingdom and colonies, any countrythat on 23rd October 1964 is specified in section 1 (3) of the BritishNationality Act 1948 and any other country that may be prescribed byParliament.
10. Reciprocal privileges for citizens of other countries(1) A citizen of any country to which section 9 of this Constitution
applies and a citizen of any other country which the Minister may for thetime being specify by notice published in the Gazette shall enjoy the samerights and privileges (being rights and privileges that, under this Constitutionor any other law in force in Zambia, are enjoyed by citizens of Zambia otherthan any rights and privileges under section 61 or 66 (1) of this Constitution)as a citizen of Zambia enjoys under the Constitution of the countryconcerned or under any other law in force in that country.
(2) In any proceedings to determine whether a citizen of any countryother than Zambia should enjoy any right or privilege in Zambia by virtue ofsubsection (1) of this section, a certificate signed by the Minister shall beprima facie evidence on the question whether a citizen of Zambia enjoys thatright or privilege under the Constitution of that other country or under anyother law in force in that other country.
(c) THE ZAMBIA COMPENSATION AND RETIRINGBENEFITS ORDER 1964'
[Note: The provisions of this Order are basically similar to those of theKenya Compensation and Retiring Benefits Order in Council 1963 (supra,p. 264).]
(d) THE ZAMBIA (TRUST LAND) ORDER 19642
1. Citation, commencement and construction
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 24thOctober 1964.
(3) This Order shall be construed as one with the Northern Rhodesia(Native Trust Land) Orders in Council 1947 to 1963.
1 Statutory Instruments, 1964 (I11), No. 1653, p. 3723. Caine into operationimmediately before the 24th of October 1964.
2 Statutory Instruments 1964 (111), p. 3753.
2. A inendmen t of Order of 1947The Northern Rhodesia (Native Trust Land) Order in Council 1947, as
amended, is further amended in the respects specified in the Schedule to thisOrder.
3. Vesting of native trust lands in PresidentAll Native Trust Land that immediately before the commencement of this
Order is vested in the Secretary of State shall, on the commencement of thisOrder, be transferred to and vest in the President of the Republic of Zambia.
4. Saving of existing rightsNothing in this Order or the Zambia Independence Order 1964 shall
affect any estate right or interest in or over any land which the Governor orany other officer or authority of the Government of Northern Rhodesia,acting in exercise of any power in that behalf conferred by or under theNorthern Rhodesia (Native Trust Land) Order in Council 1947 or any Orderamending that Order has at any time before the commencement of this Ordercreated, granted, recognised or otherwise acknowledged, and, accordingly,those estates, rights and interests shall continue to have the same validity asthey had before the commencement of this Order and the ZambiaIndependence Order 1964.
(e) THE ZAMBIA (STATE LANDS AND RESERVES) ORDER 19641
1. Citation, commencentent and construction
(2) This Order shall come into operation immediately before 24thOctober 1964.
(3) This Order shall be construed as one with the Northern Rhodesia(Crown Lands and Native Reserves) Orders in Council 1928 to 1963
2. Amendment of Order of 1928The Northern Rhodesia (Crown Lands and Native Reserves) Order in
Council 1928, as amended, is further amended in the respects specified in theSchedule to this Order.
3. Vesting of rights in Crown lands, etc. in PresidentAll rights in or in relation to Crown lands or other immovable property in
Northern Rhodesia that are vested in Her Majesty immediately before thecommencement of this Order shall, on the commencement of this Order, betransferred to and vest in the President of the Republic of Zambia.
4. Vesting of native reserves in PresidentAll native reserves that, immediately before the commencement of this
Order, are vested in the Secretary of State shall, on the commencement ofthis Order, be transferred to and vest in the President of the Republic ofZambia.
5. Saving of existing rightsNothing in this Order or the Zambia Independence Order 1964 shall
affect any estate, right or interest in or over any land or other immovableproperty which
I StatutorI, Instruments, 1964 (Part 111). p. 3750.
(a) the Governor or any other officer or authority of the Government ofNorthern Rhodesia, acting in exercise of any power in that behalf conferredby or under the Northern Rhodesia (Crown Lands and Native Reserves) Orderin Council 1928 or any Order amending that Order, has at any time beforethe commencement of this Order created, granted, recognised or otherwiseacknowledged; or
(b) is recognised or otherwise acknowledged by any provision of theNorthern Rhodesia (Crown Lands and Native Reserves) Order in Council1928 or any Order amending that Order as an estate, right or interest of anyperson other than Her Majesty or the Secretary of State,
and accordingly those estates, rights and interests shall continue to have thesame validity as they had before the commencement of this Order and theZambia Independence Order 1964.
53. ZANZIBAR1
Laws and decrees
ZANZIBAR ACT 19632, 3
2. Modifications of British Nationality Acts
(4) Part III of the British Nationality Act 1948 (which containssupplemental provisions) shall have effect' for the purposes of the lastforegoing subsection and Schedule 2 to this Act as if those provisions wereincluded in that Act.
(5) The amendment of the Order in Council of 1949 made bysubsection (1) (b) of this section shall not affect the meaning of theexpression "protectorate" in any law or instrument passed or made beforethe passing of this Act, other than the British Nationality Acts 1948 and1958 or any instrument made under those Acts.
4. Power to make consequential provisionsHer Majesty may by Order in Council make such adaptations in any Act
of Parliament passed before this Act, or in any instrument made or havingeffect under any such Act, as appear to Her necessary or expedient inconsequence of the change in the status of Zanzibar taking effect on theappointed day.
5. Provisions as to Orders in Council and other instruments(1) An Order in Council or other instrument made under any Act of
Parliament passed before the appointed day, other than this Act, which varies
1 Currently a part of the United Republic of Tanzania. See also Part I, SectionI1, B, 4.
2 Public General Acts and Measures, 1963, Chap. 55, p. 1397.3 The provisions of section 1 and 3 of this Act are basically similar to those of
sections 2 and 6 of the Botswana Independence Act 1966 (supra, pp. 130 and 131). Thesame similarity exists between the provisions of section 2 (1) of the Act and those ofsections 2 (1) of the Gambia Independence Act 1964 (supra, p. 189). The provisions ofsection 2 (2) (3) of the Act are basically similar to those of section 2 (2) (3) of the FijiIndependence Act 1970 (supra, p. 179).
or revokes a previous Order in Council or instrument in consequence of thechanges in the status of Zanzibar taking effect on the appointed day, and anyOrder in Council under section 3 or section 4 of this Act, may, if made afterthe appointed day, be made so as to take effect on the appointed day.
(2) An Order in Council under section 3 or section 4 of this Act(a) may contain such transitional or other incidental or supplemental
provisions as appear to Her Majesty to be necessary or expedient,(b) may be varied or revoked by a subsequent Order in Council, and(c) shall be subject to annulment in pursuance of a resolution of either
House of Parliament.6. Short title, interpretation and repeals
(2) References in this Act to any enactment are references to thatenactment as amended or extended by or under any other enactment,including this Act.
(3) The Acts and Order in Council mentioned in Schedule 3 to this Actshall on the appointed day be repealed to the extent specified in the thirdcolumn of that Schedule.
SCIJEDULES'
SCHEDULE 1
Part I. Extension of certain Enactments applicable to CommonwealthCountries having fully Responsible Status
Part II. Exceptions from s. 1 (1) of Act
Colonial development and welfare
14. Section 1 (1) of this Act shall not apply to the definition of"colony" in section 9 of the Colonial Development and Welfare Act 1959.
Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890 and Orders in Council thereunder
15. (1) Section 1 (1) of this Act shall not apply to the ForeignJurisdiction Act 1890 or any Order in Council made under that Act, but theprovisions of the Orders in Council made under the said Act which are set outbelow (and which apply in relation to Zanzibar the Colonial Probates Act1892 and the enactments listed in Schedule 1 to the Foreign Jurisdiction Act1890 as originally enacted) shall, subject to the provisions of this paragraph,continue in force on and after the appointed day.
(2) The provisions of this paragraph shall have effect subject to anyOrder in Council made under section 4 of this Act.
1 The provisions of Part I of this schedule are basically similar to those of the secondschedule to the Gambia Indepencence Act 1964 (supra, pp. 191-193).
ORDERS IN COUNCIL UNDER FOREIGN JURISDICTION ACT 1890
Description of Order Provisions continued in force
Order in Council dated 30th March 1916and applying the Colonial ProbatesAct 1892 to Zanzibar. (S.R. & Q.1916 No. 275) ................. The whole Order.
The Zanzibar Order in Council 1924. (S.R.& 0. 1924 No. 1401.) ........... Section 25 except so far as it applies the
Admiralty Offences (Colonial) Act1849, the Admiralty Offences (Colonial)Act 1860 or any provisions of theMerchant Shipping Act 1894.
Section 27.
SCHEDULE 21
Exemptions from Operation ofs.2 (2) of Act
1 The provisions of this schedule are basically similar to those of section 3 (1) (2) (3)(4) (5) of the Fiji Independence Act 1970 (supra, pp. 179-180).
Related Documents
